My Fans call me HINDUSTAN KA MASOOD RANA |
 |
My Fans call me HINDUSTAN KA MASOOD RANA |
|
 |
1. 12' X 17' Palmako Robert Wooden Carport 3.5m X 5.1m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and far less hassle than a prefab garage, the 12x17 Palmako Robert Wooden Carport is the perfect way to protect your car from the weather, and keep it looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove apex roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your car from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you free to quickly access your car, ready for your commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is also available in a larger size, designed to shelter 2 cars. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras. **Please be advised that this wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove apex roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for 1 car Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Larger size available too – designed for 2 cars No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
2. 12' X 17' Palmako Karl Wooden Carport 3.6m X 5.1m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and boasting the latest Scandinavian design, the 12x17 Palmako Karl Wooden Carport is the ideal way to protect your car from the weather, and keep it looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove flat roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your car from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you free to quickly access your car, ready for your commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is available in 4 different sizes. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras. **This wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove flat roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for 1 car Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Available in 4 different sizes No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
3. 12' X 25' Palmako Karl Wooden Carport 3.6m X 7.6m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and boasting the latest Scandinavian design, the 12x25 Palmako Karl Wooden Carport is the ideal way to protect your car, trailer and bikes from the weather, and keep them looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove flat roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your vehicles from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you free to quickly access your car, ready for your commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is available in 4 different sizes. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras, as well as a wood shed attachment, so that your tools and equipment can benefit from enclosed garden storage. **This wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove flat roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for a car, trailer and bikes Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Available in 4 different sizes – shed attachment available too No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
4. 21' X 17' Palmako Robert Wooden Carport 6.3m X 5.1m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and far less hassle than a prefab garage, the 21x17 Palmako Robert Wooden Carport is the perfect way to protect your cars from the weather, and keep them looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this large wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove apex roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your cars from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you both free to quickly access your cars, ready for the commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is also available in a smaller size, designed to shelter 1 car. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras. **This wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove apex roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for 2 cars Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Smaller size available too – designed for 1 car No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
5. 20' X 17' Palmako Karl Wooden Carport 6m X 5.1m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and boasting the latest Scandinavian design, the 20x17 Palmako Karl Wooden Carport is the ideal way to protect 2 cars from the weather, and keep them looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this large wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove flat roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your cars from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you free to quickly access your cars, ready for your commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is available in 4 different sizes. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras. **This wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove flat roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for 2 cars Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Available in 4 different sizes No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
6. 20' X 25' Palmako Karl Wooden Carport 6m X 7.6m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly built from premium materials and boasting the latest Scandinavian design, the 20x25 Palmako Karl Wooden Carport is the ideal way to protect your cars, trailers and bikes from the weather, and keep them looking spick and span. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce, this extra-large wooden car shelter consists of a 19mm tongue and groove flat roof on strapping 120mm² laminated wood support posts, so is robust, durable and perfectly equipped to shield your vehicles from rain, sleet and snow. An open-sided design means that there's no need to fumble around with keys and heavy doors, leaving you free to quickly access your cars, ready for your commute to work. This wood carport is supplied with an impressive 5-year parts guarantee, and is available in 4 different sizes. A full kit and instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) You can also purchase ground anchors and roofing nails as optional extras, as well as a wood shed attachment, so that your tools and equipment can benefit from enclosed garden storage.* **This large wooden carport is delivered to you untreated. Coat it in a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to protect the wood against rot and fungal decay.** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Completely constructed from the finest Nordic spruce Premium 19mm tongue and groove flat roof Robust 120mm2 laminated wood support posts Provides complete weatherproof protection for 2 cars, trailers and bikes Far more convenient than a prefab garage Impressive 5-year parts guarantee Available in 4 different sizes – shed attachment available too No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade Delivered untreated – you should coat the wood with a quality preservative Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
7. 11' X 15' Palmako Martin Premium 88mm Nordic Shed 3.3m X 4.5m : BuyFencingDirect Sporting clean, contemporary lines and exceptionally thick walls, the 11x15 Palmako Martin Premium (88mm) Nordic Shed (3.3m x 4.5m) offers you exceptionally attractive and unbeatably robust garden storage. Expertly built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superb garden shed is far more robust, durable and insulated than any standard wooden shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to this workshop shed via wide double doors, which are fitted with a laminated frame and cylinder lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain secure. For even greater security, this garden shed is designed without windows. Pre-assembled wall panels, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, which is great news if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. *This garden shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding Added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor includes treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors fitted with a laminated frame and cylinder lock Pre-assembled wall panels for an easy assembly Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
8. 18' X 11' Palmako Kalle 88mm Premium Multi-room Shed 5.6m X 3.3m : BuyFencingDirect With clean, contemporary lines and unbeatable insulation, the 18x11 Palmako Kalle Premium (88mm) Nordic Multi-room Shed's (5.6m x 3.3m) distinct compartments offer you the perfect combination of generous outdoor storage and a dedicated garden workshop. Expertly built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is even more robust, durable and insulated than a premium log cabin. Both the floor and pent roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 10.1m² section of this wooden shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 6.9m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They feature laminated frames and cylinder locks, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain secure. You can enjoy natural light when hard at work inside thanks to a window on the side of the structure. It is made from real glass, fully framed and further enhances the shed's stylish appearance. Ready-made wall elements, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase this shed, with the same premium specifications, in a smaller size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 distinct compartments Built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have laminated frames and cylinder locks 1 glass window Ready-made wall elements and doors Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
9. 8' X 6' Palmako Mia Heavy Duty Lean To Shed 2.4m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Providing sturdy and secure garden storage for your tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment, the 7 x 5 Palmako Mia Heavy Duty Lean To Shed (2.2m x 1.7m) features a 3-sided, space-saving design to help maximise your outdoor space.Premium BuildExpertly crafted from 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove, this wooden shed includes readymade wall elements, ensuring a straightforward assembly, incredibly robust structure and complete weatherproof protection for your tools and equipment.Floor and RoofBoth the floor and roof are built from 16mm tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the floor from ground moisture, while the fashionable lean-to roof ensures excellent rainwater runoff.Select a Roof CoveringPlease be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade.(SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.)Double Doors and Windowless DesignYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed's interior via solid wood double doors. They are fitted with a latch and padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).In keeping with its security-conscious design, this wooden storage shed does not include windows.Simple Assembly, Generous Warranty and Choice of SizesAvailable in 2 sizes, this Palmako garden shed comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The 3-sided design allows you to build this shed to lean to the left or right of a wall.Wood CareThis wood shed is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new shed for that personal touch.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls with readymade elements16mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists16mm tongue and groove lean-to roofDouble doors include latch and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)3-sided design - can lean to the left or right of a wallGenerous 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyAvailable in 2 sizesSupplied untreated – apply wood preservativeNo roof cover – choose one as an optional upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
10. 10' X 10' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed 3.03m X 2.98m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium and spacious 10â x 10â Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed (3.03m x 2.98m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and anthracite grey finish, this large metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed apex roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. High gables provide maximum headroom and an internal wall bracing provides extra strength. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 10â x 10â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Ventilation slots along the roof peak and eaves support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium anthracite grey metal garden shed15-year anti-rust guaranteeMaintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to lastMade in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protectionSliding double doors with anti-tamper handlesVentilation slots along the roof peak and eavesHigh gables provide extra headroomIncludes free anchor kit |
 |
11. 10' X 10' Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 3.03m X 2.98m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10x10 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 10x10 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 202cm x 303cm x 298cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
12. Palmako Felix 1.8m X 1.2m Childrens/kids Cabin Luxury Outdoor Playhouse 16mm : BuyFencingDirect Your children will adore this stunning child sized version of a summerhouse with its own balcony. Our 6x4 Palmako Felix 16mm Kids Cabin is a great hideaway for your children to engage in imaginative play in the garden. Beautifully designed and constructed from 16mm Nordic Spruce tongue and groove wall cladding, this superb playhouse is sturdy and attractive. The floor and roof are 16mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its durability, weather resistance and strength, providing a solid cabin for many years of use. A generous 169cm ridge height is provided by the apex roof design. An attractive and welcoming covered porch area on the front elevation reveals a solid, single entrance door and two additional side windows. The windows allow for light and ventilation inside the generous space whilst your children are playing and are plexi-glass for safety. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We would suggest that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your garden or your child's favourite colour. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 16mm Nordic Spruce tongue and groove wall cladding, floor and roof Single entrance door with 2 plexiglass windows Covered porch area extends play area Two plexi-glass windows for added safety *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessory options below *** |
 |
13. 9' X 6' Palmako Stella 16mm Premium Large Wooden Garden Bar 2.7m X 1.9m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you own a snack bar or car park, the 9x6 Palmako Stella Premium (16mm) Large Wooden Garden Bar (2.7m x 1.9m) is perfectly designed to help you serve customers and run your business effectively. Expertly built from slow-grown Nordic spruce, the 16mm tongue and groove cladding has a chalet-cut design, which makes this wooden kiosk even more robust, durable and insulated than a heavy-duty shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 16mm tongue and groove too, for top to bottom quality. The 2 serving hatches allow you to deal with customers effectively and are sheltered by a generous roof overhang, which keeps the sun out of your eyes. The hatches provide ample room for you to serve food, drinks and more, while the integral counters are the perfect size for you to place condiments and display your wares. A single door, positioned at the side of the kiosk, offers you convenient access to the interior and is fitted with a cylinder lock, so rest assured that your takings and provisions will remain well-guarded from unwanted attention. Ready-made wall elements, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase a kiosk, with the same premium specifications, in a larger size. This Garden Bar is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this wooden kiosk instead. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS and Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from slow-grown Nordic spruce 16mm chalet-cut tongue and groove cladding 16mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof with large overhang 2 large serving hatches 2 integral counters Side door fitted with a cylinder lock Ready-made wall elements and assembly kit 5 year parts guarantee *Delivered untreated* Larger sized kiosk available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
14. 10'5 X 8'5 Palmako Stella 16mm Premium Extra Large Wooden Garden Bar 3.2m X 2.6m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you own a snack bar or car park, the spacious 10'5 x 8'5 Palmako Stella Premium (16mm) Extra Large Wooden Garden Bar (3.2m x 2.6m) is perfectly designed to help you serve customers and run your business effectively. Expertly built from slow-grown Nordic spruce, the 16mm tongue and groove cladding has a chalet-cut design, which makes this wooden kiosk even more robust, durable and insulated than a heavy-duty shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 16mm tongue and groove too, for top to bottom quality. The 2 large serving hatches allow you to deal with customers effectively and are sheltered by a generous roof overhang, which keeps the sun out of your eyes. The hatches provide plenty of room for you to serve food, drinks and more, while the 2 large integral counters are the perfect size for you to place condiments and display your wares. A single door, positioned at the side of the kiosk, offers you convenient access to the interior and is fitted with a cylinder lock, so rest assured that your takings and provisions will remain well-guarded from unwanted attention. Ready-made wall elements, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can also purchase a garden bar, with the same premium specifications, in a smaller size. This Garden Bar is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this wooden kiosk instead. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS and Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from slow-grown Nordic spruce 16mm chalet-cut tongue and groove cladding 16mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof with large overhang 2 large serving hatches 2 large integral counters Side door fitted with a cylinder lock Ready-made wall elements and assembly kit 5 year parts guarantee *Delivered untreated* Smaller sized kiosk available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
15. Palmako Ly 3.3m X 4.5m Garden Room Garden House 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Spaciously designed and expertly constructed from the finest materials throughout, the Palmako Ly Garden House 13.6m² makes a wonderful home office, home gym, or venue to entertain your friends. This superior summer house is exclusively built from prime Nordic spruce. Supported by a robust 88mm panel frame, the ready-made wall elements feature added wind protection, which, combined with the treated foundation joists, ensure you will enjoy an incredibly solid and durable structure. The floor and apex roof are both constructed from premium 19mm tongue and groove. This log cabin not only boasts brawn but beauty too, for the fine-sawn cladding makes for a gorgeous appearance. The single door offers you easy access and is fitted with a cylinder lock to ensure your prized possessions remain secure when you're not at home. The door is partially glazed, so, with the addition of the 2 framed, full-length windows, you will be able to enjoy an abundance of natural light when relaxing inside. All of the windows are made from real glass, double-glazed and include rubber seals and silicone to prevent draughts in cooler weather. They also come fitted with metal guttering, to prevent water damage. This log cabin's door and windows can be fitted on either side of the structure, according to your taste and garden's orientation. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this outstanding summer house is also available as a 10.2m2. A kit and instruction manual are supplied to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 88mm Nordic spruce panel frame 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof Lockable, partially-glazed door 2 additional double-glazed, full-length windows 5-year guarantee Rubber seals on door and windows All windows made from real glass Assembly kit and instruction manual included No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
16. Palmako Hedwig 4.5m X 3.3m Garden Room Garden House 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a meticulous design and superbly constructed from the finest materials throughout, the versatile Palmako Hedwig Garden House 13.6m2 offers you the perfect home office, garden room, or venue to entertain friends. This superior summer house is exclusively made from prime Nordic spruce. Supported by a robust 88mm panel frame, the ready-made wall elements feature added wind protection, which, combined with the treated foundation joists, ensure you will enjoy an incredibly solid and durable structure. This log cabin not only boasts brawn but beauty too, for the fine-sawn cladding makes for a gorgeous appearance. The floor and apex roof are both constructed from premium 19mm tongue and groove, to keep you and your guests snug and dry. The single door offers you easy access and is fitted with a cylinder lock to ensure your prized possessions remain secure when you're not at home. It also features a framed window, which, along with 2 separate opening windows, provide the interior with an abundance of natural light. All 3 windows are made from real glass, double-glazed and include rubber seals and silicone to prevent draughts in cooler weather. The windows are also fitted with metal guttering to protect the wood from water damage. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this superb garden room is supplied with a kit and instruction manual to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please speak to a member of our team regarding a quote for the installation service. *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 88mm Nordic spruce panel frame 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof Lockable door with framed window 2 additional double-glazed windows 5-year guarantee Added wind protection Rubber seals on doors and windows Metal water gutters on windows No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
17. 9' X 9'5 Palmako Nils Heavy Duty Wooden Apex Shed 2.8m X 2.9m : BuyFencingDirect Offering stylish, secure and weatherproof garden storage for your tools and equipment, the 8 x 8 Palmako Nils Heavy Duty Wooden Apex Shed (2.3m x 2.4m) comes with a premium tongue and groove build and generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty.Premium BuildExpertly crafted from 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove, this wooden shed includes readymade wall elements, ensuring a straightforward assembly, incredibly robust structure and complete weatherproof protection for your tools and equipment.Floor and RoofBoth the floor and roof are built from 16mm tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the floor from ground moisture, while the traditional apex roof ensures excellent rainwater runoff.Select a Roof CoveringPlease be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade.(SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer.Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.)Doors and WindowsYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed's interior via solid wood double doors. They are fitted with a latch and padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).The opening window, positioned on the side of the shed, provides welcome ventilation and natural light when you're hard at work inside. It is made from plexiglass, which is renowned for being both tougher and more transparent than conventional glass.Simple Assembly and Generous WarrantyThis 8x8 shed comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis wood shed is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new shed for that personal touch.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls with readymade elements16mm tongue and groove floorTreated foundation joists16mm tongue and groove apex roofDouble doors include latch and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Opening plexiglass side windowGenerous 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantySupplied untreated – apply wood preservativeNo roof cover – choose one as an optional upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
18. 12' X 6' Palmako Mia Heavy Duty Lean To Shed 3.5m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Providing sturdy and secure garden storage for your tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment, the 11 x 5 Palmako Mia Heavy Duty Lean To Shed (3.3m x 1.7m) features a 3-sided, space-saving design to help maximise your outdoor space.Premium BuildExpertly crafted from 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove, this wooden shed includes readymade wall elements, ensuring a straightforward assembly, incredibly robust structure and complete weatherproof protection for your tools and equipment.Floor and RoofBoth the floor and roof are built from 16mm tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the floor from ground moisture, while the fashionable lean-to roof ensures excellent rainwater runoff.Select a Roof CoveringPlease be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade.(SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.)Doors and WindowsYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed's interior via solid wood double doors. They are fitted with a latch and padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).The opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation if you're hard at work inside. It is made from plexiglass, which is renowned for being both tougher and more transparent than conventional glass.Simple Assembly, Generous Warranty and Choice of SizesAvailable in 2 sizes, this Palmako garden shed comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The 3-sided design allows you to build this shed to lean to the left or right of a wall.Wood CareThis wood shed is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new shed for that personal touch.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls with readymade elements16mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists and 16mm tongue and groove lean-to roofDouble doors include latch and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)1 opening plexiglass window3-sided design - can lean to the left or right of a wallGenerous 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyAvailable in 2 sizesSupplied untreated – apply wood preservativeNo roof cover – choose one as an optional upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
19. 9' X 18' Palmako Dan Premium 16mm Nordic Shed 2.7m X 5.5m : BuyFencingDirect If you're a practically-minded person, who likes to make the most of your outdoor space, the 9x18 Palmako Dan Premium (16mm) Multi-room Shed (2.7m x 5.5m) is designed with 2 equal compartments, offering you the perfect combination of generous garden storage and a dedicated workshop area. Expertly built from 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, this superior garden shed is far more robust, durable and insulated than a standard wooden shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 16mm tongue and groove too, for top to bottom quality. You can gain easy access to this garden workshop via double doors, which are situated at the front of the shed, or a single personal access door, positioned towards the rear. Both sets of doors are fitted with a hasp and staple (padlocks not included), so you can add a padlock if you need further security. You'll enjoy plenty of natural light when you're hard at work inside thanks to 2 plexiglass windows, found on the wider side of the structure. They are near-shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass, which is welcome news if you have family members who enjoy ball games. Ready-made wall elements and doors, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 separate compartments Built from 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding 16mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Double doors to the front and a single door to the rear Both have hasp and staple closures (padlocks not included) 2 plexiglass windows Ready-made wall elements and doors Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
20. 15' X 11' Palmako Olaf Premium 88mm Multi-room Shed 4.5m X 3.3m : BuyFencingDirect With 2 distinct compartments and unbeatable insulation, the 15x11 Palmako Olaf Premium (88mm) Nordic Multi-room Shed (4.5m x 3.3m) offers you the perfect combination of effective outdoor storage and a dedicated garden workshop. Expertly built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is even more robust, durable and insulated than a premium log cabin. Both the floor and reverse apex roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 10m² section of this wooden shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 3.5m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They feature laminated frames and cylinder locks, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain secure. You can enjoy natural light when hard at work inside thanks to a window on the side of the structure. It is made from real glass, fully framed and further enhances the shed's attractive appearance. Ready-made wall elements and doors, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase this shed, with the same premium specifications, in a larger size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 distinct compartments Built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have laminated frames and cylinder locks 1 glass window Ready-made wall elements and doors Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
21. 15' X 11' Palmako Kalle 88mm Premium Multi-room Shed 4.5m X 3.3m : BuyFencingDirect With clean, contemporary lines and unbeatable insulation, the 15x11 Palmako Kalle Premium (88mm) Nordic Multi-room Shed's (4.5m x 3.3m) distinct compartments offer you the perfect combination of effective outdoor storage and a dedicated garden workshop. Expertly built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is even more robust, durable and insulated than a premium log cabin. Both the floor and pent roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 10.1m² section of this wooden shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 3.4m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They feature laminated frames and cylinder locks, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain secure. You can enjoy natural light when hard at work inside thanks to a window on the side of the structure. It is made from real glass, fully framed and further enhances the shed's stylish appearance. Ready-made wall elements, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase this shed, with the same premium specifications, in a larger size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 distinct compartments Built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have laminated frames and cylinder locks 1 glass window Ready-made wall elements and doors Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
22. 18' X 11' Palmako Olaf Premium 88mm Multi-room Shed 5.6m X 3.3m : BuyFencingDirect With 2 spacious compartments and unbeatable insulation, the 18x11 Palmako Olaf Premium (88mm) Nordic Multi-room Shed (5.6m x 3.3m) offers you the perfect combination of generous outdoor storage and a dedicated garden workshop. Expertly built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is even more robust, durable and insulated than a premium log cabin. Both the floor and reverse apex roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 10m² section of this wooden shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 6.9m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They feature laminated frames and cylinder locks, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain secure. You can enjoy natural light when hard at work inside thanks to a window on the side of the structure. It is made from real glass, fully framed and further enhances the shed's attractive appearance. Ready-made wall elements and doors, clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are all supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, even if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase this shed, with the same premium specifications, in a smaller size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 distinct compartments Built from 88mm Nordic spruce, fine-sawn tongue and groove cladding with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have laminated frames and cylinder locks 1 glass window Ready-made wall elements and doors Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
23. 10' X 12' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Anthracite Finish 3.03m X 3.76m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed, reassuringly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10' x 12' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Anthracite Finish (3.03m x 3.76m) makes the perfect home for your expensive tools, garden furniture and bikes. Galvanised Steel Shed Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on anthracite grey and taupe finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the seven layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Doors, Roof and Ventilation You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping and fitted with anti-tamper, padlockable handles (padlock not included), so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, two translucent roof panels provide natural light, which is ideal if you're carrying out any practical tasks. High gables make this 10x12 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for stored items. The roof is also fitted with guttering, not only designed to keep your shed's walls nice and clean, but also a potential source of free water for your garden plants. Stress-Free Assembly With dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 376cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note: This metal shed comes without a floor (unless the optional floor support kit is selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit, it can't be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Range and Delivery This particular model is available in a range of sizes and colours. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Seven protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors with anti-tamper handles Roof fitted with two translucent panels and guttering Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring, but a floor support kit is available as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
24. 10' X 12' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish 3.03m X 3.78m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed, reassuringly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10' x 12' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish (3.03m x 3.78m) makes the perfect home for your expensive tools, garden furniture and bikes. Galvanised Steel Shed Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on brown and taupe finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the seven layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Doors, Roof and Ventilation You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping and fitted with anti-tamper, padlockable handles (padlock not included), so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, two translucent roof panels provide natural light, which is ideal if you're carrying out any practical tasks. High gables make this 10x12 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for stored items. The roof is also fitted with guttering, not only designed to keep your shed's walls nice and clean, but also a potential source of free water for your garden plants. Stress-Free Assembly With dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 378cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note: This metal shed comes without a floor (unless the optional floor support kit is selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit, it canât be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Range and Delivery This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Seven protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper handles Roof fitted with two translucent panels and guttering Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring, but a floor support kit is available as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
25. 10' X 12'4 Yardmaster Balmoral Metal Shed 3.03m X 3.78m : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for the perfect home for your tools, garden furniture and bicycles, the 10 x 12 Yardmaster Balmoral 1012WGL Metal Shed is not only intelligently designed and unbeatably robust, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee too. This premium garden shed is built from hot-dipped galvanised steel and enjoys 7 layers of protection against corrosion, so you can rest assured that rust will never be an issue. Completely weatherproof and impervious to damage by insects or pests, this metal shed is just about as tough as sheds come, but robustness and durability aren't its only qualities. A traditional apex roof and a baked-on wood-effect finish make for an incredibly attractive appearance, and if you don't get any pleasure from coating your shed in preservative or replacing wind-torn roof felt, we've got some splendid news for you, this shed for sale is completely maintenance free, offering you a premium garden storage facility with absolutely no hassle. The sliding double doors are generously sized and perfectly designed for when you're storing bulky items or removing large garden equipment. When closed, they are overlapping, padlockable (padlock not included) and fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so you know that any expensive items will be completely protected from the elements and unwanted attention alike. With 2.2m of headroom and ventilation along the ridge and eaves, there's plenty of room for manoeuvre when you're hard at work inside, as well as the certainty that your prized possessions are being housed in optimum storage conditions. This 10x12 metal garden shed has dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 376cm and is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, rust-proof screws, an assembly manual and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** You can also purchase this shed in different sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Unique 7 layers of protection Wood-effect finish Sliding, overlapping double doors Doors have padlock fixing and anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Maintenance-free, weather-resistant, blister, crack and insect proof **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
26. Palmako Vivian 2.1m X 2.1m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Combining a sturdy construction with a beautiful design, the 7x7 Palmako Vivian 28mm Log Cabin is a stylish and high quality cabin to complement your home. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces and treated foundation joists. The floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long-lasting and reliable cabin. The front elevation of the log cabin has an apex roof with a stylish scalloped barge board detail and a glazed single entrance door, complete with a cylinder lock for added security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. This leads you into the internal space which would be ideal as a quiet garden retreat or home office - the choice is yours. If you like this design, but would really prefer something a little bigger, we also have a 11x9 option with glazed double doors. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm Nordic Spruce tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed single entrance door with a durable laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Apex roof with scalloped barge board detail Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessory options below *** |
 |
27. 13'5 X 8'5 Palmako Jari 28mm Premium Nordic Shed 4.1m X 2.6m : BuyFencingDirect If you're a practically-minded person, who likes to make the most of your outdoor space, the 13'5x8'5 Palmako Jari Premium (28mm) Multi-room Shed (4.1m x 2.6m) is designed with 2 separate compartments, offering you the perfect combination of generous garden storage and a dedicated workshop area. Expertly built from chalet-cut, 28mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is far more robust, durable and insulated than a standard wooden shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 5.4m² section of this workshop shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 3.5m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They are also fitted with a hasp and staple (padlocks not included), so you can add a padlock if you need further security. Also, with security in mind, this garden shed is designed without windows. The chalet-cut timber simply slots together, while clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are both supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, which is great news if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase a shed, with the same premium specifications, in a larger size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 separate compartments Built from 28mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding Added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor includes treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have hasp and staple closures (padlocks not included) Chalet-cut timber for an easy assembly Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
28. 17' X 10'5 Palmako Jari Premium 28mm Multi-room Shed 5.2m X 3.2m : BuyFencingDirect If you're a practically-minded person, who likes to make the most of your outdoor space, the 17x10'5 Palmako Jari Premium (28mm) Multi-room Shed (5.2m x 3.2m) is designed with 2 separate compartments, offering you the perfect combination of generous garden storage and a dedicated workshop area. Expertly built from chalet-cut, 28mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, with added wind braces, this superior garden shed is far more robust, durable and insulated than a standard wooden shed. Both the floor and apex roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, the former including treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture. You can gain easy access to the 8.4m² section of this workshop shed via double doors, while a single door leads to the 6.1m² area. As befits a garden workshop, both sets of doors are positioned on the wider side of the structure. They are also fitted with a hasp and staple (padlocks not included), so you can add a padlock if you need further security. Also, with security in mind, this garden shed is designed without windows. The chalet-cut timber simply slots together, while clear instructions and a complete set of fixings are both supplied to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, which is great news if you're inexperienced at DIY. All of the parts are covered by a 5 year guarantee. You can purchase this shed, with the same premium specifications, in a smaller size. *This workshop shed is supplied untreated. We advise coating it with a quality wood preservative within 6 weeks of assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to prevent rot and maintain the wood's attractive appearance. If you'd like a more individual look, you can paint this garden shed instead.* Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Shed has 2 separate compartments Built from 28mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding Added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor includes treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove roof Double doors and a separate single door Both have hasp and staple closures (padlocks not included) Chalet-cut timber for an easy assembly Assembly kit and instructions included 5 year parts guarantee No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade *Should be painted or treated* Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
29. 10' X 13' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed 3m X 3.9m : BuyFencingDirect Offering robust and stylish garden storage for your tools, outdoor furniture and bicycles, the 10x13 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed is intelligently designed, built in Great Britain and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superb metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a contemporary baked-on anthracite-grey finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, while the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your tools and equipment via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. This metal shed comes with 2 translucent roof panels too - ideal when you're retrieving stored items or hard at work inside. High gables make this large metal shed suitable for even our tallest customers, while ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. This garden shed is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please be aware that this metal shed is supplied without flooring and should be anchored to a level concrete or paved base. A high-strength galvanised steel floor support kit can be purchased as an optional extra, allowing you to add your own timber floor, if desired (timber floor not included). You can also buy a 3-tier steel shelving unit as an optional extra to customise your garden storage. This market-leading shed is available in a range of sizes, all with the same superb specifications. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Fitted with 2 translucent roof panels Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
30. 10' X 13' Yardmaster Metal Shed 3.03m X 3.96m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10x13 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. This metal shed comes with 2 translucent roof panels too - ideal when you're retrieving stored items or hard at work inside. High gables make this shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 202cm x 303cm x 396cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Fitted with 2 translucent roof panels Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
31. Palmako Vivian 3.3m X 2.7m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Combining a sturdy construction with a beautiful design, the 11x9 Palmako Vivian 28mm Log Cabin is a stylish and high quality cabin to complement your home. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces and treated foundation joists. The strong floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long-lasting and reliable cabin. The front elevation of the log cabin has an apex roof with a stylish scalloped barge board detail and a glazed double entrance doors, complete with a cylinder lock for added security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. This leads you into the internal space which would be ideal as a quiet garden retreat or home office - the choice is yours. If you like this design, but would really prefer something a little smaller, we also have a 7x7 option with a glazed single door entrance. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm Nordic Spruce tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed double entrance doors with a durable laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Apex roof with scalloped barge board detail Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessory options below *** |
 |
32. Palmako Ella 2 3.2m X 3.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect For a stylish, new garden retreat or hobby room, buy the Palmako Ella 3.2m² Log Cabin Summer House (28mm). This garden building sports a contemporary design and a number of impressive features, which make it a great place to relax come rain or shine. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 28mm Nordic spruce logs, with a chalet-cut design and added wind braces, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the floor and roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose one from the available optional upgrades. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Partially-glazed, wide double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden cabin is available in a range of sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 28mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs Added wind braces and a chalet-cut design for superb weatherproof protection 19mm tongue and groove floor 19mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
33. Palmako Ella 5.4m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Designed to offer you the best of both worlds, the Ella 5.4x3m Log Cabin combines 6.9m2 of indoor and 8.2m2 of outdoor sheltered space, offering you a multitude of possibilities when deciding how to use this charming living space. The main cabin can house a garden office or family room while the outer space can provide shelter for bikes, barbecues and a range of equipment. Perhaps you'll add garden furniture to create a relaxing patio area. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces. The floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long lasting and reliable cabin. The cabin section of this garden building has glazed double doors, fitted with safety glass and complete with key-operated cylinder lock for security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low doorsill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. The cabin is supplied untreated. We strongly advise that you apply an initial preservative treatment to the log cabin upon assembly, and do so annually thereafter to support the 5 year guarantee. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed double entrance doors fitted with safety glass Laminated door frame for enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Roof covering is NOT included. Please select from the Options Supplied untreated - requires initial and annual retreatment |
 |
34. Palmako Ella 6m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Designed to offer you the best of both worlds, the Ella 6x3m Log Cabin combines 6.9m2 of indoor and 10m2 of outdoor sheltered space, offering you a multitude of possibilities when deciding how to use this charming living space. The main cabin can house a garden office or family room while the outer space can provide shelter for small vehicles, bikes, barbecues and a range of equipment. Perhaps you'll add garden furniture to create a relaxing patio area. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces. The floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long lasting and reliable cabin. The cabin section of this garden building has glazed double doors, fitted with safety glass and complete with key-operated cylinder lock for security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low doorsill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The cabin is supplied untreated. We strongly advise that you apply an initial preservative treatment to the log cabin upon assembly, and do so annually thereafter to support the 5 year guarantee. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed double entrance doors with safety glass Laminated door frame for enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Roof covering is NOT included. Please select from the Options Supplied untreated. Requires initial and annual retreatment |
 |
35. Palmako Ella 6m X 3.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Designed to offer you the best of both worlds, the Ella 6x3.2m Log Cabin combines 8.7m2 of indoor and 8.2m2 of outdoor sheltered space, offering you a multitude of possibilities when deciding how to use this charming living space. The main cabin can house a garden office or family room while the outer space can provide shelter for bikes, barbecues and a range of equipment. Perhaps you'll add garden furniture to create a relaxing patio area. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces. The floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long lasting and reliable cabin. The cabin section of this garden building has glazed double doors, fitted with safety glass and complete with key-operated cylinder lock for security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low doorsill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The cabin is supplied untreated. We strongly advise that you apply an initial preservative treatment to the log cabin upon assembly, and do so annually thereafter to support the 5 year guarantee. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed double entrance doors with safety glass Laminated door frame for enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Roof covering is NOT included. Please select from the Options Supplied untreated - requires initial and annual retreatment |
 |
36. Palmako Ella 6.6m X 3.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Designed to offer you the best of both worlds, the Ella 6.6x3.2m Log Cabin combines 8.7m2 of indoor and 10m2 of outdoor sheltered space, offering you a multitude of possibilities when deciding how to use this charming living space. The main cabin can house a garden office or family room while the outer space can provide shelter for bikes, barbecues and a range of equipment. Perhaps you'll add garden furniture to create a relaxing patio area. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs, this solid and hardwearing cabin boasts an authentic chalet style build with chamfered log ends, supported by wind braces. The floor and roof are 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistant qualities, providing a long lasting and reliable cabin. The cabin section of this garden building has glazed double doors, fitted with safety glass and complete with key-operated cylinder lock for security. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A low doorsill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. The cabin is supplied untreated. We strongly advise that you apply an initial preservative treatment to the log cabin upon assembly, and do so annually thereafter to support the 5 year guarantee. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs and wind braces for added strength 19mm tongue and groove floor and roof, supported by treated foundation joists Glazed double entrance doors with safety glass Laminated door frame for enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Roof covering is NOT included. Please select from the Options Supplied untreated - requires initial and annual retreatment |
 |
37. Palmako Lotta 3.9m X 3.9m Log Cabin Garden Room 34mm : BuyFencingDirect A sleek, stylish garden room, the 13x13 Palmako Lotta 34mm Log Cabin is ideal as a home office or summerhouse. This 13x13 log cabin offers plenty of room to extend your living space into your garden. At the heart of this garden cabin is a tongue and groove construction, well-known for its strength, durability and weather resistance. Constructed from thick, high quality 34mm Nordic Spruce, the tongue and groove design and wind braces provide a robust retreat built in an authentic chalet style with straight cut log ends. The floor and appealing apex roof are both 19mm tongue and groove with the roof also featuring a small overhang, offering shelter from showers and sun. Glazed double entrance doors provide both access and light to the garden cabin. The laminated finish to the door frames provides added strength and better resistance to cracking or other reactions to extreme temperatures. A cylinder lock with key provides security and peace of mind. A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 34mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs Includes 19mm tongue and groove flooring 19mm tongue and groove roof with small overhang Glazed double entrance doors with a durable laminated door finish for enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Real glass glazing *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from the Options and Accessories Menu*** |
 |
38. Palmako Ines 3.9m X 3m Log Cabin Garden Office 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 3.9m x 3m Log Cabin Garden Office (44mm) is robust, stylish, and comes with 11.1m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Bifold Doors with Toughened Double Glazing The bifold doors are made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include rubber and silicone seals, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs. Features 11.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Bifold doors made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with rubber and silicone seals, laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
39. Palmako Lea 4.9m X 4m Log Cabin Garden Office 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A beautiful garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 4.9m x 4m Log Cabin Garden Office (44mm) boasts 14.2m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Bifold Doors with Toughened Double GlazingThe bifold doors are made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include rubber and silicone seals, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs.Features 14.2m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeBifold doors made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with rubber and silicone seals, laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
40. Palmako Ines 4.8m X 3m Log Cabin Garden Office 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 4.8m x 3m Log Cabin Garden Office (44mm) is robust, stylish, and comes with 13.7m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Bifold Doors with Toughened Double Glazing The bifold doors are made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include rubber and silicone seals, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs. Features 13.7m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Bifold doors made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with rubber and silicone seals, laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
41. Palmako Lea 5.8m X 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Office 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A beautiful garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 5.8m x 4m Log Cabin Garden Office (44mm) boasts 19.4m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Bifold Doors with Toughened Double GlazingThe bifold doors are made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include rubber and silicone seals, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs.Features 19.4m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeBifold doors made from 4-6-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with rubber and silicone seals, laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
42. Palmako Lisa 5.1m X 3.8m Log Cabin Garden Room 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Large windows, a modern pent roof and 19.4m² of multi-purpose space are just a few of the 17x12 Palmako Lisa 44mm Log Cabin's great features. You can transform this contemporary garden room into a summer house, garden office, home gym or whatever your lifestyle calls for. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The four large windows and fully-glazed double doors offer excellent views of your garden. The latter are fitted with safety glass. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. The Lisa from Palmako is also available as a 15x11 log cabin. *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 4 large opening windows and fully-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover *Supplied untreated - wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
43. Palmako Emma 1 2.6m X 2.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Available now is the Palmako Emma 1, a traditional cabin that will offer space outdoors to relax, escape the hustle and bustle of the house or even work/work out. The Emma cabin has been made from premium materials and has received excellent feedback. The timber used in the process of producing the Palmako Emma 1 is a fine Nordic spruce that has been given extra time to develop and therefore is much more durable. The cabin has a traditional design and stands proud in any garden. The timber used is cut into the thick 28mm planks that are chalet cut which interlock much tighter and therefore more protected from the outside weathers. The roof is made from 19mm thick tongue and groove cladding. The roof features a front overhang and this keeps the front gable and door dry and shelter for a bench or BBQ. This log cabin is provided with a 5 year manufacturer's guarantee. The Palmako Emma 1 has a single front door which is used to access the spacious interior. The door is glazed with a premium thick glass that acts as a light source to the inside. The door also features a cylinder lock that will protect the inside of the cabin and deter thefts etc. The door frame is made from laminated timber and has a seal to stop draughts as well as a stainless steel door sill. Adjacent to the door is a large opening window which is also glazed from the same 4mm thick glass and this allows in even more light giving he cabin a warm and spacious feel. Fresh air also flows through when the window is opened and keeps the cabin smelling clean and stops all foul smells. To stabilise the entire cabin, pressure treated floor joists are implemented and this will keep the cabins floor from becoming damaged. The assembly of the Palmako Emma 1 will take only a few hours with the help of a few hands and thanks to the simple design and a clever instruction manual, the cabin will be standing hassle free. We advise that you treat the cabin annually as this will prevent the fast on set of rot and other damage. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *Please also note that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Manufactured from premium Nordic timber with a traditional design that offers a spacious interior for all sorts of uses Apex roof design features an overhang that protects the front of the cabin and provides protection from weather Chalet cut 28mm thick walls offering complete protection against weather Single opening window and cylinder lock door *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
44. 10' X 17' Yardmaster Metal Garage 2.97m X 5.22m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're looking for a secure place to keep your car or a spacious garden storage facility, the 10 x 17 Yardmaster 1017 Metal Garage, backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, is the perfect solution. This premium metal garage is built from zinc-plated steel with a clear resin bonding, and enjoys 7 layers of protection against corrosion, so you can rest assured that rust will never be an issue. Completely weatherproof and impervious to damage by insects or pests, this metal garage building is just about as tough as garages come, but robustness and durability aren't its only qualities. A traditional apex roof and stylish stone-grey finish make for an incredibly attractive appearance, and if you don't get any pleasure from coating your garden building in preservative or replacing wind-torn roof felt, we've got some splendid news for you - this metal garage is completely maintenance free, offering you a premium carport or general garden storage facility with absolutely no hassle. The double doors are perfectly designed for a family car or for storing bulky items. They are padlockable (padlock not included), so you know that your car will be completely protected from the elements and unwanted attention alike. If you plan on carrying out any practical tasks inside your new metal garage, you'll find that the 2 translucent roof panels provide natural light, whilst almost 3 metres of headroom, as well as ventilation along the ridge and eaves, offers you plenty of room for manoeuvre and the certainty that your prized possessions are being housed in optimum storage conditions. This 10x17 prefab garage has dimensions of 297cm x 522cm x 221cm and is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, rust-proof screws, an assembly manual and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly.Ã **Please be advised that this metal garage comes without a floor and that you should assemble it on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from zinc-plated steel with a clear resin bonding Unique 7 layers of protection Lockable double doors 2 translucent roof panels Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weather-resistant, blister, crack and insect proof Completely maintenance-free Comes with anchor fixings, numbered parts and rust-proof screws Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
45. Palmako Emma 3.6m X 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse 34mm : BuyFencingDirect An appealing and inviting space to enjoy, at any time of year, our Palmako Emma 3.6m2 Log Cabin Summer House (34mm) offers you the perfect home office, hobby room or garden retreat. Superbly constructed from thick 34mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking log design and wind braces provide a solid build and refined finish in an authentic chalet style with chamfered log ends. The floor, which extends to the veranda, is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, strength and durability. This is supported by treated foundation joists, providing you with a long-lasting surface for many years of entertainment. The apex roof features an overhang which covers the veranda beautifully, providing shade from sun and showers. Built from 19mm tongue and groove, this ensures a strong and reliable canopy. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The delightful veranda area is ideal for outdoor seating, with treated terrace boards for a hardwearing finish. From the veranda, you enter the cabin through a single door, which is fitted with a cylinder lock. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. To ensure good insulation the tilt and turn windows and doors have rubber seals and silicone. Inside, you are aware of generous space and natural light pouring in from the windows on two aspects. Single glazed with a top opening function, aiding ventilation, the windows also benefit from shutters on the outside and discrete window gutters to prevent water seepage and damage. These shutters can be used to secure your log cabin when not in use, and offer an attractive feature when pinned back. This garden cabin is supplied untreated and with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. The Palmako Emma log cabin is available for you to purchase in 2 sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee Impressive veranda and feature overhang roof High quality 34mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove roof and floor with treated terrace boards and treated foundation joists Single entrance door with cylinder lock and a laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures 2 single glazed tilt and turn opening windows with attractive shutters Rubber seals and silicone for good insulation Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Supplied untreated - treatment required Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessory options below Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
46. Palmako Iris 3.9m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Enjoy being in your summerhouse or home office, taking in the views of your garden on a sunny day or safely tucked away in the warm interior of this 13x10 Palmako Iris 28mm Log Cabin on a wet and windy day. Stylishly constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking logs and wind braces provide a strong and robust design, with authentic chalet style straight cut log ends, reflecting the high quality build, design and materials used. The durable floor is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its strength and weather resistance, providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for this popular outdoor space. The reverse apex roof is built from 16mm tongue and groove cladding, which makes a strong and reliable canopy for the structure. Glazed double entrance doors, fitted with double toughened glass and a cylinder lock, lead into the bright and welcoming space inside. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. To ensure good insulation the window and doors have rubber seals and silicone. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Light and ventilation is provided by a further single glazed, real glass opening window. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We would suggest that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) If you are looking for a slightly larger log cabin, why not take a look at our 14x11 Palmako Iris 44mm Log Cabin? 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove cladding floor Entrance doors with double toughened glass, a cylinder lock and a laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures 1 single glazed, real glass, opening window, providing light and ventilation Rubber seals and silicone for good insulation Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the Essential Extras tab *** |
 |
47. Palmako Klara 3.9m X 3.3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Providing an attractive and high quality space to enjoy time in your garden, the 13x11Palmako Klara 28mm Log Cabin is the ideal garden room to indulge in your hobbies, relax or entertain. Beautifully constructed from thick 28mm Nordic Spruce, the tongue and groove design provides a high quality, smooth planed finish chalet style design supported by wind braces for a robust build. The durable floor is 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its durability, weather resistance and strength, and the roof is 16mm tongue and groove - both ensuring a strong and reliable finish. A glazed single entrance door, fitted with a cylinder lock, leads into the bright and airy space. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Additional light and ventilation is provided by the delightful single glazed gutter style window. A wooden gutter to the window prevents water seepage and damage. A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) A Klara 10x7 Log Cabin is also available. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 28mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs Includes 19mm tongue and groove flooring 16mm tongue and groove roof Real glass window and glazing to door Laminated door frame providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Window gutter preventing water seepage and damage Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from the Options and Accessories Menu*** |
 |
48. Palmako Sally 3.9m X 3.9m Log Cabin Garden Room 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A relaxing and welcoming space that encourages light in, our 13x13 Palmako Sally 44mm Log Cabin is a brilliant home office or personal home gym solution. The generous proportions give you plenty of extra living space. Constructed from thick, high quality 44mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking logs provide a hardwearing and resilient design, plus fabulous insulation qualities. Wind braces provide increased stability. The apex roof design with the large overhang with a pretty scalloped edge, provides shelter from sun and showers, whilst the 19mm tongue and groove cladding ensures a robust canopy. The strong flooring is 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its durability and weather resistance, is supported by treated foundation joists which provides a hardwearing and long-lasting surface. The stylish double glazed entrance doors allow light and ventilation into the spacious interior, together with additional sources from the tilt and turn opening window. The window features a discrete metal gutter designed to prevent water seepage and damage. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. To ensure good insulation the window and doors are fitted with rubber seals and silicone. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Door frames include 3D hinges, adjustable in x, y and z axis. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) If you are looking for a bigger log cabin, why not take a look at our 16x13 Palmako Sally 44mm Log Cabin? 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 44mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove cladding floor and roof with treated foundation joists Double glazed entrance doors with a cylinder lock and a laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Tilt and turn double glazed window providing light and ventilation Metal gutter on window prevents water seepage and damage Windows and doors fitted with rubber seals and silicone for good insulation Low door sill, covered with stainless steel Door frames include 3D hinges, adjustable in the x, y and z axis *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessory options below *** |
 |
49. Palmako Iris 4.2m X 3.3m Log Cabin Garden Office 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Enjoy being in your summerhouse or home office, taking in the views of your garden on a sunny day or safely tucked away in the warm interior of this 14x11 Palmako Iris 28mm Log Cabin on a wet and windy day. Stylishly constructed from thick 44mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking logs and wind braces provide a strong and robust design, with authentic chalet style straight cut log ends, reflecting the high quality build, design and materials used. The durable floor is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its strength and weather resistance, supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for this popular outdoor space. The reverse apex roof is built from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, which makes a strong and reliable canopy for the structure. Benefitting from double glazed safety glass, the full length, double entrance doors, fitted with a cylinder lock fitted, lead into the bright and welcoming space inside. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. Light and ventilation is provided by two further double glazed opening windows. The cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We would suggest that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please note that the roof does not include a covering. Please select from the roof covering options. If you are looking for a slightly smaller log cabin, why not take a look at our 13x10 Palmako Iris 28mm Log Cabin? 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 44mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove cladding floor and roof with treated foundation joists Double glazed entrance doors with safety glass, a cylinder lock and a laminated door finish providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures 2 double glazed opening windows, providing light and ventilation Rubber seals and silicone for good insulation Low door sill, covered with stainless steel |
 |
50. Palmako Lisa 4.7m X 3.7m Log Cabin Garden Room 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Large windows, a modern pent roof and 14.2m² of multi-purpose space are just a few of the Palmako Lisa 4.7m x 3.7m Log Cabin's (44mm) great features. You can transform this contemporary garden room into a summer house, garden office, home gym or whatever your lifestyle calls for. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability are provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength. The floor is supported by treated foundation joists, providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface which won't let you down. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The fully-glazed double doors are fitted with safety glass, always a good idea in a busy garden. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless-steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area, while a key-operated cylinder lock provides reassuring security when you're not at home. Two large, opening windows offer excellent views of your garden. They are double glazed and fitted with rubber seals to keep the interior nicely insulated. Available in 2 sizes and with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, this truly is a premium-quality garden building. This garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double doors and 2 double-glazed, opening windows Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu Supplied untreated, so wood preservative required Please be advised that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above |
 |
51. Palmako Iris 5.3m X 4.1m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A stylish simplicity contrasts with the 17x13 Palmako Iris 44mm Log Cabin's high-tech build which make this contemporary garden room's 19.1m² of space an excellent choice for your modern summer house, garden office or home gym. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The three large windows and fully-glazed double doors offer ample light and ventilation. The latter are fitted with safety glass. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Iris from Palmako is also available as a 13x10 and 14x11 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 3 large opening windows and fully-glazed double doors with safety glass Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
52. Palmako Britta 4.5m X 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Building 40mm : BuyFencingDirect Bringing captivating charm and remarkable space to your garden, our 15x15 Palmako Britta 40mm Log Cabin makes a superb home office, private home gym or summerhouse. Constructed from thick 40mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking logs provide a robust and sturdy design, as well as insulation. Wind braces provide increased stability. The large overhanging roof offers protection from showers and sun, with the 19mm tongue and groove roof, well-known for its durability, strength and weather resistance, providing you with a sturdy and reliable canopy. This log cabin includes a 19mm tongue and groove floor designed to withstand years of footfall and support any furnishings - as well as being an attractive design feature Beautiful glazed double doors, fitted with a key-operated cylinder lock, lead you into the light and airy interior where further light floods in through the large double tilt and turn opening window. The window features a discrete gutter designed to prevent water seepage and damage. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill also features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. The garden cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Britta is also available as a 14x14 or 17x15 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 40mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs Includes 19mm tongue and groove flooring 19mm tongue and groove roof with large overhang Glazed double entrance doors with laminated door frame providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Real glass large double tilt and turn style window Window gutter preventing water seepage and damage Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note - roof covering is NOT included. Select from the Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
53. Palmako Britta 5.1m X 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Building 40mm : BuyFencingDirect Bringing captivating charm and remarkable space to your garden, our 17x15 Palmako Britta 40mm Log Cabin makes a superb home office, private home gym or summerhouse. Constructed from thick 40mm Nordic Spruce, the interlocking logs provide a robust and sturdy design, as well as insulation. Wind braces provide increased stability. The large overhanging roof offers protection from showers and sun, with the 19mm tongue and groove roof, well-known for its durability, strength and weather resistance, providing you with a sturdy and reliable canopy. This log cabin includes a 19mm tongue and groove floor designed to withstand years of footfall and support any furnishings - as well as being an attractive design feature Beautiful glazed double doors, fitted with a key-operated cylinder lock, lead you into the light and airy interior where further light floods in through the large double tilt and turn opening window. The window features a discrete gutter designed to prevent water seepage and damage. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill also features a stainless steel cover to protect wood from damage in this high wear area. The garden cabin is supplied untreated with a five year guarantee. We advise that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment to the log cabin, once built, and do so annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied for a more individual style. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Britta is also available as a 14x14 or 15x15 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality 40mm Nordic Spruce interlocking logs Includes 19mm tongue and groove flooring 19mm tongue and groove roof with large overhang Glazed double entrance doors with laminated door frame providing enhanced resistance to cracking and extreme temperatures Real glass large double tilt and turn style window Window gutter preventing water seepage and damage Low door sill, covered with stainless steel *** Please note - roof covering is NOT included. Select from the Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
54. Palmako Sally 3.2m X 3.8m Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect The Sally wooden log cabin will become the perfect outside space for spending time this summer. Turn it into a home gym, outside office or of course a summerhouse. However you choose to furnish the wooden log cabin, all year round usage means excellent value. This wooden log cabin is produced from a tough Nordic Spruce selected for its superior qualities. The build consists of 44mm thick solid interlocking logs, designed to create the cabin's rigid and tough build. The roof and floor panels consist of tongue and groove panels which overall finishes the wooden log cabin's tremendous build. The full glass double glazed windows allow plenty of natural light in and can be twist turn opened to let in fresh air, especially in the summer time. The solid double doors have a cylinder lock, an extremely secure lock that keeps the door shut. The wooden log cabin features pressure treated floor joists, keeping the log cabin standing and avoiding any floor rot. When the assembly is complete using the building kit including instructions, we recommend you treat the log cabin with a preservative to maintain a resistance towards weathering. 5 year structural guarantee. Please be advised that the roof does not include a weatherproof cover. Select from SBS, EPDM, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Sally wooden log cabins will become an ideal summerhouse, gym or even home office. Constructed using a Nordic Spruce timber, producing a monumental quality build. Made using 44mm solid interlocking logs, carefully designed for long lasting build. Half glazed double doors made from solid wood and real glass, using a cylinder lock to keep door secure shut. Roof and floor boards made from tongue and groove interlocking lengths enhancing the build. Pressure treated floor joists stop the base from touching the ground, eliminating any rot. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
55. Palmako Lisa 4.2m X 3.2m Log Cabin Garden Room 34mm : BuyFencingDirect A modern design, 11.5m² of internal space and ample glazing are just some of the Palmako Lisa 4.2m x 3.2m Log Cabin's (34mm) great features. You can transform this contemporary garden room into a summer house, home office, or whatever else takes your fancy. Made from Premium Materials Made from high-quality Nordic spruce, the 34mm interlocking tongue and groove walls are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Wind braces provide further strength and stability, ensuring this garden cabin is incredibly robust and durable. Tongue and Groove Floor and Roof The roof and floor are constructed from premium 19mm tongue and groove, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength. The floor is supported by treated foundation joists, providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface which won't let you down. The pent-style roof features a 45cm overhang, which reduces sun glare and gives this log cabin an authentic Scandinavian feel. As this garden building is under 2.5m in height, you should not require planning permission to install it, although we advise checking with your own local authorityâs planning department before making your purchase. Select a Roof Covering Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Doors and Windows The half-glazed double doors are fitted with a key-operated cylinder lock, so rest assured that your expensive equipment will remain safe from unwanted attention. For increased strength and improved resistance to extreme temperatures, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless-steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high-traffic area. Two large windows offer excellent views of your garden. You can open them through a simple tilt and turn mechanism, should ventilation be required. Assembly, Guarantee and Choice of 3 Sizes Available in 3 sizes and with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, this truly is a premium-quality garden building. An assembly kit is provided to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. Wood Treatment This garden cabin is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the guarantee. Alternatively, you could paint your new log cabin for that personal touch. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Reassuring 5-year guarantee 11.5m² of internal space Premium 34mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding Wind braces for added structural stability 19mm tongue and groove floor and pressure treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent-style roof Height is under 2.5m Half-glazed double doors with key-operated cylinder lock Laminated door frame and low stainless-steel sill 2 large, opening windows Choose from 3 different sizes Supplied untreated - annual treatment required ROOF COVER NOT INCLUDED - please select from the optional upgrades above Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
56. Palmako Sally 5.3m X 4.1m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Full of rustic charm and boasting 19.1m² of space, the 17x12 Palmako Sally 44mm Log Cabin's is ready to be transformed into your new garden office, summer house or entertainment room. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The distinctive roof overhang is not only an attractive design feature - further enhanced by delightful scalloped barge boards but also provides practical shade and protection for the front of the log cabin and for you. The two double opening tilt and turn windows and the half-glazed double doors are Georgian in style, complementing the traditional design of this log cabin. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area and 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Sally from Palmako is also available as a 10x12, 13x13 and 16x13 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 2 large double opening tilt and turn windows and half-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Aluminium window gutters Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
57. Palmako Emma 4.7m X 3.5m Log Cabin Summerhouse With Shed 34mm : BuyFencingDirect With an integral storage shed as well as a spacious interior cabin, the 15'x11' Emma Log Cabin from Palmako is a practical and attractive summer house boasting excellent build and features. Offering 10.4m2 of internal living space and a dedicated 3.8m2 of shed space, this garden cabin features Nordic Spruce 34mm cladding. The chalet cut logs are designed to provide enhanced protection from the wind and rain. Both the floor and roof are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove, known for its resistance to weather and its attractive finish. The striking roof overhang provides both shade and protection for the front of the cabin. Wind braces and treated foundation joists complete the robust build of this summer house. The main cabin is accessed via half-glazed double doors while the shed has its own single door. Cylinder locks to the doors provide security while laminated door frames and a steel covered door sill ensure the intergrity of the doors for years to come. A large tilt and turn side window offers light and ventilation to the cabin. A discrete window gutter prevents water damage. All glazing is real glass for a high quality finish. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The log cabin is self-assembly. *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* 10.4m2 internal cabin 3.8m2 shed storage space 34mm Nordice Spruce chalet cut cladding 19mm tongue and groove roof and floor Half glazed double doors to main cabin Solid single door to shed space Opening tilt and turn window Discrete window gutter Cylinder door locks Real glass glazing Steel covered door sill Wind braces *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the accessories section *** |
 |
58. Palmako Roger 3.6m X 5.5m Log Cabin Single Garage 44mm - Double Doors : BuyFencingDirect This single car garage log cabin is a brilliant addition for larger gardens and agricultural land, combining car storage as well as relaxation and minor storage. At one price you get the best of three worlds, designed to last a long time. Using Nordic pine, this single garage has a premium build. The timber is world renowned when manufacturing log cabins, an extremely robust and sustainable timber. To increase the cabins defence to weather and heavy winds, the cabin is built using chalet cut timbers, producing an overall better cabin. Front opening double doors open wide to allow a single car in as well as other items such as machinery and bikes. The log cabin space allows for storage of smaller items like tools as well as garden accessories like patio chairs. To access the log cabin area a side door is positioned which is glazed with real glass and has a cylinder lock which maintains security. The windows on the cabin are made from real glazed glass and allow in light for usage all year. Have an electrician fit an electricity source inside to make the cabin more homely and lets you furnish the insides perfectly. Self-assembly is required as the cabin is delivered flat pack, but don't let its size scare you as it features a real simple build. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Combine day living space with storage as well as car storage using this handy single log garage. Creating using a fine Nordic spruce timber that will ensure a long lasting robust build. Timber lengths have been chalet cut to produce a much more protected build from the likes of wind and rain. Single front opening door for storage of a single car or even machinery such as sit on lawn mowers/bikes. Side entrance gives easy access to storage area, double glazed and features a cylinder lock to keep secure. 5 years hassle free guarantee and even longer life expectancy assuring great value. *Delivered untreated – treatment required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
59. Palmako Irene 3.8m X 5.7m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect With two entrance points, you can design the 19m² of space that the 12x18 Palmako Irene 44mm Log Cabin offers in a multitude of ways to suit your lifestyle and needs, such as a home office, summer house or home gym. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. With both a half-glazed side entrance door and a set of fully-glazed double doors (both fitted with safety glass) as well as two long windows flanking the entrance and a large double opening window - all Georgian in style - this garden cabin benefits from an abundance of light and ventilation. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sills feature stainless steel covers to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. Key-operated cylinder locks provide security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. The Irene from Palmako is also available as a 13x13, 15x18 and 17x18 log cabin. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 3 large opening windows and double doors with safety glass Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *Supplied untreated - wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
60. Palmako Roger 3.6m X 5.5m Log Cabin Single Garage 44mm - Up And Over Door : BuyFencingDirect This single car garage log cabin combines both storage as well as relaxation space, perfect for all year round. Fitting a single car easily, the front doors have been designed to open extra wide and open up and over rather than opening inwards. This has the benefit of reducing space lost when opening doors inwards and also reduces effort of opening the doors. The design of this log cabin has clearly been thought about and tested as it is far from disappointing. Everything down to the added little features to the Nordic pine used just creates an overall brilliant cabin. The Nordic spruce is selected because of its amazing qualities such as resistance to weather. To increase the cabins ability to be weatherproof, chalet cut timbers are used rather than standard timber. Chalet cut have a much tighter fixture to each other which stops rain and wind from having the slightest chance of getting in. The roof boards are constructed from tongue and groove paneling, known to create a platform that can withstand immense pressures. Overall the Log cabin is extremely robust and has a 5 year hassle free usage guarantee. A side door is situated on the side gable to give easy access to the living space instead of having to use to the front up and over opening door. We know that items of high value tend to be stored and therefore you will need a level of security, thanks to the cylinder lock on the doors your items are secure. Other helpful features of this cabin are the rubber seals on all openings stopping heat escaping especially in the Winter. The windows are made from double glazed glass and allow in natural light when needed. A build kit is provided with delivery and will help oversee the speedy assembly that will not take up your entire day. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Nordic Spruce timber build, creating this log cabins amazing and long lasting build. Extra wide door which opens up and over reducing space taken up from opening doors and effort. Chalet cut timbers produce a weatherproof build which is excellent all year round. Roof boards consist of tongue and groove timber paneling, creating a robust overall build. Side door incorporates a lock and key to maintain security of your stored items eg car. Rubber seals on the windows and doors prevent heat escaping in the Winter, proving all year round use. Self-assembly required and once built, guarantees a 5 year hassle free usage period. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
61. Palmako Irene 4.7m X 5.7m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect With two entrance points, you can design the 23.9m² of space that the 15x18 Palmako Irene 44mm Log Cabin offers in a multitude of ways to suit your lifestyle and needs, such as a home office, summer house or home gym. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. With both a half-glazed side entrance door and a set of fully-glazed double doors (doors all fitted with safety glass) as well as two long windows flanking the entrance and a large double opening window - all Georgian in style - this garden cabin benefits from an abundance of light and ventilation. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sills feature stainless steel covers to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. Key-operated cylinder locks provide security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. The Irene from Palmako is also available as a 12x18, 13x13 and 17x18 log cabin. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 3 large opening windows and double doors with safety glass Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *Supplied untreated - wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
62. Palmako Claudia 5.4m X 3.9m Log Cabin Garden Room 44mm : BuyFencingDirect With an abundance of glazing, stylish clock dormer feature and an attractive reverse apex design, this 18x13 (5.4m x3.9m) Palmako Claudia 44mm Log Cabin is a remarkable garden room. Offering you 19.4m² of bright and airy space, this splendid log cabin is ready for you to transform into your garden office, summer house or even a home gym. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The extensive glazing includes the fully-glazed double doors (fitted with safety glass) and a further eight opening windows, four to the front and two to each side. All are double-glazed and feature rubber seals for enhanced insulation. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Claudia from Palmako is also available as a 10x8, 13x10 and 18x13 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 8 large opening windows and fully-glazed double doors with safety glass Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
63. Palmako Roger 5.7m X 5.1m Log Cabin Double Garage 44mm - Double Doors : BuyFencingDirect This stunning log cabin with double car garage is a great purchase for larger areas of land, combining both relaxation space with car storage. Instead of purchasing both a garage and shed, why not make the most of this log cabin with double car storage. Produced from a nordic spruce pine, this log cabin has great resistance to damage from the outside conditions as well as being extremely durable/robust. The log cabin is made up from 44mm chalet cut timbers producing a better protection towards wind and rain. The roof is made up off tongue and groove roof boards, creating a tough roof that has no issue when it comes to weather. The log cabin has a set of 4 window panes, perfect for allowing in natural lighting, great for the darker interior. We suggest adding a light for use all day. The glass is double glazed and extremely durable when it comes to smashing. The doors on the log cabin are fitted to a laminated frame which has a seal also to stop air escaping. A side door gives easy access inside the cabin as well as the double garage doors, all featuring a cylinder lock to keep securely shut when not in use When delivered, this double door log cabin has an assembly kit that features an instruction guide, overseeing a speedy and hassle free build. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* This double garage and log cabin combines relaxation space with transport storage, giving best of both worlds. Created from a Nordic spruce pine that is known for outstanding quality and resistance to rot. 44mm chalet cut timbers that make the wall cladding, creating a better protection to weather. Tongue and groove roof boards finish off the log cabins extreme build, creating long lasting storage space. Real double glass is used in the glazing of the shed, featuring a set of 4 window panes for light allowance. Double set of doors for storing cars as well as a side door, all featuring a cylinder lock for security. Assembly kit supplied for an easy build, containing all the fixtures needed to erect the garage. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
64. Palmako Roger 5.7m X 5.1m Log Cabin Double Garage 44mm - Up And Over Door : BuyFencingDirect This beautiful double car garage with log cabin space is an amazing investment, utilising both car space and relaxation space, all year round. What differs this double garage is that the doors open up and over instead of opening inwards meaning more space is provided as well as overall being easier to use. The timber used to build this prefab garage is a fine nordic spruce pine, known to be extremely long lasting and versatile. The timbers have a special chalet cut which gives the garage a much more stronger resistance in comparison to normal tongue and groove. The roof boards consist of tongue and groove which is ideal for its design, creating an overall weatherproof log cabin. With enough space to fit two cars, the double front doors open up and over and to access to log cabin, a side entrance door is available too. The frame is laminated and has a rubber seal which eliminates the chance of any heat escaping during the colder months. The glass used is all double glazed meaning you have peace and quiet inside the cabin space and just gives a premium finish. This cabin comes with a 5 year no hassle guarantee giving you great value for money. The build kit that comes with the cabin makes assembly a lot easier and hassle free, giving your space for storage within a few hours. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *Also, please note that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Double garage with up and over doors with added space for relaxation all year round. Manufactured from Nordic spruce, a pine timber selected for its superior qualities. Chalet cut timbers are used to create a tougher protection against the outside weather. Tongue and groove roof boards create a roof capable of withstanding heavy pressures. Side door for easy access to log cabin area, utilising a cylinder lock for security purposes. Up and over doors are cleverly designed to reduce space taken up and make storing cars much easier. All glass used in the side windows is made from double glazed real glass, allowing in plenty of light. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
65. Palmako Susanna 5.3m X 3.2m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect The 5.3m x 3.2m Log cabin âSusannaâ combines practicality with design to produce a stunning long lasting log cabin. The home office is constructed using a premium quality Nordic spruce which gives the log cabin its tough build. Carefully designed, the home office uses chalet cut lengths to make the cabin more secure and completely weatherproof, resistant against rain and wind. The flooring is made from tongue and groove paneling and underneath a series of pressure treated floor joists prevent the base from rotting and therefore increase overall stability. The home office has double glazed glass throughout and the windows feature rubber seals as do the doors, stopping heat from escaping. The windows let in light and can be opened to allow ventilation. The doors are glazed with glass and are made from a solid hardwood. A cylinder lock to keeps the door shut securely at night. The home office is delivered untreated and will need annual treatment to maintain a good resistance to the weather. This log cabin is supported by a manufacturer's 5 year structural guarantee. Assembly required. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Nordic spruce Chalet cut logs 19mm tongue and groove timber roof and flooring Cylinder locking system 5 year manufacturer's structural guarantee Please note that log cabins are supplied untreated; this gives you the flexibility and choice to apply a treatment colour or stain of your choice No roof cover â choose one as an optional upgrade |
 |
66. Palmako Roger 5.1m X 5.5m Log Cabin Garage 44mm - Double Doors : BuyFencingDirect This mammoth log cabin garage, large enough to fit a single car easily with plenty extra space for storage of other items such as tools, bikes etc. This cabin has a handy outside shelter that is perfect for Summer gatherings, making an ideal seating space which will stay dry all year round. Design wise, this cabin is one of the most thought about we have on offer. Everything from the timber used to the seals on windows, this cabin does not disappoint. Entering the cabin is easy thanks to the side entrance door, made from a solid hardwood and is glazed with double glazing glass. The door has a lock and key for when you feel security is applicable. In terms of how safe your items are from the outside conditions, the chalet cut timbers ensure a weatherproof exterior. The Nordic spruce pine does not damage easily and overall, this cabin assures a 5 year hassle free use. Natural light floods in through the glazed windows and if fresh air is needed you can open the front double doors to let ventilation happen. Storing a car is extremely easy thanks to the wide opening doors, combining garage space with relaxation and small time storage, all for an amazing cost. The roofing consists of tongue and groove cladding. Self-assembly is required as the cabin is supplied flat pack but do not be scared, the build is not as challenging as it looks thanks to the installation kit and guide. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Stunning log cabin garage which incorporates a covered shelter making it ideal for all year round use. Chalet cut timbers made from a Nordic Pine Spruce, producing a tighter build making the cabin weatherproof. External covered shelter, great for outside seating or BBQ's without getting caught out in sneaky showers. Front solid opening double doors are excellent for easy access and hassle free car storage. Double glazed windows let in needed natural light to fill the cabins insides as well as keeping the noise out. Side entrance door has a measure of security thanks to its cylinder lock, deterring theft especially at night. Assembly kit includes fixtures and instructions which enable the speedy and relatively stress free build. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
67. Palmako Roger 5.1m X 5.5m Log Cabin Garage 44mm - Up And Over Door : BuyFencingDirect This amazing log cabin garage combines storage, relaxation and shelter for outside seating, producing a market leader. One thing we can promise is that you will be far from disappointed with this garage cabin. The manufacturer has selected a Nordic spruce pine to be the leading material for building this cabin. This is because of its amazing resistance to the outside weather and its premium appearance and feel. Chalet cut timbers are chosen over normal timbers as they give the cabin a much tighter build that is much more resistant to rot and rain. The winter is no match for this cabin, harsh winds will resemble a light breeze thanks to the wind braces and the tongue and groove roof means rain and snow is no issue. What differs this cabin to the rest is the up and over door, giving you more space inside overall and reduces the hassle of storing parked cars. Inside space is huge meaning storage of all types of items is possible as well as acting as a Summerhouse in the warmer months. The outside shelter is such a handy feature to have, allowing you to have dry seating areas all year round or even a hot tub! Access into the cabin is easy via the side entrance door. Attached to a laminated frame, this cabins door has a superior finish and is glazed with real glass. Security measures are in place thanks to the high quality door lock which will prevent easy theft of stored items, especially at night. Other features are the double glazed glass windows that allow in natural light whilst keeping noise out as well as door seals to stop heat escaping in the colder periods. This cabin guarantees a 5 year no hassle usage proving an excellent investment. Why buy all three buildings when you have it all combined here? Assembly will not take up the whole day with a few pairs of hands and the assembly kit that comes with delivery will see a stress free build. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Featuring and up and over door, this log cabin garage is one of the best all in ones we have seen in a while. Constructed from a superior Nordic pine, known for its resistance to weathering as well as its solidarity. Handy outside shelter, perfect for eating outside or seating arrangements for the Summer. Up and over door is easily opened and increases available space inside the log cabin when compared to opening doors. Single car can be fitted inside easily or even storage for bikes/machinery etc is possible. Side entrance door is made from a solid wood and has a cylinder lock fitted to deter any thefts. 5 year no maintenance guarantee assuring great value for money and a long term storage solution. Tongue and groove cladding roof, finishing of this cabins amazing build overall. Please note that log cabins are supplied untreated; this gives you the flexibility and choice to apply a treatment colour or stain of your choice. No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade |
 |
68. Palmako Irene 5.3m X 5.7m Log Cabin Garden Building 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a spacious 21.9m² interior plus a further 5.2m² of sheltered outdoor space as well as both an entrance door and French doors, the 17x18 (5.3m x 5.7m) Palmako Irene 44mm Log Cabin is a unique garden room sure to enhance your lifestyle. The covered external space is perfect for a bistro set in the shade, to store wellington boots and shoes or to adorn with your welcome and container plants. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind braces for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. Offering an abundance of light and ventilation, this garden cabin features fully-glazed French doors (with safety glass) flanked either side by another full length window as well as a half-glazed entrance door (also fitted with safety glass) and further opening window to the side of the cabin. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sills feature stainless steel covers to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. Key-operated cylinder locks provide security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Irene from Palmako is also available as a 12x18, 13x13 and 17x18 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout Half-glazed entrance door with safety glass French doors fitted with safety glass and flanked either side by full length windows Opening window to the side Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frames for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill covers Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *Supplied untreated - wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
69. Palmako Roger 4.5m X 5.5m Extra Wide Log Cabin Single Garage 44mm - Double Doors : BuyFencingDirect This single car garage log cabin has been designed so the double doors are extra wide meaning storing a car is extremely easy. The cabin is designed to give you both storage and dry parking space all year round. The timber used is a Nordic spruce pine, selected for its premium qualities. Another feature of this cabin is the chalet cut timbers, combined together this log cabin has an immensely solid build as well as being weatherproof. Wind braces improve the cabins solidarity and prevents any chance of wind damage. The roof panels are constructed from tongue and groove cladding finishing of the cabins immense build. We also understand that your stored items safety is crucial, therefore we have added a premium door lock to the side door which requires a key, giving you peace at night. The window on this cabin is double glazed to give a premium finish and means the noisy outside cannot be heard inside, perfect for working or relaxing in the summer. The door frame has been laminated and the a rubber seal is in place on all exits to prevent any heat from escaping, ideal for winter use. The build may seem scary once delivered however this is not the case, thanks to the guided instructions you will have the cabin standing in no time. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Extra wide solid opening doors makes car parking extremely easy and hassle free. Nordic spruce pine chalet cut timbers produce a weatherproof exterior, guaranteed 5 years no maintenance. Roofing created from tongue and groove cladding, assuring tough build. Side door available for easy access to storage space at back of log cabin, using a cylinder lock to secure the door. Double glazed windows give the cabin a premium feel and also keeps noise out whilst letting light in. Laminated door frame increases the strength and features a rubber seal stopping any heat escaping. Please note that log cabins are supplied untreated; this gives you the flexibility and choice to apply a treatment colour or stain of your choice. No roof cover – choose one as an optional upgrade |
 |
70. Palmako Roger 4.5m X 5.5m Extra Wide Log Cabin Single Garage 44mm - Up And Over Door : BuyFencingDirect These Palmako extra wide door log cabin garage kits are a truly impressive cabin, offering easy storage for a single car or other options such as bikes and garden machinery, combining cabin space with storage at one great price. The log cabin garage kits utilise a chalet cut timber approach using Nordic pine to promise excellent results. These log cabin garage kits use tongue and groove board to make the roof. Rest assured that Palmako have pulled out all the stops to produce and excellent log cabin garage. Light flows into the interior via the double glazed windows and glazing panels on the side entrance door. The double glazing means that you can escape the outside sound and have your own peace and quit inside. Entering the log cabin garage kits is easy thanks to the side door, attached to a laminated door frame for increased strength. A cylinder lock is in place to maintain security and keep the door locked when not in use. Storing a single car is possible thanks to the up and over opening front door which has been made extra wide for larger cars. These log cabin garage kits have a 5 year hassle free guarantee and when looked after, expect long lasting storage which is what everyone wants. Using the instructions we provide you will have your log cabin built in no time, allowing you to make use of the storage immediately. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *This garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* These log cabin garage kits are constructed using a Nordic pine spruce, known for its superior qualities. Uses a chalet cut timbers instead of regular cut timbers, enhancing the log cabins protection to weather. Tongue and groove roof boards ensure premium protection from rain, running off the roof easily. Large glass window is a natural light source, the light flowing in during sunny days. Side entrance door which is also glazed with glass, incorporates a cylinder lock to add security and protection. Front up and over opening garage door for easy car storage and retrieval as well as other storage options. 5 year hassle free guarantee with a longer life expectancy when looked after for great value. Simple assembly that with a few sets of hands will not take up the entire day. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
71. Palmako Helena 5.4m X 4.2m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect Without the inconvenience of a house extension, this 18x14 (54.m x 4.2m) Palmako Helena 70mm Log Cabin provides you with the extra living space you need to enhance your lifestyle. With thick 70mm logs, a high quality build and superb design, this 18.6m² garden room is waiting to be transformed into your new garden office, family room or guest room. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The distinctive roof overhang is not only an attractive design feature - further enhanced by delightful scalloped barge boards but also provides practical shade and protection for the front of the log cabin and for you. The three opening tilt and turn windows and the half-glazed double doors are Georgian in style, complementing the traditional design of this log cabin. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area and 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Helena from Palmako is available as a 18x14 and 18x18 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 3 large opening tilt and turn windows and half-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Aluminium window gutters Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
72. Palmako Helena 5.4m X 5.4m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect Without the inconvenience of a house extension, this 18x18 (54.m x 5.4m) Palmako Helena 70mm Log Cabin provides you with the extra living space you need to enhance your lifestyle. With thick 70mm logs, a high quality build and superb design, this 24.6m² garden room is waiting to be transformed into your new garden office, family room or guest room. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The distinctive roof overhang is not only an attractive design feature - further enhanced by delightful scalloped barge boards but also provides practical shade and protection for the front of the log cabin and for you. The three opening tilt and turn windows and the half-glazed double doors are Georgian in style, complementing the traditional design of this log cabin. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area and 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Helena from Palmako is available as a 18x14 and 18x18 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 3 large opening tilt and turn windows and half-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Aluminium window gutters Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
73. Palmako Melanie 2.8m X 2.8m Corner Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Including an intelligent, space-efficient design, the Palmako Melanie 2.8m x 2.8m Corner Log Cabin Summer House (28mm) makes a marvellous garden retreat, home gym or hobby room – the choice is yours. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 28mm Nordic spruce logs, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's eye-catching design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which stops the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With 2 large, opening windows, this garden cabin provides plenty of natural light and ventilation, which is ideal when you're inside on a summer's day. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weather tightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish summer house is available for you to buy in a variety of shapes and sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 28mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 2 opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
74. Palmako Melanie 3.5m X 3.5m Corner Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Including an intelligent design to maximise garden space, the Palmako Melanie 3.5m² Corner Log Cabin (44mm) makes a marvellous home office or garden retreat, suitable for use the whole year round. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's eye-catching design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With 2 large, opening windows, this garden room provides plenty of natural light and ventilation, which is ideal whether you're hard at work or relaxing inside. These windows are double glazed and fitted with rubber/ silicone seals, so protect the interior from draughts and improve insulation when the weather's not so pleasant. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden room is available for you to buy in a variety of sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 19mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 2 large, double-glazed, opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
75. Palmako Veronica 2.9m X 2.9m Log Cabin 28mm - 2 Windows : BuyFencingDirect With its stunning design and premium build, the Palmako Veronica 2.9m x 2.9m Octagonal Summer House Log Cabin (28mm) with 2 Windows makes a wonderful garden retreat or hobby room in which to relax and enjoy your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 28mm Nordic spruce logs, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's pyramid-shaped design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With its 2 large, opening windows, you'll find this summer house light, airy and beautifully ventilated on a hot summer's day. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden cabin is available for you to buy with 2, 4 or 7 windows, and in 2 different sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 28mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 2 large, opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
76. Palmako Veronica 2.9m X 2.9m Log Cabin 28mm - 4 Windows : BuyFencingDirect With its stunning design and premium build, the Palmako Veronica 2.9m x 2.9m Octagonal Summer House Log Cabin (28mm) with 4 Windows makes a wonderful garden retreat or hobby room in which to relax and appreciate your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 28mm Nordic spruce logs, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all–round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's pyramid–shaped design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose one from the available optional upgrades. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles. (Heavy–duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially–glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless–steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key–operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With its 4 large, opening windows, you'll find this summer house incredibly light and airy, as well as beautifully ventilated on a hot summer's day. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden cabin is available for you to buy with 2, 4 or 7 windows, and in 2 different sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5–year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 28mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included – please select from roof cover options above Partially–glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless–steel sill Key–operated cylinder lock for added security 4 large, opening windows Reassuring 5–year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
77. Palmako Melanie 5.7m X 3m Corner Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Including a versatile sheltered porch area, the Palmako Melanie 5.7m x 3m Corner Log Cabin Summer House (28mm) makes a marvellous garden retreat, suitable for relaxing with your family or entertaining friends. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 28mm Nordic spruce logs, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's eye-catching design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose one from the available optional upgrades. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With 2 large, opening windows, this garden room provides plenty of natural light and ventilation, which is ideal when you're relaxing inside on a summer's day. These windows are fitted with rubber/ silicone seals, so protect the interior from draughts and improve insulation when the weather's not so pleasant. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish summer house is available for you to buy in a variety of shapes and sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 28mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 2 large, double-glazed, opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
78. 3x3m 10'x10' Palmako Betty Garden Pavilion - Luxury Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Supremely stylish and expertly crafted, the Palmako Betty 9.0m² gazebo is the perfect place to dine alfresco with the family or entertain your friends, making it a wonderful addition to any garden. Lovingly built from premium Nordic spruce, the robust 120mm2 frame and laminated, interlocking wooden posts make for an exceptionally robust and durable construction, which will prove immune to warping or cracking. The 19mm tongue and groove roof will keep you and your guests dry, whilst the attractive pyramid design with elevated eaves offers more than ample headroom. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this superior garden gazebo is available in 4 different sizes. A kit and instruction manual are supplied to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* *** PLEASE NOTE: NEITHER ROOF COVERING OR FLOORING IS SUPPLIED. PLEASE SELECT FROM THE ACCESSORY OPTIONS. *** Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as a roof covering. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Made from premium Nordic spruce Robust 120mm2 frame 19mm tongue and groove roof Laminated, interlocking wooden posts 5-year guarantee Pyramid-designed roof with elevated eaves Assembly kit and instructions supplied *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Floor and roof covering available separately Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
79. 3.3x3.3m 11'x11' Palmako Betty Garden Pavilion - Luxury Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Supremely stylish and expertly crafted, the Palmako Betty 9.9m² gazebo is the perfect place to dine alfresco with the family or entertain your friends, making it a wonderful addition to any garden. Lovingly built from premium Nordic spruce, the robust 120mm2 frame and laminated, interlocking wooden posts make for an exceptionally robust and durable construction, which will prove immune to warping or cracking. The 19mm tongue and groove roof will keep you and your guests dry, whilst the attractive hexagonal design with elevated eaves offers more than ample headroom. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this superior garden gazebo is available in 4 different sizes. A kit and instruction manual are supplied to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* *** PLEASE NOTE: NEITHER ROOF COVERING NOR FLOORING IS SUPPLIED. PLEASE SELECT FROM THE ACCESSORY OPTIONS. *** Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as a roof covering. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Made from premium Nordic spruce Robust 120mm2 frame 19mm tongue and groove roof Laminated, interlocking wooden posts 5-year guarantee Hexagonal design with elevated eaves Assembly kit and instructions supplied *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Floor and roof covering available separately Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
80. Palmako Eva 3.3m X 3.3m Corner Log Cabin Bbq Hut - Barbecue Hut 44mm : BuyFencingDirect The Eva BBQ hut is an impressive feature to any garden, perfect for summer food get-togethers or simply relaxing in the warm during the Winter months. The BBQ hut is made from an extremely tough Nordic pine that creates the prestigious build quality. Using a tongue and groove paneling these BBQ huts maintain a weatherproof shell that is not only rain proof but wind proof thanks to added bearers. The single front door firstly has a cylinder lock which keeps the door secure shut when not in use and has a glazed circle to see into the BBQ hut. The door has a laminated framing and rubber seals are in place to stop heat from escaping. Two double glazed windows provide a natural light source for when it becomes dark inside. The BBQ hut has an attractive roof which is also made from tongue and groove cladding and overall is an extremely attractive feature. The BBQ hut has a 1 year warranty on parts and a 10 year guarantee when treated with a timber preservative. Assembly is required however will not take the entire day if a few sets of hands are there to help. Roof covering is not supplied as standard. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Weatherproof Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are attractive, easy to fit and will last for years. Please note that they are rectangular not hexagonal as featured in the product pictures.) *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* The Eva BBQ hut is perfect for spending time with the family in the Summer or keeping Warm in the Winter. Nordic Spruce ready made roof pavilions and tongue and groove build producing this extremely robust BBQ hut. Door frames are laminated for added strength and a rubber seal is in place to stop heat escaping. Single front door opens up to give access to the interior and uses a cylinder lock to keep shut. Two double glazed windows allow in natural light when needed, a glaze section on the door increases light allowance. Please note that roof shingles are rectangular not hexagonal as featured in the product pictures. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
81. Palmako Eva 3.8m X 3.8m Corner Log Cabin Bbq Hut - Barbecue Hut 44mm : BuyFencingDirect These Eva large BBQ huts combine practicality with attractiveness and design, creating a best selling garden hut. Whether you choose to use yours for Summer get-togethers with the family or as simply a chill space for all year round, you will not be disappointed. Thanks to the Nordic Pine used to manufacture the large BBQ hut, you can be assured of a 5 year hassle free usage. The roof pavilions are pre made which produces a strong roof, capable of withstanding harsh weather. The rest of the large bbq hut is made from a tongue and groove cladding which all together produces an extremely robust build. The base of this large bbq hut has added floor joists which have been pressure treated for added strength and means that your base will not be touching the floor which causes rot. The single front door has a cylinder lock which keeps the door secure at night and when not in use, giving you peace of mind. The door has a glazed section which matches the two double glazed windows which allows light to flood in and ventilate the interior when needed. An assembly kit is supplied with delivery and has everything you need to get the large BBQ hut built stress free. A one year warranty is supplied as standard and overall this hut will far from disappoint. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof shingles are rectangular not hexagonal as featured in the product pictures.) *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* Produced from an extremely strong Nordic Spruce pine, making these huts long lasting and extremely robust. The roof pavilions thankfully are pre-made and the tongue and groove cladding creates a 100% weatherproof shell. Single front door that utilises a high quality lock protecting any furnishings inside the BBQ hut. Double glazed windows allows an abundance of light to flow in, using a rubber seal to stop any chance of draughts. Assembly kit is supplied with the free delivery on a day that you choose to suit your timetable. *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Please note that roof shingles are rectangular not hexagonal as featured in the product pictures *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
82. 6x4.5m 20'x15' Palmako Betty Garden Pavilion - Luxury Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Supremely spacious and stylish, the Palmako Betty 25.0m² gazebo is a superb place to host your functions or events, making it perfect for both private and commercial use. Lovingly built from premium Nordic spruce, the robust 120mm2 frame and laminated, interlocking wooden posts make for an exceptionally robust and durable construction, which will prove immune to warping or cracking. The 19mm tongue and groove roof will keep you and your guests dry, whilst the attractive, stretched octagonal design with elevated eaves offers more than ample headroom. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this superior garden gazebo is available in 4 different sizes. A kit and instruction manual are supplied to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* *** PLEASE NOTE: NEITHER ROOF COVERING NOR FLOORING IS SUPPLIED. PLEASE SELECT FROM THE ACCESSORY OPTIONS. *** Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as a roof covering. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Made from premium Nordic spruce Robust 120mm2 frame 19mm tongue and groove roof Laminated, interlocking wooden posts 5-year guarantee Stretched octagonal design with elevated eaves Assembly kit and instructions supplied *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Floor and roof covering available separately Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
83. 10' X 4' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed 2.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium 10â x 4â Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed (2.98m x 1.19m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and anthracite grey finish, this metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 10â x 4â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Vents along the top of the walls support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium anthracite grey metal garden shed15-year anti-rust guaranteeMaintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to lastMade in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protectionSliding double doors with anti-tamper handlesVentilation slots along the top of the wallsIncludes free anchor kit |
 |
84. 10' X 4' Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed 2.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium 10â x 4â Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed (2.98m x 1.19m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and emerald green finish, this metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 10â x 4â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Vents along the top of the walls support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium emerald green metal garden shed15-year anti-rust guaranteeMaintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to lastMade in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protectionSliding double doors with anti-tamper handlesVentilation slots along the top of the wallsIncludes free anchor kit |
 |
85. 10' X 4' Yardmaster Metal Pent Shed 2.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect With a contemporary style, durable build and backed by an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10x4 Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A smart pent roof and a contemporary metallic-silver resin finish ensure an incredibly stylish appearance too. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 174cm x 298cm x 119cm, this 10x4 shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Metallic silver resin finish Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
86. 4.5x4.5m 15'x15' Palmako Betty Garden Pavilion - Luxury Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Both spacious and stylish, the Palmako Betty 18.0m² gazebo is the perfect place to dine alfresco with the family or entertain your friends, making it a wonderful addition to any garden. Lovingly built from premium Nordic spruce, the robust 120mm2 frame and laminated, interlocking wooden posts make for an exceptionally robust and durable construction, which will prove immune to warping or cracking. The 19mm tongue and groove roof will keep you and your guests dry, whilst the attractive octagonal design with elevated eaves offers more than ample headroom. Untreated and with an impressive 5-year guarantee, this superior garden gazebo is available in 4 different sizes. A kit and instruction manual are supplied to assist you with a straight-forward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* *** PLEASE NOTE: NEITHER ROOF COVERING NOR FLOORING IS SUPPLIED. PLEASE SELECT FROM THE ACCESSORY OPTIONS. *** Select Charcoal Felt Shingles as a roof covering. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Made from premium Nordic spruce Robust 120mm2 frame 19mm tongue and groove roof Laminated, interlocking wooden posts 5-year guarantee Octagonal design with elevated eaves Assembly kit and instructions supplied *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* Floor and roof covering available separately Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
87. Palmako Hanna 4.2m X 4.2m Corner Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're planning a new home office or garden retreat, why not buy the Palmako Hanna 4.2m² Corner Log Cabin (44mm) and effectively utilise your outdoor space? This garden building sports an eye-catching hexagonal design, which is sure to make it a perfect fit for any corner of your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs, with added wind braces, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both floor and roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The floor's 19mm boards are supported by pressure treated foundation joists, protecting the wood from ground moisture and ensuring a tough, long-lasting structure, while the 16mm roof comes with ready-made elements, for your added convenience, and an exceptionally attractive design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose one from the available optional upgrades. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Partially-glazed, wide double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which stops the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With the addition of 4 large, opening windows, you'll find this garden room light, airy and beautifully ventilated on a hot summer's day. These windows are double glazed, laminated and fitted with rubber seals, so protect the interior from draughts and improve insulation when the weather's not so pleasant. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This beautiful garden cabin is available in 3 sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated foundation joists 16mm tongue and groove roof with readymade elements Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 4 large, opening, double-glazed windows, laminated and with rubber seals Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
88. Palmako Hanna 4.2m X 5.7m Corner Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect If you require a large home office or attractive garden retreat, why not buy the Palmako Hanna 4.2m x 5.7m Corner Log Cabin (44mm) and effectively utilise your outdoor space? This garden building sports an eye-catching hexagonal design, which is sure to make it a perfect fit for any corner of your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs, with added wind braces, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both floor and roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The floor's 19mm boards are supported by pressure treated foundation joists, protecting the wood from ground moisture and ensuring a tough, long-lasting structure, while the 16mm roof comes with ready-made elements, for your added convenience, and an exceptionally attractive design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose one from the available optional upgrades. Select Charcoal Felt Shingles. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) Partially-glazed, wide double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which stops the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With the addition of 4 large, opening windows, you'll find this garden room light, airy and beautifully ventilated on a hot summer's day. These windows are double glazed, laminated and fitted with rubber seals, so protect the interior from draughts and improve insulation when the weather's not so pleasant. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This beautiful garden cabin is available in 3 sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs with added wind braces 19mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated foundation joists 16mm tongue and groove roof with readymade elements Roof covering not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 4 large, opening, double-glazed windows, laminated and with rubber seals Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
89. Palmako Sandra 7.5m X 4.8m Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect With a generous 25.6m² of interior space as well as a stunning and practical 11.1m² veranda, the 25x16 Palmako Sandra is full of potential and ready for you to create your perfect home office, entertainment room or a mix of many uses. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which provide wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. Offering an abundance of light and ventilation, this garden cabin features half-glazed doors as well as a three double and one single tilt-and-turn opening windows. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area and 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security. A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we advise hiring a professional to instal this garden building. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Sandra from Palmako is also available as a 21x15 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout Aluminium window gutters Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
90. Palmako Heidi 4.1m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary log cabin with 11.7m² of light-filled space, the 13x10 Palmako Heidi Log Cabin is perfect for a relaxing summer house or garden office away from the hustle and bustle. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 44mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by wind protecting threaded rods for a robust, durable garden cabin. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The large window and fully-glazed double doors offer excellent views of your garden. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. The low door sill features a stainless steel cover to protect the wood from damage in this high traffic area. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Heidi from Palmako is also available as a 23x10 log cabin with a choice of two superb room layouts.. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 44mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 1 large full length window and fully-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
91. Palmako Heidi 6.2m X 3.4m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect An impressive glass frontage and a striking contemporary design - as well as 19.7m2 of space - make the 20x11 (6.2m x 3.4m) Palmako Heidi 70mm Log Cabin perfect for enhancing your modern lifestyle. With thick 70mm logs, a high quality build and superb design, this garden room is waiting to be transformed into your new garden office, family room or guest room. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The distinctive roof overhang is not only an attractive design feature but also provides practical shade and protection for the front of the log cabin and for you. The two immense windows to the front of the cabin; the further opening tilt and turn side window; and the fully glazed double doors provide extensive light to the log cabin and offer your excellent views of your garden. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Heidi from Palmako is available as a 23x10 log cabin or a 44mm 10x13 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 2 immense front windows, an opening tilt and turn side window and fully-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover *Supplied untreated â wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
92. Palmako Heidi 8.4m X 3m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect With both a 17.3m² and a 5.5m² room; creating a fabulous 22.8m² of space, this high quality garden room is built with 70mm thick logs allowing year round usage of this Palmako Heidi Log Cabin as a guest suite, home office or a myriad of other uses. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. The distinctive roof overhang is not only an attractive design feature but also provides practical shade and protection for the front of the log cabin and for you. The two immense windows and the fully glazed double doors provide extensive light to the main room of the log cabin and offer your excellent views of your garden. A high, privacy window provides light for the side room, ideal as a bedroom. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we advise hiring a professional to instal this garden building. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Heidi from Palmako is available as a 20x11 log cabin or a 44mm 10x13 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout - 2 immense front windows, a high privacy window and fully-glazed double doors Rubber seals to doors and windows for increased insulation Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
93. Palmako Sandra 6.3 X 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect With a generous 21.5m² of interior space as well as a useful 3.7m² veranda, the 21x15 Palmako Sandra is full of potential and ready for you to create your perfect home office, entertainment room or a mix of many uses. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. Offering ample light and ventilation, this garden cabin features a half-glazed doors as well as a four tilt-and-turn opening windows. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area and 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security. A five year guarantee supports the high quality of this garden building. The garden cabin is supplied untreated; we would recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied and repeated annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, paint could be applied to suit your preference or garden design. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we advise hiring a professional to instal this garden building. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) The Sandra from Palmako is also available as a 25x16 log cabin. 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout Aluminium window gutters Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover 3D hinges to allow for exact adjustments on the x, y and z axis Installation service available to purchase. Please select from our Options and Accessories Menu *** Please note: a roof covering is NOT included. Please purchase from our Options and Accessories Menu *** |
 |
94. Palmako Anna 7.8m X 4.8m Log Cabin Garden Building 70mm : BuyFencingDirect A high quality garden room designed with multi-purpose living space in mind, the 26x16 (7.8x4.8m) Palmako Anna 70mm Log Cabin boasts 26.8m² of space divided into an open plan living area; a 7.5m² room ideal as a bedroom; and a rear room ideal as a bathroom or storage room. Whether as a guest suite; home offices, family room or combination of many uses, this log cabin is a superb way to add extra living space to suit your lifestyle. Made from high quality Nordic spruce, the 70mm interlocking logs are chalet-cut for improved protection against wind and rain. Further strength and stability is provided by threaded rods (which increase wind protection) for a robust, durable garden cabin. At 70mm, this is one of the thickest logs offered, providing a garden room suitable for year round use. The notch corners add a traditional appeal. The roof and floor are constructed from 19mm tongue and groove cladding, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength - with the floor also being supported by treated foundation joists providing a long-lasting and hardwearing surface for the many years of use this space will receive. Offering ample light, this garden cabin features a fully-glazed doors, two double windows to the main cabin, a double window to the side room and a window to the rear. All are double glazed with rubber seals providing enhanced insulation for the garden cabin. The doors also benefit from a stainless steel door sill to protect this high traffic area. For increased strength and improved resistance to adverse reactions to extreme temperatures, such as warping or cracking, the door frames are laminated in construction. A key-operated cylinder lock provides security. This Palmako log cabin comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, assembly instructions and a fixings kit. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we advise hiring a professional to instal this garden building. Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) *Also, please note that this garden building is supplied untreated. You should apply a coat of quality wood preservative upon assembly, and annually thereafter, in order to protect the wood from rot and maintain its handsome appearance.* 5 year manufacturer's guarantee High quality, interlocking 70mm Nordic spruce logs 19mm tongue and groove flooring and roof Double glazed throughout Laminated door frame for resistance to warping under extreme temperatures Stainless steel door sill cover *Supplied untreated – wood preservative required* *** Please note that NO ROOF COVERING is included, please select from the roof covering options above *** |
 |
95. 10' X 6' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish 3.03m X 1.97m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed, reassuringly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10' x 6' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish (3.03m x 1.97m) makes the perfect home for your expensive tools, garden furniture and bikes. Galvanised Steel Shed Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on brown and taupe finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the seven layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Doors, Roof and Ventilation You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping and fitted with anti-tamper, padlockable handles (padlock not included), so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, two translucent roof panels provide natural light, which is ideal if you're carrying out any practical tasks. High gables make this 10x6 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for stored items. The roof is also fitted with guttering, not only designed to keep your shed's walls nice and clean, but also a potential source of free water for your garden plants. Stress-Free Assembly With dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 197cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note: This metal shed comes without a floor (unless the optional floor support kit is selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit, it canât be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Range and Delivery This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Seven protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors with anti-tamper handles Roof fitted with two translucent panels and guttering Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring, but a floor support kit is available as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
96. 9'11 X 6'5 Yardmaster Balmoral Metal Shed 3.03m X 1.97m : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for the perfect home for your tools, garden furniture and bicycles, the 10 x 6 Yardmaster Balmoral 106WGL Metal Shed is not only intelligently designed and unbeatably robust, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee too. This premium garden shed is built from hot-dipped galvanised steel and enjoys 7 layers of protection against corrosion, so you can rest assured that rust will never be an issue. Completely weatherproof and impervious to damage by insects or pests, this metal shed is just about as tough as sheds come, but robustness and durability aren't its only qualities. A traditional apex roof and a baked-on wood-effect finish make for an incredibly attractive appearance, and if you don't get any pleasure from coating your shed in preservative or replacing wind-torn roof felt, we've got some splendid news for you, this shed for sale is completely maintenance free, offering you a premium garden storage facility with absolutely no hassle. The sliding double doors are generously sized and perfectly designed for when you're storing bulky items or removing large garden equipment. When closed, they are overlapping, padlockable (padlock not included) and fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so you know that any expensive items will be completely protected from the elements and unwanted attention alike. With 2.2m of headroom and ventilation along the ridge and eaves, there's plenty of room for manoeuvre when you're hard at work inside, as well as the certainty that your prized possessions are being housed in optimum storage conditions. This 10x6 metal garden shed has dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 197cm and is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, rust-proof screws, an assembly manual and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** You can also purchase this shed in different sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Unique 7 layers of protection Wood-effect finish Sliding, overlapping double doors Doors have padlock fixing and anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Maintenance-free, weather-resistant, blister, crack and insect proof **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
97. Palmako Veronica 3.4m X 3.4m Log Cabin 34mm - 7 Windows : BuyFencingDirect With its gorgeous design and premium build, the Palmako Veronica 3.4m² Octagonal Summer House Log Cabin (34mm) with 7 Windows offers you a wonderful garden retreat or hobby room, as well as an unbeatable view of your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 34mm Nordic spruce logs, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's pyramid-shaped design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With its 7 large, opening windows, you'll find this summer house unbeatably light and airy, as well as exceptionally well ventilated on a hot summer's day. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden cabin is available for you to buy with 2, 4 or 7 windows, and in 2 different sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 34mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 7 large, opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
98. Palmako Veronica 3.4m X 3.4m Log Cabin 34mm - 4 Windows : BuyFencingDirect With its stunning design and premium build, the Palmako Veronica 3.4m² Octagonal Summer House Log Cabin (34mm) with 4 Windows offers you a wonderful garden retreat or hobby room in which to relax and enjoy your garden. Expertly built from superior, interlocking 34mm Nordic spruce logs, this premium log cabin offers you and your possessions exceptional all-round weatherproof protection. Both the 19mm floor and 16mm roof are constructed from tongue and groove cladding, renowned for its robustness, durability and resistance to the elements. The former is supported by pressure treated foundation joists to protect the interior from ground moisture, while the latter's pyramid-shaped design is certain to draw admiring glances from your friends. Please be advised that the roof does not include a covering. You should choose Charcoal Felt Shingles as an optional upgrade. (Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Roof Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.) The partially-glazed double doors offer you easy access to the interior and are fitted with safety glass, which is always a good idea in a busy garden. These doors also feature a laminated frame, to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature, as well as a stainless-steel sill cover, which prevents the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, a key-operated cylinder lock offers you the reassurance that your valuable items are completely safe from unwanted attention. With its 4 large, opening windows, you'll find this summer house incredibly light, airy and beautifully ventilated on a hot summer's day. This log cabin is delivered untreated. You should apply a quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, in order to maintain the timber's attractive appearance, ensure its weathertightness and validate the guarantee. For a more individual style, why not apply paint instead? This stylish garden cabin is available for you to buy with 2, 4 or 7 windows, and in 2 different sizes. Supplied with a reassuring 5-year guarantee, it includes a full installation kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Built from superior 34mm Nordic spruce interlocking logs 19mm tongue and groove floor 16mm tongue and groove roof Roof cover not included - please select from roof cover options above Partially-glazed double doors fitted with safety glass, a laminated frame and stainless-steel sill Key-operated cylinder lock for added security 4 large, opening windows Reassuring 5-year guarantee Supplied untreated – treat or paint to validate the guarantee Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
99. 10' X 8' Trimetals Premium Titan 108 Metal Shed 2.98m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect The 9'10 x 8' (3.01m x 2.43m) Trimetals Titan 108 Metal Shed is uniquely designed and constructed from premium materials. Thereâs no wonder that this shed is endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society and comes with a 25-year panel warranty. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Wonderfully designed and coming in two contrasting shades of green to perfectly complement your garden, the Titan 108 is made from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so you know that itâs built to last and will remain rust free. This exclusive shedâs façade is truly spectacular. The large double-doors provide you with excellent access and can be secured by a key operated locking system and locking bar, so you know that your valuable garden tools and machinery will remain safe from prying eyes. Either side of the doors are two stylish windows, which provide the interior with plenty of natural light. They are made from acrylic, renowned for its durability. The apex-style roof adds to this wonderful shedâs stately appearance. The generous size of this shed, as well as the premium protection which it offers, make it suitable for a wide range of uses. Ideal for storing ride on equipment or your larger garden machinery, this shed would be equally at home as an outdoor workshop, leisure facility, or generous conventional storage unit. Other key attributes of the Titan 108 include stainless steel fittings, ventilation, and construction from fire-resistant materials. You have the option to customise this metal shed to suit your individual requirements by including no windows at all (if security is a particular concern) or leave the 2 windows as standard. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly, which we recommend constructing on a level concrete or paved base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Constructed from galvanised steel Unique design Maintenance-free Double-doors and 2 windows Option to add or remove windows Free delivery to most UK addresses 2 Hasp and Padlocks available |
 |
100. Palmako Grace 3m X 2.9m Pent Log Cabin 56mm : BuyFencingDirect A charming garden hideaway for you to enjoy throughout the changing seasons, the Palmako Grace 3m x 2.9m Pent Log Cabin (56mm) boasts a premium build, an abundance of natural light and an integral canopy for outside storage or summertime relaxation. Premium Build Expertly crafted from thick, laminated 56mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove boards, this log cabin offers complete weatherproof protection and a year-round garden room for you and your family to enjoy. The garden canopy provides an additional storage space or an extended living area for the summer months. Tongue and Groove Floor and Roof Both the floor and roof are built from tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the 28mm-thick floor from ground moisture, while the fashionable 19mm pent roof is designed with a generous overhang to reduce sun glare. Select a Roof Covering Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Doors and Windows With ample glazing, this log cabin enjoys an abundance of natural light and offers you excellent views of the garden while you're relaxing inside. The door is fitted with double-glazed toughened glass and a key-operated cylinder lock, so rest assured that your valuables will remain safe from unwanted attention. The laminated frame increases resistance to the warping and cracking associated with changes in temperature. For improved insulation, safety and noise reduction, the 2 large windows are also double glazed with toughened glass. They open through a tilt and turn mechanism, so you can easily ventilate the garden room whenever you require. Simple Assembly and Generous Warranty Available in 3 separate sizes, this Palmako log cabin comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This garden building is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new log cabin for that personal touch. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Includes integral canopy 56mm laminated Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls 28mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Glazed door with key-operated lock Laminated door frame 2 opening, double-glazed windows Generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Available in 3 sizes Supplied untreated â apply wood preservative No roof cover â choose one as an optional upgrade Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
101. Palmako Grace 3m X 2.9m Pent Log Cabin With Gazebo 56mm : BuyFencingDirect A charming garden hideaway for you to enjoy throughout the changing seasons, the Palmako Grace 3m x 2.9m Pent Log Cabin with Gazebo (56mm) boasts a premium build, an abundance of natural light and a large sheltered area for outside storage or summertime relaxation. Premium Build Expertly crafted from thick, laminated 56mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove boards, this log cabin offers complete weatherproof protection and a year-round garden room for you and your family to enjoy. The integral gazebo provides an additional storage space or an extended living area for the summer months. Tongue and Groove Floor and Roof Both the floor and roof are built from tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the 28mm-thick floor from ground moisture, while the fashionable 19mm pent roof is designed with a generous overhang to reduce sun glare. Select a Roof Covering Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Doors and Windows With ample glazing, this log cabin enjoys an abundance of natural light and offers you excellent views of the garden while you're relaxing inside. The door is fitted with double-glazed toughened glass and a key-operated cylinder lock, so rest assured that your valuables will remain safe from unwanted attention. The laminated frame increases resistance to the warping and cracking associated with changes in temperature. For improved insulation, safety and noise reduction, the 2 large windows are also double glazed with toughened glass. They open through a tilt and turn mechanism, so you can easily ventilate the garden room whenever you require. Simple Assembly and Generous Warranty Available in 3 separate sizes, this Palmako log cabin comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This garden building is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new log cabin for that personal touch. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Includes integral gazebo 56mm laminated Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls 28mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Glazed door with key-operated lock Laminated door frame 2 opening, double-glazed windows Generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Available in 3 sizes Supplied untreated â apply wood preservative No roof cover â choose one as an optional upgrade Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
102. Palmako Grace 4.45m X 3.0m Pent Log Cabin With Canopy 56mm : BuyFencingDirect A charming garden hideaway for you to enjoy throughout the changing seasons, the Palmako Grace 4.45m x 3.0m Pent Log Cabin with Canopy (56mm) boasts a premium build, an abundance of natural light and a large sheltered area for outside storage or summertime relaxation. Premium Build Expertly crafted from thick, laminated 56mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove boards, this log cabin offers complete weatherproof protection and a year-round garden room for you and your family to enjoy. The integral canopy provides an additional storage space or an extended living area for the summer months. Tongue and Groove Floor and Roof Both the floor and roof are built from tongue and groove, which is renowned for its weather resistance, durability and strength. Treated foundation joists protect the 28mm-thick floor from ground moisture, while the fashionable 19mm pent roof is designed with a generous overhang to reduce sun glare. Select a Roof Covering Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, EPDM or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade. (SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer. Long-lasting EPDM weatherproof roof covering is a robust, reliable, watertight rubber cover. Fixings and adhesives are not supplied. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend using a professional installer. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.) Doors and Windows With ample glazing, this log cabin enjoys an abundance of natural light and offers you excellent views of the garden while you're relaxing inside. The door is fitted with double-glazed toughened glass and a key-operated cylinder lock, so rest assured that your valuables will remain safe from unwanted attention. The laminated frame increases resistance to the warping and cracking associated with changes in temperature. For improved insulation, safety and noise reduction, the 3 large windows are also double glazed with toughened glass. They open through a tilt and turn mechanism, so you can easily ventilate the garden room whenever you require. Simple Assembly and Generous Warranty Available in 3 separate sizes, this Palmako log cabin comes with a generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, as well as instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This garden building is supplied untreated. We recommend that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied upon assembly and repeated annually, thereafter, to support the warranty. Alternatively, you could paint your new log cabin for that personal touch. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Includes integral canopy 56mm laminated Nordic spruce tongue and groove walls 28mm tongue and groove floor with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Glazed door with key-operated lock Laminated door frame 3 opening, double-glazed windows Generous 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Available in 3 sizes Supplied untreated â apply wood preservative No roof cover â choose one as an optional upgrade Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
103. 10' X 8' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed 3.03m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10x8 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on anthracite-grey finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 10x8 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 202cm x 303cm x 237cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
104. 10' X 8' Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 3.03m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10x8 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 10x8 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 202cm x 303cm x 237cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
105. 10' X 8' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish 3.03m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed, reassuringly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 10' x 8' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish (3.03m x 2.37m) makes the perfect home for your expensive tools, garden furniture and bikes. Galvanised Steel Shed Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on brown and taupe finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the seven layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Doors, Roof and Ventilation You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping and fitted with anti-tamper, padlockable handles (padlock not included), so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, two translucent roof panels provide natural light, which is ideal if you're carrying out any practical tasks. High gables make this 10x8 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for stored items. The roof is also fitted with guttering, not only designed to keep your shed's walls nice and clean, but also a potential source of free water for your garden plants. Stress-Free Assembly With dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 237cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note: This metal shed comes without a floor (unless the optional floor support kit is selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit, it canât be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Range and Delivery This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Seven protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper handles Roof fitted with two translucent panels and guttering Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring, but a floor support kit is available as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
106. 10' X 8' Yardmaster Balmoral Metal Shed 3.03m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for the perfect home for your tools, garden furniture and bicycles, the 10 x 8 Yardmaster Balmoral 108WGL Metal Shed is not only intelligently designed and unbeatably robust, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee too. This premium garden shed is built from hot-dipped galvanised steel and enjoys 7 layers of protection against corrosion, so you can rest assured that rust will never be an issue. Completely weatherproof and impervious to damage by insects or pests, this metal shed is just about as tough as sheds come, but robustness and durability aren't its only qualities. A traditional apex roof and a baked-on wood-effect finish make for an incredibly attractive appearance, and if you don't get any pleasure from coating your shed in preservative or replacing wind-torn roof felt, we've got some splendid news for you - this shed for sale is completely maintenance free, offering you a premium garden storage facility with absolutely no hassle. The sliding double doors are generously sized and perfectly designed for when you're storing bulky items or removing large garden equipment. When closed, they are overlapping, padlockable (padlock not included) and fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so you know that any expensive items will be completely protected from the elements and unwanted attention alike. With 2.2m of headroom and ventilation along the ridge and eaves, there's plenty of room for manoeuvre when you're hard at work inside, as well as the certainty that your prized possessions are being housed in optimum storage conditions. This 10x8 metal garden shed has dimensions of 224cm x 303cm x 237cm and is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, rust-proof screws, an assembly manual and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** You can also purchase this shed in different sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Unique 7 layers of protection Wood-effect finish Sliding, overlapping double doors Doors have padlock fixing and anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Maintenance-free, weather-resistant, blister, crack and insect proof **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
107. Palmako Valentine 2.8m X 1.8m Premium Log Cabin Shed 28mm : BuyFencingDirect At last, a garden building to fulfil all of your requirements! The Palmako Valentine 2.8m x 1.8m Premium Log Cabin Shed (28mm) can be your invaluable storage shed, stylish workshop or beautiful garden room – the choice is entirely yours.Superior BuildExpertly crafted from 28mm slow-grown Nordic Spruce, this wooden shed is a robust, durable and incredibly attractive garden building. With a chalet-cut design and wind braces too, it offers your stored items exceptional weatherproof protection. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.A Pressure Treated Garden BuildingAs this garden building is pressure treated, no further anti-rot treatment is required, saving you time and money on expensive retreatments. This is a rarity for log cabin-style garden buildings. What's more, the wood's resulting beautiful brown hue enhances the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly.(We recommend supplementing the manufacturer's pressure treatment with Timmersol Clear Stabiliser and Waterproofer. This will ensure that the shed not only remains protected against rot and fungal decay, but stays unbeatably waterproof too.)Floor and RoofTo potentially save you unnecessary expenditure, this garden cabin is supplied without a floor as standard. For this reason, we advise you to position it on a firm, level surface. Should you desire specialist flooring, an extra-thick 19mm tongue and groove floor is available for you to buy as an optional extra.The roof is constructed from premium 16mm tongue and groove, recognised for its strength, weathertight qualities and aesthetic appeal. It comes with a generous overhang to shield the interior from sun glare – perfect whether you're relaxing or working inside. A traditional apex design and 2 diamond-shaped finials round off an incredibly attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.Choice of Roof CoveringsPlease be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade.(SBS is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.)Doors and WindowsYou can gain comfortable access to the interior through wide double doors, which feature a laminated frame to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature. They also include a stainless-steel sill cover, which stops the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, you can rest assured that your stored items are safe from unwanted attention thanks to a key-operated cylinder lock. The 2 large windows on the door provide plenty of natural light. Both of them are made from real glass, for that extra little touch of class.Assembly Instructions and FixingsThis Palmako log cabin comes with installation instructions and a fixings kit. Together with the chalet-cut wooden boards, which simply slide together, this should help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Guarantee and Choice of SizesSupplied to you with an excellent 5-year manufacturer's parts guarantee, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, all of which boast the same premium specifications.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Internal area is 4.7m²Built from 28mm slow-grown Nordic SprucePressure treated – no further treatment against rot requiredFeatures chalet-cut design plus wind bracesPremium 16mm tongue and groove roofGlazed double doors feature laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lockGenerous 5-year parts guaranteeFSC®-certified woodFloor not included – buy a premium 19mm tongue and groove floor as an optional extraNo roof covering – choose one as an optional upgradePalmako Valentine Log Cabins available in various sizesBuy Timmersol Clear Stabiliser and Waterproofer to supplement the pressure treatmentFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
108. Palmako Valentine 3.4m X 2.8m Premium Log Cabin Shed 28mm : BuyFencingDirect At last, a garden building to fulfil all of your requirements! The Palmako Valentine 3.4m x 2.8m Premium Log Cabin Shed (28mm) can be your invaluable storage shed, stylish workshop or beautiful garden room – the choice is entirely yours.Superior BuildExpertly crafted from 28mm slow-grown Nordic Spruce, this wooden shed is a robust, durable and incredibly attractive garden building. With a chalet-cut design and wind braces too, it offers your stored items exceptional weatherproof protection. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.A Pressure Treated Garden BuildingAs this garden building is pressure treated, no further anti-rot treatment is required, saving you time and money on expensive retreatments. This is a rarity for log cabin-style garden buildings. What's more, the wood's resulting beautiful brown hue enhances the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly.(We recommend supplementing the manufacturer's pressure treatment with Timmersol Clear Stabiliser and Waterproofer. This will ensure that the shed not only remains protected against rot and fungal decay, but stays unbeatably waterproof too.)Floor and RoofTo potentially save you unnecessary expenditure, this garden cabin is supplied without a floor as standard. For this reason, we advise you to position it on a firm, level surface. Should you desire specialist flooring, an extra-thick 19mm tongue and groove floor is available for you to buy as an optional extra.The roof is constructed from premium 16mm tongue and groove, recognised for its strength, weathertight qualities and aesthetic appeal. It comes with a generous overhang to shield the interior from sun glare – perfect whether you're relaxing or working inside. A traditional apex design and 2 diamond-shaped finials round off an incredibly attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.Choice of Roof CoveringsPlease be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. Select from SBS, Charcoal Felt Shingles or Roof Felt Underlay as an optional upgrade.(SBS is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Heavy-duty Charcoal Felt Shingles are a permanent weatherproof roof covering, which is attractive, easy to instal and extremely durable.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary solution until you have added a permanent weatherproof roof cover upgrade.)Doors and WindowsYou can gain comfortable access to the interior through wide double doors, which feature a laminated frame to keep out draughts and prevent the warping and cracking caused by changes in temperature. They also include a stainless-steel sill cover, which stops the timber wearing down after heavy usage. When you're not at home, you can rest assured that your stored items are safe from unwanted attention thanks to a key-operated cylinder lock. The 2 large windows on the door provide plenty of natural light. Both of them are made from real glass, for that extra little touch of class.Assembly Instructions and FixingsThis Palmako log cabin comes with installation instructions and a fixings kit. Together with the chalet-cut wooden boards, which simply slide together, this should help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Guarantee and Choice of SizesSupplied to you with an excellent 5-year manufacturer's parts guarantee, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, all of which boast the same premium specifications.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Internal area is 9m²Built from 28mm slow-grown Nordic SprucePressure treated – no further treatment against rot requiredFeatures chalet-cut design plus wind bracesPremium 16mm tongue and groove roofGlazed double doors feature laminated frame, stainless-steel sill and cylinder lockGenerous 5-year parts guaranteeFSC®-certified woodFloor not included – buy a premium 19mm tongue and groove floor as an optional extraNo roof covering – choose one as an optional upgradePalmako Valentine Log Cabins available in various sizesBuy Timmersol Clear Stabiliser and Waterproofer to supplement the pressure treatmentFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
109. 11'8 X 9'6 Palmako Kira 16mm Premium Extra-large Garden Bar 3.6m X 2.9m : BuyFencingDirect Suitable for private or commercial use, and with 7.7m² of internal space, the 11'8 x 9'6 Palmako Kira (16mm) Premium Extra-Large Garden Bar (3.6m x 2.9m) makes the perfect snack bar, carpark attendant's hut, or luxury wooden bar for your garden.A Multipurpose Garden BuildingExpertly crafted from 16mm slow-grown Nordic spruce logs, with heavy-duty 32mm framing and readymade wall elements, this garden building is robust, durable and easier to assemble than most wooden bars. The tight, interlocking tongue and groove build, together with added wind braces, ensure the structure remains supremely weathertight.What's more, the robust wooden build makes it easy for you to add shelves, optics and other features, to customise the garden bar/ kiosk to your exact requirements.Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS RoofBuilt from 19mm tongue and groove, the floor features pressure-treated foundation joists to improve air flow and protect the garden bar from rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is also made from 19mm tongue and groove, and features a contemporary pent design with 440mm overhang.Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. We advise buying SBS roof covering as an optional upgrade.(SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Sturdy Door and Stylish Serving HatchYou can gain easy access to the bar via a sturdy wooden door, which is fitted with a key-operated cylinder lock to keep your drinks and takings safe from unwanted attention. This door is protected by a metal kick plate too – invaluable if you're providing table service to customers.The large, fold-down serving hatch contains ample room to display your drinks, nibbles and more, as well as giving customers a clear view of the rest of your garden bar/ kiosk.Aftercare and GuaranteeThis wooden garden bar comes with a full set of fixings, assembly instructions and a reassuring 5-year parts guarantee. As it is delivered untreated, you should apply an anti-fungal treatment upon assembly, and annually thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the guarantee. Why not paint the wood too, so you can customise this garden bar to your exact requirements?Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Built from premium 16mm slow-grown Nordic spruce logsHeavy-duty 32mm frame and readymade wall elements19mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofChoose SBS roof covering as an optional upgradeDoor features key-operated lock and metal kick plateLarge, fold-down serving hatchReassuring 5-year parts guaranteeSupplied untreated – apply anti-fungal treatment upon assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
110. 13' X 10' Palmako Stig Heavy Duty Wooden Pent Shed 3.94m X 3.05m : BuyFencingDirect Offering superb garden storage for your outdoor equipment, and suitable for use as a workshop or hobby room too, the versatile 13 x 10 Palmako Stig Heavy Duty Wooden Pent Shed (3.94m x 3.05m) includes an exceptionally sturdy build, attractive design and plenty of high-end features.A Heavy-Duty ShedExpertly crafted from 16mm slow-grown Nordic spruce logs, with heavy-duty 32mm framing and readymade wall elements, this garden building is robust, durable and easier to assemble than most wooden sheds. What's more, this robust wooden build makes it easy for you to add shelving and hooks to suit your exact garden storage requirements.Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS RoofBuilt from extra-thick 16mm tongue and groove, the floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items and cope with regular footfall. It features pressure-treated foundation joists too, which improve air flow and protect the shed from rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is also made from 16mm tongue and groove, and features a contemporary pent design with generous overhang.Please be advised that the roof does not include a cover as standard. We advise buying SBS roof covering as an optional upgrade.(SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Sturdy Doors and Shatterproof WindowYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed via sturdy double doors, which are fitted with a laminated frame to prevent the warping and cracking associated with changes in temperature. A key-operated cylinder lock keeps your valuable tools safe, while a metal kick plate protects the timber if you need to exit the shed with your hands full.The single window provides the shed with plenty of natural light. It is made from Acrylglass, which is completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glazing – perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden.Aftercare and GuaranteeThis wooden shed comes with a full set of fixings, assembly instructions and a reassuring 5-year parts guarantee. As it is delivered untreated, you should apply an anti-fungal treatment upon assembly, and annually thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the guarantee. Why not paint the wood too, so you can customise this garden shed to your exact requirements?Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Built from premium 16mm slow-grown Nordic spruce logsHeavy-duty 32mm frame and readymade wall elements16mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated foundation joists16mm tongue and groove pent roofChoose SBS roof covering as an optional upgradeDouble doors feature key-operated lock and metal kick plateShatterproof Acrylglass window – far safer than conventional glazingReassuring 5-year parts guaranteeSupplied untreated – apply anti-fungal treatment upon assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
111. 13' X 6' Palmako Leif Heavy Duty Wooden Shed With Bike Shelter 3.8m X 1.9m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed and built to last, the 13 x 6 Palmako Leif Heavy Duty Wooden Shed with Bike Shelter (3.8m x 1.9m) is a superb all-in-one, multipurpose garden storage solution to cater for all of your outdoor storage requirements.Heavy-Duty Wooden StorageComprising a 3m² heavy-duty shed and versatile 2.9m² sheltered storage area, this wooden storage shed is built from extra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, with readymade wall elements and a robust 32mm frame. It is an exceptionally strong, durable and weathertight garden building, offering unbeatable protection for your valuable tools and equipment.The floor and roof are both constructed from top-quality 16mm tongue and groove too. The former is supported by foundation joists, to improve air flow and provide another layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture, in this key area. The latter features a contemporary pent design, for effective rainwater runoff, although it does not come with a weatherproof cover fitted, as standard.Roof Cover UpgradesWe advise buying SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.The Heavy-Duty ShedYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed via wide double doors, which are fitted with a hasp and staple to keep your valuable items secure (padlock not included). The shed's windowless design and exceptionally robust structure provide further layers of security.The Additional Sheltered Storage AreaThe additional storage area can be installed either side of the shed – the choice is yours. It provides excellent weatherproof protection for a wide range of outdoor equipment, including bicycles. The walls' slatted design makes it particularly suited for use as a logstore.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden shed comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis wood shed is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly, and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The shed can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Leif heavy-duty sheds are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Features 3m² heavy-duty shed and additional 2.9m² storage areaExtra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove claddingReadymade wall elements and robust 32mm framework16mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with foundation joists16mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeDoors fitted with hasp and staple (padlock not included)Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
112. Palmako Grace 5m X 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus 56mm : BuyFencingDirect Boasting supreme weather-resistant qualities and oozing contemporary style, the Palmako Grace 5m x 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (56mm) comes with 14.1m² of interior space, in which you'll love to spend time, every single day of the year. Superior Insulation and Weathertightness This log cabin is expertly built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce walls, with modern corner connectors, making it an exceptionally well-insulated and weather-resistant garden building, suitable for use the whole year round. The floor is made from extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. 2 Sets of Sliding Doors with Toughened Double Glazing The 2 sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing even greater insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect these high-traffic areas from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Grace Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include adjoining wooden gazebos. Features 14.1m² of interior space Built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce, with modern corner connectors Extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade 2 sets of sliding doors, made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Grace log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
113. Palmako Grace 4m X 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin With Gazebo Sliding Doors Plus 56mm : BuyFencingDirect Boasting supreme weather-resistant qualities and oozing contemporary style, the Palmako Grace 4m x 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (56mm) comes with 11.2m² of interior space and an 8.2m² adjoining wooden gazebo, so you'll have plenty of room in which to relax, every single day of the year. Superior Insulation and Weathertightness This log cabin is expertly built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce walls, with modern corner connectors, making it an exceptionally well-insulated and weather-resistant garden building, suitable for use the whole year round. Adjoining Wooden Gazebo The adjoining wooden gazebo is designed with super-strength, laminated wooden posts, slatted rear panels and modern corner connectors, so is also an incredibly robust structure. Log Cabin Foor and Roof The floor is made from extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. 2 Sets of Sliding Doors with Toughened Double Glazing The 2 sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing even greater insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect these high-traffic areas from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This large log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Grace Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include adjoining wooden gazebos. Features an 11.2m² log cabin and 8.2m² adjoining wooden gazebo Built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce, with modern corner connectors Extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade 2 sets of sliding doors, made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Grace log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
114. Palmako Grace 4m X 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus 56mm : BuyFencingDirect Boasting supreme weather-resistant qualities and oozing contemporary style, the Palmako Grace 4m x 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (56mm) comes with 11.2m² of interior space, in which you'll love to spend time, every single day of the year. Superior Insulation and Weathertightness This log cabin is expertly built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce walls, with modern corner connectors, making it an exceptionally well-insulated and weather-resistant garden building, suitable for use the whole year round. The floor is made from extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double Glazing The sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing even greater insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Grace Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include adjoining wooden gazebos. Features 11.2m² of interior space Built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce, with modern corner connectors Extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Grace log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
115. 16' X 6' Palmako Leif Heavy Duty Wooden Shed With Bike Shelter 4.7m X 1.9m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed and built to last, the 16 x 6 Palmako Leif Heavy Duty Wooden Shed with Bike Shelter (4.7m x 1.9m) is a superb all-in-one, multipurpose garden storage solution to cater for all of your outdoor storage requirements.Heavy-Duty Wooden StorageComprising a 4.5m² heavy-duty shed and versatile 2.9m² sheltered storage area, this wooden storage shed is built from extra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, with readymade wall elements and a robust 32mm frame. It is an exceptionally strong, durable and weathertight garden building, offering unbeatable protection for your valuable tools and equipment.The floor and roof are both constructed from top-quality 16mm tongue and groove too. The former is supported by foundation joists, to improve air flow and provide another layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture, in this key area. The latter features a contemporary pent design, for effective rainwater runoff, although it does not come with a weatherproof cover fitted, as standard.Roof Cover UpgradesWe advise buying SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.The Heavy-Duty ShedYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed via wide double doors, which are fitted with a hasp and staple to keep your valuable items secure (padlock not included). The shed's windowless design and exceptionally robust structure provide further layers of security.The Additional Sheltered Storage AreaThe additional storage area can be installed either side of the shed – the choice is yours. It provides excellent weatherproof protection for a wide range of outdoor equipment, including bicycles. The walls' slatted design makes it particularly suited for use as a logstore.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden shed comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis wood shed is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly, and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The shed can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Leif heavy-duty sheds are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Features 4.5m² heavy-duty shed and additional 2.9m² storage areaExtra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove claddingReadymade wall elements and robust 32mm framework16mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with foundation joists16mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeDoors fitted with hasp and staple (padlock not included)Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
116. Palmako Ines 3.9m X 3m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 3.9m x 3m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 11.1m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Glass The sliding doors set is made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A concealed handle and cylinder lock are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 11.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4mm toughened glass Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, concealed handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
117. Palmako Ines 3.9m X 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 3.9m x 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 11.1m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double Glazing The sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 11.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
118. Palmako Ines 4.8m X 3m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 4.8m x 3m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 13.7m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Glass The sliding doors set is made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A concealed handle and cylinder lock are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 13.7m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4mm toughened glass Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, concealed handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
119. Palmako Ines 4.8m X 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 4.8m x 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 13.7m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double Glazing The sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 13.7m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
120. Palmako Lea 4.9m X 4m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 4.9m x 4m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors (44mm) boasts 14.2m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened GlassThe sliding doors set is made from 4mm toughened glass – perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A concealed handle and cylinder lock are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 14.2m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4mm toughened glassFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, concealed handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
121. Palmako Lea 4.9m X 4m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 4.9m x 4m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) boasts 14.2m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double GlazingThe sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 14.2m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
122. Palmako Lea 5.8m X 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 5.8m x 4.5m Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors (44mm) boasts 19.4m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened GlassThe sliding doors set is made from 4mm toughened glass – perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A concealed handle and cylinder lock are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 19.4m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4mm toughened glassFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, concealed handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
123. Palmako Lea 5.8m X 4.5m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 5.8m x 4.5m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) boasts 19.4m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double GlazingThe sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 19.4m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
124. Palmako Andrea 5.95m X 3m Contemporary Log Cabin With Gazebo Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 5.95m x 3m Contemporary Log Cabin with Gazebo Sliding Doors (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 17.1m² of interior space and an adjoining 7.9m² wooden gazebo, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin with Gazebo This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The wooden gazebo includes extra-thick, laminated posts and modern corner connectors, giving it an equally solid structure. Log Cabin Floor and Roof The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets and Window with Toughened Glass The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Concealed handles and cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. The additional window is also made from 4mm toughened glass. You can open it via a tilt and turn mechanism. A Versatile Log Cabin You can install the wooden gazebo, sliding door sets and window in different positions â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Includes 17.1m² log cabin and 7.9m² wooden gazebo Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors and 1 opening window, all made from 4mm toughened glass Sliding doors fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, concealed handles and cylinder locks Wooden gazebo, sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
125. Palmako Andrea 3.9m X 3m Contemporary Log Cabin With Gazebo Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 3.9m x 3m Contemporary Log Cabin with Gazebo Sliding Doors (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 11.2m² of interior space and an adjoining 7.9m² wooden gazebo, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin with Gazebo This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The wooden gazebo includes extra-thick, laminated posts and modern corner connectors, giving it an equally solid structure. Log Cabin Floor and Roof The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets with Toughened Glass The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Concealed handles and cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. A Versatile Log Cabin You can install the wooden gazebo and sliding door sets on the left or right-hand side of the log cabin, to suit your garden's orientation and own personal taste. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Includes 11.2m² log cabin and 7.9m² wooden gazebo Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors, made from 4mm toughened glass Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, concealed handles and cylinder locks Wooden gazebo and sliding door sets can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
126. Palmako Andrea 5.95m X 3m Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 5.95m x 3m Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 17.1m² of interior space, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets and Window with Toughened Glass The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Concealed handles and cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. The additional window is also made from 4mm toughened glass. You can open it via a tilt and turn mechanism. The sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 17.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors and 1 opening window, all made from 4mm toughened glass Sliding doors fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, concealed handles and cylinder locks Sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
127. Palmako Andrea 3.9m X 3m Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 3.9m x 3m Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 11.2m² of interior space, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Versatile Sliding Door Sets with Toughened Glass The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4mm toughened glass â perfect for a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Concealed handles and cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. These versatile sliding door sets can be installed on the left or right-hand side of the log cabin â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 11.2m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors, made from 4mm toughened glass Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, concealed handles and cylinder locks Sliding door sets can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
128. Palmako Andrea 3.9m X 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 3.9m x 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 11.2m² of interior space, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Versatile Sliding Door Sets with Toughened Double Glazing The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. These versatile sliding door sets can be installed on the left or right-hand side of the log cabin â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 11.2m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors, made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks Sliding door sets can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
129. Palmako Andrea 5.95m X 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 5.95m x 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 17.1m² of interior space, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets and Window with Toughened Double Glazing The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. The additional window is also made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing. You can open it via a tilt and turn mechanism. The sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 17.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors and 1 opening window, all made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Sliding doors fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks Sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
130. Palmako Andrea 3.9m X 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin With Gazebo Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 3.9m x 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin with Gazebo Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 11.2m² of interior space and an adjoining 7.9m² wooden gazebo, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin with Gazebo This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The wooden gazebo includes extra-thick, laminated posts and modern corner connectors, giving it an equally solid structure. Log Cabin Floor and Roof The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets with Toughened Double Glazing The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. A Versatile Log Cabin You can install the wooden gazebo and sliding door sets on the left or right-hand side of the log cabin, to suit your garden's orientation and own personal taste. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Includes 11.2m² log cabin and 7.9m² wooden gazebo Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors, made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks Wooden gazebo and sliding door sets can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
131. Palmako Andrea 5.95m X 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin With Gazebo Sliding Doors Plus 44mm : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're searching for a modern garden office or idyllic garden retreat, the Palmako Andrea 5.95m x 3m Double Glazed Contemporary Log Cabin with Gazebo Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) fits the bill perfectly. Boasting 17.1m² of interior space and an adjoining 7.9m² wooden gazebo, this versatile garden cabin combines incredible strength with sophisticated style to create a space in which you'll love to spend time. A Premium Log Cabin with Gazebo This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The wooden gazebo includes extra-thick, laminated posts and modern corner connectors, giving it an equally solid structure. Log Cabin Floor and Roof The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a fashionable pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Door Sets and Window with Toughened Double Glazing The two sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. The additional window is also made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing. You can open it via a tilt and turn mechanism. A Versatile Log Cabin You can install the wooden gazebo, sliding door sets and window in different positions â the choice is yours. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Andrea Contemporary Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Includes 17.1m² log cabin and 7.9m² wooden gazebo Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Two sets of sliding doors and 1 opening window, all made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Sliding doors fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks Wooden gazebo, sliding door sets and window can be installed in different positions Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Andrea log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
132. Trigano Piki Kids Wooden Double Garden Swing With Rope Ladder : BuyFencingDirect Your children will be incredibly excited when you show them the Trigano Piki Kids Wooden Double Garden Swing with Rope Ladder, which is designed and manufactured to meet European safety standards and represents outdoor play equipment at its finest. This wooden swing set is expertly built in France and includes 2 kidsâ swings and a cargo rope ladder, made from a combination of steel, wood and premium-grade plastic, to provide your children with year after year of safe, outdoor fun. Supported by a treated wooden frame, with a wood-effect, 2-part steel top-bar, this swing and slide set boasts an exceptionally solid structure, which will comfortably withstand the rigours of your childrenâs playtime and perfectly complement your garden. The childrenâs swings, which are built from bright-yellow, blow-moulded plastic, are exceptionally robust and fully adjustable, so can be enjoyed by all of your children, regardless of their size. The cargo ladder certainly has the appearance of rope, but is actually made from polypropylene, which is far more durable than traditional hemp and will not cause the same level of friction. The snap-shackle hanging system prevents your children from entangling themselves and allows you to easily release the ladder from the top-bar, should you wish. Supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-fungus guarantee on the wood, a 10-year anti-perforation guarantee on the steel and a 2-year guarantee on the plastic parts, this double swing set has dimensions of 190cm x 183cm x 239cm and includes clear instructions for a straightforward assembly. **We have included an anchor kit so that you can securely set this wooden swing and slide setâs legs in concrete, below the level of the turf, to ensure that it remains completely stable and your children enjoy a safe playtime experience.** This garden swing and slide set is suitable for children aged 3-12 years. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Features 2 swings and a cargo rope ladder 10-year guarantee (2 years on the plastic parts) Built in France to European safety standards Treated wooden frame and steel top-bar Blow-moulded, premium-grade plastic swings Polypropylene rope ladder with snap-shackle hanging system Clear assembly instructions **Must be secured in concrete to provide stability** Suitable for children aged 3-12 Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
133. 5' X 3' Keter Hideaway Large 1200l Plastic Storage Unit/ Wheelie Bin Store 1.46m X 0.82m : BuyFencingDirect Ready to meet any of your garden storage requirements, the versatile 5 x 3 Keter Hideaway Large 1200L Plastic Storage Unit/ Wheelie Bin Store (1.46m x 0.82m) is intelligently designed, incredibly stylish and built to last.Expertly constructed from durable resin, this premium bin shed is completely weatherproof and will last for years. With its contemporary anthracite-grey finish and UV protection, this garden store makes an eye-catching addition to any outdoor area, and neither discolours nor fades in the sun. It is completely maintenance free and can be kept looking pristine with just a damp cloth and soapy water.You can gain storage-friendly access to the huge 1200-litre capacity via both a large lid and wide double doors. The former is fitted with gas-assisted pistons for easy opening, while the latter include a pad bolt to keep your valuable tools (or invaluable wheelie bins) safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).If you decide to use this garden store for wheelie bin storage then there are a number of clever features to make life easy for you. These include chains to attach the bin shed lid to the wheeliesâ lids, plus a foot pedal to open the doors. These doors have a low threshold and ramp too, so, once the bin men have been, you can wheel your bins back into the bin shed without any hassle.This wheelie bin storage unit is backed by an excellent 5-year manufacturerâs warranty and comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Built from durable resin with a 1200L capacityLid features gas-assisted pistons for easy accessChain attachment for wheelie bin lidsWide double doors opened by foot pedalSecured by pad bolt (padlock not included)Floor includes low threshold and small rampCompletely weatherproof and UV protectedEasy to clean and maintenance freeExcellent 5-year manufacturerâs warrantyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
134. 6' X 5' Keter Manor Plastic Garden Shed 1.85m X 1.52m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you attractive, long-lasting, low-maintenance garden storage, the 6 x 5 Keter Manor Plastic Garden Shed (1.85m x 1.52m) is perfectly designed for a busy, modern garden.A Strong and Stylish ShedRobust, durable and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The tough resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with sturdy metal hinges and a pad bolt, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the single window allows plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and increases your garden storage options, while strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from double-wall resin panelsIncludes tough resin floorDouble doors feature metal hinges and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsAir vents to optimise storage conditionsStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
135. 6' X 8' Keter Manor Plastic Garden Shed 1.86m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you attractive, long-lasting, low-maintenance garden storage, the 6 x 8 Keter Manor Plastic Garden Shed (1.86m x 2.37m) is perfectly designed for a busy, modern garden.A Strong and Stylish ShedRobust, durable and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The tough resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with sturdy metal hinges and a pad bolt, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the single window allows plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and increases your garden storage options, while strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from double-wall resin panelsIncludes tough resin floorDouble doors feature metal hinges and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsAir vents to optimise storage conditionsStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
136. 5'1 X 2'4 Keter Rockwood Plastic Garden Storage Box - Brown 1.55m X 0.72m : BuyFencingDirect If you enjoy spending time outdoors, the invaluable 5â1 x 2â4 Keter Rockwood Plastic Garden Storage Box in Brown (1.55m x 0.72m) offers you both a spacious deck box and comfortable garden bench for two.Expertly constructed from resin, this premium patio storage box is robust, durable and water resistant, making it ideal for storing all manner of outdoor equipment. With a wood-effect design, dark-brown finish and complete UV protection, this deck box will retain its attractive appearance for many years to come, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The generous 570L capacity provides you with plenty of room for tools, towels and garden cushions. You can easily access them thanks to a piston-powered lid, while the padlock fixing helps you keep everything safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). The interior is ventilated to prevent moisture building up and ensure everything enjoys optimal garden storage conditions.To keep this garden storage box looking spick and span, all you need to do is occasionally wipe it down with a damp cloth. It comes with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Made from durable resinWood-effect designGenerous 570L capacityPiston-powered lidIncludes padlock fitting (padlock not supplied)Ventilated interior to prevent moisture build upWater resistantVery low maintenance and completely UV protectedReassuring 2-year limited warrantyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
137. 5' X 3' Keter Xxl Plastic Garden Storage Box - Anthracite 1.47m X 0.83m : BuyFencingDirect The ideal way to keep your patio tidy and garden cushions protected, the 5 x 3 Keter XXL Plastic Garden Storage Box in Anthracite (1.47m x 0.83m) is exceptionally spacious, incredibly robust and oh-so stylish.Expertly constructed from durable resin, this patio storage box is completely weatherproof and will last for years. With its smart wood-effect finish and UV protection, this premium deck box makes an eye-catching addition to any patio, and neither discolours nor fades in the sun. It is completely maintenance free and can be kept looking pristine with just a damp cloth and soapy water.You can gain easy access to the storage boxâs huge 870-litre capacity via a piston-assisted lid, while a catch and padlock fixing give you peace of mind that your valuable items are safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Finger recesses are found at either end of the deck box to help you safely manoeuvre it around the garden.Available in a choice of colours, this outside storage box is backed by a reassuring 2-year manufacturerâs warranty and comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Built from durable resin with a wood-effect finishHuge 870L capacityLid features gas-assisted pistons for easy accessSecured by a catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included)Finger recesses for easier manoeuvrabilityCompletely weatherproof and UV protectedEasy to clean and maintenance freeReassuring 2-year manufacturerâs warrantyChoice of coloursFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
138. 5' X 3' Keter Xxl Plastic Garden Storage Box - Brown 1.47m X 0.83m : BuyFencingDirect The ideal way to keep your patio tidy and garden cushions protected, the 5 x 3 Keter XXL Plastic Garden Storage Box in Brown (1.47m x 0.83m) is exceptionally spacious, incredibly robust and oh-so stylish.Expertly constructed from durable resin, this patio storage box is completely weatherproof and will last for years. With its smart wood-effect finish and UV protection, this premium deck box makes an eye-catching addition to any patio, and neither discolours nor fades in the sun. It is completely maintenance free and can be kept looking pristine with just a damp cloth and soapy water.You can gain easy access to the storage boxâs huge 870-litre capacity via a piston-assisted lid, while a catch and padlock fixing give you peace of mind that your valuable items are safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Finger recesses are found at either end of the deck box to help you safely manoeuvre it around the garden.Available in a choice of colours, this outside storage box is backed by a reassuring 2-year manufacturerâs warranty and comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Built from durable resin with a wood-effect finishHuge 870L capacityLid features gas-assisted pistons for easy accessSecured by a catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included)Finger recesses for easier manoeuvrabilityCompletely weatherproof and UV protectedEasy to clean and maintenance freeReassuring 2-year manufacturerâs warrantyChoice of coloursFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
139. 8' X 8' Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed 2.57m X 2.55m : BuyFencingDirect Built to withstand the rigours of a busy garden and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, the 8 x 8 Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed (2.57m x 2.55m) is perfectly designed to store all types of outdoor equipment.A Strong and Stylish ShedDeep enough for bicycles and tall enough for ladders, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels, reinforced with steel. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The heavy-duty resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with internal bolts and a padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the framed window and skylight allow plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.This shed comes with 2 shelves as standard, so you can organise your tools effectively (brackets are included). A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and further increases your garden storage options. Strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from robust resin panels, reinforced with steelIncludes heavy-duty resin floorDouble doors feature internal bolts and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsComes with skylight, air vents and 2 shelves tooStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
140. 8' X 11' Keter Factor Apex Plastic Garden Shed 2.57m X 3.32m : BuyFencingDirect Built to withstand the rigours of a busy garden and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, the 8 x 11 Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed (2.57m x 3.32m) is perfectly designed to store all types of outdoor equipment.A Strong and Stylish ShedDeep enough for bicycles and tall enough for ladders, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels, reinforced with steel. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The heavy-duty resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with internal bolts and a padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the framed window and skylight allow plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.This shed comes with 2 shelves as standard, so you can organise your tools effectively (brackets are included). A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and further increases your garden storage options. Strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from robust resin panels, reinforced with steelIncludes heavy-duty resin floorDouble doors feature internal bolts and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsComes with skylight, air vents and 2 shelves tooStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
141. 5' X 2' Keter Denali Duotech 757l Garden Storage Box 1.52m X 0.73m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect way to keep your patio tidy and making a convenient garden seat for two, the 5 x 2 Keter Denali Duotech 757L Garden Storage Box (1.52m x 0.73m) boasts an eye-catching contemporary design and an amazing lifetime warranty.Expertly built from reinforced Duotech™, which combines the toughness of resin with the visual appeal of wood, this garden storage box offers you robust, durable and weatherproof protection for your outdoor equipment. It is completely UV protected too, so will make an eye-catching addition to your patio, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.You can gain easy access to the storage boxâs huge 757-litre capacity via a piston-assisted lid, while a catch and padlock fixing give you peace of mind that your valuable items are safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Finger recesses are found at either end of the deck box to help you safely manoeuvre it around the garden.This outdoor storage box is completely maintenance free and can be kept looking pristine with just a damp cloth and soapy water. Paint can be applied to customise the deck box, if desired.Available in a choice of sizes, this outside storage box is backed by a sensational manufacturerâs lifetime warranty and comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Expertly built from Duotech™Amazing manufacturerâs lifetime warrantyLid features gas-assisted pistons for easy accessSecured by a catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included)Finger recesses for easier manoeuvrabilityCompletely weatherproof and UV protectedEasy to clean and maintenance freePaint can be applied, if desiredChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
142. 5'7 Tall Keter Hi-store Plus 1.4m X 0.74m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you versatile garden storage for all manner of outdoor equipment, the 5'7 Tall Keter Hi-Store Plus (1.4m x 0.74m) is easy to customise, incredibly robust and completely maintenance free.Expertly built from reinforced Duotech™, which combines the toughness of resin with the visual appeal of wood, this garden store offers you robust, durable and weatherproof protection for your outdoor equipment. With its contemporary grey finish and completely UV protected too, it will make an eye-catching addition to your patio, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which feature a padlock fixing, handle, heavy-duty hinges and low threshold (padlock not included). The robust resin floor is completely weather resistant and will comfortably accommodate your heavier garden tools. Adjustable shelves with brackets allow you to customise the shed to suit your own garden storage requirements.This outdoor storage unit is completely maintenance free and can be kept looking pristine with just a damp cloth and soapy water. Paint can be applied to customise the shed, if desired.Backed by a sensational manufacturerâs lifetime warranty, this plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Expertly built from Duotech™Amazing manufacturerâs lifetime warrantyRobust resin flooringLockable double doors (padlock not included)Handle, heavy-duty hinges and low thresholdAdjustable shelving with brackets includedCompletely weatherproof and UV protectedEasy to clean and maintenance freePaint can be applied, if desiredFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
143. 3'10 X 1'6 Keter Samoa Plastic Garden Storage Box - Anthracite 1.17m X 0.45m : BuyFencingDirect Keep your tools and knick-knacks organised and to hand with the 3â10 x 1â6 Keter Samoa Plastic Garden Storage Box in Anthracite (1.17m x 0.45m).Expertly made from resin, this premium patio storage box is robust, durable and water resistant, so will make an excellent long-term addition to your shed. The dark grey, rattan-effect design is completely UV protected, so rest assured that this outside storage box will retain its attractive appearance for many years to come, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.With a generous 270L capacity, this plastic storage box has plenty of room for tools and toys, as well as general odds and ends. An integrated ventilation system keeps moisture levels low to ensure everything is housed in optimal garden storage conditions. You can also fit a padlock to this deck box, if security is required.This outdoor storage box features both handles and castors, so moving it around the home and garden is easy. Assembly is simple too, and can be completed in minutes. To keep this garden storage box looking spick and span, all you need to do is occasionally wipe it down with a damp cloth.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Made from durable resinAnthracite, rattan-effect designGenerous 270L capacityIncludes padlock fitting (padlock not supplied)Features handles and castorsWater resistantVery low maintenanceCompletely UV protectedAssemble in minutesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
144. 8' X 8' Forest Premium Ultima Wooden Garden Pergola 2.4m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you want to create a shaded alfresco dining area or add interest to your garden path, the uber-stylish 8 x 8 Forest Premium Ultima Wooden Garden Pergola (2.4m x 2.4m) is the answer. Beautifully designed and built to last, this small pergola makes a striking addition to any garden. Guaranteed to Last Part of Forestâs Premium range of pergolas, this garden pergola is expertly crafted from pressure-treated wood and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. The wood used to make this pergola is PEFC® certified, which is the worldâs most-trusted mark in sustainable forestry. A Strong and Stylish Pergola This wooden pergola is designed with 4 extra-thick 120mm posts, which you can drive into the ground to ensure the pergola remains stable, whatever the weather. Clean, contemporary lines and a sumptuous smooth-planed finish give this outdoor pergola an exceptionally attractive appearance. Why not pair it with a climbing plant to create a truly unique garden feature? Forestâs White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the pergola is delivered wherever you like in your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This pergola for sale comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. More Premium Pergolas for Sale Forestâs range of Premium pergolas features small, large AND corner pergolas, so youâre sure to find the perfect design for your own outdoor area. Pressure treated to prevent rot Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Contemporary design with a smooth-planed finish 4 robust 120mm posts Perfect for training climbing plants PEFC® certified wood White Glove Delivery Service into your garden Part of Forestâs Premium range of pergolas |
 |
145. 6' X 6' Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed 1.78m X 1.96m : BuyFencingDirect Built to withstand the rigours of a busy garden and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, the 6 x 6 Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed (1.78m x 1.96m) is perfectly designed to store all types of outdoor equipment.A Strong and Stylish ShedDeep enough for bicycles and tall enough for ladders, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels, reinforced with steel. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The heavy-duty resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with internal bolts and a padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the framed window and skylight allow plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.This shed comes with 2 shelves as standard, so you can organise your tools effectively (brackets are included). A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and further increases your garden storage options. Strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from robust resin panels, reinforced with steelIncludes heavy-duty resin floorDouble doors feature internal bolts and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsComes with skylight, air vents and 2 shelves tooStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
146. 8' X 6' Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed 2.57m X 1.82m : BuyFencingDirect Built to withstand the rigours of a busy garden and supplied with a superb 15-year limited warranty, the 8 x 6 Keter Factor Plastic Garden Shed (2.57m x 1.82m) is perfectly designed to store all types of outdoor equipment.A Strong and Stylish ShedDeep enough for bicycles and tall enough for ladders, this premium plastic shed is expertly built from double-wall resin panels, reinforced with steel. Featuring an eye-catching wood-effect finish, this garden shed strikes the perfect balance between beauty and brawn.The heavy-duty resin floor will easily accommodate your heavier stored items, while the apex roof boasts a snowload capacity of 75kg/m² (15lbs/ft²), ensuring complete weatherproof protection for all your stored items.Great for Garden StorageYou can gain easy access via wide double doors, which are fitted with internal bolts and a padlock fixing, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain secure (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the framed window and skylight allow plenty of natural light to filter into the shed – ideal if you're depositing items or carrying out DIY. This window can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours.This shed comes with 2 shelves as standard, so you can organise your tools effectively (brackets are included). A high roof offers you plenty of headroom and further increases your garden storage options. Strategically-placed air vents prevent condensation and keep your equipment in optimal storage conditions.A Tough, Hassle-Free ShedThis plastic shed comes with clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. No cutting, sawing or specialist tools are required. You should secure the shed to a concrete or paved base to keep it stable in adverse weather conditions.When you unpack this shed, the panels might appear lightweight but they are incredibly robust and durable. Resistant to denting, fading, peeling and rot, this plastic shed really will withstand whatever life throws at it and maintain both its looks and effectiveness for years to come.Furthermore, the whole shed is near maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Choice of Sizes and Free DeliveryThis plastic garden shed is available in a choice of sizes.Delivery is free to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year warrantyBuilt from robust resin panels, reinforced with steelIncludes heavy-duty resin floorDouble doors feature internal bolts and padlock fixing (padlock not supplied)Window can be fitted in various positionsComes with skylight, air vents and 2 shelves tooStraightforward assembly – no specialist tools neededNear maintenance freeChoose from different sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
147. 4'6 X 2'11 Trimetals Stowaway Metal Garden Storage Shed - Anthracite 1.38m X 0.89m : BuyFencingDirect Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee, the 4'5 x 2'9 Trimetals Stowaway Metal Garden Storage Shed - Anthracite (1.37m x 0.88m) has a unique, patented design, which makes it the perfect compact store for your valuable garden tools. This small garden storage shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, making it robust, weatherproof and impervious to rust. Completely fire-retardant too, this outside storage shed can be used, not just in your garden, but also in caravan parks, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible stores. You can gain incredibly easy access to your stored items thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which offers you walk-in access. Thatâs not to say anyone can take your valuable tools, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that everything will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Remarkably strong and secure, this small garden storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and contemporary anthracite finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this metal store in anthracite or green. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Pre-assembled major components and clear instructions for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance-free Available in anthracite or green Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
148. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Storeguard Metal Garden Storage Shed - Cream 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee, the 6x3 Trimetals Storeguard Metal Garden Storage Shed – Cream has a unique, patented design, which makes it perfect for storing your valuable garden equipment. This garden storage shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, making it robust, weatherproof and impervious to rust. Completely fire-retardant too, this outside storage shed can be used, not just in your garden, but also in caravan parks, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible stores. You can gain incredibly easy access to your stored items thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which offers you walk-in access. That's not to say anyone can take your equipment, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Remarkably strong and secure, this metal garden storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and tasteful cream finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this metal storage shed in anthracite, cream or green. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Pre-assembled major components and clear instructions for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
149. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Storeguard Metal Garden Storage Shed - Anthracite 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee, the 6x3 Trimetals Storeguard Metal Garden Storage Shed – Anthracite has a unique, patented design, which makes it perfect for storing your valuable garden equipment. This garden storage shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, making it robust, weatherproof and impervious to rust. Completely fire-retardant too, this outside storage shed can be used, not just in your garden, but also in caravan parks, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible stores. You can gain incredibly easy access to your stored items thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which offers you walk-in access. That's not to say anyone can take your equipment, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Remarkably strong and secure, this metal garden storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and contemporary anthracite finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this metal storage shed in anthracite, cream or green. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Pre-assembled major components and clear instructions for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
150. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Metal Bike Shed - Cream 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Recommended by the nationâs cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Metal Bike Shed - Cream (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you outstanding security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. You can gain incredibly easy access to your bikes thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which is a unique and patented design. Thatâs not to say anyone can take them, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable bikes will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Donât just take our word that this is a secure bike shed because it comes highly recommended by the UKâs cycling press too. Furthermore, Trimetals metal storage sheds are the only metal sheds endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society. Remarkably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and tasteful cream finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. This bike storage shed can also be bolted to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this premium bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without a ramp. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Fixings included to bolt the bike shedâs base to a wider concrete base Recommended by the UK cycling press Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without a ramp Other optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
151. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Metal Bike Shed - Anthracite 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Recommended by the nationâs cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Metal Bike Shed - Anthracite (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you outstanding security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. You can gain incredibly easy access to your bikes thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which is a unique and patented design. Thatâs not to say anyone can take them, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable bikes will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Donât just take our word that this is a secure bike shed because it comes highly recommended by the UKâs cycling press too. Furthermore, Trimetals metal storage sheds are the only metal sheds endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society. Remarkably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and contemporary anthracite finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. This bike storage shed can be bolted to a wider concrete or paved base for maximum stability and security. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this premium bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without a ramp. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Fixings included to bolt the bike shedâs base to a wider concrete base Recommended by the UK cycling press Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without a ramp Other optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
152. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Cream 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Recommended by the nationâs cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Cream (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you outstanding security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral metal ramp, built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if itâs a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shedâs base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. You can gain incredibly easy access to your bikes thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which is a unique and patented design. Thatâs not to say anyone can take them, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable bikes will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Donât just take our word that this is a secure bike shed because it comes highly recommended by the UKâs cycling press too. Furthermore, Trimetals metal storage sheds are the only metal sheds endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society. Remarkably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and tasteful cream finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this premium bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening Integral metal ramp 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Recommended by the UK cycling press Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
153. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Green 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Recommended by the nationâs cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Green (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you outstanding security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral metal ramp built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if itâs a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shedâs base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. You can gain incredibly easy access to your bikes thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which is a unique and patented design. Thatâs not to say anyone can take them, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable bikes will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Donât just take our word that this is a secure bike shed because it comes highly recommended by the UKâs cycling press too. Furthermore, Trimetals metal storage sheds are the only metal sheds endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society. Remarkably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and smart green finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this premium bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening Integral metal ramp 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Recommended by the UK cycling press Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
154. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Anthracite 1.96m X 0.89m : BuyFencingDirect Recommended by the nationâs cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Ramped Metal Bike Shed - Anthracite (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you outstanding security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral ramp built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if itâs a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shedâs base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. You can gain incredibly easy access to your bikes thanks to a spring-assisted, concertina-style opening, which is a unique and patented design. Thatâs not to say anyone can take them, of course, because 2 padlock points come as standard (padlocks not included), so rest assured that your valuable bikes will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Donât just take our word that this is a secure bike shed because it comes highly recommended by the UKâs cycling press too. Furthermore, Trimetals metal storage sheds are the only metal sheds endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society. Remarkably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and contemporary anthracite finish make for an extremely attractive appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this premium bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Various optional upgrades are available too, including an exterior-grade plywood floor; a stainless steel and brass hasp and padlock set; and a solid brass padlock, with a hardened steel shackle, two keys and a 5-year guarantee. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Spring-assisted, concertina-style opening Integral ramp 2 padlock points as standard (up to 4 available) - padlocks not included Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Recommended by the UK cycling press Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Optional upgrades available too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
155. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Protect.a.cycle Metal Bike Shed With Ramp - Cream 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Approved by the police, insurance companies and the nation's cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Protect A Cycle Metal Bike Shed with Ramp - Cream (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you unparalleled security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral metal base and ramp, the latter built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if it's a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shed's base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. The number of security features on this bike shed is extraordinary. They include 2 stainless steel hasps, 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks, a SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor and a steel high-security cable, which is alarmed, specifically designed to resist cutting, and tested by the Loss Prevention Certification Board. Don't just take our word that this is secure bicycle storage at its best, because this metal bike shed enjoys Police Preferred Specification, Secure by Design status. It is also unique in achieving the Loss Prevention Certification Board's LPS1175 Security Rating 1 and endorsement from the Royal Horticultural Society. Unbeatably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and tasteful cream finish make for an extremely stylish appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this superior bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Integral metal base and ramp (supports the weight of electric bikes) 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor Steel high-security cable is alarmed and resists cutting Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Police Preferred Specification – Secure by Design Loss Prevention Certification Board LPS1175 Security Rating 1 Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
156. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Protect.a.cycle Metal Bike Shed With Ramp - Green 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Approved by the police, insurance companies and the nation's cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Protect A Cycle Metal Bike Shed with Ramp - Green (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you unparalleled security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral metal base and ramp, the latter built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if it's a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shed's base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. The number of security features on this bike shed is extraordinary. They include 2 stainless steel hasps, 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks, a SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor and a steel high-security cable, which is alarmed, specifically designed to resist cutting, and tested by the Loss Prevention Certification Board. Don't just take our word that this is secure bicycle storage at its best, because this metal bike shed enjoys Police Preferred Specification, Secure by Design status. It is also unique in achieving the Loss Prevention Certification Board's LPS1175 Security Rating 1 and endorsement from the Royal Horticultural Society. Unbeatably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and smart green finish make for an extremely stylish appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this superior bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Integral metal base and ramp (supports the weight of electric bikes) 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor Steel high-security cable is alarmed and resists cutting Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Police Preferred Specification – Secure by Design Loss Prevention Certification Board LPS1175 Security Rating 1 Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
157. 6'4 X 2'9 Trimetals Protect.a.cycle Metal Bike Shed With Ramp - Anthracite 1.95m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Approved by the police, insurance companies and the nation's cycling press, the 6'4 x 2'9 Trimetals Protect A Cycle Metal Bike Shed with Ramp - Anthracite (1.95m x 0.88m) offers you unparalleled security for up to 3 adult bicycles and is supplied with an extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee. This metal bike shed is built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel, so is robust, impervious to rust and suitable for all manner of other garden storage. Completely fire-retardant, this bicycle store can be used, not just in your garden, but at caravan parks too, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. This bike storage shed also features an integral metal base and ramp, the latter built from a 1-piece aluminium plate, with reinforced metal hinges, which will comfortably support both you and your bicycle, even if it's a heavier electric bike. When you need to use the ramp, you can simply drop it into place. Afterwards, it folds back up to form part of the integral metal base. It really is that easy to use. When in the stored position, the ramp is hidden from view, so cannot be tampered with from the outside but, for even greater security, you can padlock it to the door. Furthermore, fixings are included so that you can bolt your new metal bike shed's base to a wider concrete or paved base, for maximum stability and security. The number of security features on this bike shed is extraordinary. They include 2 stainless steel hasps, 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks, a SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor and a steel high-security cable, which is alarmed, specifically designed to resist cutting, and tested by the Loss Prevention Certification Board. Don't just take our word that this is secure bicycle storage at its best, because this metal bike shed enjoys Police Preferred Specification, Secure by Design status. It is also unique in achieving the Loss Prevention Certification Board's LPS1175 Security Rating 1 and endorsement from the Royal Horticultural Society. Unbeatably strong and secure, this outdoor bike storage shed is eye-catching too, for the unique design and contemporary anthracite finish make for an extremely stylish appearance. No maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. All of the major components are pre-assembled and clear, step-by-step instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase this superior bike storage shed in anthracite, cream or green, with or without the ramp. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Extraordinary 25-year panel guarantee Built in the UK from PVC-coated galvanised steel Stores up to 3 adult bikes Integral metal base and ramp (supports the weight of electric bikes) 2 Sold Secure Silver Approved (SSSA) high-security padlocks SSSA heavy-duty ground anchor Steel high-security cable is alarmed and resists cutting Fixings included to bolt the bike shed to a concrete base Police Preferred Specification – Secure by Design Loss Prevention Certification Board LPS1175 Security Rating 1 Endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society Completely maintenance-free Choice of 3 colours Available with or without the ramp Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
158. 12' X 12' Forest Premium Ultima Large Wooden Garden Pergola 3.6m X 3.6m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you want to create an attractive alfresco dining area or shaded spot in which to relax, the uber-stylish 12 x 12 Forest Premium Ultima Wooden Garden Pergola (3.6m x 3.6m) is the answer. Beautifully designed and built to last, this large pergola makes a striking addition to any garden. Guaranteed to Last Part of Forestâs Premium range of pergolas, this garden pergola is expertly crafted from pressure-treated wood and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. The wood used to make this pergola is PEFC® certified, which is the worldâs most-trusted mark in sustainable forestry. A Strong and Stylish Pergola This wooden pergola is designed with 4 extra-thick 120mm posts, which you can drive into the ground to ensure the pergola remains stable, whatever the weather. Clean, contemporary lines and a sumptuous smooth-planed finish give this outdoor pergola an exceptionally attractive appearance. Why not pair it with a climbing plant to create a truly unique garden feature? Forestâs White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the pergola is delivered wherever you like in your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This pergola for sale comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. More Premium Pergolas for Sale Forestâs range of Premium pergolas features small, large AND corner pergolas, so youâre sure to find the perfect design for your own outdoor area. Pressure treated to prevent rot Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Contemporary design with a smooth-planed finish 4 robust 120mm posts Perfect for training climbing plants PEFC® certified wood White Glove Delivery Service into your garden Part of Forestâs Premium range of pergolas |
 |
159. 10' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.21m X 3.01m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x10 Double Door Apex Shed (3.21m x 3.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage or an attractive workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden workshop is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 295cm (w) x 300.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x10 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
160. 10' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.21m X 3.01m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x10 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (3.21m x 3.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other expensive outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 295cm (w) x 300.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x10 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
161. 15' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.21m X 4.48m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 15x10 Double Door Apex Shed (4.48m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a large workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden workshop is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x15 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Six PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security6 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 442.5cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x15 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 54 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
162. 15' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 4.48m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 15x10 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (4.48m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for large amounts of tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this garden storage shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 442.5cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x15 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 54 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
163. 20' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.21m X 5.96m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 20x10 Double Door Apex Shed (5.96m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring extra-large garden storage or the ultimate workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden workshop is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x20 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Eight PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security8 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 590cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x20 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 91 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
164. 20' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 5.96m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 20x10 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (5.96m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for large amounts of tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this garden storage shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 590cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x20 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 91 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
165. 4' X 3' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed 1.34m X 1m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 4x3 Apex Shed (1.34m x 1m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 4x3 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Option Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 94.1cm (d) |
 |
166. 4' X 3' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Storage Shed 1.34m X 1m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 4x3 Windowless Apex Shed (1.34m x 1m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 4x3 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Option Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 94.1cm (d) |
 |
167. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 1.88m X 2m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Apex Shed with Lean To (1.88m x 2.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring general-purpose garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The PET-glazed window provides plenty of natural light - perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, this window is completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal it in a variety of positions - again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security1 shatterproof PET-glazed window - far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
168. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed 1.88m X 1.34m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Apex Shed (1.88m x 1.34m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The PET-glazed window provides plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, this window is completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal it in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security1 shatterproof PET-glazed window – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
169. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed - 4 Windows 1.88m X 1.34m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Apex Shed (1.88m x 1.34m) with 4 windows, making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 4 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
170. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 1.88m X 2m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Apex Shed with Lean To (1.88m x 2.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
171. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed 1.88m X 1.34m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Apex Shed (1.88m x 1.34m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
172. 5' X 3' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed 1.64m X 1m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 5x3 Apex Shed (1.64m x 1m), making it perfectly suited to people seeking general-purpose storage for a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 5x3 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Option Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 147.5cm (w) x 94.1cm (d) |
 |
173. 5' X 3' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Storage Shed 1.64m X 1m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 5x3 Windowless Apex Shed (1.64m x 1m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 5x3 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingModular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightModular design's interchangeable panels mean choice of door placementsFree delivery to most UK addressesChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Option Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 147.5cm (w) x 94.1cm (d) |
 |
174. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.18m X 2.31m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Apex Shed with Lean To (2.18m x 2.3m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring general-purpose garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions - again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows - far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
175. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed 2.18m X 1.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Apex Shed (2.18m x 1.64m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
176. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.18m X 2.31m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Apex Shed with Lean To (2.18m x 2.3m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
177. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed 2.18m X 1.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Apex Shed (2.18m x 1.64m), so is perfectly suited to providing secure outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
178. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Double Door Apex Shed (3.01m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage or an attractive workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
179. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (3.01m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other expensive outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
180. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 1.99m X 1.23m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Double Door Apex Shed (1.99m x 1.23m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring easy-to-access outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
181. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 1.99m X 1.23m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (1.99m x 1.23m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring an A1 storage shed for a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
182. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.42m X 2.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Apex Shed with Lean To (2.42m x 2.65m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring general-purpose garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions - again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows - far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
183. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
184. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.42m X 2.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Double Door Apex Shed with Lean To (2.42m x 2.65m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring A1 garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions - again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows - far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
185. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Double Door Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Two PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
186. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed - 4 Windows 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Double Door Apex Shed with 4 Windows (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring general-purpose storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
187. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.42m X 2.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed with Lean To (2.42m x 2.65m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
188. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
189. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed With Logstore 2.42m X 2.64m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Apex Shed with Lean To (2.42m x 2.65m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage plus an integral log store.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening - the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.The Lean ToThe lean to is designed with 2 slatted sides, while the floor and roof are built from the same premium materials as the rest of the shed. This lean to provides you with more invaluable garden storage space. Although perfect for use as a logstore, there's nothing to stop you utilising it for any of your other outdoor storage requirements too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service available as optional upgrade |
 |
190. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), so is perfectly suited to providing secure outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
191. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Double Door Apex Shed (2.28m x 1.53m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
192. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (2.28m x 1.53m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
193. 7' X 7' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 2.12m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x7 Double Door Apex Shed (2.28m x 2.12m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x7 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Two PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 206.2cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x7 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
194. 7' X 7' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 2.12m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x7 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (2.28m x 2.12m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x7 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 206.2cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x7 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
195. 10' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x8 Double Door Apex Shed (3.01m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage or an attractive workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 30 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
196. 10' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x8 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (3.01m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other expensive outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 30 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
197. 12' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 12x8 Double Door Apex Shed (3.6m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage or an attractive workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden workshop is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 12x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this workshop via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Six PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security6 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 354cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 12x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 40 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
198. 12' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Apex Wooden Shed 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 12x8 Windowless Double Door Apex Shed (3.6m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools, bicycles and other expensive outdoor equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 12x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Traditional Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a traditional apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 354cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 12x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 40 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
199. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 1.99m X 1.23m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 6 x 5 Double Door Apex Summer House (1.99m x 1.52m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 6x5 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons5 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
200. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House - 5 Windows 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 9 x 6 Double Door Apex Summer House with 5 Windows (2.71m x 1.99m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 9x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons5 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
201. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 7 x 6 Double Door Apex Summer House (2.28m x 1.83m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 7x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons4 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
202. 10' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 10 x 8 Double Door Apex Summer House (3.30m x 2.61m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden. A Fully-Modular Summer House Beautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements. Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish. 12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof Covering The 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay. The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements. Double Doors and Extensive PET Glazing You can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place. Thanks to 6 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading Guarantee The wood used to build this 10x8 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Optional Upgrades If you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade. You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too. The Forest 4Life Summer House Range Forest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee. Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified wood Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the market Maintenance freedom - wood never needs retreating Fully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placements Built from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame 12mm solid wooden floor 8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt cover Double doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons 6 large, PET windows are completely shatterproof White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden Choose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizes Professional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
203. 12' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 13 x 8 Double Door Apex Summer House (3.89m x 2.61m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 6 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 13x8 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons6 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
204. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House - 4 Windows 2.61m X 1.82m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 8 x 7 Double Door Apex Summer House with 4 Windows (2.61m x 2.11m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x7 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons4 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
205. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Pent Wooden Shed 3.11m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Pent Shed (3.11m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage or a stylish workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
206. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 3.11m X 2.04m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Double Door Pent Shed (3.11m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The 2 PET-glazed windows provide plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can install them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
207. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 3.11m X 2.04m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Windowless Double Door Pent Shed (3.11m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
208. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Pent Wooden Shed 3.11m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Windowless Pent Shed (3.11m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, secure, general-purpose storage for most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included). The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that stored items are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
209. 6' X 3' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Pent Wooden Shed 1.88m X 1.02m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x3 Windowless Pent Shed (1.88m x 1.02m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish and secure outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x3 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included). The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that stored items are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Option Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 94.1cm (w) x 177.7cm (d) |
 |
210. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Pent Wooden Shed 1.98m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Pent Shed (1.98m x 1.4m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish garden storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the PET-glazed window provides plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, this window is completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal it in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security1 shatterproof PET-glazed window – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
211. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 1.98m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Double Door Pent Shed (1.98m x 1.39m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, easy-to-access outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The PET-glazed window provides plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, this window is completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can install it in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityShatterproof PET-glazed window – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
212. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 1.98m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Double Door Pent Shed (1.98m x 1.39m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, secure outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
213. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Pent Wooden Shed 1.98m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Pent Shed (1.98m x 1.4m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish and secure outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included). The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that stored items are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
214. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Pent Wooden Shed 2.26m X 1.7m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Pent Shed (2.26m x 1.7m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish garden storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
215. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 2.26m X 1.69m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Double Door Pent Shed (2.26m x 1.7m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, easy-to-access garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The 2 PET-glazed windows provide plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can install them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
216. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 2.26m X 1.69m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Double Door Pent Shed (2.26m x 1.7m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, secure garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
217. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Pent Wooden Shed 2.26m X 1.7m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Pent Shed (2.26m x 1.7m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish and secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included). The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that stored items are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
218. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Pent Wooden Shed 2.51m X 2.04m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Pent Shed (2.52m x 2.04m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish garden storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
219. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 2.51m X 2.04m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Double Door Pent Shed (2.52m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, easy-to-access garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The 2 PET-glazed windows provide plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can install them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
220. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Pent Wooden Shed 2.51m X 2.04m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Double Door Pent Shed (2.52m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish, secure garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
221. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Pent Wooden Shed 2.52m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Pent Shed (2.52m x 2.05m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring stylish and secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Contemporary Pent RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with a contemporary pent design to nicely round off the shed's exceptionally stylish appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included). The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that stored items are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
222. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 3.11m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 10 x 6 Double Door Pent Summer House (3.11m x 2.05m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 10x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons5 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
223. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 1.98m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 6 x 4 Double Door Pent Summer House (1.98m x 1.4m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 6x4 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons5 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
224. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 2.26m X 1.7m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 7 x 5 Double Door Pent Summer House (2.26m x 1.7m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 7x5 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons4 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
225. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 2.52m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 8 x 6 Double Door Pent Summer House (2.52m x 2.05m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons4 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
226. 10' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed - 4 Windows 3.21m X 3.01m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x10 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 4 windows (3.21m x 3.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 295cm (w) x 300.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x10 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
227. 10' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 3.21m X 3.01m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x10 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.21m x 3.01m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 295cm (w) x 300.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x10 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
228. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed - 4 Windows 3.01m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 4 windows (3.01m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
229. 10' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x6 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.01m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
230. 10' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed - 4 Windows 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x8 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 4 windows (3.01m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Four PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security4 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 30 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
231. 10' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 10x8 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.01m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 10x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 30 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
232. 12' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed - 6 Windows 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 12x8 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 6 windows (3.6m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 12x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Six PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security6 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 354cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 12x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 40 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
233. 12' X 8' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 12x8 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.6m x 2.61m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 12x8 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 354cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 12x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 40 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
234. 15' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Apex Wooden Shed - 6 Windows 4.48m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 15x10 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 6 windows (4.48m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 15x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Six PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security6 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 442.5cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x15 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 54 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
235. 15' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 4.48m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 15x10 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (4.48m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 15x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor - much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 442.5cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x15 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 54 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
236. 20' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed - 8 Windows 5.96m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 20x10 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed with 8 windows (5.96m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring spacious garden storage or a workshop shed.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 20x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Eight PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security8 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 590cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x20 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 91 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
237. 20' X 10' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 5.96m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 20x10 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (5.96m x 3.21m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 20x10 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 590cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x20 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 91 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
238. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.28m x 1.53m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring high-quality, general-purpose garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Two PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
239. 7' X 5' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x5 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.28m x 1.53m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x5 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
240. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 1.88m X 1.34m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Reverse Apex Shed (1.88m x 1.34m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The PET-glazed window provides plenty of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, this window is completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal it in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security1 shatterproof PET-glazed window – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
241. 6' X 4' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 1.88m X 1.34m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 6x4 Windowless Reverse Apex Shed (1.88m x 1.34m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring high-quality outdoor storage in a smaller garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 6x4 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.The roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
242. 7' X 7' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 2.12m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x7 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.28m x 2.12m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring high-quality, general-purpose garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x7 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Two PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 206.2cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x7 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
243. 7' X 7' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.28m X 2.12m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 7x7 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.28m x 2.12m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 7x7 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 206.2cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x7 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
244. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Reverse Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to general-purpose storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Door and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The 2 PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
245. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring high-quality, general-purpose garden storage.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door and window placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Security Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. Hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate give you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. Two PET-glazed windows provide an abundance of natural light – perfect if you're storing important equipment or working on DIY projects. Far more secure than conventional glass, these windows are completely shatterproof, made from recycled materials, and will neither discolour nor fade over time. You can instal them in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. (Please see the floor plan for further details.)Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete security2 shatterproof PET-glazed windows – far more secure than conventional glassFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door/ window placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
246. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring secure garden storage for tools and equipment.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via wide double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement. These doors are fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate too, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced double doors with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
247. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Overlap Pressure Treated Windowless Reverse Apex Wooden Shed 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Available in a range of designs and sizes, Forest 4Life™ Overlap Pressure Treated Sheds are beautifully handcrafted here, in Great Britain. Packed full of premium features, they are the best range of overlap sheds Forest has ever made. This particular model is the 8x6 Windowless Reverse Apex Shed (2.42m x 1.99m), making it perfectly suited to people requiring high-quality outdoor storage in most sizes of garden.Fully Modular Design, Pressure-Treated Wood and 4Life™ GuaranteeThis garden shed is expertly designed and built by Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest guarantee on the market, the wood will never need retreating, sparing you the inconvenience of costly, time-consuming maintenance and providing you with an unbeatably durable shed. You'll only ever need one shed with a 4Life™ Shed!Now featuring an improved fully modular design, this 8x6 shed is delivered to you in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, so you'll find it much easier to assemble than other wooden sheds. This fully modular design also allows you market-leading flexibility on door placements, helping you customise the shed to your exact requirements. What's more, with 30% more framing, this garden shed isn't just easier to assemble and more versatile than other wooden sheds, it's far stronger too.Smart Overlap Walls, Strong Floor and Reverse Apex RoofThe walls are constructed from 7mm overlap cladding, which allows for the natural movement of the timber over the changing seasons and ensures excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards are straight cut, giving them a much smarter finish than standard overlap cladding.The 12mm solid wooden floor is much stronger than standard OSB flooring. It is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture.Reinforced by a metal truss bracket, the roof is built from tough 8mm OSB and fitted with a green mineral-felt cover for complete weatherproof protection. It comes with an eye-catching reverse apex design, smooth-planed barge boards and diamond-shaped finials, nicely rounding off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance.Secure Garden StorageYou can access this shed via a single door, which can be installed in different positions, and hung for a left or right-hand opening – the choice is yours. Ledged and braced for extra strength and to prevent dropping/ movement, this door is fitted with hidden security hinges plus a padlock-ready hasp & staple plate, giving you peace of mind that your valuable tools are safe (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the high roofline allows plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store taller items. The windowless design adds another layer of security by ensuring that your valuable tools are hidden from unwanted attention.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes, using Forest's White Glove Delivery Service, who will drop your new shed off wherever you like in the garden, with all of the packaging removed. This overlap shed comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the shed for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated shed base as an optional extra too.Forest reserve the right to alter the specifications of their products at any time.Pressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee – the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom – wood never needs retreatingFully modular design for a much easier assembly and far stronger shedHandcrafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood12mm solid wooden floor – much stronger than standard OSB flooring8mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced door with hidden hinges plus padlock-ready hasp & staple plate for complete securityWindowless design keeps expensive tools out of sightFully modular design's interchangeable panels mean market-leading flexibility on door placementsWhite Glove Delivery Service into your gardenChoose a 4Life™ Shed from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated shed base available as optional upgradesShed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
248. 8' X 6' Forest 4life 25yr Guarantee Double Door Reverse Apex Summer House 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Forest 4Life Summerhouses are attractive, contemporary takes on classic summerhouse designs. Pressure treated and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they are the best overlap summerhouses the company has ever made. This particular model is the 8 x 6 Double Door Reverse Apex Summer House (2.42m x 1.99m), so provides an idyllic space in which you can relax and unwind in the garden.A Fully-Modular Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.Supported by a sturdy 28mm x 28mm frame, the 7mm overlap cladding allows for the natural movement of the wood over the changing seasons, while ensuring excellent rainwater runoff. These overlap boards have a straight-cut design for a smarter, more stylish finish.12mm Solid Wooden Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringThe 12mm solid wooden floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features an eye-catching reverse apex design, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive PET GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial PET glazing, which come with sturdy handles, a tower bolt and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight PET, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest 4Life Summer House RangeForest 4Life Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same premium build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from 7mm overlap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frame12mm solid wooden floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include PET glazing, tower bolt and turn buttons5 large, PET windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a 4Life summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
249. 5' X 4' Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed 1.58m X 1.20m : BuyFencingDirect With its compact size, durable build and impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, the 5x4 Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive garden tools and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A smart pent roof and a contemporary metallic-silver resin finish ensure an incredibly stylish appearance too. You can gain easy access to your stored items via a hinged single door, which includes a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and anti-tamper bolts, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 174cm x 158cm x 120cm, this 5x4 shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Metallic silver resin finish Lockable door with anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
250. 6' X 3' Trimetals Premium Titan 630 Metal Shed 1.76m X 1.01m : BuyFencingDirect The robust and stylish 6' x 3'1 (1.82m x 0 .94m) Trimetals Titan 630 Metal Shed comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised metal, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The single door includes bolts at both the top and bottom, as well as a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe and secure. The interior enjoys ample natural light, courtesy of a single window to the front of the structure. The glazing is acrylic, which is known for its highly-durable properties. This splendid metal shed contains ample room for your bicycles, lawnmower and gardening tools, without taking over your garden. Benefitting from fire resistance, stainless steel fittings and a galvanised base rail, the Trimetals Titan 630 Metal Shed also has an apex-style roof which adds to its aesthetic appeal. You may even choose to opt for a double door (with no windows) for easier access. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly when bolted down to a 1900mm x 1155mm concrete level base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Made from galvanised metal Front window Single door with bolts and key operated lock Double door option available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
251. 6' X 4'6 Trimetals Premium Titan 640 Metal Shed 1.76m X 1.31m : BuyFencingDirect The durable and stylish 6' x 4'6 (1.82m x 1.37m) Trimetals Titan 640 Metal Shed comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised metal, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The single door includes bolts at both the top and bottom, as well as a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe and secure. The interior enjoys ample natural light, courtesy of a single window to the front of the structure. The glazing is acrylic, which is known for its highly-durable properties. This splendid metal shed contains ample room for your bicycles, lawnmower and gardening tools, without taking over your garden. Benefiting from fire resistance, stainless steel fittings, a galvanised base rail and ventilated gables, the Trimetals Titan 640 Metal Shed also has an apex-style roof which adds to its aesthetic appeal. You may even choose to opt for a double door (with no windows) for easier access. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly once bolted down to a 1900mm x 1455mm concrete level base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Made from galvanised metal Acrylic window Single door with bolts and key operated lock Double door option available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
252. 6' X 4' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed 1.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Offering secure garden storage for your tools or bikes, the 6 x 4 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed (1.98m x 1.19m) boasts a contemporary design, premium build and superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee. A Superior Metal Shed This superior metal shed is expertly constructed in Great Britain, from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel. It is designed with a contemporary pent roof and beautiful baked-on anthracite-grey finish, so isn't just robust and durable, but exceptionally stylish too. A Maintenance-Free Shed There's no need to worry about painting, treatment or wind-torn roof felt with this garden shed, because it is supremely weathertight and completely maintenance free. Blister, crack and insect proof as well, this 6x4 shed offers you outstanding garden storage, with zero hassle. The manufacturer's unique 7 layers of protection ensure that corrosion will never become an issue and that the shed will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden for decades to come. Sliding Double Doors You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via sliding, overlapping double doors. They are fitted with pad-lockable handles and anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain completely safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). What's more, the integral ventilation system reduces condensation inside the shed and ensures that everything is kept in optimised garden storage conditions. Installing Your Shed Thanks to rust-proof screws, an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual AND UK-based telephone support, you'll find this garden shed easier to assemble than other metal sheds. Advice on Shed Flooring Please be advised that the shed is designed without flooring and must be installed on a level concrete or paved base. Optional Upgrades You can purchase a floor support kit as an optional upgrade, but please note that it does not include a wooden floor. If you buy the floor support kit, you cannot return it to us at a later date if you decide not to add flooring. A 3-tier steel shed shelving unit is also available as an optional upgrade, so you can customise your shed storage to suit your own requirements. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee Designed and built in Great Britain, from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel Features Yardmaster's unique 7 layers of protection Sliding, overlapping double doors with pad-lockable handles Integral ventilation system Completely weatherproof and maintenance free Includes rust-proof screws and an anchor kit Designed without a floor Buy a floor support kit and 3-tier shed shelving as optional extras Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
253. 6' X 4' Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed 1.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium 6â x 4â Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed (1.98m x 1.19m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and emerald green finish, this metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 6â x 4â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Vents along the top of the walls support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium emerald green metal garden shed 15-year anti-rust guarantee Maintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to last Made in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protection Sliding double doors with anti-tamper handles Ventilation slots along the top of the walls Includes free anchor kit |
 |
254. 6' X 4' Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed 1.98m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect With a contemporary style, durable build and backed by an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x4 Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A smart pent roof and a contemporary metallic-silver resin finish ensure an incredibly stylish appearance too. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 174cm x 198cm x 119cm, this 6x4 shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Metallic silver resin finish Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
255. 6' X 4' Yardmaster Platinum Tall Pent Metal Shed 1.9m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Offering exceptional protection for your garden tools and equipment, the 6x4 Yardmaster Platinum Tall Pent Metal Shed is made in Great Britain, incredibly storage-friendly and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, it is completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests too. Completely fire-retardant, this superb metal shed is equally suitable sat next to your house or on a caravan park, where non-combustible outdoor storage is compulsory. A contemporary pent roof and a smart painted finish ensure that this small shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, while the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your tools via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. A generous height makes it suitable for storing your long-handled garden tools too. This 6x4 shed is supplied with anchor fixings, clearly-numbered parts, pre-drilled holes, an assembly manual and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please be aware that this metal shed is supplied without flooring and should be anchored to a level concrete or paved base. A high-strength galvanised steel floor support kit can be purchased as an optional extra, allowing you to add your own timber floor, if desired (timber floor not included). You can also buy a 3-tier steel shelving unit as an optional extra, to customise your garden storage. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors Weatherproof and fire-retardant Impervious to blisters, cracks and insects Completely maintenance-free Pre-drilled holes and anchor fixings included Supplied without flooring Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
256. 6'8 X 4'6 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed 2.02m X 1.37m : BuyFencingDirect Astutely designed and constructed exclusively from superior materials, the 6 x 4 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed is the perfect place to store all of your garden tools and outdoor furniture. This premium metal shed is expertly constructed from hot-dipped galvanised steel and finished in anthracite, providing it with an absolutely stunning appearance. This handsome shed’s aesthetic appeal is further enhanced by an elegant steel apex roof and the exclusive use of stainless steel fixings. The sliding double doors provide you with excellent access, making it simple to store your tools and quickly remove them for immediate use. The doors are padlockable (padlock not included), to deter prying eyes, and utilise Weatherseal technology to ensure that your prized possessions are completely protected from the elements. You will find that the high gables allow plenty of headroom, ensuring a pleasant working environment, whilst the ventilated roof further enhances your comfort and provides perfect storage conditions too. Rust-proof, rot-proof and pest-proof, this superior metal shed is maintenance-free and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** An anchor kit is provided to ensure your shed enjoys effective support, whilst a clear instruction manual (including UK manufacturer helpline) is supplied to aid a simple assembly. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Constructed exclusively from hot-dipped galvanised steel Double doors are padlockable and include Weatherseal technology Galvanised steel apex roof Anchor kit included High gables and ventilated roof Stainless steel fixings Free delivery to most UK addresses **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** |
 |
257. 6'8 X 4'6 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 2.02m X 1.37m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x4 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 6x4 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 202cm x 189cm x 137cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
258. 6'8 X 4'6 Yardmaster Woodview Metal Shed 2.02m X 1.37m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed, incredibly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x4 Yardmaster Woodview Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture or bicycles.Ã Ã Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, this superior metal shed will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, and is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on woodgrain finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come.Ã You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 6x5 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum storage conditions. With dimensions of 199cm x 202cm x 137cm, this 6x4 shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly.Ã Ã **Please be aware that this metal shed is supplied without flooring and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. ** Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Supplied without flooring ** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
259. 6' X 6' Trimetals Premium Titan 660 Metal Shed 1.76m X 1.76m : BuyFencingDirect The hefty 6 x 6 (1.82m x 1.82m) Trimetals Titan 660 Metal Shed is a true garden fortress and comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised metal, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The single door includes bolts at both the top and bottom, as well as a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe and secure. The interior enjoys ample natural light, courtesy of a single window to the front of the structure. The glazing is acrylic, which is known for its highly-durable properties. This splendid metal shed contains ample room for your bicycles, lawnmower and gardening tools, without taking over your garden. Benefitting from fire resistance, stainless steel fittings, a galvanised base rail and ventilated gables, the Trimetals Titan 660 Metal Shed also has an apex-style roof which adds to its aesthetic appeal. You may even choose to opt for a double door (with no windows) for easier access. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly when bolted down to a 1900mm x 1900mm concrete or slabbed level base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Made from galvanised metal Acrylic window Single door with bolts and key operated lock Double door option available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
260. 6'8 X 6'6' Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 2.02m X 1.97m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x6 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 6x6 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 189cm x 202cm x 197cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
261. 6' X 7' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed 2.02m X 2.17m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x7 Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on anthracite-grey finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 6x7 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 189cm x 202cm x 217cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
262. 6'8 X 7'2 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 2.02m X 2.17m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6x7 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 6x7 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 189cm x 202cm x 217cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
263. 6'8 X 7'2 Yardmaster Tall Stone Grey Metal Shed 2.02m X 2.17m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, designed with extra height and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 6'8 x 7'2 Yardmaster Tall Stone Grey Metal Shed (2.02m x 2.17m) is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. A Premium Metal Shed with Extra Headroom Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from high-tensile aluminium hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on stone-grey finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Easy Interior Access and Generous Height You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Extra tall walls and high gables make this 6x7 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation slots along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. Smooth Assembly Process With dimensions of 199cm x 202cm x 217cm, this tall garden shed is supplied with a free anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless you select the optional floor support kit) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If you purchase the floor support kit, it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Free Shipping Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features Tall metal garden shed 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in the UK Built from high-tensile aluminium and hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Comes without flooring, but optional floor support kit is available in the options Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
264. 6' X 8' Trimetals Premium Titan 680 Metal Shed 1.76m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Premium materials, backed by an outstanding 25-year panel warranty, make the 6 x 8 Trimetals Titan 680 Metal Shed a true garden fortress. This metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised metal, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The single door includes a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe and secure. The interior enjoys ample natural light, courtesy of a single window. The glazing is acrylic, which is known for its highly-durable properties. The Trimetals Titan 680 Metal Shed benefits from sizable proportions, fire resistance, stainless steel fittings and a galvanised base rail. The apex-style roof adds to this metal shedâs aesthetic value. You may even choose to opt for a double door (with no windows) for easier access. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly when bolted down to a 1900mm x 2515mm concrete or slabbed level base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Made from galvanised metal Acrylic window Single door with key operated lock Double door option available |
 |
265. 8' X 6' Yardmaster Silver Metal Shed 2.02m X 2.37m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting stylish good looks, a robust build and an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, the 8x6 Yardmaster Silver Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A gorgeous baked-on, resin-coated light silver finish and a traditional apex roof ensure an incredibly stylish appearance. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 8x6 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum storage conditions. With dimensions of 189cm x 237cm x 202cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Baked-on, resin-coated light silver finish Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
266. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Auto Vent Arm : BuyFencingDirect Compatible with any Palram Canopia greenhouse roof vent, the Palram Canopia Greenhouse Auto Vent Arm helps optimise the temperature in your greenhouse, even when youâre not around.This intelligently-designed greenhouse auto vent arm opens and closes the roof vent according to the temperature inside your greenhouse. It operates using a solar-powered mechanical system, so thereâs no need to connect to an electricity supply for it to work.The heat-activated arm is designed using wax, which contracts and expands as the temperature inside the greenhouse changes. The arm begins opening the roof vent at 12-15C, and then closes it as the temperature falls.Simple to instal, this greenhouse automatic vent arm is compatible with any Palram Canopia greenhouse that is fitted with a roof vent.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Solar-powered mechanical systemNo need for electricityAutomatically opens the roof vent at a temperature of 12-15CCloses the vent as the temperature fallsSimple installationCompatible with any Palram Canopia greenhouse roof ventFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
267. 6 X 8 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 8â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) combines a traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
268. 6x8 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse - Twinwall : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x8 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x8 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
269. 6 X 8 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 8â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) combines a traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
270. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Mythos Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low-fuss 6 x 8 Palram Canopia Mythos Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) - a traditionally designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.A Premium Polycarbonate GreenhouseThis 6x8 greenhouse is expertly built from high-impact twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. These polycarbonate panels diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated green aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust.This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56mi/ hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance.Entering the GreenhouseYou can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention.Greenhouse Vent and GutteringThis greenhouse features a manually-opened roof vent to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt.Installing the GreenhouseBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate/ aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade).Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Mythos Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame.We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a 2-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable twin-wall polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter baseLockable door can be installed for left or right-hand opening (padlock not included)Manually-opened roof ventIntegral greenhouse gutteringSliding panel assembly systemResistant to rust and maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surfaceChoose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver framePurchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
271. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
272. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
273. 17x12 Palram Canopia Arcadia 5000 Metal Carport : BuyFencingDirect Give your SUV the protection it deserves by purchasing the 12x17 Palram Canopia Arcadia 5000 Grey Metal Carport (3.6m x 5.1m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This superior carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 6 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your car. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
274. 6' X 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
275. 6' X 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
276. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
277. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
278. 6 X 6 Palram Canopia Harmony Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 6â Palram Canopia Harmony Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) combines a smart, traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
279. 6 X 10 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 10â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) combines an attractive traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
280. 6 X 6 Palram Canopia Harmony Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 6â Palram Canopia Harmony Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) combines a smart, traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
281. 6 X 10 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 10â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) combines an attractive traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
282. 6x6 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse - Twinwall : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x6 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x6 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
283. 6x10 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse - Twinwall : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x10 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x10 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
284. 6' X 6' Palram Canopia Mythos Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low-fuss 6 x 6 Palram Canopia Mythos Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) - a traditionally designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.A Premium Polycarbonate GreenhouseThis 6x6 greenhouse is expertly built from high-impact twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. These polycarbonate panels diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated green aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust.This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56mi/ hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance.Entering the GreenhouseYou can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention.Greenhouse Vent and GutteringThis greenhouse features a manually-opened roof vent to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt.Installing the GreenhouseBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate/ aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade).Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Mythos Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame.We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a 2-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable twin-wall polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter baseLockable door can be installed for left or right-hand opening (padlock not included)Manually-opened roof ventIntegral greenhouse gutteringSliding panel assembly systemResistant to rust and maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surfaceChoose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver framePurchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
285. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Mythos Large Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low-fuss 6 x 10 Palram Canopia Mythos Large Walk In Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) - a traditionally designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.A Premium Polycarbonate GreenhouseThis 6x10 greenhouse is expertly built from high-impact twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. These polycarbonate panels diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated green aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust.This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56mi/ hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance.Entering the GreenhouseYou can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention.Greenhouse Vent and GutteringThis large greenhouse features a manually-opened roof vent to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt.Installing the GreenhouseBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate/ aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade).Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Mythos Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame.We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a 2-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable twin-wall polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter baseLockable door can be installed for left or right-hand opening (padlock not included)Manually-opened roof ventIntegral greenhouse gutteringSliding panel assembly systemResistant to rust and maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surfaceChoose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver framePurchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
286. 6 X 4 Palram Canopia Harmony Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 4â Palram Canopia Harmony Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) combines a compact, traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 4 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse thatâs ideal for small gardens and will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed and space-saving greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Ideal for smaller gardens Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
287. 6x4 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse - Twinwall : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x4 Palram Canopia Mythos Silver Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x4 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
288. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Mythos Small Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low-fuss 6 x 4 Palram Canopia Mythos Small Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) - a traditionally designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.A Premium Polycarbonate GreenhouseThis 6x4 greenhouse is expertly built from high-impact twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. These polycarbonate panels diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated green aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust.This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56mi/ hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance.Entering the GreenhouseYou can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention.Greenhouse Vent and GutteringThis small greenhouse features a manually-opened roof vent to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt.Installing the GreenhouseBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate/ aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade).Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Mythos Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame.We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a 2-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable twin-wall polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter baseLockable door can be installed for left or right-hand opening (padlock not included)Manually-opened roof ventIntegral greenhouse gutteringSliding panel assembly systemResistant to rust and maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surfaceChoose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver framePurchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
289. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last, completely maintenance-free and ideal for smaller gardens. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 4 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this space-saving greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this compact polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Ideal for smaller projects and gardens Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
290. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last, completely maintenance-free and ideal for smaller gardens. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 4 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this space-saving greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this compact polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Ideal for smaller projects and gardens Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
291. 6'x4' Halls Aluminium Frame Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.92x1.32m : BuyFencingDirect If you've only just been bitten by the gardening bug and are looking for a starter greenhouse that doesn't cost the earth, then the Popular 6 x 4 Greenhouse is a perfect choice.At just 6 foot x 4 foot, it's suitable for any garden, yet still has ample space for your tender plants and seedlings.This Popular 6 x 4 Greenhouse has Twinwall UV stabilised clear polycarbonate for good light refraction, high insulation and added safety.It's got everything you need to get your garden off to a flying start.It's a right little cracker! Please note - Image shows Green Framed version of this greenhouse. Aluminium Frame Glazed with Twinwall UV stabilised clear polycarbonate for good light refraction, high insulation and added safety. This 6x4 Polycarbonate Greenhouse is an ideal starter greenhouse for those who want to invest more time into their gardening. Single smooth action sliding door fro easy access. Integral guttering comes with this 6x4 Polycarbonate Greenhouse. |
 |
292. 6 X 12 Palram Canopia Harmony Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.70m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to prosper, the 6â x 12â Palram Canopia Harmony Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.70m) combines an attractive traditional design with the use of high-specification materials throughout. A Premium Polycarbonate Greenhouse Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 12 greenhouse is expertly built from crystal-clear, shatterproof polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. The heavy-duty, silver aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust. This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56mi/hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance. Entering the Greenhouse You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention. Greenhouse Vents and Guttering This large greenhouse features two manually opened roof vents to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt. Installing the Greenhouse Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel perimeter base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade). Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse Accessories You can purchase a Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame. We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a two-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Heavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base Lockable door can be installed for left- or right-hand opening (padlock not included) Two manually-opened roof vents Integral greenhouse guttering Sliding panel assembly system Resistant to rust and maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surface Choose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver frame Purchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
293. 6' X 12' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.70m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 12' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.70m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vents and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
294. 6 X 12 Palram Canopia Harmony Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.70m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to prosper, the 6â x 12â Palram Canopia Harmony Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.70m) combines an attractive traditional design with the use of high-specification materials throughout. A Premium Polycarbonate Greenhouse Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 12 greenhouse is expertly built from crystal-clear, shatterproof polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. The heavy-duty, silver aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and impervious to rust. This premium build results in a near-unbreakable greenhouse, which will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56mi/hr) too, this polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection for your plants. It is designed with a traditional apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, and to nicely round off its exceptionally attractive appearance. Entering the Greenhouse You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. This door includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain safe from unwanted attention. Greenhouse Vents and Guttering This large greenhouse features two manually opened roof vents to help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. It comes with integral guttering too, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, when connected to a water butt. Installing the Greenhouse Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so are simple to slide into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor, and that you should secure it to a solid, level surface. The galvanised steel perimeter base includes anchor holes for this purpose (you can buy an anchor kit as an optional upgrade). Choice of Sizes, Frame Colours and Greenhouse Accessories You can purchase a Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouse in a range of sizes, and with a green, grey or silver frame. We also sell a variety of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades, to help you customise the glasshouse to your exact requirements. These include a two-tier potting bench, metal work bench, PVC shelving, heavy-duty aluminium shelves, trellising kit, greenhouse shading kit, plant hangers, side louvre windows, and anchor kit. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Heavy-duty aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base Lockable door can be installed for left- or right-hand opening (padlock not included) Two manually-opened roof vents Integral greenhouse guttering Sliding panel assembly system Resistant to rust and maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without flooring - anchor to a solid, level surface Choose from a range of sizes, and a green, grey or silver frame Purchase greenhouse accessories as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
295. 6' X 12' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.70m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 12' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.70m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vents and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
296. 6 X 14 Palram Canopia Harmony Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 4.26m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 14â Palram Canopia Harmony Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 4.26m) combines a spacious, traditional design with leading-edge materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 14 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
297. 6' X 14' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 4.26m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 14' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 4.26m) is spacious, easy-to-assemble and built to last. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 14 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
298. 6 X 14 Palram Canopia Harmony Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 4.26m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 14â Palram Canopia Harmony Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 4.26m) combines a spacious, traditional design with leading-edge materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 14 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
299. 6' X 14' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 4.26m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 14' Palram Canopia Hybrid Large Green Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 4.26m) is spacious, easy-to-assemble and built to last. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 14 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while two manually opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and two manually opened roof vents Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
300. 4' X 4' Palram Canopia Plant Inn Raised Bed Small Mini Greenhouse 1.18m X 1.18m : BuyFencingDirect If you love gardening but have a small outside area, look no further than the wonderful 4x4 Palram Canopia Plant Inn Mini Greenhouse (1.18m x 1.18m). Offering your plants the perfect growing environment, this stylish, small greenhouse even includes integral garden storage for tools, pots and your other garden essentials. Expertly built from a combination of twin-wall polycarbonate panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, supported by a silver aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base, this 4x4 greenhouse is shatterproof, fracture-proof and impervious to rust. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof to facilitate efficient rainwater runoff, it offers both your plants and garden equipment superb weatherproof protection. The polycarbonate panels allow over 82% light transmission and are completely UV-protected, so your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Thanks to these high-specification materials, this marvellous mini greenhouse will function perfectly and look as good as new for many years to come. The 2 adjustable lids offer you superb access to the greenhouse and full control of the growing environment. When closed, they provide plants with all the benefits of a premium greenhouse; when set in the partially-open position, they allow ventilation; and when fully open, you can get to work. The greenhouse includes 2 x 6.5-inch-deep raised beds/ planters, 10 x plant hangers, and an internal water drainage system to keep the soil in perfect condition. The planters are raised 28 inches off the ground, so you'll find them perfectly easy to reach, regardless of any mobility issues. There's no need to worry about carrying your garden tools and equipment over from the house or shed, either, because an invaluable garden storage compartment is located underneath the planters and can easily be accessed via a sliding side panel. It includes ample room for tools, compost and your other gardening knick-knacks. To top it all, this small greenhouse for sale is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to devote to your plants. It comes with a reassuring 5-year limited warranty and an all-inclusive kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are completely resistant to rust Twin-wall polycarbonate panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate panels are 100% UV-protected Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Access the greenhouse via 2 adjustable lids Greenhouse includes 2 x planters, 10 x plant hangers and a water drainage system Access the integral garden storage via a sliding side panel All-inclusive DIY kit for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance-free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
301. 8' X 8' Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse 2.47m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x8 Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse (2.47m x 2.44m). With its attractive appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this premium polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
302. 8x12 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x12 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (2.44m x 3.67m). With its classical appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this premium polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 2 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 2 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
303. 16x10 Palram Canopia Grey Carport Atlas 5000 : BuyFencingDirect Specially designed to keep your vehicle protected from the elements, the 16x10 Palram Canopia Grey Carport Atlas 5000 (4.8m x 3m) uses high-specification materials throughout and comes with a superb 10-year limited warranty.This premium car shelter is constructed from bronze-tinted, corrugated 0.7mm polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance-engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 10% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 4 supporting legs and uses galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection. The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your car. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed, corrugated 0.7mm polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
304. 8x8 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8x8 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (2.4m x 2.4m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours.This 8x8 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside.Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionThick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rodsSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun roomManually-opened roof ventPanels can be slid into place for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis sun room is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
305. 8x10 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8x10 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (2.4m x 3m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours.This 8x10 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside.Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionThick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rodsSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun roomManually-opened roof ventPanels can be slid into place for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis sun room is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
306. 8x12 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8x12 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (2.4m x 3.6m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours.This 8x12 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside.Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionThick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rodsSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun roomManually-opened roof ventPanels can be slid into place for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis sun room is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
307. 8x14 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8x14 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (2.4m x 4.2m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours.This 8x14 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside.Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionThick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rodsSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun roomManually-opened roof ventPanels can be slid into place for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis sun room is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
308. 8x16 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8x16 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (2.4m x 4.8m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours.This 8x16 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside.Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionThick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rodsSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun roomManually-opened roof ventPanels can be slid into place for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis sun room is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
309. 8' X 18' Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room 2.57m X 5.70m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8 x 18 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room (2.58m x 5.70m). More than just a conservatory, this sun room makes an attractive lean-to greenhouse too. The choice is yours. This versatile solarium is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear acrylic side panels. These panels are supported by a thick, white resin frame, which is reinforced by galvanised steel rods. High impact, shatterproof and impervious to rust, this premium sun room is certainly built to last. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification conservatory provides outstanding weatherproof protection. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted at either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this beautiful sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels 3mm crystal-clear acrylic side panels Thick, white resin frame reinforced with galvanised steel rods Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
310. 8' X 20' Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room 2.57m X 6.32m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 8 x 20 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Sun Room (2.58m x 6.32m). More than just a conservatory, this sun room makes an attractive lean-to greenhouse too. The choice is yours. This versatile solarium is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear acrylic side panels. These panels are supported by a thick, white resin frame, which is reinforced by galvanised steel rods. High impact, shatterproof and impervious to rust, this premium sun room is certainly built to last. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification conservatory provides outstanding weatherproof protection. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted at either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuables will always be secure. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this beautiful sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels 3mm crystal-clear acrylic side panels Thick, white resin frame reinforced with galvanised steel rods Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Single door with key-operated lock - can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
311. 8x12 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Help your homegrown produce thrive by purchasing the superb 8x12 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse (2.4m x 3.6m) - a high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse, providing unbeatable weatherproof protection.This 8x12 greenhouse is expertly built from ultra-thick 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which allow 79% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The extra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame is impervious to rust, while the reinforced structure ensures unbeatable strength and durability.This all results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with an apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants prosper, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which includes a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold and a bottom seal to keep out draughts. This door can be hung with a left or right-hand opening, to suit the orientation of your garden, and is fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuables secure. Once inside, you'll find the greenhouse's generous height provides plenty of headroom, as well as the opportunity to house taller tools and equipment.This greenhouse also features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. Two manually-opened roof vents and a side louvre window help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyNear-unbreakable 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 79% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysExtra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame and reinforced structureCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Single door includes low threshold, bottom seal and key-operated lockDoor can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system2 manually-opened roof vents and side louvre windowPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in a range of sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
312. 8x16 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Help your homegrown produce thrive by purchasing the superb 8x16 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse (2.4m x 4.8m) - a high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse, providing unbeatable weatherproof protection.This 8x16 greenhouse is expertly built from ultra-thick 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which allow 79% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The extra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame is impervious to rust, while the reinforced structure ensures unbeatable strength and durability.This all results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with an apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants prosper, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which includes a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold and a bottom seal to keep out draughts. This door can be hung with a left or right-hand opening, to suit the orientation of your garden, and is fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuables secure. Once inside, you'll find the greenhouse's generous height provides plenty of headroom, as well as the opportunity to house taller tools and equipment.This greenhouse also features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. Three manually-opened roof vents and a side louvre window help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyNear-unbreakable 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 79% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysExtra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame and reinforced structureCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Single door includes low threshold, bottom seal and key-operated lockDoor can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system3 manually-opened roof vents and side louvre windowPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in a range of sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
313. 8x20 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Help your homegrown produce thrive by purchasing the superb 8x20 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse (2.4m x 6m) - a high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse, providing unbeatable weatherproof protection.This 8x20 greenhouse is expertly built from ultra-thick 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which allow 79% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The extra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame is impervious to rust, while the reinforced structure ensures unbeatable strength and durability.This all results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with an apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants prosper, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which includes a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold and a bottom seal to keep out draughts. This door can be hung with a left or right-hand opening, to suit the orientation of your garden, and is fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuables secure. Once inside, you'll find the greenhouse's generous height provides plenty of headroom, as well as the opportunity to house taller tools and equipment.This greenhouse also features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. Four manually-opened roof vents and a side louvre window help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyNear-unbreakable 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 79% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysExtra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame and reinforced structureCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Single door includes low threshold, bottom seal and key-operated lockDoor can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system4 manually-opened roof vents and side louvre windowPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in a range of sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
314. 8x8 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Help your homegrown produce thrive by purchasing the superb 8x8 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse (2.4m x 2.4m) - a high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse, providing unbeatable weatherproof protection.This 8x8 greenhouse is expertly built from ultra-thick 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which allow 79% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The extra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame is impervious to rust, while the reinforced structure ensures unbeatable strength and durability.This all results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with an apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants prosper, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which includes a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold and a bottom seal to keep out draughts. This door can be hung with a left or right-hand opening, to suit the orientation of your garden, and is fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuables secure. Once inside, you'll find the greenhouse's generous height provides plenty of headroom, as well as the opportunity to house taller tools and equipment.This greenhouse also features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. A manually-opened roof vent and side louvre window help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyNear-unbreakable 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 79% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysExtra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame and reinforced structureCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Single door includes low threshold, bottom seal and key-operated lockDoor can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering systemManually-opened roof vent and side louvre windowPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in a range of sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
315. 12x10 Palram Canopia Victory Orangery : BuyFencingDirect Making a beautiful standalone conservatory or the perfect home for your plants, the luxurious 12x10 Palram Canopia Victory Orangery Large Walk In Polycarbonate Greenhouse (3.6m x 3m) features a unique, eye-catching design and a high-specification build throughout.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 12x10 glasshouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a double-apex roof which facilitates effective rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to the interior through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable items will always be secure. Once inside, 2 manually-opened roof vents allow you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal clear 0.7mm polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors feature low threshold and magnetic catch (padlock not included)2 opening roof ventsSliding panel easy assembly systemMaintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
316. 6'x8' Palram Canopia Rion Ecogrow Green Greenhouse With Resin Frame 2.04m X 2.63m : BuyFencingDirect For a premium greenhouse with zero hassle, choose the 6 x 8 Palram Rion Eco Grow Green Greenhouse with Resin Frame (2.04m x 2.63m). This high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free, and offers your plants the perfect conditions to prosper.This 6x8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability.The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access through a single door, which includes a handle holder to keep it firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while the opening roof vent allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase this greenhouse in a range of sizes. A heavy-duty resin base kit and additional air vent are also available as optional upgrades.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panelsUV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Single door with handle holderManually-opened roof ventStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a resin base kit and additional air vent as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
317. Palram Canopia Rion Ecogrow 6x10 Green Greenhouse With Resin Frame : BuyFencingDirect For a premium greenhouse with zero hassle, choose the 6x10 Palram Canopia Rion EcoGrow Green Greenhouse (1.8m x 3m). This high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free, and offers your plants the perfect conditions to thrive. This 6x10 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability. The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which includes a handle holder to keep it firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while the opening roof vent allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants. With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective greenhouse temperature control, why not purchase a portable fan greenhouse heater, side auto louvre window and additional roof vent as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cable Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door with handle holder Manually-opened roof vent Straightforward assembly - no tools required Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This greenhouse is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Side auto louvre window and/ or additional roof vent available to buy as optional upgrades too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
318. Palram Canopia Rion Ecogrow 6x12 Green Greenhouse With Resin Frame : BuyFencingDirect For a premium greenhouse with zero hassle, choose the 6x12 Palram Canopia Rion EcoGrow Green Greenhouse (1.8m x 3.6m). This high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free, and offers your plants the perfect conditions to thrive. This 6x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability. The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which includes a handle holder to keep it firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while the opening roof vent allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants. With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective greenhouse temperature control, why not purchase a portable fan greenhouse heater, side auto louvre window and additional roof vent as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cable Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door with handle holder Manually-opened roof vent Straightforward assembly - no tools required Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This greenhouse is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Side auto louvre window and/ or additional roof vent available to buy as optional upgrades too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
319. 6'x6' Palram Canopia Rion White Lean To Sun Room 1.8x1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 6x6 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (1.8m x 1.8m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours. This 6x6 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse/sun room is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission Thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
320. 6'x8' Palram Canopia Rion White Lean To Greenhouse 1.8x2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 6x8 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (1.8m x 2.4m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours. This 6x8 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission Thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
321. Palram Canopia Rion 6x10 White Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 6x10 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (1.8m x 3m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours. This 6x10 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission Thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
322. Palram Canopia Rion 6x12 White Sun Room : BuyFencingDirect Extend your home and time in the garden with the 6x12 Palram Canopia Rion White Sun Room/ Greenhouse (1.8m x 3.6m). More than just a lean-to greenhouse, this sun room makes an attractive conservatory for relaxation and leisure activities too. The choice is yours. This 6x12 sun room is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a lean-to roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which can be fitted either end of the structure to suit the orientation of your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature, once inside. Backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The polycarbonate panels have additional aluminium profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a sun room, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 3mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission Thick resin frame with reinforced central profiles and galvanised steel rods Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door can be fitted either end of the sun room Manually-opened roof vent Panels can be slid into place for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This sun room is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
323. Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardner 8x8 Green Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and hate unnecessary hassle, the 8x8 Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardener Greenhouse (2.67m x 2.64m) is for you. This superb polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free and provides the perfect conditions for plants to thrive, making it every gardener's best friend.This wonderful 8x8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures superb structural stability.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 90% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in place when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the roof's barn-shaped design provides plenty of headroom and the opportunity to grow taller plants. A manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature for their benefit.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 90% light transmissionUV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors with handle holderManually-opened roof ventStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
324. 8x12 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Grand Gardener Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and hate unnecessary hassle, the 8x12 Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardener Greenhouse (2.4m x 3.6m) is for you. This superb polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free and provides the perfect conditions for plants to thrive, making it every gardener's best friend.This wonderful 8x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures superb structural stability.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 90% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in place when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the roof's barn-shaped design provides plenty of headroom and the opportunity to grow taller plants. Two manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 90% light transmissionUV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors with handle holder2 manually-opened roof ventsStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
325. 8x16 Palram Canopia Rion Clear Grand Gardener Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and hate unnecessary hassle, the 8x16 Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardener Greenhouse (2.4m x 4.8m) is for you. This large polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free and provides the perfect conditions for plants to thrive, making it every gardener's best friend.This wonderful 8x16 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures superb structural stability.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 90% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in place when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the roof's barn-shaped design provides plenty of headroom and the opportunity to grow taller plants. Three manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 90% light transmissionUV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors with handle holder3 manually-opened roof ventsStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
326. Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardner 8x20 Green Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and hate unnecessary hassle, the 8x20 Palram Canopia Rion Grand Gardener Greenhouse (2.67m x 6.39m) is for you. This extra-large polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free and provides the perfect conditions for plants to thrive, making it every gardener's best friend. This wonderful 8x20 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures superb structural stability. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 90% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with a roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in place when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the roof's barn-shaped design provides plenty of headroom and the opportunity to grow taller plants. Four manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature for their benefit. With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective greenhouse temperature control, why not purchase a portable fan greenhouse heater and/ or side auto louvre window as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow 90% light transmission UV-protected resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cable Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Wide double doors with handle holder 4 manually-opened roof vents Straightforward assembly - no tools required Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This greenhouse is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Side auto louvre window available to buy as optional upgrade too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
327. Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardner 8x8 Green Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect For hassle-free gardening and to help your plants thrive, choose the 8x8 Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardener Green Greenhouse (2.4m x 2.4m). This stunning polycarbonate glasshouse can be assembled without tools and is built from high-specification materials which are completely maintenance-free.This 8x8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability.The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while the opening roof vent allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionUV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors with handle holderManually-opened roof ventStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
328. Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardner 8x12 Green Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect For hassle-free gardening and to help your plants thrive, choose the 8x12 Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardener Green Greenhouse (2.4m x 3.6m). This stunning polycarbonate glasshouse can be assembled without tools and is built from high-specification materials which are completely maintenance-free. This 8x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability. The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while 2 opening roof vents allow you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants. With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective greenhouse temperature control, why not purchase a portable fan greenhouse heater and/ or side auto louvre window as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cable Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Wide double doors with handle holder 2 manually-opened roof vents Straightforward assembly - no tools required Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This greenhouse is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Side auto louvre window available to buy as optional upgrade too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
329. Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardner 8x16 Green Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect For hassle-free gardening and to help your plants thrive, choose the 8x16 Palram Canopia Rion Hobby Gardener Green Greenhouse (2.66m x 5.16m). This large polycarbonate glasshouse can be assembled without tools and is built from high-specification materials which are completely maintenance-free.This 8x16 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability.The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to the interior via wide double doors, which include a handle holder to keep them firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while 3 opening roof vents allow you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants.With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionUV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cableSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors with handle holder3 manually-opened roof ventsStraightforward assembly - no tools requiredCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 7-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
330. Palram Canopia Rion Ecogrow 6x6 Green Greenhouse With Resin Frame : BuyFencingDirect For a premium greenhouse with zero hassle, choose the 6x6 Palram Canopia Rion EcoGrow Green Greenhouse (1.8m x 1.8m). This high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse is exceptionally easy to assemble, completely maintenance-free, and offers your plants the perfect conditions to thrive. This 6x6 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels, supported by a UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors. Rubber sealing strips provide enhanced insulation, while a reinforcement cable ensures first-rate structural stability. The light-diffusing polycarbonate panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. They are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. You can gain easy access through a single door, which includes a handle holder to keep it firmly in position when closed. Once inside, you'll find that the barn-shaped roof offers plenty of headroom, while the opening roof vent allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of your plants. With a tool-free assembly and backed by a reassuring 7-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective greenhouse temperature control, why not purchase a portable fan greenhouse heater, side auto louvre window and additional roof vent as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmission UV-protected, green resin frame with pin and lock connectors, rubber sealing strips and a reinforcement cable Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Single door with handle holder Manually-opened roof vent Straightforward assembly - no tools required Completely maintenance free Reassuring 7-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base This greenhouse is available in various sizes Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Side auto louvre window and/ or additional roof vent available to buy as optional upgrades too Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
331. 15x13 Palram Canopia Monaco Grey Hexagon Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for day-to-day use with the family, and elegant enough to host any special garden party, the 15x13 Palram Canopia Monaco Grey Hexagon Garden Gazebo (4.5m x 3.9m) is a stylish, heavy-duty garden shelter, backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty. This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 15% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so ensures exceptional weatherproof protection. An attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment for your garden parties, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). Completely constructed from recyclable components, this polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight. This stylish garden gazebo comes with footpads and an anchor kit so that you can fix it to a solid, level base. For additional shade and privacy, why not purchase matching curtains and nets as optional upgrades? Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels Panels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protected Heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Top air vent Integrated guttering system Built from recyclable components Sliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings Includes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level base Curtains and/ or nets available to buy as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
332. 14x10 4.3x3m Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your hot tub, alfresco dinners and so much more, the 14x10 Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 Garden Gazebo (4.3m x 3m) is a contemporary outdoor shelter, designed and built to the highest possible standards.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 15% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.An attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden parties, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included).Completely constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 3 different sizes. Each gazebo comes with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix it to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Top air ventIntegrated guttering systemFitted with curtain rails and hooks too (curtains and nets not included)Built from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsIncludes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
333. 6' X 14' Palram Canopia Eco Grow Greenhouse 2.04m X 4.45m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a strong, well insulated and economical greenhouse where your plants can thrive, then consider the 6â x 14â Palram Canopia Eco Grow Greenhouse (2.04m x 4.45m). Strong and Light Diffusing Greenhouse The Eco Grow greenhouse combines a heavy-duty, 100% UV-protected resin frame with polycarbonate roof and side panels for a garden building thatâs virtually unbreakable â and extremely low maintenance too. The panels are 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate and 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate for the roof and walls respectively, and both diffuse sunlight to help keep out harmful UV rays and create the optimal growing conditions. They allow for 80% light transmission and wonât discolour, fracture or shatter either. In terms of features, an adjustable roof window vent means you can control the temperature within the greenhouse and the single door can be fitted to open either to the left or right, for added flexibility. The greenhouseâs design also mimics a traditional barn, providing you with a unique and natural aesthetic. Shipping and Assembly The 6x14 greenhouse boasts a pin-and-lock connector system, where panels slide into place, making the assembly process smooth and fast. We also offer free shipping on the greenhouse to most UK addresses and the building comes with a 2-year warranty too. Key Features Superior strength and heat insulation Economical and practically unbreakable Polycarbonate roof and wall panels and heavy-duty resin frame Panels block harmful UV rays and allow 80% light transmission Maintenance-free design 2-year warranty Easy to assemble with pin and lock assembly system Right- or left-side opening hinged door Adjustable vent window Free shipping to most UK addresses |
 |
334. 4' X 6' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Pent Plastic Shed 1.17m X 1.77m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 4x6 Palram Canopia Grey SkyLight Pent Shed is built to last. As a 4x6 shed, it will suit your smaller garden or more limited outdoor space while the sleek pent lines make it ideal for placing anywhere in the garden. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this plastic shed's durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. The unique skylight roof shingles transmit plenty of soft natural light making working in your garden shed during the day much easier and more pleasant. Maneouvring your items is made easier by the low threshold and extra wide single door. To suit your garden, the door can be fitted as either a right or left hand door. Plus, the door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. Available in an amber finish or as an apex roof model. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof shingles provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold and extra wide single door Door can be fitted as left or right handed Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly |
 |
335. 10x14 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x14 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 4.25m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
336. 10x14 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x14 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 4.25m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
337. Palram Canopia Venus 1350 Clear Canopy Rain Protector Entryway Door Cover : BuyFencingDirect An elegant addition to your home and highly effective too, the Palram Canopia Venus 1350 Clear Door Canopy is the ideal way to protect your front door from weather damage.Expertly made using a 2mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected, so will maintain its gorgeous appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The powder-coated galvanised steel ornamental support arms are exceptionally stylish and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy is virtually unbreakable and offers superb weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a user-friendly assembly system, you can install this door awning without specialist tools. The pre-cut panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware and pre-drilled profiles will help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.2mm polycarbonate panel allows 90% light transmissionPowder-coated galvanised steel ornamental support armsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareUser-friendly assembly systemCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
338. 17x10 Palram Canopia Verona 5000 Metal Carport : BuyFencingDirect A stylish, contemporary design and a superb 10-year limited warranty are just 2 of the reasons to choose the 17x10 Palram Canopia Verona 5000 Metal Carport (5.1m x 3m) to keep your car protected from the weather.This premium car shelter is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are high-impact, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 4 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection. The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your car. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
339. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 10' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
340. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 8' Palram Canopia Hybrid Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
341. 4x2 Palram Canopia Lean To Silver Mini Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Perfectly sized for your patio or balcony, the 4x2 Palram Canopia Lean To Small Wall Mini Greenhouse (1.2m x 0.6m) has an intelligent design and high-specification build, so will help your plants prosper throughout the year.Utilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this small greenhouse combines 4mm polycarbonate roof panels with 0.7mm polycarbonate side panels, supported by an aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base, both of which are completely resistant to rust.The polycarbonate panels are shatterproof, allow 90% light transmission and are UV-protected, so will neither fade nor discolour in the sun. With a contemporary pent-style roof too, for effective rainwater runoff, this mini greenhouse will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden for many years to come.Snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this premium polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection, while the integral guttering system offers you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants.You can gain easy access to the interior via either a sliding door or adjustable lid/ vent. The latter includes a prop, so you can keep it open to control the heat, humidity and airflow, as required.Supplied with a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautiful greenhouse comes with its own wall-mounting kit too. The polycarbonate panels are pre-cut with uniform profiles, so you can slide them into place for an exceptionally easy assembly. What's more, the whole greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to nurture your plants.As this greenhouse is designed without a floor, you should fix it to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base4mm polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm polycarbonate wall panels - both crystal clear and providing 90% light transmissionSnow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Access your plants via a sliding door and/ or adjustable lidProp the lid open to control heat, humidity and airflowIntegral guttering systemPre-cut panels can be slid into place for an easy assemblyMaintenance free - saving time and moneyReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
342. 10x10 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x10 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 3m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 2 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
343. 10x10 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x10 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 3m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 2 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
344. 10x18 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x18 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 5.46m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
345. 10x18 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x18 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 5.46m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
346. 10x20 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x20 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 6.1m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 4 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
347. 10x24 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x24 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 7.3m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 5 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
348. 10x28 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x28 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 8.51m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this extra-large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 6 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
349. 10x30 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x30 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Patio Cover (3m x 9.15m) today.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this extra-large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 6 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 2 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
350. 10x20 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x20 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 6.1m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 4 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
351. 10x24 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x24 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 7.3m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 5 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
352. 10x28 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x28 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 8.51m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this extra-large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 6 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 1 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
353. 10x30 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 10x30 Palram Canopia Sierra White Patio Cover (3m x 9.15m) without delay.Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this extra-large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax in your garden.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, 6 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. (You can remove 2 of the supporting legs, if desired.)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Constructed from fully recyclable materials and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning.Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. UV-resistant acrylic side walls and a low-heat LED lighting system are available for you to buy as optional extras.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.7-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV raysPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeCan be attached to other patio coversComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
354. Palram Canopia Palermo 3000/ 3600 Gazebo Curtains : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Palermo 3000 or 3600 gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden. Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun. The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use. To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacy Made from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester UV protected to prevent fading and discolouration Zips connect the curtains together Top, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner posts Hooks attach to the gazeboâs track line Machine washable and line dried Compatible with Palram Canopia Palermo 3000 and 3600 gazebos Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
355. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting For Martinique 3000/ 3600 : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Martinique 3000 or 3600 gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The nets are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line clips. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedCompatible with Palram Canopia Martinique 3000 and 3600 gazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
356. 7' X 7' Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover 2.28m X 2.25m : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 7 x 7 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover (2.24m x 2.25m) today. Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected, which means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers you outstanding weatherproof protection, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a sliding panel installation system to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from the house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning. Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 7-year limited warranty 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Completely resistant to rust Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with anchor kit and footpads – MUST be positioned on a solid, level base Completely maintenance-free Comes in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Can be attached to further patio covers Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
357. 7' X 7' Palram Canopia Sierra White Clear Patio Cover 2.28m X 2.25m : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 7 x 7 Palram Canopia Sierra White Clear Patio Cover (2.24m x 2.25m) today. Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected, which means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers you outstanding weatherproof protection, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a sliding panel installation system to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from the house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning. Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 7-year limited warranty 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Completely resistant to rust Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with anchor kit and footpads – MUST be positioned on a solid, level base Completely maintenance-free Comes in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Can be attached to further patio covers Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
358. Palram Canopia Herald 2230 Black Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Give your front door complete weatherproof protection, while smartening up your home's facade, with the Palram Canopia Herald 2230 Black Door Canopy - a robust and durable porch canopy, with an eye-catching contemporary design.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage, while an aluminium gutter, positioned in front of the panel, channels the rainwater sideways, keeping the entrance to your home puddle-free.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a smart and fast locking system, you can assemble this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionAluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareSmart and fast locking system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
359. 6' X 3' Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you robust and stylish garden storage for your essential tools and equipment, the 6 x 3 Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed comes with a superb 10 year limited warranty and has a convenient slimline design for space-effective outside storage. Expertly built using near-unbreakable, high-impact 1mm polycarbonate panels, and utilising leading-edge Fine Shield Technology, this plastic shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot or warp. The aluminium frame is impervious to rust and adds to the shed's solidity, while the anti-slip floor ensures your tools and equipment are completely protected from ground moisture. A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design increases headroom, allows you to store taller tools, and ensures effective rainwater runoff. You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors with a low threshold, which is perfect for wheelbarrows. The doors are fitted with a pad bolt too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe (padlock not included). Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. Simply use the enclosed anchor kit to secure the shed to a firm, level base. Expertly made from recyclable components and available in a range of colours and sizes, this premium plastic shed comes with full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. What's more, it is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Why not free up valuable space and purchase an all-inclusive storage shelf kit as an optional extra? Made from high-grade 16mm polycarbonate, with 2 galvanized steel brackets, this shed shelving is specifically designed for Palram Canopia Skylight sheds and can hold up to 30kg. You can purchase low-heat LED lights too, which you'll find easy to connect, attractive and exceptionally economical. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10 year warranty Polycarbonate panels are near-unbreakable and high impact Utilises Fine Shield Technology Aluminium frame is impervious to rust Anti-slip, weatherproof floor Unique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaque Wide double doors with pad bolt (padlock not included) Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly Includes anchor kit Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) with anchor kit fixed Made from recyclable components Completely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-free This shed is available for you to purchase in a range of colours and sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
360. 6' X 12' Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 3.79m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you robust and stylish garden storage for all of your tools and equipment, the 6 x 12 Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed comes with some high-specification features and a superb 10 year limited warranty. Expertly built using near-unbreakable, high-impact 1mm polycarbonate panels, and utilising leading-edge Fine Shield Technology, this large plastic shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot or warp. The aluminium frame is impervious to rust and adds to the shed's solidity, while the anti-slip floor ensures your tools and equipment are completely protected from ground moisture. A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design increases headroom, allows you to store taller tools, and ensures effective rainwater runoff. You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors with a low threshold, which is perfect for wheelbarrows. The doors are fitted with a pad bolt too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe (padlock not included). Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. Simply use the enclosed anchor kit to secure the shed to a firm, level base. Expertly made from recyclable components and available in a range of colours and sizes, this premium plastic shed comes with full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. What's more, it is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Why not free up valuable space and purchase an all-inclusive storage shelf kit as an optional extra? Made from high-grade 16mm polycarbonate, with 2 galvanized steel brackets, this shed shelving is specifically designed for Palram Canopia Skylight sheds and can hold up to 30kg. You can purchase low-heat LED lights too, which you'll find easy to connect, attractive and exceptionally economical. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10 year warranty Polycarbonate panels are near-unbreakable and high impact Utilises Fine Shield Technology Aluminium frame is impervious to rust Anti-slip, weatherproof floor Unique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaque Wide double doors with pad bolt (padlock not included) Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly Includes anchor kit Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) with anchor kit fixed Made from recyclable components Completely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-free This shed is available for you to purchase in a range of colours and sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
361. Palram Canopia Vega Grey 2000 Clear Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Create an attractive sheltered entrance to your home, and prolong the life of your front door too, with the Palram Canopia Vega Grey 2000 Clear Door Canopy.Expertly made using a 3mm acrylic panel, this high-impact door canopy is crystal clear and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The aluminium frame, 2 supporting legs and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust. The legs come complete with an anchor kit, allowing you to firmly secure them to the ground.A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage, while an aluminium gutter, positioned in front of the panel, channels the rainwater sideways, keeping the entrance to your home puddle-free.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a smart and fast locking system, you can assemble this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.3mm acrylic panel allows 90% light transmissionAluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsStable 2-legged structure with anchor kitHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareSmart and fast locking system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
362. 7' X 4' Palram Canopia Bordeaux 2230 White Large Door Canopy 2.24m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Oozing contemporary style and with a number of intelligent features, the Palram Canopia Bordeaux 2230 White Door Canopy offers your front door superb weatherproof protection and is sure to enhance your home's facade.Expertly made using a 3mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage, while an aluminium gutter, positioned in front of the panel, channels the rainwater sideways, keeping the entrance to your home puddle-free.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a smart and fast locking system, you can assemble this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.3mm polycarbonate panel allows 90% light transmissionAluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareSmart and fast locking system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
363. 5' X 3' Palram Canopia Dark Grey Voyager Shed 1.39m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect If you need stylish garden storage for your essential tools and equipment, choose the 5x3 Palram Canopia Dark Grey Voyager Shed (1.39m x 0.9m). Supplied with a superb 10-year warranty and with a stylish pent roof, this high specification shed is perfect for smaller gardens.Expertly built using near-unbreakable, high-impact 1mm polycarbonate panels, and utilising leading-edge Fine Shield Technology™, this plastic shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot or warp. The aluminium frame is impervious to rust and adds to the shed's solidity, while the anti-slip floor ensures your tools and equipment are completely protected from ground moisture.A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the modern pent design ensures effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a pad bolt to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. Simply use the enclosed anchor kit to secure the shed to a firm, level base.Expertly made from recyclable components and coming in amber or grey, this premium plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year warrantyPolycarbonate panels are near-unbreakable and high impactUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Aluminium frame is impervious to rustAnti-slip, weatherproof floorUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueDouble doors with pad bolt (padlock not included)Includes anchor kitWind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) with anchor kit fixedMade from recyclable componentsCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available for you to purchase in amber or greyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
364. Palram Canopia Aquila 3000 Grey Clear Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Very easy to assemble and completely maintenance free, the Palram Canopia Aquila 3000 Grey Clear Door Canopy offers your front door superb weatherproof protection. Featuring a near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panel, which allows 85% light transmission, this contemporary porch awning blocks harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and never discolour or yellow. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are built to last and impervious to rust, while the aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, for a rear rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight. This premium porch canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it will provide outstanding weatherproof protection for your door. The panel is pre-cut, the profiles pre-drilled and the mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. The smart and fast locking system keeps the panel screw-free, eliminating any risk of leakage. Supplied with a 3-year limited warranty, this over door canopy is constructed from recyclable components and is totally maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase this front door canopy in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 4mm acrylic panel provides 85% light transmission and is 100% UV protected Aluminium frame with laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets Front aluminium gutter directs rainwater away from the porch Rear rubber gasket prevents leakage Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²) Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware Smart and fast locking system Maintenance free – saves time and money 3-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
365. Palram Canopia Aquila 4500 Grey Clear Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Very easy to assemble and completely maintenance free, the Palram Canopia Aquila 4500 Grey Clear Door Canopy offers your front door superb weatherproof protection. Featuring a near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panel, which allows 85% light transmission, this contemporary porch awning blocks harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and never discolour or yellow. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are built to last and impervious to rust, while the aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, for a rear rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight. This premium porch canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it will provide outstanding weatherproof protection for your door. The panel is pre-cut, the profiles pre-drilled and the mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. The smart and fast locking system keeps the panel screw-free, eliminating any risk of leakage. Supplied with a 3-year limited warranty, this over door canopy is constructed from recyclable components and is totally maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase this front door canopy in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 4mm acrylic panel provides 85% light transmission and is 100% UV protected Aluminium frame with laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets Front aluminium gutter directs rainwater away from the porch Rear rubber gasket prevents leakage Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²) Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware Smart and fast locking system Maintenance free – saves time and money 3-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
366. Palram Canopia Neo 1350 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with a smart contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 1350 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your door excellent weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains well protected.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers excellent weatherproof protection for your front door.You do not need to screw through the pre-cut polycarbonate panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a 1-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and money1-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
367. 136 X 3 Palram Canopia Aquila 4100 Grey Clear Large Door Canopy 4.12m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Very easy to assemble and completely maintenance free, the 13'6 x 3 Palram Canopia Aquila 4100 Grey Clear Large Door Canopy (4.12m x 0.92m) offers your door superb weatherproof protection.A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
368. 12' X 14' Palram Canopia Roma Hexagonal Garden Gazebo - Grey 3.59m X 4.15m : BuyFencingDirect Add a touch of contemporary style to your garden parties and family gatherings with the 12 x 14 Palram Canopia Roma Hexagonal Garden Gazebo in Grey (3.59m x 4.15m). Expertly constructed from 6mm bronze polycarbonate roof panels, this hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and completely UV protected, so will maintain its stunning appearance for many years to come. It also blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a safe environment in which to relax in your garden. With 15% light transmission, this treated glazing offers you the best of both worlds, by reducing sun glare when it's bright but allowing natural light to filter through the panels when the weather is overcast. Built from powder-coated aluminium, the supporting frame includes 15cm-thick supporting poles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 250kg/ m² (51lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. The roof features a large vent to aid air flow and disperse any cooking smells, while the central hanging hook can be used for a multitude of purposes. There are also hooks around the roof's perimeter, ready for you to hang curtains, nets or decorations. Why not purchase both curtains and nets as optional extras? What's more, if you'd like to add garden lighting or a sound system, you can thread electric cables through the roof and poles. This premium garden gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and all the necessary fixings for you to achieve a straightforward assembly. The roof does not require screws, which eliminates the risk of leakage. Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, the whole gazebo is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We supply an anchor kit and footpads for this purpose. Once installed, the gazebo can be left outside the whole year round. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 10-year limited warranty 6mm bronze polycarbonate roof panels are completely UV-protected Transmits natural light but blocks sun glare Powder-coated aluminium frame with 15cm-thick poles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 250kg/ m² (51lbs/ ft²) Large roof vent Multi-purpose central hanging hook Perimeter hooks for curtains, nets or decorations Curtains and nets available as optional upgrades Completely maintenance free Pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles Includes anchor kit and footpads – must be secured to a solid, level base Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
369. Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains Set For Roma And Monaco Gazebos : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Roma or Monaco Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 6 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line. These gazebo curtains come with a reassuring 1-year warranty.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 6 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Roma and Monaco GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
370. 4' X 6' Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed 1.21m X 1.77m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you robust and stylish garden storage for your essential tools and equipment, the 4 x 6 Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed comes with a superb 10 year limited warranty and is perfectly sized for a smaller outdoor area. Expertly built using near-unbreakable, high-impact 1mm polycarbonate panels, and utilising leading-edge Fine Shield Technology, this plastic shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot or warp. The aluminium frame is impervious to rust and adds to the shed's solidity, while the anti-slip floor ensures your tools and equipment are completely protected from ground moisture. A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design increases headroom, allows you to store taller tools, and ensures effective rainwater runoff. You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via a single door with a low threshold, which is perfect for wheelbarrows. The door is fitted with a pad bolt too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe (padlock not included). Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your tools. Simply use the enclosed anchor kit to secure the shed to a firm, level base. Expertly made from recyclable components and available in a range of colours and sizes, this premium plastic shed comes with full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. What's more, it is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Why not free up valuable space and purchase an all-inclusive storage shelf kit as an optional extra? Made from high-grade 16mm polycarbonate, with 2 galvanized steel brackets, this shed shelving is specifically designed for Palram Canopia Skylight sheds and can hold up to 30kg. You can purchase low-heat LED lights too, which you'll find easy to connect, attractive and exceptionally economical. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10 year warranty Polycarbonate panels are near-unbreakable and high impact Utilises Fine Shield Technology Aluminium frame is impervious to rust Anti-slip, weatherproof floor Unique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaque Single door with pad bolt (padlock not included) Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly Includes anchor kit Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) with anchor kit fixed Made from recyclable components Completely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-free This shed is available for you to purchase in a range of colours and sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
371. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last, completely maintenance-free and ideal for smaller gardens. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 4 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this space-saving greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this compact polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Ideal for smaller projects and gardens Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
372. 6' X 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed and brimming with high-specification features to help your plants prosper, the 6' x 6' Palram Canopia Hybrid Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) is easy-to-assemble, built to last and completely maintenance-free. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Roof Vent and Guttering System You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure. The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while the manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. A Smooth Assembly Process Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base. Palram Canopia Greenhouse Range You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base Utilises Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor - fix to a solid, level base Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
373. 8' X 12' Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse 3.67m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x12 Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse (2.44m x 3.67m). With its attractive appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this premium polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 2 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 2 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
374. 8' X 16' Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse 4.87m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x16 Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse (2.44m x 4.87m). With its attractive appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x16 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 3 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 3 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
375. 8' X 20' Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse 6.07m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x20 Palram Canopia Balance Green Greenhouse (2.44m x 6.07m). With its attractive appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this extra-large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x20 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 4 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 4 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
376. Palram Canopia Lyra 1350 White Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Give your front door the respect it deserves and buy the Palram Canopia Lyra 1350 White Twinwall Door Canopy - a neat and stylish porch canopy which provides excellent weatherproof protection for any doorway.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The panel is fixed to the wall using laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains well protected. All of these features are impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers excellent weatherproof protection for your front door.A pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware all ensure a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and money3-year limited warrantyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
377. 10x14 Palram Canopia Sanremo Grey Lean-to Conservatory : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space in style with the 10x14 Palram Canopia San Remo Grey Lean To Conservatory (3m x 4.25m) - a large, eye-catching polycarbonate sun room which won't break the bank.This contemporary conservatory is light, airy and will provide you with year upon year of lasting pleasure. It features 8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panels, which are both easy to clean, shatterproof and 100% UV-protected, so will never discolour, fade or fracture.The roof panels allow 65% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, so you'll enjoy a safe, comfortable environment in which to relax and enjoy your garden. The screw-free 'click n lock' installation system ensures there's no danger, whatsoever, of these panels developing a leak.A powder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors provides excellent support to the panels. This structure is supremely robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this high-impact conservatory really does offer you exceptional weatherproof protection.You can gain easy access to the sun room via 3 sets of sliding double doors, which are all fitted with key-operated locks, so rest assured that your valuable furniture will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. The doors are delivered pre-assembled and are positioned on different sides of the conservatory for your added convenience and to ensure good airflow on hot summer days.An integral gutter system, including adjustable gutter heads, facilitates effective rainwater run-off and offers you a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. To top it all, the whole conservatory is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to relax in the garden.Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and allows flexible height positioning to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly.Please be advised that you must install this conservatory on a solid, level surface with solid wall support.You can purchase this Palram Canopia conservatory in 2 separate sizes, and with a white or grey frame. A screen door set, which promotes airflow while blocking insects, is also available as an optional upgrade.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warranty8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panelsPowder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)3 pairs of sliding double doors fitted with key-operated locksIntegral guttering with adjustable gutter headsScrew-free 'click n lock' roof installation system100% UV-protected and maintenance freeComes in 2 separate sizes, with a white or grey frameBuy a screen door set as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
378. 8x8 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Eye-catching, innovative and offering superb weatherproof protection, the 8x8 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse (2.4m x 2.4m) will look superb in your garden while helping your plants flourish.This 8x8 greenhouse is expertly built using 6mm roof and wall panels plus 4mm door and vent panels. These panels are twin-wall polycarbonate which provide 80% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. Polycarbonate also prevents the hot spots associated with real glass greenhouses.The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are robust and resistant to rust for a maintenance free finish. Combined with the polycarbonate, the result is an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. The structure has been snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with a bell-shaped roof for optimium wind-resistance and effective rain or snow runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You gain easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold, as well as a bottom seal to keep out draughts. The doors are ready for a padlock (padlock not included) to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.Once inside, you'll find the uniquely-styled roof offers plenty of headroom. It also provides you with the opportunity to grow taller plants.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase this model greenhouse in a range of different sizes. Plus, for even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 80% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays6mm roof and wall panels; 4mm door and vent panelsRobust aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and bottom seal (padlock not included)Maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
379. 16x10 Palram Canopia Arizona Wave 5000 Grey Metal Carport : BuyFencingDirect Protect your car from the elements while enjoying hassle-free parking, with the gorgeous 16x10 Palram Canopia Arizona Wave 5000 Grey Metal Carport (4.8m x 3m) - an eye-catching, 2-legged car shelter with a superb 10-year limited warranty.This premium carport is constructed from bronze-tinted, corrugated 0.7mm polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 10% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 2 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The carport canopy's stylish design also makes it an attractive alternative to a garden gazebo, with enough sheltered space for the whole family to enjoy. What's more, the integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.Built exclusively from recyclable components, this polycarbonate and metal carport comes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that you must anchor this carport to a level concrete base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 0.7mm polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for a straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
380. 10x10 Palram Canopia Milano 3000 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect With its striking, contemporary design and superb 10-year limited warranty, the 10x10 Palram Canopia Milano 3000 Garden Gazebo (3m x 3m) is the perfect garden shelter for all kinds of outdoor entertainment and is sure to be the envy of your friends. This garden gazebo comes with grey 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which block harmful UV rays and offer you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included). This polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight. This premium garden gazebo is available in 2 different sizes. Both sizes of gazebo come with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix them to a solid, level base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Grey 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels Panels are completely UV-protected Heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Integrated guttering system Fitted with curtain rails and hooks (curtains and nets not included) Sliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings Includes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level base Available in 2 sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
381. 8x12 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Eye-catching, innovative and offering superb weatherproof protection, the 8x12 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse (2.4m x 3.6m) will look superb in your garden while helping your plants flourish.This 8x12 greenhouse is expertly built using 6mm roof and wall panels plus 4mm door and vent panels. These panels are twin-wall polycarbonate which provide 80% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. Polycarbonate also prevents the hot spots associated with real glass greenhouses.The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are robust and resistant to rust for a maintenance free finish. Combined with the polycarbonate, the result is an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. The structure has been snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with a bell-shaped roof for optimium wind-resistance and effective rain or snow runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You gain easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold, as well as a bottom seal to keep out draughts. The doors are ready for a padlock (padlock not included) to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.Once inside, you'll find the uniquely-styled roof offers plenty of headroom. It also provides you with the opportunity to grow taller plants. Two manually-opened roof vents help you further regulate the temperature of the greenhouse for their benefit.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase this model greenhouse in a range of different sizes. Plus, for even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 80% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays6mm roof and wall panels; 4mm door and vent panelsRobust aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and bottom seal (padlock not included)2 manually-opened roof ventsMaintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
382. 8x16 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Eye-catching, innovative and offering superb weatherproof protection, the 8x16 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse (2.4m x 4.8m) will look superb in your garden while helping your plants flourish.This 8x16 greenhouse is expertly built using 6mm roof and wall panels plus 4mm door and vent panels. These panels are twin-wall polycarbonate which provide 80% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. Polycarbonate also prevents the hot spots associated with real glass greenhouses.The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are robust and resistant to rust for a maintenance free finish. Combined with the polycarbonate, the result is an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. The structure has been snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with a bell-shaped roof for optimium wind-resistance and effective rain or snow runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You gain easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold, as well as a bottom seal to keep out draughts. The doors are ready for a padlock (padlock not included) to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.Once inside, you'll find the uniquely-styled roof offers plenty of headroom. It also provides you with the opportunity to grow taller plants. Three manually-opened roof vents help you further regulate the temperature of the greenhouse for their benefit.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase this model greenhouse in a range of different sizes. Plus, for even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 80% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays6mm roof and wall panels; 4mm door and vent panelsRobust aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and bottom seal (padlock not included)3 manually-opened roof ventsMaintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
383. 8x20 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Eye-catching, innovative and offering superb weatherproof protection, the 8x20 Palram Canopia Bella Silver Greenhouse (2.4m x 6m) will look superb in your garden while helping your plants flourish.This 8x20 greenhouse is expertly built using 6mm roof and wall panels plus 4mm door and vent panels. These panels are twin-wall polycarbonate which provide 80% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. Polycarbonate also prevents the hot spots associated with real glass greenhouses.The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are robust and resistant to rust for a maintenance free finish. Combined with the polycarbonate, the result is an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. The structure has been snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with a bell-shaped roof for optimium wind-resistance and effective rain or snow runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You gain easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold, as well as a bottom seal to keep out draughts. The doors are ready for a padlock (padlock not included) to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.Once inside, you'll find the uniquely-styled roof offers plenty of headroom. It also provides you with the opportunity to grow taller plants. Four manually-opened roof vents help you further regulate the temperature of the greenhouse for their benefit.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase this model greenhouse in a range of different sizes. Plus, for even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 80% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays6mm roof and wall panels; 4mm door and vent panelsRobust aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and bottom seal (padlock not included)4 manually-opened roof ventsMaintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis greenhouse is available in various sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
384. Palram Canopia Calisto 1350 Twinwall Grey Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Give your door essential weatherproof protection, while adding contemporary style to your home's façade, with the Palram Canopia Calisto 1350 Twinwall Grey Door Canopy. Featuring a 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, which allows 79% light transmission, this contemporary porch canopy completely blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV-protected. You can rest assured that it is made to last and will maintain its attractive appearance above your front door for many years to come. The polymer support arms are tough, durable and come with an attractive anthracite finish to complement any style of house. Front and rear aluminium edges, as well as side polycarbonate profiles, keep the panel protected and further enhance the door awning's appearance. This high-impact door canopy is wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²), so offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door. Completely constructed from recyclable materials and supplied with a 1-year limited warranty, this over door canopy comes with a pre-cut panel and mounting hardware to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. What's more, it is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10mm polycarbonate panel is 100% UV-protected and allows 79% light transmission Durable polymer support arms Aluminium protective edges and side polycarbonate profiles Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²) Panel is pre-cut Mounting hardware included for a straightforward assembly Maintenance-free Reassuring 1-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
385. Palram Canopia Bordeaux 4460 White Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Oozing contemporary style and with a number of intelligent features, the Palram Canopia Bordeaux 4460 White Large Door Canopy offers your doorway superb weatherproof protection and is sure to enhance your home's facade.Expertly made using a 3mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage, while an aluminium gutter, positioned in front of the panel, channels the rainwater sideways, keeping the entrance to your home puddle-free.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a smart and fast locking system, you can assemble this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.3mm polycarbonate panel allows 90% light transmissionAluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareSmart and fast locking system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
386. 22 X 47 Palram Canopia Bordeaux 6690 White Clear Large Door Canopy 6.71m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Oozing contemporary style and with a number of clever features, the 22 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Bordeaux 6690 White Clear Large Door Canopy (6.71m x 1.39m) offers your doorway superb weatherproof protection and is sure to enhance your home's facade.A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing robust, durable 3mm acrylic panels, this high-spec porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 3mm acrylic panelsPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
387. Palram Canopia Neo 2700 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with a smart contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 2700 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your doorway excellent weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains well protected.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers excellent weatherproof protection for your front door.You do not need to screw through the pre-cut polycarbonate panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a 1-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and money1-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
388. Palram Canopia Neo 4050 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with a smart contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 4050 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your front door and window excellent weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this large door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains well protected.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers excellent weatherproof protection for your front door.You do not need to screw through the pre-cut polycarbonate panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a 1-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and money1-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
389. Palram Canopia Herald 4460 Black Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Give your door and window complete weatherproof protection, while smartening up your home's facade, with the Palram Canopia Herald 4460 Black Door Canopy - a robust and durable porch canopy, with an eye-catching contemporary design.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this large front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage, while an aluminium gutter, positioned in front of the panel, channels the rainwater sideways, keeping the entrance to your home puddle-free.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a smart and fast locking system, you can assemble this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionAluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareSmart and fast locking system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
390. 22 X 47 Palram Canopia Herald 6690 Grey Mist Large Door Canopy 6.71m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Give your door and window complete weatherproof protection, while smartening up your home's facade, with the 22 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Herald 6690 Grey Mist Large Door Canopy (6.71m x 1.39m) – a strong and durable porch canopy, with an eye-catching contemporary design.A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing robust, durable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-spec porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
391. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting Set For Roma And Monaco Gazebos : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Roma or Monaco Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 6 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.Supplied with a reassuring 1-year warranty, these nets are fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 6 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Roma and Monaco GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
392. 10x18 Palram Canopia Sanremo White Lean-to Conservatory : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space in style with the 10x18 Palram Canopia San Remo White Lean To Conservatory (3m x 5.46m) - a beautifully designed, large polycarbonate sun room which won't break the bank.This contemporary conservatory is light, airy and will provide you with year upon year of lasting pleasure. It features 8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panels, which are both easy to clean, shatterproof and 100% UV-protected, so will never discolour, fade or fracture.The roof panels allow 25% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, so you'll enjoy a safe, comfortable environment in which to relax and enjoy your garden. The screw-free 'click n lock' installation system ensures there's no danger, whatsoever, of these panels developing a leak.A powder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors provides excellent support to the panels. This structure is supremely robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this high-impact conservatory really does offer you exceptional weatherproof protection.You can gain easy access to the sun room via 3 sets of sliding double doors, which are all fitted with key-operated locks, so rest assured that your valuable furniture will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. The doors are delivered pre-assembled and are positioned on different sides of the conservatory for your added convenience and to ensure good airflow on hot summer days.An integral gutter system, including adjustable gutter heads, facilitates effective rainwater run-off and offers you a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. To top it all, the whole conservatory is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to relax in the garden.Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and allows flexible height positioning to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly.Please be advised that you must install this conservatory on a solid, level surface with solid wall support.You can purchase this Palram Canopia conservatory in 2 separate sizes, and with a white or grey frame. A screen door set, which promotes airflow while blocking insects, is also available as an optional upgrade.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warranty8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panelsPowder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)3 pairs of sliding double doors fitted with key-operated locksIntegral guttering with adjustable gutter headsScrew-free 'click n lock' roof installation system100% UV-protected and maintenance freeComes in 2 separate sizes, with a white or grey frameBuy a screen door set as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
393. 12' X 14' Palram Canopia San Remo White Lean To Conservatory 3.80m X 4.35m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space in style with the 12 x 14 Palram Canopia San Remo White Lean To Conservatory (3.80m x 4.35m) - a beautifully designed, large polycarbonate sun room which won't break the bank. This contemporary solarium is light, airy and will provide you with year upon year of lasting pleasure. It features 8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panels, which are both easy to clean, shatterproof and 100% UV-protected, so will never discolour, fade or fracture. The roof panels allow 25% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, so you'll enjoy a safe, comfortable environment in which to relax and enjoy your garden. The screw-free 'click n lock' installation system ensures there's no danger, whatsoever, of these panels developing a leak. A powder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors provides excellent support to the panels. This structure is supremely robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), high-impact solarium really does offer you exceptional weatherproof protection. You can gain easy access to the sun room via 3 sets of sliding double doors, which are all fitted with key-operated locks, so rest assured that your valuables will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. The doors are delivered pre-assembled and are positioned on different sides of the conservatory for your added convenience and to ensure good airflow on hot summer days. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, facilitates effective rainwater run-off and offers you a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. To top it all, the whole conservatory is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to relax in the garden. Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and allows flexible height positioning to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. Please be advised that you must install this conservatory on a solid, level surface with solid wall support. You can purchase this Palram Canopia conservatory in different sizes, and with a white or grey frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 10-year limited warranty 8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panels Powder-coated, heavy-duty double aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²) 3 pairs of sliding double doors fitted with key-operated locks Integral guttering with adjustable gutter heads Screw-free click n lock roof installation system 100% UV-protected and maintenance free Available in various sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
394. 14x14 Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 Grey Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect Oozing contemporary style and designed with plenty of clever features, the premium 14x14 Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 Garden Gazebo (4.2m x 4.2m) makes the ideal garden shelter, suitable for any special occasion, and is supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 15% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 50kg/ m² (10.2lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.An attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden parties, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included).Completely constructed from recyclable components, this 14x14 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free slide and lock roof assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 3 different sizes. Each gazebo comes with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix it to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 50kg/ m² (10.2lbs/ ft²)Top air ventIntegrated guttering systemFitted with curtain rails and hooks too (curtains and nets not included)Built from recyclable componentsSlide and lock roof assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsIncludes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
395. 8 X 4 Palram Canopia Hybrid Lean To Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse 2.44m X 1.25m : BuyFencingDirect Perfectly sized for a patio area, the 8' x 4' Palram Canopia Hybrid Lean To Silver Polycarbonate Greenhouse (2.44m x 1.25m) has an intelligent design and high-specification build, so will help your plants prosper throughout the year. A High-Spec Greenhouse Utilising the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, this lean-to greenhouse combines 4mm twin wall polycarbonate roof panels with crystal-clear 0.7mm polycarbonate side panels, supported by an aluminium frame and galvanised steel base, both of which are completely resistant to rust. The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Weather Protection and Guttering System Snow-load tested to 75kgm² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this premium polycarbonate greenhouse provides supreme weatherproof protection, while the integral guttering system offers you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. With a lean-to-style roof too, for efficient rainwater runoff, this mini greenhouse will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance in your garden for many years to come. Single Door and Roof Vent You can gain easy access to the interior via a side door. The adjustable roof vent includes a prop, so you can keep it open to control the heat, humidity and airflow, as required. A Smooth Assembly Process Supplied with a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautiful greenhouse comes with its own wall-mounting kit too. The polycarbonate panels are pre-cut with uniform profiles, so you can slide them into place for an exceptionally easy assembly. What's more, the whole greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to nurture your plants. As this greenhouse is designed without a floor, you should fix it to a solid, level base. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Rust-resistant aluminium frame and galvanised steel base 4mm twin wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 0.7mm polycarbonate wall panels – provides 82% light transmission Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Access plants through a side door Integral guttering system Pre-cut panels can be slid into place for easy assembly Maintenance free – saving time and money Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Designed without a floor – fix to a solid, level base Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
396. 8x7 Palram Canopia Oasis Hexagonal Polycarbonate Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Not only a great place to grow your own fruit and vegetables, the 8x7 Palram Canopia Oasis Hexagonal Polycarbonate Greenhouse (2.4m x 2.1m) makes a gorgeous standalone conservatory too.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this hexagonal glasshouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a galvanised steel perimeter base and rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while both sets of panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof. Together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an eye-catching pyramid-shaped roof which facilitates effective rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it. What's more, an integrated guttering system provides you with a free and sustainable source of water for your plants.You can gain easy access to the interior through wide double doors, which are fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuable items secure. Once inside, the side louvre window allows you to regulate the temperature for the benefit of both you and your plants.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty and available in 2 different sizes, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal clear 0.7mm polycarbonate side panels allow 82% light transmissionAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Wide double doors fitted with key-operated lockSide louvre windowIntegrated guttering systemSliding panel easy assembly systemMaintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseThis hexagonal glasshouse is available in 2 sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
397. Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 Gazebo Curtains : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedCompatible with the Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 GazeboFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
398. 10x10 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x10 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 3m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 2 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
399. 10x10 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x10 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 3m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 2 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
400. 10x14 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x14 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 4.25m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
401. 10x14 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x14 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 4.25m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
402. 10x18 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x18 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 5.46m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
403. 10x18 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x18 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 5.46m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 3 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
404. 16x10 Palram Canopia Arizona Breeze 5000 Grey Metal Carport : BuyFencingDirect Offering your car excellent weatherproof protection and with an intelligent 2-legged design which makes parking easy, the 16x10 Palram Canopia Arizona Breeze 5000 Grey Metal Carport (4.8m x 3m) is built from premium materials throughout and supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty. This superior carport is constructed from bronze-tinted, solid 2mm polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 10% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration. The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 2 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection. The carport canopy's stylish design also makes it an attractive alternative to a garden gazebo, with enough sheltered space for the whole family to enjoy. What's more, the integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants. Built exclusively from recyclable components, this polycarbonate and metal carport comes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money. Please be advised that you must anchor this carport to a level concrete base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Bronzed 2mm polycarbonate roof panels Near unbreakable and completely UV-protected Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Fitted with an integral guttering system Pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for a straightforward assembly Completely maintenance-free - saving you time and money Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
405. Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 Gazebo Curtains : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedCompatible with the Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 GazeboFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
406. Palram Canopia Rion Automatic Side Louvre Window Opener : BuyFencingDirect Compatible with any Palram Canopia Rion Greenhouse side louvre window, the Palram Canopia Rion Automatic Side Louvre Window Opener helps optimise the temperature in your greenhouse, even when youâre not around.This intelligently-designed greenhouse accessory opens and closes the side louvre window according to the temperature inside your greenhouse. It operates using a piston and spring, and thereâs no need to connect to an electricity supply for it to work.The heat-activated arm is designed using wax, which contracts and expands as the temperature inside the greenhouse changes. The arm begins opening the louvre window at 12-15C, and then closes it as the temperature falls.Simple to instal and supplied with a reassuring 1-year warranty, this greenhouse automatic window opener is compatible with any Palram Canopia Rion Greenhouse that is fitted with a side louvre window.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Operates using a piston and springNo need for electricityAutomatically opens the louvre window at a temperature of 12-15CCloses it as the temperature fallsSimple installationReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with any Palram Canopia Rion Greenhouse side louvre windowFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
407. 12' X 28' Palram Canopia Arcadia 8500 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 8.58m : BuyFencingDirect Give both of your cars the protection they deserve by purchasing the 12x28 Palram Canopia Arcadia 8500 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 8.58m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This double carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 8 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your cars. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a huge garden gazebo to entertain your friends?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
408. 10x20 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x20 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 6.1m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 4 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
409. 10x20 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10x20 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (3m x 6.1m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, supreme weatherproof protection and a superb 12-year limited warranty.Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax.This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles, 4 supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your garden furniture, whatever nature throws at it.An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio.Supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly.Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements.Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose.You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 12-year limited warranty16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsCompletely resistant to rustWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²)Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter headsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installationAdjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioningComes with an anchor kit and footpads tooCompletely maintenance-freeComes in a range of sizes with a grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
410. 10' X 24' Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 7.39m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 24 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 7.39m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
411. 10' X 24' Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 7.39m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 24 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 7.39m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
412. 10' X 28' Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 8.60m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 28 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 8.60m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
413. 10' X 28' Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 8.60m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 28 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 8.60m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
414. 10' X 32' Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 9.80m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 32 Palram Canopia Olympia Grey Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 9.80m) boasts a smart, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
415. 10' X 32' Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover With Clear Panels 2.95m X 9.80m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for spending lazy afternoons in your garden, the 10 x 32 Palram Canopia Olympia White Patio Cover with Clear Panels (2.94m x 9.80m) boasts an attractive, contemporary design, offers supreme weatherproof protection and comes with a superb 12-year limited warranty. Expertly built from 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected. This means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never fracture, discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 61% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame, powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers outstanding weatherproof protection, whatever nature throws at it. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. What's more, the whole structure is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Built from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 12-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover is delivered with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this helps you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from your house and pole spacing to your own requirements. Please be advised that you must secure this patio cover to a solid, level base with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes, with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 12-year limited warranty 16mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 170kg/ m² (35lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Rust resistant and maintenance free Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with an anchor kit and footpads – MUST be secured to a solid, level base Available in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
416. Palram Canopia Garamond 1350 Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Protect your front door from the weather, and add a touch of contemporary style to your home, with the Palram Canopia Garamond 1350 Grey Door Canopy. Featuring a crystal-clear, near-unbreakable 3mm polycarbonate panel, allowing 92% light transmission, this contemporary porch canopy completely blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV-protected. You can rest assured that it is made to last and will maintain its attractive appearance above your door for many years to come. The laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are tough, durable and impervious to rust. They come with an attractive anthracite finish to complement any style of house. There's no danger of water pooling on this door canopy either; a rust-resistant aluminium gutter runs along its front and directs rainwater sideways, away from the entrance to your home. This premium porch canopy is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²), so offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door. Completely constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this over door canopy comes with a pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. What's more, the whole porch awning is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase this superior porch canopy in 2 different sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 3mm polycarbonate panel is crystal-clear and allows 92% light transmission Powder-coated, laser-cut galvanised steel support arms Aluminium front gutter for effective rainwater runoff Completely UV-protected and rust-resistant Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²) Includes pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware Constructed from recyclable components Maintenance-free Reassuring 3-year limited warranty Choose from 2 different sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
417. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting For Palermo 4300 : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The nets are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line clips. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedCompatible with Palram Canopia Palermo 4300 gazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
418. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting For Martinique 4300 : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The nets are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line clips. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedCompatible with Palram Canopia Martinique 4300 gazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
419. 12' X 35' Palram Canopia Arcadia 10600 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 10.72m : BuyFencingDirect Give your cars and bikes the protection they deserve by purchasing the 12x35 Palram Canopia Arcadia 10600 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 10.72m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This large double carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 10 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicles. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a huge garden gazebo to entertain your friends?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
420. 13' Palram Canopia Patio Cover Side Wall Series 4 - White : BuyFencingDirect Improve shelter and reduce noise underneath your 4m-deep Palram Canopia patio cover, with the versatile 13ft Palram Canopia Patio Cover Side Wall Series 4 in White.You can install these patio cover side walls at either or both ends of your Palram Canopia patio cover. Made from a 3mm acrylic panel, they are robust, durable and completely UV-protected, so will maintain their crystal-clear appearance for many years to come.The acrylic side panel is supported by a white, powder-coated aluminium frame, which is built to last and impervious to rust.Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this patio cover side wall is easy to install and simple to clean, leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year limited warrantyCompatible with any 4m-deep Palram Canopia patio cover3mm crystal-clear acrylic panelUV protected to prevent discolourationWhite, powder-coated aluminium frameEasy to install and simple to cleanFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
421. 6x8 Palram Canopia Glory Grey Greenhouse : BuyFencingDirect Help your homegrown produce thrive by purchasing the superb 6x8 Palram Canopia Glory Greenhouse (1.8m x 2.4m) - a high-specification polycarbonate glasshouse, providing unbeatable weatherproof protection.This 6x8 greenhouse is expertly built from ultra-thick 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which allow 79% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The extra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame is impervious to rust, while the reinforced structure ensures unbeatable strength and durability.This all results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr), and with an apex roof for effective rainwater runoff, this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants prosper, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which includes a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold and a bottom seal to keep out draughts. This door can be hung with a left or right-hand opening, to suit the orientation of your garden, and is fitted with a key-operated lock to keep your valuables secure. Once inside, you'll find the greenhouse's generous height provides plenty of headroom, as well as the opportunity to house taller tools and equipment.This greenhouse also features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants. A manually-opened roof vent and side louvre window help you regulate the temperature for their benefit.Backed by a superb 10-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyNear-unbreakable 10mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 79% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysExtra-thick, powder-coated aluminium frame and reinforced structureCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Single door includes low threshold, bottom seal and key-operated lockDoor can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering systemManually-opened roof vent and side louvre windowPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in a range of sizesBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
422. 12' X 42' Palram Canopia Arcadia 12700 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 12.86m : BuyFencingDirect Give your family's vehicles the protection they deserve by purchasing the 12x42 Palram Canopia Arcadia 12700 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 12.86m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This extra-large double carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 12 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicles. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a huge garden gazebo to entertain your friends?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
423. 16x12 Palram Canopia Martinique 5000 Grey Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your hot tub, alfresco dinners and so much more, the 16x12 Palram Canopia Martinique 5000 Garden Gazebo (4.8m x 3.6m) is a contemporary outdoor shelter, designed and built to the highest possible standards.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 15% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.An attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden parties, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included).Completely constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 3 different sizes. Each gazebo comes with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix it to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Top air ventIntegrated guttering systemFitted with curtain rails and hooks too (curtains and nets not included)Built from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsIncludes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
424. 14x10 Palram Canopia Milano 4300 Grey Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect With its striking, contemporary design and superb 10-year limited warranty, the 14x10 Palram Canopia Milano 4300 Garden Gazebo (4.2m x 3m) is the perfect garden shelter for all kinds of outdoor entertainment and is sure to be the envy of your friends.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 15% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included).This polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 2 different sizes. Both sizes of gazebo come with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix them to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Integrated guttering systemFitted with curtain rails and hooks (curtains and nets not included)Sliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsIncludes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level baseAvailable in 2 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
425. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Iris 1780 Black Door Canopy 1.75m X 1.25m : BuyFencingDirect A stunning addition to your home and highly practical too, the Palram Canopia Iris 1780 Black Door Canopy is perfectly designed to protect a door from weather damage.Expertly made using a 4mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its gorgeous appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised steel ornamental support arms are exceptionally stylish and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers superb weatherproof protection for your front door.A user-friendly assembly system, mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm polycarbonate panel allows 92% light transmissionPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised steel ornamental support arms and bowWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 80kg/ m² (16.4lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareUser-friendly assembly systemCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
426. Palram Canopia Nancy 1500 Grey Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Offering you a no-fuss, attractive way to protect your front door from weather damage, the Palram Canopia Nancy 1500 Grey Door Canopy is robust, durable and designed with clean, contemporary lines.Expertly made using a 4mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its eye-catching appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a user-friendly assembly system, you can install this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm polycarbonate panel allows 92% light transmissionPowder-coated galvanised steel support armsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareUser-friendly assembly system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
427. 10x10 Palram Canopia Ledro 3000 Enclosed Grey Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for a special garden building to use the whole year round, the 10x10 Palram Canopia Ledro 3000 Enclosed Gazebo (3m x 3m) boasts a contemporary style, luxurious features and a superb 10-year limited warranty, making it a fabulous choice.This gazebo with sides comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. The side panels are made from 3mm polycarbonate, which is crystal clear, very resilient and far safer than conventional glass.Both types of panel are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so they won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. Together, they provide 15% light transmission.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.Entrance to this garden room can be gained via 2 sets of sliding double doors, secured by key operated locks to ensure your prized possessions remain safe when you're not around. You can position these doors on any side of the gazebo - the choice is yours.Once inside, an attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden-based events, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants, when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied).Completely constructed from recyclable components, this 10x10 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo comes in 3 different sizes. They are all designed without a floor and require anchoring to a solid, level base.Planning some evening entertainment? If so, you'll be delighted to know that a beautiful soft lighting system is available for you to purchase as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm polycarbonate side panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)2 sets of sliding double doors with key operated locks - can be positioned on any side of the gazeboRoof features an air vent and guttering systemBuilt from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsDesigned without a floor - anchor to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesLighting system optional upgrade available tooFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
428. 12x12 Palram Canopia Ledro 3600 Enclosed Grey Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for a special garden building to use the whole year round, the 12x12 Palram Canopia Ledro 3600 Enclosed Gazebo (3.6m x 3.6m) boasts a contemporary style, luxurious features and a superb 10-year limited warranty, making it a fabulous choice.This gazebo with sides comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. The side panels are made from 3mm polycarbonate, which is crystal clear, very resilient and far safer than conventional glass.Both types of panel are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so they won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. Together, they provide 15% light transmission.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.Entrance to this garden room can be gained via 2 sets of sliding double doors, secured by key operated locks to ensure your prized possessions remain safe when you're not around. You can position these doors on any side of the gazebo - the choice is yours.Once inside, an attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden-based events, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants, when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied).Completely constructed from recyclable components, this 12x12 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo comes in 3 different sizes. They are all designed without a floor and require anchoring to a solid, level base.Planning some evening entertainment? If so, you'll be delighted to know that a beautiful soft lighting system is available for you to purchase as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm polycarbonate side panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)2 sets of sliding double doors with key operated locks - can be positioned on any side of the gazeboRoof features an air vent and guttering systemBuilt from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsDesigned without a floor - anchor to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesLighting system optional upgrade available tooFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
429. 8' X 8' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse 2.47m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x8 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (2.47m x 2.44m). With its classical appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this premium polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x8 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
430. 8' X 16' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse 4.87m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x16 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (2.44m x 4.87m). With its classical appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x16 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 3 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 3 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
431. 8' X 20' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse 6.07m X 2.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 8x20 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (2.44m x 6.07m). With its classical appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this extra-large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream.Utilising the very latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 8x20 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame and extra beams for added strength.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure. Both roof and side panels are completely UV-protected and shatterproof, and together they allow 82% light transmission. This means your plants will enjoy optimum growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. The doors are fitted with a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always be secure.The greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 4 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with a green or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frame and extra support beamsUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 4 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a green or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
432. Palram Canopia Vertical Bicycle Hanger : BuyFencingDirect Offering convenient bike storage in your Palram Canopia shed, the Palram Canopia Vertical Bicycle Hanger is robust, durable and features an intelligent space-saving design. Expertly constructed from black powder-coated steel, this vertical bicycle hanger comes with a treated surface for extra traction. It can hold up to. 55.1lbs (25kg) and is suitable for any mountain bike with 14-29â (36-74cm) wheels. All you need to do is hang the bikeâs front wheel on the rubber-coated hook and rest the rear wheel against the shed wall for convenient, space-saving mountain bike storage. The rubber-coated hook protects the wheel, while evenly distributing the mountain bikeâs weight across the mounting plate. With screws and plugs included in the pack, this vertical bike hanger is very easy to instal in any Palram Canopia shed. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Constructed from black powder-coated steel Treated surface ensures extra traction Holds up to 55.1lbs (25kg) Suitable for 14-29â (36-74cm) mountain bike wheels Coated rubber hook and mounting plate for even weight distribution Comes with screws and plugs Suitable for all Palram Canopia sheds Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
433. Palram Canopia Yukon Shed Shelving : BuyFencingDirect The perfect way to organise your garden storage space inside any Palram Canopia Yukon shed, the Palram Canopia Yukon Shed Shelving is robust, durable and easy to instal.With front and rear aluminium profiles, plus galvanised steel brackets, this 3x1 polycarbonate shed shelf supports an evenly-distributed weight of 20kg (44.1lbs). Designed to be attached to a Yukon shedâs aluminium frame, this shed shelving offers you convenient garden storage for a wide range of tools and equipment.Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward installation.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.3x1 polycarbonate shelfFront and rear aluminium profiles2 galvanised steel bracketsSupports an evenly distributed weight of 20kg (44.1lbs)Attaches to a Yukon shedâs aluminium frameIncludes mounting hardwareFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
434. 16' X 19' Palram Canopia Arizona Breeze Grey Metal Double Carport 4.95m X 5.78m : BuyFencingDirect Protect your family cars in contemporary style with the versatile 16 x 19 Palram Canopia Arizona Breeze Grey Metal Double Carport (4.95m x 5.78m) – a top-of-the-range car shelter, designed to make parking easy. Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this double car shelter features 2mm polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance-engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 10% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are fully UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive anthracite finish and never discolour or fade. The frame is built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are impervious to rust. It also includes 2 integral gutters, ensuring effective rainwater run-off and a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. This premium portable garage is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it offers the very best weatherproof protection for your family's cars. Completely constructed from recyclable components, this double carport comes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person installation. Assemble it with either a winged or arched design to meet your own vehicles' requirements. This carport canopy is maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase a single carport with the same premium specifications too. Please be advised that this carport for sale must be anchored to a level concrete base. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Create a winged or arch-shaped dual carport Superb 10-year limited warranty 2mm polycarbonate roof panels are near unbreakable and completely UV-protected Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Features integral guttering Pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for a straightforward assembly Maintenance-free – saves time and money Anchor to a level concrete base Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
435. 16' X 19' Palram Canopia Arizona Wave Grey Metal Double Carport 4.95m X 5.78m : BuyFencingDirect Protect your family cars in contemporary style with the versatile 16 x 19 Palram Canopia Arizona Wave Grey Metal Double Carport (4.95m x 5.78m) – a state-of-the-art car shelter, designed to make parking easy. Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this double car shelter features 0.7mm bronze polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance-engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 10% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are fully UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive anthracite finish and never discolour or fade. The frame is built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are impervious to rust. It also includes 2 integral gutters, ensuring effective rainwater run-off and a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. This premium portable garage is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it offers the very best weatherproof protection for your family's cars. Completely constructed from recyclable components, this double carport comes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person installation. Assemble it with either a winged or arched design to meet your own vehicles' requirements. This carport canopy is maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase a single carport with the same premium specifications too. Please be advised that this carport for sale must be anchored to a level concrete base. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Create a winged or arch-shaped dual carport Superb 10-year limited warranty 0.7mm bronze polycarbonate roof panels are near unbreakable and completely UV-protected Heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Features integral guttering Pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for a straightforward assembly Maintenance-free – saves time and money Anchor to a level concrete base Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
436. 11' X 9' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 3.32m X 2.71m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed using high-specification materials and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x9 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed (3.32m x 2.71m) offers robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools and outdoor equipment.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Please be advised that this garden shed does not include a floor. We also stock a Palram Canopia Yukon shed, with the same premium specifications, but including a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor. Other sizes of this particular model are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
437. Palram Canopia Yukon Shed Shelves X4 : BuyFencingDirect The perfect way to organise your garden storage space inside any Palram Canopia Yukon shed, the Palram Canopia Yukon Shed Shelves are robust, durable and easy to instal.With front and rear aluminium profiles, plus galvanised steel brackets, these 3x1 polycarbonate shed shelves each support an evenly-distributed weight of 20kg (44.1lbs). Designed to be attached to a Yukon shedâs aluminium frame, this shed shelving offers you superb garden storage for a wide range of tools and equipment.Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward installation.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Pack of 4 3x1 polycarbonate shelvesFront and rear aluminium profiles8 galvanised steel bracketsEach shelf supports an evenly distributed weight of 20kg (44.1lbs)Attach to a Yukon shedâs aluminium frameIncludes mounting hardwareFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
438. 6 X 8 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 8â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) combines a traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 8 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
439. 6 X 10 Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 10â Palram Canopia Harmony Walk In Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) combines an attractive traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 10 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
440. 7' X 3' Palram Canopia Nancy 2050 Grey Door Canopy 2.06m X 0.94m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you a no-fuss, attractive way to protect your doorway from weather damage, the Palram Canopia Nancy 2050 Grey Door Canopy is robust, durable and designed with clean, contemporary lines.Expertly made using a 4mm polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is crystal clear and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its eye-catching appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle. The powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.Thanks to a user-friendly assembly system, you can install this door awning without specialist tools. The panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware, a pre-cut panel and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this high-impact door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.4mm polycarbonate panel allows 92% light transmissionPowder-coated galvanised steel support armsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareUser-friendly assembly system - no specialist tools requiredCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 2 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
441. Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains For Milano 4300 And Martinique 5000 Garden Gazebos : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Milano 4300 or Martinique 5000 gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 6 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 6 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedCompatible with the Palram Canopia Milano 4300 and Martinique 5000 gazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
442. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting For Milano 4300 And Martinique 5000 Gazebos : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Milano 4300 or Martinique 5000 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 6 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The nets are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line clips. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 6 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedCompatible with Palram Canopia Milano 4300 and Martinique 5000 gazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
443. 11' X 13.1' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 3.32m X 3.93m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed using high-specification materials and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x13 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed (3.32m x 3.93m) offers robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools and bicycles.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Please be advised that this garden shed does not include a floor. We also stock a Palram Canopia Yukon shed, with the same premium specifications, but including a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor. Other sizes of this particular model are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
444. 11' X 9' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed With Wpc Floor 3.3m X 2.7m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed from high-specification materials, offering complete weatherproof protection and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x9 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed with WPC Floor (3.3m x 2.7m) provides robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools and outdoor equipment.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.This plastic shed features a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor, which is low-maintenance, waterproof, slip and impact-resistant. The unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Other sizes of this particular shed are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustWood polymer composite (WPC) floorUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
445. 11' X 13.1' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed With Wpc Floor 3.32m X 3.93m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed from high-specification materials, offering complete weatherproof protection and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x13 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Skylight Plastic Shed with WPC Floor (3.32m x 3.93m) provides robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools and bicycles.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.This plastic shed features a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor, which is low-maintenance, waterproof, slip and impact-resistant. The unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Other sizes of this particular shed are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustWood polymer composite (WPC) floorUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
446. 6 X 4 Palram Canopia Harmony Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 4â Palram Canopia Harmony Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) combines a compact, traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 4 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse thatâs ideal for small gardens and will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed and space-saving greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Ideal for smaller gardens Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
447. 12' X 10' Palram Canopia Martinique 3600 Garden Gazebo 3.6m X 2.96m : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your hot tub, alfresco dinners and so much more, the 12x10 Palram Canopia Martinique 3600 Garden Gazebo (3.6m x 2.96m) is a contemporary outdoor shelter, designed and built to the highest possible standards. This garden gazebo comes with treated, grey-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They provide 0% light transmission, are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection. An attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden parties, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied). The gazebo's frame is also fitted with rails and hooks, allowing you to add curtains and/ or nets, should you desire (curtains and nets not included). Completely constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate and aluminium gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight. This premium garden gazebo is available in 3 different sizes. Each gazebo comes with footpads and an anchor kit so you can fix it to a solid, level base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Treated, grey-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels Panels provide 0% light transmission and are completely UV-protected Heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectors Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) Top air vent Integrated guttering system Fitted with curtain rails and hooks too (curtains and nets not included) Built from recyclable components Sliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings Includes footpads and anchor kit to fix the gazebo to a solid, level base Available in 3 sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
448. Palram Canopia Neo 1180 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with an attractive contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 1180 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your door outstanding weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing or fading in the sun.The polycarbonate panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains protected and secure.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy really does provide exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.You donât need to screw through the pre-cut panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components, to minimise its environmental impact, and supplied with a reassuring 1-year limited warranty, this premium porch canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of door canopy in a wide range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Eco responsible - made from completely recyclable componentsPre-cut panel with mounting hardware includedCompletely maintenance free - saves you time and moneyReassuring 1-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
449. 74 X 47 Palram Canopia Amsterdam 2230 Grey Clear Door Canopy 2.24m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect If you want premium weatherproof protection for your front door, and an attractive addition to your home's facade, purchase the 7'4 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Amsterdam 2230 Grey Clear Door Canopy (2.24m x 1.39m).A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing robust, durable 3mm acrylic panels, this high-spec porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 3mm acrylic panelsPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
450. 148 X 47 Palram Canopia Amsterdam 4460 Grey Clear Large Door Canopy 4.47m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect If you want premium weatherproof protection for your door and window, plus an attractive addition to your home's facade, purchase the 14'8 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Amsterdam 4460 Grey Clear Large Door Canopy (4.47m x 1.39m).A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing robust, durable 3mm acrylic panels, this high-spec porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 3mm acrylic panelsPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
451. Palram Canopia Amsterdam 6690 Grey Clear Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect For premium weatherproof protection for your door and an attractive addition to your home's façade, choose the Palram Canopia Amsterdam 6690 Grey Clear Door Canopy. Featuring a near-unbreakable 3mm acrylic panel, which allows 90% light transmission, this contemporary porch awning blocks harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and never discolour or yellow. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are built to last and impervious to rust, while the aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, for a rear rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight. This premium porch canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it will provide outstanding weatherproof protection for your door and windows. The panel is pre-cut, the profiles pre-drilled and the mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. The smart and fast locking system keeps the panel screw-free, eliminating any risk of leakage. Supplied with a 3-year limited warranty, this over door canopy is constructed from recyclable components and is totally maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 3mm acrylic panel provides 90% light transmission and is 100% UV protected Aluminium frame with laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets Front aluminium gutter directs rainwater away from the porch Rear rubber gasket prevents leakage Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware Smart and fast locking system Maintenance free – saves time and money 3-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
452. 7' X 15' Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover 2.28m X 4.48m : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 7 x 15 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover (2.24m x 4.48m) today. Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this premium garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected, which means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers you outstanding weatherproof protection, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a sliding panel installation system to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from the house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning. Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 7-year limited warranty 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Completely resistant to rust Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with anchor kit and footpads – MUST be positioned on a solid, level base Completely maintenance-free Comes in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Can be attached to further patio covers Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
453. 7' X 22' Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover 2.28m X 6.71m : BuyFencingDirect Wouldn't it be wonderful to relax in your garden, sheltered from showers and shaded from the sun? Well, If you'd like to spend more time outdoors and don't want the weather spoiling your fun, buy the 7 x 22 Palram Canopia Sierra Grey Clear Patio Cover (2.24m x 6.71m) today. Expertly built from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this large garden awning is near-unbreakable, completely shatterproof and fully UV-protected, which means it will maintain its attractive appearance in your garden and never discolour or fade. These high-impact polycarbonate panels allow 80% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, ensuring you enjoy a safe and comfortable environment in which to relax. This polycarbonate patio cover also features a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, all of which are robust, durable and impervious to rust. Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), this superior patio awning offers you outstanding weatherproof protection, while the screw-free sliding panel installation system eliminates any risk of leakage. An integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, not only facilitates effective rainwater run-off, it offers you a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants too. To top it all, the whole garden furniture cover is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax on your patio. Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a superb 7-year limited warranty, this patio furniture cover comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a sliding panel installation system to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Thanks to the adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning, you can set the patio cover's height, distance from the house and pole spacing to your requirements. What's more, a flexible modular structure allows you to link multiple patio covers together to form an even larger garden awning. Please be advised that you must position this patio cover on a solid, level base and provide it with solid wall support. An anchor kit and footpads are both included for this purpose. You can purchase a Palram Canopia patio cover, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes and with either a grey or white frame. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 7-year limited warranty 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels block harmful UV rays Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Completely resistant to rust Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²) Integral guttering system with adjustable gutter heads Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and screw-free sliding panel installation Adjustable wall mounting plate and flexible pole positioning Comes with anchor kit and footpads – MUST be positioned on a solid, level base Completely maintenance-free Comes in a range of sizes and with a grey or white frame Can be attached to further patio covers Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
454. 12' X 15' Palram Canopia Arcadia 4300 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 4.3m : BuyFencingDirect Give your car the protection it deserves by purchasing the 12x15 Palram Canopia Arcadia 4300 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 4.3m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This superior carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 4 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your car. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
455. 12' X 21' Palram Canopia Arcadia 6400 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 6.44m : BuyFencingDirect Give your car and bike the protection they deserve by purchasing the 12x21 Palram Canopia Arcadia 6400 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 6.44m). Supplied with a superb 10-year limited warranty, this contemporary car shelter's high specification and attractive appearance make it suitable to use as a garden gazebo too.This superior carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 6 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust.Wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your car. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of carport is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
456. 5' X 3' Palram Canopia Altair 1500 Grey Door Canopy 1.51m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Getting wet while you search for your door key will be a thing of the past once you buy the Palram Canopia Altair 1500 Grey Door Canopy - a robust and stylish porch awning, specially designed to protect your door from the weather.Expertly made using a high-impact 4mm acrylic panel, this superb front door canopy allows 85% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust. A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy provides exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.The pre-cut panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. An intelligent locking system, mounting hardware and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.High-impact 4mm acrylic panel allows 85% light transmissionPowder-coated aluminium profilesLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareIntelligent locking systemCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
457. 12' X 16' Palram Canopia Tucson 5000 Garden Gazebo 3.6m X 5m : BuyFencingDirect A wonderful outdoor shelter for your hot tub or garden parties, the 12x16 Palram Canopia Tucson 5000 Garden Gazebo (3.6m x 5m) provides superb weatherproof protection, is supplied with a 10-year limited warranty and sports an eye-catching appearance to enhance any outdoor area.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They are near-unbreakable, provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), so provides you with exceptional weatherproof protection.A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied).This 12x16 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free slide and lock roof assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 2 different sizes. Both come with footpads and an anchor kit, enabling you to fix the gazebo to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with integrated guttering systemSlide and lock roof assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsFootpads and anchor kit included - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in 2 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
458. 12' X 14' Palram Canopia Tucson 4300 Garden Gazebo 3.6m X 4.2m : BuyFencingDirect A wonderful outdoor shelter for your hot tub or garden parties, the 12x14 Palram Canopia Tucson 4300 Garden Gazebo (3.6m x 4.2m) provides superb weatherproof protection, is supplied with a 10-year limited warranty and sports an eye-catching appearance to enhance any outdoor area.This garden gazebo comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. They are near-unbreakable, provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protected, so won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), so provides you with exceptional weatherproof protection.A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied).This 12x14 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free slide and lock roof assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo is available in 2 different sizes. Both come with footpads and an anchor kit, enabling you to fix the gazebo to a solid, level base.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with integrated guttering systemSlide and lock roof assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsFootpads and anchor kit included - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in 2 sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
459. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse 1.85m X 2.47m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x8 Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse (1.85m x 2.47m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x8 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
460. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse 1.85m X 3.06m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x10 Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse (1.85m x 3.06m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x10 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
461. 10' X 3' Palram Canopia Altair 3000 Grey Door Canopy 3.02m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Getting wet while you search for your door key will be a thing of the past once you buy the Palram Canopia Altair 3000 Grey Door Canopy - a robust and stylish porch awning, specially designed to protect your doorway from the weather.Expertly made using a high-impact 4mm acrylic panel, this large door canopy allows 85% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust. A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy provides exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.The pre-cut panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. An intelligent locking system, mounting hardware and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.High-impact 4mm acrylic panel allows 85% light transmissionPowder-coated aluminium profilesLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareIntelligent locking systemCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
462. 4' X 6' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 1.21m X 1.77m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 4x6 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 4x6 shed, it will suit your smaller garden or limited outdoor space. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish grey finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed simply via a low-threshold door, which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. Available in many more sizes. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold on door for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly 100% recyclable Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
463. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Apex Plastic Shed 1.85m X 2.29m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 6x8 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 6x8 shed, it provides ideal space for your garden essentials and equipment. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish grey finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed easily via the wide double doors and the low threshold which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. Available in many more sizes. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold and wide double doors for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly 100% recyclable Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
464. 6' X 5' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 1.54m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 6x5 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 6x5 shed, it will suit your smaller garden or limited outdoor space. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish grey finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed easily via the wide double doors and the low threshold which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. Available in many more sizes. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold and wide double doors for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly 100% recyclable Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
465. 6' X 3' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 6x3 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 6x3 shed, it will suit your smaller garden or limited outdoor space. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish grey finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed easily via the wide double doors and the low threshold which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. Available in many more sizes. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold and wide double doors for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly 100% recyclable Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
466. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Grey Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 3.04m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 6x10 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 6x10 shed, it provides ideal space for your garden essentials and equipment. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish grey finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed easily via the wide double doors and the low threshold which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. Available in many more sizes. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Maintenance free Low threshold and wide double doors for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly Stylish grey finish 100% recyclable Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
467. 15' X 3' Palram Canopia Altair 4500 Grey Door Canopy 4.54m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Getting wet while you search for your door key will be a thing of the past once you buy the Palram Canopia Altair 4500 Grey Door Canopy - a robust and stylish porch awning, specially designed to protect the area surrounding your doorway from the weather.Expertly made using a high-impact 4mm acrylic panel, this extra-large door canopy allows 85% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing, fading or becoming brittle.The powder-coated aluminium profiles and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support arms are equally stylish and impervious to rust. A hidden rubber gasket, fitted to the rear of the frame, seals the porch canopy to the wall and eliminates any risk of seepage.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy provides exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.The pre-cut panel does not require screws, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. An intelligent locking system, mounting hardware and pre-drilled profiles will all help you achieve a simple, straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components and supplied with a reassuring 3-year limited warranty, this wonderful door canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of over door canopy in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.High-impact 4mm acrylic panel allows 85% light transmissionPowder-coated aluminium profilesLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel support armsHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²)Pre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareIntelligent locking systemCompletely maintenance-free - saves time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyThis door canopy is available in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
468. Palram Canopia Neo 2360 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with an attractive contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 2360 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your door outstanding weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing or fading in the sun.The polycarbonate panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains protected and secure.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy really does provide exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.You donât need to screw through the pre-cut panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components, to minimise its environmental impact, and supplied with a reassuring 1-year limited warranty, this premium porch canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of door canopy in a wide range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Eco responsible - made from completely recyclable componentsPre-cut panel with mounting hardware includedCompletely maintenance free - saves you time and moneyReassuring 1-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
469. Palram Canopia Neo 3540 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and with an attractive contemporary design, the Palram Canopia Neo 3540 Grey Twinwall Door Canopy offers your door outstanding weatherproof protection, the whole year round.Expertly made using a 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel, this front door canopy is virtually unbreakable and allows 80% light transmission. It blocks 100% of harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door without any risk of fracturing or fading in the sun.The polycarbonate panel is fixed to the wall using high-impact polymer support arms, while aluminium edges and side polycarbonate profiles ensure it remains protected and secure.Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²), this over door canopy really does provide exceptional weatherproof protection for your front door.You donât need to screw through the pre-cut panel during installation, so there's no danger, whatsoever, of it developing a leak. Mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Constructed from recyclable components, to minimise its environmental impact, and supplied with a reassuring 1-year limited warranty, this premium porch canopy is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy.You can purchase this particular model of door canopy in a wide range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panel allows 80% light transmissionHigh-impact polymer support armsFront and rear aluminium protective edgesSide polycarbonate profiles for added panel protectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 60kg/ m² (12.3lbs/ ft²)Eco responsible - made from completely recyclable componentsPre-cut panel with mounting hardware includedCompletely maintenance free - saves you time and moneyReassuring 1-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
470. 11' X 17.2' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed 3.32m X 5.19m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed using high-specification materials and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x17 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Plastic Shed (3.32m x 5.19m) offers robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools, equipment and bicycles.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust. Together with the reinforcement kit, they add to the shed's exceptional solidity.A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Please be advised that this garden shed does not include a floor. We also stock a Palram Canopia Yukon shed, with the same premium specifications, but including a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor. Other sizes of this particular model are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame, galvanised steel perimeter base and reinforcement kitUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
471. 11' X 21.3' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed 3.32m X 6.43m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed using high-specification materials and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the extra-large 11x21 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Plastic Shed (3.32m x 6.43m) offers robust, durable and spacious garden storage for all of your outdoor equipment.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust. Together with the reinforcement kit, they add to the shed's exceptional solidity.A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Please be advised that this garden shed does not include a floor. We also stock a Palram Canopia Yukon shed, with the same premium specifications, but including a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor. Other sizes of this particular model are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame, galvanised steel perimeter base and reinforcement kitUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
472. 11' X 17.2' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed With Wpc Floor 3.32m X 5.19m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed from high-specification materials, offering complete weatherproof protection and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the 11x17 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Plastic Shed with WPC Floor (3.32m x 5.19m) provides robust, durable and stylish garden storage for your tools, equipment and bicycles.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.This plastic shed features a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor, which is low-maintenance, waterproof, slip and impact-resistant. The unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Other sizes of this particular shed are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustWood polymer composite (WPC) floorUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
473. 11' X 21.3' Palram Canopia Yukon Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed With Wpc Floor 3.32m X 6.43m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly constructed from high-specification materials, offering complete weatherproof protection and supplied with an impressive 15-year warranty, the extra-large 11x21 Palram Canopia Yukon Dark Grey Plastic Shed with WPC Floor (3.32m x 6.43m) provides robust, durable and stylish garden storage for all of your outdoor equipment.Built using fortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels, which are virtually unbreakable, this garden shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot nor warp. It is insect and fungus-proof, resistant to the most extreme weather conditions, and there's no danger, whatsoever, of it bowing or sagging. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rust and add to the shed's exceptional solidity.This plastic shed features a wood polymer composite (WPC) floor, which is low-maintenance, waterproof, slip and impact-resistant. The unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design provides you with increased headroom, the opportunity to store taller items, and allows for effective rainwater runoff.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors, which are fitted with a low-threshold ramp, ideal for wheelbarrows. If security is an issue, they can be locked to keep your valuable items safe (padlock not included).Wind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. The integrated guttering system not only ensures that rain and snow run freely off the shed, it allows you to collect a sustainable source of water for your garden plants too, when connected to a water butt (not supplied).Expertly made from recyclable components and with a superb sliding panel assembly system, this market-leading plastic shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Other sizes of this particular shed are available too, with or without the WPC floor.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15-year warrantyFortified, commercial grade 10mm polycarbonate panels are virtually unbreakableAluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are impervious to rustWood polymer composite (WPC) floorUnique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaqueLockable double doors with low threshold ramp (padlock not included)Integrated guttering systemWind resistant to 100km/hr (62ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/m² (20.5lbs/ft²)Made from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly systemCompletely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-freeThis shed is available in different sizes, with or without a WPC floorFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
474. 10' X 15' Palram Canopia Ledro 4300 Enclosed Gazebo 2.96m X 4.3m : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking for a special garden building to use the whole year round, the 10x15 Palram Canopia Ledro 4300 Enclosed Gazebo (2.96m x 4.3m) boasts a contemporary style, luxurious features and a superb 10-year limited warranty, making it a fabulous choice.This gazebo with sides comes with treated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which transmit natural light while providing shade and blocking harmful UV rays, offering you a beautifully light environment, which is never uncomfortably bright. The side panels are made from 3mm polycarbonate, which is crystal clear, very resilient and far safer than conventional glass.Both types of panel are near-unbreakable and completely UV-protected, so they won't discolour or fade over time and will maintain their gorgeous appearance for many years to come. Together, they provide 15% light transmission.The whole structure is supported by a heavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame, with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, which are all rust-resistant, sturdy and incredibly durable. What's more, this garden gazebo is wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so provides exceptional weatherproof protection.Entrance to this garden room can be gained via 2 sets of sliding double doors, secured by key operated locks to ensure your prized possessions remain safe when you're not around. You can position these doors on any side of the gazebo - the choice is yours.Once inside, an attractive roof vent aids air-flow, providing the perfect environment to host your garden-based events, even on a baking hot day. A state-of-the-art guttering system ensures there will never be any risk of water damage after heavy rainfall, and offers a free and sustainable source of water for your garden plants, when connected to a water butt (water butt not supplied).Completely constructed from recyclable components, this 10x15 gazebo is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. It comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixings to help you achieve a straightforward installation. The screw-free sliding panel assembly system ensures the gazebo will always remain watertight.This premium garden gazebo comes in 3 different sizes. They are all designed without a floor and require anchoring to a solid, level base.Planning some evening entertainment? If so, you'll be delighted to know that a beautiful soft lighting system is available for you to purchase as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyTreated, bronze-tinted 6mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm polycarbonate side panelsPanels provide 15% light transmission and are completely UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated, reinforced aluminium frame with galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)2 sets of sliding double doors with key operated locks - can be positioned on any side of the gazeboRoof features an air vent and guttering systemBuilt from recyclable componentsSliding panel assembly, pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and fixingsDesigned without a floor - anchor to a solid, level baseAvailable in 3 sizesLighting system optional upgrade available tooFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
475. Palram Canopia Portable Fan Greenhouse Heater With Digital Thermostat : BuyFencingDirect Safe, effective and economical, the Portable Fan Greenhouse Heater with Digital Thermostat is the perfect way to warm your greenhouse or conservatory.This powerful 2400w greenhouse heater can warm a 15m area and be positioned on a table or floor, so is perfect whether you want to provide warmer conditions for plants in your greenhouse or enjoy your conservatory well into autumn.Designed to warm up quickly and operate quietly, this portable heater features attractive grey housing, stainless-steel heating elements and a digital thermostat which makes the heating and cooling processes exceptionally efficient, so you or your plants can enjoy the temperature you require with minimal fuss.Splash-proof too, this premium greenhouse heater is CE-approved and comes with a 2m cable for extra versatility.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Heats a 15m area2400w of powerWarms up quicklyOperates quietlyEconomical to useAttractive grey housing and stainless-steel elementsSplash-proofComes with 2m cableCE-approvedFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
476. 3m X 3.05m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 3.05m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
477. 3m X 4.25m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 4.25m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
478. 3m X 5.46m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 5.46m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
479. 6' X 4' Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.26m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x4 Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.26m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x4 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
480. 6' X 6' Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to grow your own fruit and vegetables the easy way, choose the high-spec, low fuss 6x6 Palram Canopia Mythos Grey Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) - a traditionally-designed glasshouse, but made from maintenance-free, shatterproof polycarbonate.This 6x6 greenhouse is expertly built from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, which provide 82% light transmission, block 100% of harmful UV rays, and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. They diffuse direct sunlight and provide excellent insulation, ensuring a stable internal temperature to benefit your plants. The heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame and galvanised steel base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust.This results in an eye-catching, near-unbreakable greenhouse which will maintain its effectiveness and attractive appearance for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse has an apex roof, for effective rainwater runoff, and will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure.The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually-opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse.Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a solid, level base.You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Near-unbreakable 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels provide 82% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV raysHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel baseCompletely resistant to rustSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable door can be fitted with left or right-hand openingIntegral guttering system and manually-opened roof ventPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyDesigned without a floor - fix to a solid, level baseAvailable in various sizes, with a grey or silver frameBuy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extraFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
481. 6 X 6 Palram Canopia Harmony Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse 1.85m X 1.86m : BuyFencingDirect Offering the perfect environment for your plants to thrive, and near-unbreakable too, the 6â x 6â Palram Canopia Harmony Grey Polycarbonate Greenhouse (1.85m x 1.86m) combines a smart, traditional design with high-specification materials throughout. Polycarbonate Panels This 6 x 6 greenhouse is expertly built from shatterproof 0.7mm crystal-clear polycarbonate panels, which provide 90% light transmission, are 100% UV-protected and will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Using the latest Fine Shield Technologyâ¢, these panels ensure a stable internal temperature for the benefit of your plants and keep you shielded from harmful UV rays. The aluminium frame and galvanised steel perimeter base are equally robust and completely impervious to rust. This results in an attractive, durable greenhouse that will maintain its effectiveness and good looks for years to come. Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr), this polycarbonate greenhouse will help your plants to prosper, whatever nature throws at it. Single Door, Vent and Gutters You can gain easy access to your plants through a single door, which can be fitted with a left- or right-hand opening to suit the orientation of your garden. It includes a magnetic catch and padlock fixing (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will always remain secure. The greenhouse frame features integral guttering, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your garden, while a manually opened roof vent helps you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse. Maintenance-Free and Easy to Assemble Backed by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this beautifully-designed greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly process. Please be advised that this polycarbonate greenhouse is designed without a floor and that you should fix it to a firm, level base. Palram Canopia Harmony Greenhouses You can purchase a greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in different sizes and with a green, grey or silver frame. For even more effective temperature control, a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat is available for you to buy as an optional extra. Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Crystal-clear polycarbonate panels provide 90% light transmission and block 100% of harmful UV rays Robust aluminium frame Galvanised steel perimeter base Completely resistant to rust Uses Fine Shield Technology⢠Snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) Lockable door can be fitted with left- or right-hand opening Integral guttering system and manually opened roof vent Pre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assembly Completely maintenance free Reassuring 5-year limited warranty Available in various sizes, with a green, grey or silver frame Buy a portable fan greenhouse heater with digital thermostat as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
482. 53 X 31 Palram Canopia Sophia 1600 Grey Clear Door Canopy 1.6m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 5'3 x 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 1600 Grey Clear Door Canopy (1.6m x 0.95m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
483. 12' X 16' Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 5000 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 5.02m : BuyFencingDirect If you own a small caravan or campervan, the 12x16 Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 5000 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 5.02m) offers it complete weatherproof protection. Supplied with a 10-year limited warranty, this adjustable car shelter's superb specification also makes it suitable to use as a garden gazebo.This tall carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 6 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Not just tough and eye-catching, this superior carport is flexible too, as you can adjust its height up to a maximum of 11'7 (352cm) to accommodate different types of vehicle.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The super seal, screw-free roofing system means that the panels will remain completely weathertight and never expand in the heat, while integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicle. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of car shelter is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsSuper-seal roof system for the ultimate weathertightnessAdjustable elevation - maximum height of 11'7 (352cm)Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
484. 12' X 21' Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 6400 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 6.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you own a campervan or caravan, the 12x21 Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 6400 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 6.44m) offers it complete weatherproof protection. Supplied with a 10-year limited warranty, this adjustable car shelter's superb specification also makes it suitable to use as a garden gazebo. This tall carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration. The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 6 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Not just tough and eye-catching, this superior carport is flexible too, as you can adjust its height up to a maximum of 11'7 (352cm) to accommodate different types of vehicle. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection. The super seal, screw-free roofing system means that the panels will remain completely weathertight and never expand in the heat, while integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants. This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicle. Alternatively, why not use this attractive sheltered space as a garden gazebo for the whole family to enjoy? Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money. Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base. This particular model of car shelter is available for you to buy in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Bronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels Near unbreakable and completely UV-protected Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Super-seal roof system for the ultimate weathertightness Adjustable elevation - maximum height of 11'7 (352cm) Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²) Fitted with an integral guttering system Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installation Anchor kit and footpads included Completely maintenance-free - saving you time and money Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
485. 12' X 28' Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 8500 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 8.58m : BuyFencingDirect If you own a larger caravan or campervan, the 12x28 Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 8500 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 8.58m) offers it complete weatherproof protection. Supplied with a 10-year limited warranty, this adjustable car shelter's superb specification also makes it suitable to use as a garden gazebo.This tall carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 8 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Not just tough and eye-catching, this superior carport is flexible too, as you can adjust its height up to a maximum of 11'7 (352cm) to accommodate different types of vehicle.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The super seal, screw-free roofing system means that the panels will remain completely weathertight and never expand in the heat, while integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicle. Alternatively, why not use this large sheltered space as a garden gazebo to entertain your friends?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of car shelter is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsSuper-seal roof system for the ultimate weathertightnessAdjustable elevation - maximum height of 11'7 (352cm)Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
486. 12' X 35' Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 10600 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 10.72m : BuyFencingDirect If you own a motorhome or larger caravan, the 12x35 Palram Canopia Arcadia Alpine 10600 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 10.72m) offers it complete weatherproof protection. Supplied with a 10-year limited warranty, this adjustable car shelter's superb specification also makes it suitable to use as a garden gazebo.This tall carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration.The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 10 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Not just tough and eye-catching, this superior carport is flexible too, as you can adjust its height up to a maximum of 11'7 (352cm) to accommodate different types of vehicle.Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicle exceptional weatherproof protection.The super seal, screw-free roofing system means that the panels will remain completely weathertight and never expand in the heat, while integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants.This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicle. Alternatively, why not use this extra-large sheltered space as a garden gazebo to entertain your friends?Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money.Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base.This particular model of car shelter is available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Superb 10-year limited warrantyBronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panelsNear unbreakable and completely UV-protectedPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsSuper-seal roof system for the ultimate weathertightnessAdjustable elevation - maximum height of 11'7 (352cm)Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)Fitted with an integral guttering systemPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installationAnchor kit and footpads includedCompletely maintenance-free - saving you time and moneyAvailable in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
487. 12' X 42' Palram Canopia Alpine 12700 Grey Metal Carport 3.59m X 12.86m : BuyFencingDirect If you own a large caravan, motorhome or trailer, the 12x42 Palram Canopia Alpine 12700 Grey Metal Carport (3.59m x 12.86m) offers it complete weatherproof protection. Supplied with a 10-year limited warranty, this adjustable car shelter's superb specification also makes it suitable to use as a garden gazebo. This tall carport is constructed from bronze-tinted 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, which are advance engineered, near unbreakable and completely shatterproof. They allow 15% light transmission, block harmful UV rays and are 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance in your garden, without any risk of fracturing, fading or discolouration. The powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame is equally stylish. It is designed with 10 supporting legs and uses laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, so you can rest assured that it is made to last and impervious to rust. Not just tough and eye-catching, this superior carport is flexible too, as you can adjust its height up to a maximum of 11'7 (352cm) to accommodate different types of vehicle. Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this premium car shelter really does offer your vehicles exceptional weatherproof protection. The super seal, screw-free roofing system means that the panels will remain completely weathertight and never expand in the heat, while integral guttering facilitates effective rainwater run-off and provides a sustainable supply of water for your garden plants. This carport canopy's generous proportions mean you'll have plenty of side and overhead clearance when parking your vehicles. Alternatively, why not use this extra-large sheltered space as a garden gazebo to entertain your friends? Built exclusively from recyclable components, with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles, this polycarbonate and metal carport features a slide and lock roof installation system to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly. To top it all, the whole carport is completely maintenance-free, saving you both time and money. Please be advised that an anchor kit and footpads are included so you can secure the carport to a level concrete base. This particular model of car shelter is available for you to buy in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10-year limited warranty Bronzed 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels Near unbreakable and completely UV-protected Powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors Super-seal roof system for the ultimate weathertightness Adjustable elevation - maximum height of 11'7 (352cm) Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²) Fitted with an integral guttering system Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles, slide and lock installation Anchor kit and footpads included Completely maintenance-free - saving you time and money Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
488. 14' X 12' Palram Canopia Dallas 4300 Grey Garden Gazebo 4.26m X 3.64m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 14 x 12 Palram Dallas 4300 Grey Garden Gazebo (4.26m x 3.64m) makes the perfect garden shelter.Expertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and never discolour or fade.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with thick supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.This garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for promoting airflow and dispersing BBQ smoke. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available as optional upgrades. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.Wind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 110kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Supplied with an excellent 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings to help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose.You can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof100% UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 110kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets - both available to buy as optional extrasComes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for an easy assemblyIncludes anchor kit too - secure to a solid, level baseMaintenance free – saves time and moneyAvailable in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
489. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Green Skylight Apex Plastic Shed 1.85m X 3.04m : BuyFencingDirect Offering robust, durable and attractive garden storage for your tools and equipment, the 6 x 10 Palram Canopia Green Skylight Plastic Shed (1.85m x 3.04m) is brimming with high-spec features and completely maintenance free.Polycarbonate Walls, Floor and Skylight RoofBuilt from near-unbreakable polycarbonate panels, which are fortified by a reinforced, rust-resistant aluminium frame, this garden shed offers outstanding weatherproof protection for your tools and equipment.The anti-slip floor is constructed from robust polycarbonate too, so is perfectly equipped to store your heavier tools and cope with regular footfall. The unique polycarbonate skylight roof panels allow soft natural light to flow into the shed - perfect for when you're storing/ retrieving items, or hard at work inside. These panels are externally opaque to deter unwanted attention and feature a shingle-style design to nicely round off the shed's attractive appearance.Double DoorsYou can gain easy access to the shed via wide double doors, featuring a wheelchair-friendly ramped entrance. These doors are fitted with a pad bolt, so rest assured that your expensive tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Easy Assembly and Maintenance FreeThanks to the sliding panel system, this plastic garden shed is incredibly easy to assemble. You should anchor the base to a solid, level surface to ensure the shed remains stable during adverse weather conditions. We provide an anchor kit for this purpose.Made from recycled materials, this premium plastic shed will never rot, sag, decay nor become brittle, and is completely insect-proof. It is also 100% UV-protected, so will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. Best of all, the whole shed is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to enjoy your garden.Long Warranty, Choice of Sizes and Free DeliverySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this 10x6 shed is available in a choice of colours and sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year warrantyRobust polycarbonate panelsAnti-slip floor and unique polycarbonate skylight roof panelsWide double doors feature ramped entrance and pad bolt (padlock not included)Weatherproof, UV-protected and completely maintenance freeSliding panel easy assembly systemMust be anchored to a solid, level base - anchor kit includedChoose from a range of colours and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
490. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Dark Green Skylight Apex Plastic Shed 1.85m X 2.29m : BuyFencingDirect Providing you with impressive, maintenance-free, durable garden storage, the 6x8 Palram Canopia SkyLight Shed is built to last. As a 6x8 shed, it provides ideal space for your garden essentials and equipment. Manufactured using virtually unbreakable polycarbonate panels which are UV-protected and will never rust, rot or warp, this plastic shed never needs treating - saving you time and money. The reinforced, galvanised frame adds to this durability while the included anti-slip floor completes the robust build. You can rest assured that the stylish dark green finish of this premium shed will stand the test of time. Move gardening equipment or stored furniture in and out of the shed easily via the wide double doors and the low threshold which makes moving wheeled items even easier. The door latches are padlock ready (padlock not included) for security. The unique skylight roof panels transmit plenty of soft natural light making working during the day much more pleasant and easier. You should secure this shed to a solid foundation. Available in many more sizes. For your convenience, we - unlike the majority of suppliers - include the hilti screw anchoring kit necessary for you to secure your shed to your solid foundation. 10 year guarantee Polycarbonate panels - virtually unbreakable, high impact and 100% UV protected Reinforced aluminium frame provides an extra-rigid structure Unique skylight roof panels provide plenty of natural light while remaining opaque from the outside Hilti screw anchoring kit included Maintenance free Low threshold and wide double doors for easy access Anti-slip floor included Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly 100% recyclable Free delivery to most UK addresses* |
 |
491. 16' X 12' Palram Canopia Dallas 4900 Grey Garden Gazebo 4.88m X 3.64m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 16 x 12 Palram Dallas 4900 Grey Garden Gazebo (4.88m x 3.64m) makes the perfect garden shelter.Expertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and never discolour or fade.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with thick supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.This garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for promoting airflow and dispersing BBQ smoke. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available as optional upgrades. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.Wind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 110kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Supplied with an excellent 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings to help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose.You can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof100% UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 110kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets - both available to buy as optional extrasComes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for an easy assemblyIncludes anchor kit too - secure to a solid, level baseMaintenance free – saves time and moneyAvailable in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
492. 20' X 12' Palram Canopia Dallas 6100 Grey Garden Gazebo 6.12m X 3.64m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 20 x 12 Palram Dallas 6100 Grey Garden Gazebo (6.12m x 3.64m) makes the perfect garden shelter.Expertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and never discolour or fade.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with thick supporting legs and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.This garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for promoting airflow and dispersing BBQ smoke. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available as optional upgrades. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.Wind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Supplied with an excellent 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings to help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose.You can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in 3 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof100% UV-protectedHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets - both available to buy as optional extrasComes with pre-cut panels and pre-drilled profiles for an easy assemblyIncludes anchor kit too - secure to a solid, level baseMaintenance free – saves time and moneyAvailable in 3 different sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
493. 3m X 6.10m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 6.10m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
494. 3m X 7.30m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 7.30m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
495. 3m X 8.51m Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds - White : BuyFencingDirect Custom-made for your Palram Canopia patio cover, the stylish Palram Canopia Patio Cover Roof Blinds in White (3m x 8.51m) offer you a cool shaded area to relax in your garden. These beautiful horizontal blinds come in pure white, so won't attract the heat and are sure to complement your Palram Canopia patio canopy perfectly. They are expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester, which is UV-protected, mould-proof and resistant to wrinkling, so rest assured that these patio cover roof blinds will retain their good looks for many years to come. This patio awning blind set includes the following: 1 x shade curtain 290cm x 54cm, 1 x white 2-piece metal bar 19mm x 60cm for each curtain unit, 20 x plastic hooks, 2 x stretcher kits for the curtain cable and 1 x PVC-coated metal cable 320cm x 2mm. We also supply the mounting hardware. Available in a range of sizes, these horizontal patio canopy blinds come with a reassuring 2-year limited warranty. You should machine wash them on a cold setting, without using chlorine bleach, and leave them to dry naturally. You can fit these patio cover roof blinds to the following Palram Canopia patio covers: Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Expertly made from a lightweight, linen-type polyester UV-protected to prevent discolouration Mould-proof and resistant to wrinkles Includes all mounting hardware Machine wash on a cold setting and dry naturally Reassuring 2-year limited warranty Come in a range of sizes Suitable for the Capri, Carnival, Feria, Olympia, Sierra and Tuscany Palram Canopia patio canopies Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
496. 71 X 31 Palram Canopia Sophia 2150 Grey Clear Door Canopy 2.15m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 7'1 x 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 2150 Grey Clear Door Canopy (2.15m x 0.95m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
497. 411 X 31 Palram Canopia Bremen 1500 Grey Clear Door Canopy 1.5m X 0.94 : BuyFencingDirect Offering excellent weatherproof protection for your front door, and zero hassle, the 4'11 x 3'1 Palram Canopia Bremen 1500 Grey Clear Door Canopy (1.5m x 0.94) is easy to assemble, maintenance free, and built to last.A High-Specification, Weathertight Door CanopyFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, crystal clear and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frameLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
498. Palram Canopia Bremen 2050 Grey Clear Door Canopy : BuyFencingDirect Offering excellent weatherproof protection for your front door with zero hassle, the Palram Canopia Bremen 2050 Grey Clear Door Canopy is smart, stylish and built to last. Featuring a near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panel, which allows 85% light transmission, this contemporary porch awning blocks harmful UV rays and is completely UV-protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and never discolour or yellow. The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are built to last and impervious to rust. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, for a rear rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight. This premium porch canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (25lbs/ ft²), so rest assured that it will provide outstanding weatherproof protection for your door. The panel is pre-cut and the mounting hardware is included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. The smart and fast locking system keeps the panel screw-free, eliminating any risk of leakage. Supplied with a 3-year limited warranty, this over door canopy is constructed from recyclable components and is totally maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. 4mm acrylic panel provides 85% light transmission and is 100% UV protected Aluminium frame with laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets Rear rubber gasket prevents leakage Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20.5lbs/ ft²) Pre-cut panels and mounting hardware Smart and fast locking system Maintenance free – saves time and money 3-year limited warranty Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
499. Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains Set For Dallas 4300 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 4300 Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line. These gazebo curtains come with a reassuring 1-year warranty.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 4300 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
500. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting Set For Dallas 4300 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 4300 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.Supplied with a reassuring 1-year warranty, these nets are fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 4300 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
501. Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains Set For Dallas 4900 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 4900 Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line. These gazebo curtains come with a reassuring 1-year warranty.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 4900 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
502. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting Set For Dallas 4900 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 4900 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.Supplied with a reassuring 1-year warranty, these nets are fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 4900 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
503. Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains Set For Dallas 6100 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The ideal accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 6100 Gazebo, these Palram Canopia Gazebo Curtains provide additional shade and privacy while youâre relaxing in the garden.Featuring 4 curtains to completely cover your garden gazebo, these gazebo curtains are beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, waterproof polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.The curtains are all fitted with zips so you can fasten them together for complete privacy. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the curtainsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line. These gazebo curtains come with a reassuring 1-year warranty.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 curtains for complete shade and privacyMade from durable, lightweight, waterproof polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the curtains togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track lineMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 6100 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
504. Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting Set For Dallas 6100 Garden Gazebo : BuyFencingDirect The perfect accompaniment to your Palram Canopia Dallas 6100 Gazebo, this Palram Canopia Gazebo Netting lets fresh air in while keeping insects at bay.Featuring 4 screens to completely cover your garden gazebo, this gazebo netting is beautifully made from a durable, lightweight, translucent polyester. The grey fabric is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance without discolouring or fading in the sun.Supplied with a reassuring 1-year warranty, these nets are fitted with zips so you can fasten them together and keep the insects out. They also include top, middle and bottom ties, allowing you to secure them to the corner posts when theyâre not in use.To instal, simply attach the netsâ hooks to the gazeboâs track line. When theyâre ready for a wash, put them on a cool machine setting and dry on the line.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Features 4 nets for complete protection from insectsMade from durable, lightweight, translucent polyesterUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationZips connect the nets togetherTop, middle and bottom ties secure them to the corner postsHooks attach to the gazeboâs track line clipsMachine washable and line driedReassuring 1-year warrantyCompatible with Palram Canopia Dallas 6100 GazebosFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
505. 71 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 2130 Black Clear Door Canopy 2.16m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 7'1 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 2130 Black Clear Door Canopy (2.16m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your door supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
506. 10' X 10' Palram Canopia Sanremo Grey Lean-to Conservatory 3.05m X 3.05m : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space in style with the 10 x 10 Palram Canopia San Remo Grey Lean To Conservatory (3.05m x 3.05m) - a large, eye-catching polycarbonate sun room which won't break the bank.A Contemporary ConservatoryThis contemporary conservatory is light, airy and will provide you with year upon year of lasting pleasure. It features 8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panels, which are both easy to clean, shatterproof and 100% UV protected, so will neither discolour, fade nor fracture.The roof panels allow 65% light transmission and block harmful UV rays, so you'll enjoy a safe, comfortable environment in which to relax and enjoy your garden. The screw-free 'click n lock' installation system ensures there's no danger, whatsoever, of these panels developing a leak.A powder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectors provides excellent support to the panels. This structure is supremely robust, durable and impervious to rust.Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²), this high-impact conservatory really does offer you exceptional weatherproof protection.Sliding Double DoorsYou can gain easy access to the sun room via any one of 3 sets of sliding double doors, which are all fitted with key-operated locks, so you can rest assured that your valuable items will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. These doors are delivered pre-assembled and positioned on different sides of the conservatory for your added convenience and to ensure good airflow on hot summer days.Other Premium FeaturesAn integral guttering system, including adjustable gutter heads, facilitates effective rainwater run-off and offers you a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants. To top it all, the whole conservatory is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to relax in the garden.Assembly and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate sun room comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and flexible height positioning to help you achieve a straightforward 2-person assembly.Please be advised that you must install this conservatory on a solid, level surface with solid wall support.Choice of Colours and SizesYou can purchase this Palram Canopia conservatory in a choice of sizes, and with a grey or white frame.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warranty8mm multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear 3mm acrylic side panelsPowder-coated, heavy-duty aluminium frame with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 150kg/ m² (30.7lbs/ ft²)3 pairs of sliding double doors fitted with key-operated locksIntegral guttering with adjustable gutter headsScrew-free âclick n lockâ roof installation system100% UV protected and completely maintenance freeChoice of sizes and of grey or white frameFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
507. 89 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 2600 Black Clear Door Canopy 2.67m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 8'9 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 2600 Black Clear Door Canopy (2.67m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your door supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
508. 106 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 3100 Black Clear Large Door Canopy 3.19m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 10'6 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 3100 Black Clear Large Door Canopy (3.19m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your doorway supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
509. 122 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 3600 Black Clear Large Door Canopy 3.7m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 12'2 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 3600 Black Clear Large Door Canopy (3.7m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your doorway supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
510. 1310 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 4100 Black Clear Large Door Canopy 4.21m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 13'10 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 4100 Black Clear Large Door Canopy (4.21m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your doorway supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
511. 156 X 211 Palram Canopia Lily 4700 Black Clear Large Door Canopy 4.73m X 0.88m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant entrance to your home, with the 15'6 x 2'11 Palram Canopia Lily 4700 Black Clear Large Door Canopy (4.73m x 0.88m). This over door canopy includes a retro-French design and high-specification build to give your doorway supremely stylish and exceptionally effective weatherproof protection.An Elegant and Effective Door CanopyFeaturing 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this high-specification porch awning is near unbreakable, shatterproof and completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The powder-coated aluminium profiles and powder-coated galvanised-steel support arms are robust, durable and impervious to rust.This front door canopy might be elegant but it's exceptionally effective too!Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's polycarbonate panels are delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panelsPowder-coated aluminium profilesPowder-coated galvanised-steel support armsElegant but effective designSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
512. 6' X 5' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed 1.85m X 1.53m â Includes Free Shelf : BuyFencingDirect For durable, attractive, maintenance-free outdoor storage, with a superb 12-year guarantee, choose the 6' x 5' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-Wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed (1.85m x 1.53m). A Robust and Weatherproof Shed Built from near-unbreakable, fortified 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels, this 6x5 shed includes a reinforced, rust-resistant aluminium frame, so is as robust as sheds come. In addition, its wind resistance has been tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and its snow load to 110kg/m² (22.5lb/ft²), providing your stored items with complete weatherproof protection. Impervious to rotting, sagging or decay, this plastic shed is even insect-proof too. Furthermore, as the polycarbonate panels are completely UV-protected, they will maintain their attractive appearance for many years to come, without any risk of discolouration or fading. Floor, Roof and Security The floor and roof are constructed from premium polycarbonate. This makes the former perfect for storing your garden equipment, while the latter's apex design aids effective rainwater runoff. The floor also has anti-slip properties to help keep you safe in wet conditions. The roof's unique polycarbonate skylight panels allow a soft natural light to filter into the shed, which is invaluable when you're storing or retrieving items. However, it remains externally opaque to maintain privacy and keep your valuable tools safe from unwanted attention. Together with the shingle-style design, this also enhances the grey shed's handsome exterior appearance. You gain storage friendly access via ramped double doors, secured by a padbolt to keep your expensive tools safe (padlock not supplied). Assembly, Installation and Delivery Supplied with a superb 12-year limited guarantee, this garden shed is made exclusively from recycled materials and comes in a range of sizes. The sliding panel system will help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you MUST anchor this shed to a solid, level surface to ensure its complete stability during adverse weather conditions. We include an anchor kit for this purpose (screws and plugs not supplied). Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Superb 12-year guarantee 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels Polycarbonate skylight roof panels that transmit natural light but are externally opaque Double doors fitted with ramp and padbolt (padlock not included) Anti-slip flooring to help keep you safe in wet conditions Exclusively made from recyclable materials Weatherproof, UV-protected and maintenance free Wind resistance tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and snow load tested to 110kg/m² (22.5lb/ft²) Sliding panel assembly system Available for you to buy in various sizes This shed must be anchored to a solid, level base – free hilti screw anchoring kit included Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
513. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed 1.85m X 2.28m â Includes Free Shelf : BuyFencingDirect For durable, versatile, maintenance-free outdoor storage, with a superb 12-year guarantee, choose the 6' x 8' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-Wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed (1.85m x 2.28m). A Robust and Weatherproof Shed Built from near-unbreakable, fortified 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels, this 6x8 shed includes a reinforced, rust-resistant aluminium frame, so is as robust as sheds come. In addition, its wind resistance has been tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and its snow load to 110kg/m² (22.5lb/ft²), providing your stored items with complete weatherproof protection. Impervious to rotting, sagging or decay, this plastic shed is even insect-proof too. Furthermore, as the polycarbonate panels are completely UV-protected, they will maintain their attractive appearance for many years to come, without any risk of discolouration or fading. Floor, Roof and Security The floor and roof are constructed from premium polycarbonate. This makes the former perfect for storing your garden equipment, while the latter's apex design aids effective rainwater runoff. The floor also has anti-slip properties to help keep you safe in wet conditions. The roof's unique polycarbonate skylight panels allow a soft natural light to filter into the shed, which is invaluable when you're storing or retrieving items. However, it remains externally opaque to maintain privacy and keep your valuable tools safe from unwanted attention. Together with the shingle-style design, this also enhances the grey shed's handsome exterior appearance. You gain storage friendly access via ramped double doors, secured by a padbolt to keep your expensive tools safe (padlock not supplied). Assembly, Installation and Delivery Supplied with a superb 12-year limited guarantee, this garden shed is made exclusively from recycled materials and comes in a range of sizes. The sliding panel system will help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you MUST anchor this shed to a solid, level surface to ensure its complete stability during adverse weather conditions. We include an anchor kit for this purpose. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Superb 12-year guarantee 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels Polycarbonate skylight roof panels that transmit natural light but are externally opaque Double doors fitted with ramp and padbolt (padlock not included) Anti-slip flooring to help keep you safe in wet conditions Exclusively made from recyclable materials Weatherproof, UV-protected and maintenance free Wind resistance tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and snow load tested to 110kg/m² (22.5lb/ft²) Sliding panel assembly system Available for you to buy in various sizes This shed must be anchored to a solid, level base – free hilti screw anchoring kit included Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
514. 6' X 10' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed 1.85m X 3.00m â Includes Free Shelf : BuyFencingDirect For durable, spacious, maintenance-free outdoor storage, with a superb 12-year guarantee, choose the 6' x 10' Palram Canopia Rubicon Multi-Wall Premium Dark Grey Plastic Shed (1.85m x 3.00m). A Robust and Weatherproof Shed Built from near-unbreakable, fortified 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels, this 6x10 shed includes a reinforced, rust-resistant aluminium frame, so is as robust as sheds come. In addition, its wind resistance has been tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and its snow load to 90kg/m² (18.4lb/ft²), providing your stored items with complete weatherproof protection. Impervious to rotting, sagging or decay, this plastic shed is even insect-proof too. Furthermore, as the polycarbonate panels are completely UV-protected, they will maintain their attractive appearance for many years to come, without any risk of discolouration or fading. Floor, Roof and Security The floor and roof are constructed from premium polycarbonate. This makes the former perfect for storing your garden equipment, while the latter's apex design aids effective rainwater runoff. The floor also has anti-slip properties to help keep you safe in wet conditions. The roof's unique polycarbonate skylight panels allow a soft natural light to filter into the shed, which is invaluable when you're storing or retrieving items. However, it remains externally opaque to maintain privacy and keep your valuable tools safe from unwanted attention. Together with the shingle-style design, this also enhances the grey shed's handsome exterior appearance. You gain storage friendly access via ramped double doors, secured by a padbolt to keep your expensive tools safe (padlock not supplied). Assembly, Installation and Delivery Supplied with a superb 12-year limited guarantee, this garden shed is made exclusively from recycled materials and comes in a range of sizes. The sliding panel system will help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you MUST anchor this shed to a solid, level surface to ensure its complete stability during adverse weather conditions. We include an anchor kit for this purpose. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Superb 12-year guarantee 10mm multi-wall polycarbonate panels Polycarbonate skylight roof panels that transmit natural light but are externally opaque Double doors fitted with ramp and padbolt (padlock not included) Anti-slip flooring to help keep you safe in wet conditions Exclusively made from recyclable materials Weatherproof, UV-protected and maintenance free Wind resistance tested to 105km/hr (65mph) and snow load tested to 90kg/m² (18.4lb/ft²) Sliding panel assembly system Available for you to buy in various sizes This shed must be anchored to a solid, level base – free hilti screw anchoring kit included Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
515. 7' X 5' Palram Canopia Bordeaux 2230 Large Door Canopy - White Mist 2.24m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Add a touch of contemporary style to your home's facade with the 7 x 5 Palram Canopia Bordeaux 2230 Large Door Canopy in White Mist (2.24m x 1.39m). With its leading-edge design and premium build, this attractive porch canopy provides superb weatherproof protection for your door.Featuring 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectors are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust. Aluminium guttering, positioned at the front of the panel, directs rainwater away from the doorway, protecting your door and keeping visitors dry. A hidden rubber gasket, located to the rear of the door canopy, seals the frame to the wall and prevents water seepage.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes and with different designs of polycarbonate panel.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Shatterproof 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels allow 90% light transmissionRobust aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizes and types of polycarbonate panelFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
516. 14' X 5' Palram Canopia Bordeaux 4460 Large Door Canopy - White Mist 4.47m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Add a touch of contemporary style to your home's facade with the 14 x 5 Palram Canopia Bordeaux 4460 Large Door Canopy – White Mist (4.47m x 1.39m). With its leading-edge design and premium build, this attractive porch canopy provides superb weatherproof protection for your door.Featuring 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectors are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust. Aluminium guttering, positioned at the front of the panel, directs rainwater away from the doorway, protecting your door and keeping visitors dry. A hidden rubber gasket, located to the rear of the door canopy, seals the frame to the wall and prevents water seepage.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes and with different designs of polycarbonate panel.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Shatterproof 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels allow 90% light transmissionRobust aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizes and types of polycarbonate panelFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
517. 21' X 5' Palram Canopia Bordeaux 6690 Large Door Canopy - White Mist 6.71m X 1.39m : BuyFencingDirect Add a touch of contemporary style to your home's facade with the 21 x 5 Palram Canopia Bordeaux 6690 Large Door Canopy – White Mist (6.71m x 1.39m). With its leading-edge design and premium build, this attractive porch canopy provides superb weatherproof protection for your door.Featuring 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 90% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectors are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust. Aluminium guttering, positioned at the front of the panel, directs rainwater away from the doorway, protecting your door and keeping visitors dry. A hidden rubber gasket, located to the rear of the door canopy, seals the frame to the wall and prevents water seepage.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes and with different designs of polycarbonate panel.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Shatterproof 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate panels allow 90% light transmissionRobust aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the doorwayHidden rubber gasket prevents water seepageWind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 120kg/ m² (24.6lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizes and types of polycarbonate panelFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
518. 8' X 6' Palram Canopia Austin 2400 Bbq Shelter Gazebo - Black 2.84m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect The changeable British weather need never spoil your barbecues once youâve bought the 8 x 6 Palram Canopia Austin 2400 BBQ Shelter Gazebo in Black (2.84m x 1.8m). This premium barbecue shelter kit is attractive, robust and packed full of useful features.A Premium BBQ ShelterThis top-quality barbecue shelter is designed with a stunning polycarbonate roof and heavy-duty, powder-coated 80mm aluminium posts. The former is 100% UV protected, so will neither discolour, fade nor fracture, while the latter sport a stylish black finish and are completely resistant to rust. The whole structure is supplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty and is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to cook up some tasty BBQ treats.Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 105km/ hr (65ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20lbs/ ft²), this BBQ shelter is a permanent, year-round garden structure, which provides supreme weatherproof protection. In fact, when youâre not enjoying the joys of barbecued food, thereâs nothing to stop you using this BBQ shelter as a garden gazebo or for bicycle storage.Loads of Useful FeaturesWith 2 galvanised-steel worktops, thereâs plenty of space to prep and serve up your food. Directly above these worktops, attached to the frame, are 4 sturdy hooks, which youâll find perfect for hanging utensils and strong enough to support hanging baskets too.Also attached to the frame is a Palram-Canopia-branded bottle opener, so your family and friends (and, of course, yourself) can remain refreshed at all times. A large air vent, located in the centre of the polycarbonate roof, allows the BBQ smoke to disperse, clearing the air so you donât mix up the food orders.Assembly and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this garden gazebo includes clear instructions and a full set of fixings to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. It also comes with a set of metal anchor connectors to help secure the gazebo to a firm, level base.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warrantyPolycarbonate roof fitted with large air ventHeavy-duty, powder-coated 80mm aluminium postsIncludes 2 galvanised steel worktops4 utensil hooksPalram-Canopia-branded bottle openerWind resistant to 105km/ hr (65ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 100kg/ m² (20lbs/ ft²)Completely UV protected and maintenance freeInstructions and fixings for a straightforward assemblyMetal anchor connectors included tooFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
519. 10' X 3' Palram Canopia Nancy 3000 Door Canopy - Grey 3.01m X 0.94m : BuyFencingDirect An attractive way to protect your door from weather damage and keep visitors dry, the 10 x 3 Palram Canopia Nancy 3000 Door Canopy in Grey (3.01m x 0.94m) is easy to instal, effortless to maintain, and comes with a stylish contemporary design.Featuring crystal-clear 4mm acrylic panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Crystal-clear, shatterproof 4mm acrylic panels allow 92% light transmissionLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel bracketsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
520. 14' X 3' Palram Canopia Nancy 4100 Door Canopy - Grey 4.11m X 0.94m : BuyFencingDirect An attractive way to protect your door from weather damage and keep visitors dry, the 14 x 3 Palram Canopia Nancy 4100 Door Canopy – Grey (4.11m x 0.94m) is easy to instal, effortless to maintain, and comes with a stylish contemporary design.Featuring crystal-clear 4mm acrylic panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Crystal-clear, shatterproof 4mm acrylic panels allow 92% light transmissionLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel bracketsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
521. 15' X 3' Palram Canopia Nancy 4500 Door Canopy - Grey 4.52m X 0.94m : BuyFencingDirect An attractive way to protect your door from weather damage and keep visitors dry, the 15 x 3 Palram Canopia Nancy 4500 Door Canopy – Grey (4.52m x 0.94m) is easy to instal, effortless to maintain, and comes with a stylish contemporary design.Featuring crystal-clear 4mm acrylic panels, this front door canopy is completely shatterproof and allows 92% light transmission. It blocks harmful UV rays and is 100% UV protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your door and neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel brackets are robust, durable and completely resistant to rust.This over door canopy is wind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), so really does offer your door exceptional weatherproof protection.Pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system means screws are not required, eliminating the risk of leaks.This door porch canopy is constructed from 100% recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you both time and money.You can purchase this door canopy in various sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Crystal-clear, shatterproof 4mm acrylic panels allow 92% light transmissionLaser-cut, powder-coated galvanised steel bracketsWind resistant to 100km/ hr (62ml/ hr)Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Smart and fast locking system – no need for screwsComes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardwareCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from various sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
522. 10' X 12' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse 3.04m X 3.66m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 12 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (3.04m x 3.66m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x12 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 4 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 4 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
523. 14'9 X 12'5 Palram Canopia Triomphe Orangery Enclosed Garden Gazebo 4.54m X 3.8m : BuyFencingDirect An idyllic garden retreat in which to relax, and ideal for use as a greenhouse too, the versatile 14'9 x 12'5 Palram Canopia Triomphe Orangery Enclosed Garden Gazebo (4.54m x 3.8m) features an eye-catching design, high-specification build and impressive 10-year limited warranty.An Eye-Catching Garden GazeboThis eye-catching T-shaped gazebo is beautifully built from 4mm polycarbonate roof panels and thick, crystal-clear acrylic side panels on a heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame with galvanised steel perimeter base. The aluminium frame can support shelving, if you require it (shelves not included).Both types of panel are completely shatterproof. They are 100% UV protected too, so will neither discolour nor fade in the sun. The roof panels diffuse extreme sunlight, protecting both you and your plants, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission and reduce outside noise.Exceptional Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo really does offer you exceptional weatherproof protection.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain easy access to this orangery via wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelchair-friendly low threshold ramp. These doors are fitted with a key-operated lock too, so you can rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Other Notable FeaturesThanks to 4 automatic roof vents, you can regulate the temperature inside this gazebo. An integral guttering system provides effective rainwater run-off and a sustainable source of free water for your garden plants.High-sided walls and an elevated roof combine to provide over 9 feet of headroom and a real sense of space. What's more, the whole structure is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your new gazebo.Straightforward InstallationA simple sliding-panel installation system with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this gazebo with sides must be anchored to a firm, level base to ensure it remains stable in adverse weather conditions (anchor kit available separately).Other Available UpgradesYou can purchase both gazebo lighting and a portable heater as optional extras.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warrantyCan be used as either a gazebo or greenhouseFeatures 4mm polycarbonate roof panelsThick, crystal-clear acrylic side panelsHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frameGalvanised steel perimeter baseWide double doors fitted with low-threshold ramp and key-operated lock4 automatic roof vents and integral guttering systemWind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²)Completely UV protected and near maintenance freeAnchor this gazebo to a firm, level base (anchor kit available separately)Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
524. 64 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 2000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 1.92m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 6'4 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 2000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (1.92m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
525. 94 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 3000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 2.86m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 9'4 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 3000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (2.86m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
526. 125 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 4000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 3.79m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 12'5 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 4000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (3.79m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
527. 155 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 5000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 4.71m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 15'5 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 5000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (4.71m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
528. 5'3 X 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 1600 Grey Door Canopy - White Opal 1.6m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door or window from the weather, and appreciate modern, minimalist design, buy the 5'3 x 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 1600 Grey Door Canopy with White Opal Panel (1.6m x 0.95m). This premium over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a 4mm white opal acrylic panel, with Heat Block Technology, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, blocks harmful UV rays, provides extra shade and allows 25% light transmission. It is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely watertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!An Over Door Canopy Offering Complete Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (180kg/ m²) and wind resistant up to 75mph (120kph), this porch awning offers your door or window frame complete weatherproof protection.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's white opal acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included too, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of Sizes and GlazingYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes, and with either a clear or white opal panel.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near unbreakable 4mm white opal acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizes and 2 panel stylesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
529. 7'1 X 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 2150 Grey Door Canopy - White Opal 2.15m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your front door or window from the weather, and appreciate modern, minimalist design, buy the 7'1 x 3'1 Palram Canopia Sophia 2150 Grey Door Canopy with White Opal Panel (2.15m x 0.95m). This premium over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a 4mm white opal acrylic panel, with Heat Block Technology, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, blocks harmful UV rays, provides extra shade and allows 25% light transmission. It is completely UV-protected too, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely watertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!An Over Door Canopy Offering Complete Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (180kg/ m²) and wind resistant up to 75mph (120kph), this porch awning offers your door or window frame complete weatherproof protection.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's white opal acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included too, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of Sizes and GlazingYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes, and with either a clear or white opal panel.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near unbreakable 4mm white opal acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizes and 2 panel stylesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
530. 10' X 16' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse 3.04m X 4.84m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 16 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Greenhouse (3.04m x 4.84m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x16 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 5 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 5 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
531. 10' X 20' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse 3.04m X 6.04m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 20 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse (3.04m x 6.04m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x20 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 6 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 6 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
532. 10' X 24' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse 3.04m X 7.24m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 24 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse (3.04m x 7.24m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x24 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 7 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 7 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
533. 10' X 28' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse 3.04m X 8.44m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 28 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Large Greenhouse (3.04m x 8.44m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x28 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 8 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 8 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
534. 10' X 32' Palram Canopia Balance Silver Extra-large Greenhouse 3.04m X 9.64m : BuyFencingDirect If you love growing plants and have an eye for design, you're sure to appreciate the 10 x 32 Palram Canopia Balance Silver Extra-Large Greenhouse (3.04m x 9.64m). With its stylish appearance and intelligent, user-friendly features, this large polycarbonate greenhouse is every gardener's dream glasshouse.A High-Spec GreenhouseUtilising the latest Fine Shield Technology™, this 10x32 greenhouse is expertly constructed from 4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels, supported by a rust-resistant aluminium frame.The light-diffusing roof panels promote an even temperature by increasing thermal insulation and reducing extreme sunlight exposure, while the side panels allow 90% light transmission. Both types of panel are shatterproof and completely UV protected, so your plants will enjoy optimal growing conditions, you will be protected from harmful UV rays, and the panels will neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Great Weatherproof ProtectionSnow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²), wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr), and with an apex roof which facilitates efficient rainwater runoff, this high-specification greenhouse will help your plants thrive, whatever nature throws at it.Lockable Double DoorsYou can gain very easy access to your plants through wide double doors, which are designed with a wheelbarrow-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with aluminium hinges, a magnetic catch and padlock fixing too (padlock not included), so rest assured that your valuable tools and invaluable plants will remain secure.More Impressive FeaturesThe greenhouse frame features an integral guttering system, offering you a free and sustainable supply of water for your plants, while 9 manually-opened roof vents help you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse for the benefit of both you and your plants.Warranty and AssemblyBacked by a reassuring 5-year limited warranty, this polycarbonate greenhouse is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to nurture your plants. The high-impact polycarbonate panels are pre-cut and have uniform profiles, so all you need to do is slide them into place for a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that this polycarbonate and aluminium greenhouse does not include a floor and that you should secure it to a solid, level base.Choice of Sizes and Greenhouse AccessoriesYou can purchase a Palram Canopia Balance Greenhouse, with the same premium specifications, in a range of sizes. A superb selection of Palram Canopia greenhouse accessories are available for you to buy too.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.4mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels and crystal-clear polycarbonate side panelsRust-resistant aluminium frameUtilises Fine Shield Technology™Snow-load tested to 75kg/ m² (15.4lbs/ ft²) and wind resistant to 90km/ hr (56ml/ hr)Lockable double doors with low threshold, aluminium hinges and magnetic catchIntegral guttering system and 9 manually-opened roof ventsPre-cut panels have uniform profiles for straightforward assemblyCompletely maintenance freeReassuring 5-year limited warrantyAvailable in various sizesChoose from a superb range of greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
535. 12' X 10' Palram Canopia Copenhagen Garden Office 3.51m X 2.87m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect garden office, a great family entertainment room, or an idyllic garden retreat in which you can relax, the versatile 12 x 10 Palram Canopia Copenhagen Garden Office (3.51m x 2.87m) features a contemporary Scandinavian design, high-specification build and superb 15-year limited warranty. A Contemporary Garden Office Boasting triple-insulated WPC walls, this garden office is robust, durable and provides you with supreme weatherproof protection the whole year round. There is ample space between the walls' layers for you to fit electrical cables, pipes and air conditioning to get your new garden office fully operational. There's nothing to stop you adding shelves, picture hooks and screens to these walls too, helping you customise this outdoor office to your exact requirements. In keeping with its premium build, aluminium and Acrylglass are also used to construct this garden office. The former is resistant to rust, while the latter is crystal clear and completely shatterproof – ideal for a busy garden. The roof includes 80mm of insulation and a premium multi-layered PVC ceiling. Its translucent and grey, shade-providing 10mm polycarbonate panels can be installed in a variety of positions – the choice is yours. Exceptional Weatherproof Protection Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 180kg/ m² (37lbs/ ft²), this insulated garden room really does provide you with exceptional weatherproof protection. The hidden guttering system channels water off the roof and away from the garden office, preventing it pooling after heavy rainfall. Working Inside This Insulated Garden Office You can gain easy access to the garden room's interior via sliding double doors, which are designed with a wheelchair-friendly low threshold. These doors are fitted with a key-operated lock too, so you can rest assured that your expensive office equipment will remain safe from unwanted attention. Extensive Acrylglass glazing allows natural light to flood into the garden room. In fact, the translucent roof panel and front panels allow 100% light transmission. You can instal the 2 opening windows in a variety of positions – again, the choice is yours. Pre-Installation Advice to Customers Please be advised that this insulated garden room is supplied without a floor and you must prepare a solid, level foundation before installation. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 15-year limited warranty Triple-insulated WPC walls can accommodate electrical cables, pipes and air conditioning Features rust-resistant aluminium too 10mm polycarbonate roof includes translucent and grey, shade-providing panels Multi-layered PVC ceiling Sliding double doors with low threshold and key-operated lock Extensive Acrylglass glazing 2 opening windows can be installed in various positions Hidden guttering system for efficient rainwater runoff Wind resistant to 120km/ hr (75ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 180kg/ m² (37lbs/ ft²) Supplied without a floor Prepare a solid, level foundation before installation Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
536. 14' X 14' Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo 4.22m X 4.22m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 14 x 14 Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo (4.22m x 4.22m) makes the perfect garden shelter.A Superior Hardtop GazeboExpertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with 180mm supporting legs, 240mm-thick profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is the thickest on the market. It is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.Outstanding Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.Other Great FeaturesThis garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for dispersing BBQ smoke and promoting good airflow. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available separately. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Assembly and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this should help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose. Once assembled, the gazebo can still be relocated, if desired.Choice of Sizes and Optional UpgradesYou can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in a range of different sizes.Gazebo lighting, curtains and nets are all available for you to buy as optional upgrades.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels are 100% UV protected, highly insulating and virtually unbreakableHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame – the thickest on the marketThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets (curtains and nets available separately)Comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and anchor kit for a straightforward installationMaintenance free – saves time and moneyChoose from various sizesBuy gazebo lighting, curtains and nets as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
537. 14' X 16' Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo 4.22m X 4.84m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 14 x 16 Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo (4.22m x 4.84m) makes the perfect garden shelter.A Superior Hardtop GazeboExpertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with 180mm supporting legs, 240mm-thick profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is the thickest on the market. It is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.Outstanding Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (23lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.Other Great FeaturesThis garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for dispersing BBQ smoke and promoting good airflow. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available separately. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Assembly and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this should help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose. Once assembled, the gazebo can still be relocated, if desired.Choice of Sizes and Optional UpgradesYou can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in a range of different sizes.Gazebo lighting, curtains and nets are all available for you to buy as optional upgrades.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels are 100% UV protected, highly insulating and virtually unbreakableHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame – the thickest on the marketThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets (curtains and nets available separately)Comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and anchor kit for a straightforward installationMaintenance free – saves time and moneyChoose from various sizesBuy gazebo lighting, curtains and nets as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
538. 14' X 20' Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo 4.22m X 6.06m : BuyFencingDirect Whether you're entertaining friends, dining with the family or relaxing in your spa, the 14 x 20 Palram Canopia Dallas Grey Garden Gazebo (4.22m x 6.06m) makes the perfect garden shelter.A Superior Hardtop GazeboExpertly constructed from 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels, this superior hardtop gazebo is near unbreakable and blocks harmful UV rays, providing you with a long-lasting, safe outdoor environment in which to relax. These opaque anthracite panels are also 100% UV-protected, so will maintain their attractive appearance, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Built from heavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium, with 180mm supporting legs, 240mm-thick profiles and laser-cut galvanised steel connectors, the gazebo's supporting frame is the thickest on the market. It is exceptionally robust and impervious to rust.Outstanding Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²), this polycarbonate gazebo offers you outstanding weatherproof protection and can be left outside the whole year round.Other Great FeaturesThis garden gazebo also features a large roof vent, ideal for dispersing BBQ smoke and promoting good airflow. Integrated rails are situated around the perimeter of the roof, ready for you to fit curtains and nets, both of which are available separately. You can also add internal lighting, if desired.The whole gazebo is maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.Assembly and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 10-year limited warranty, this rectangular gazebo comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings. Together with the sliding panel installation system, this should help you achieve a straightforward 4-person DIY assembly.Please be advised that you must fix this gazebo to a solid, level surface. We include an anchoring kit for this purpose. Once assembled, the gazebo can still be relocated, if desired.Choice of Sizes and Optional UpgradesYou can purchase a gazebo, with the same premium specifications, in a range of different sizes.Gazebo lighting, curtains and nets are all available for you to buy as optional upgrades.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year limited warranty6mm twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels are 100% UV protected, highly insulating and virtually unbreakableHeavy-duty, powder-coated aluminium frame – the thickest on the marketThick supporting legs with laser-cut galvanised steel connectorsWind resistant to 110km/ hr (68ml/ hr) and snow-load tested to 90kg/ m² (18lbs/ ft²)Includes large roof ventPerimeter rails for curtains and nets (curtains and nets available separately)Comes with pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and anchor kit for a straightforward installationMaintenance free – saves time and moneyChoose from various sizesBuy gazebo lighting, curtains and nets as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
539. 6' X 8' Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed 1.85m X 2.29m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you robust and stylish garden storage for your tools and equipment, the 6 x 8 Palram Canopia Tan Skylight Plastic Shed comes with some high-specification features and a superb 10 year limited warranty. Expertly built using near-unbreakable, high-impact 1mm polycarbonate panels, and utilising leading-edge Fine Shield Technology™, this plastic shed is completely UV-protected, blocks 100% of harmful UV-rays, and will never discolour, rot or warp. The aluminium frame is impervious to rust and adds to the shed's solidity, while the anti-slip floor ensures your tools and equipment are completely protected from ground moisture. A unique 0.9mm shingled polycarbonate skylight roof allows a soft natural light into the shed (10% light transmission), so you'll find working inside pleasant and easy. For enhanced security, the panels are externally opaque, while the apex design increases headroom, allows you to store taller tools, and ensures effective rainwater runoff. You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via wide double doors with a low threshold, which is perfect for wheelbarrows. The doors are fitted with a pad bolt too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe (padlock not included). Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²), this garden shed offers exceptional weatherproof protection for your stored items. Simply use the enclosed anchor kit to secure the shed to a firm, level base. Expertly made from recyclable components and available in a range of colours and sizes, this premium plastic shed comes with full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. What's more, it is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. A hilti screw anchoring kit is included to help you secure the shed to your solid foundation. Why not free up valuable space and purchase an all-inclusive storage shelf kit as an optional extra? Made from high-grade 16mm polycarbonate, with 2 galvanized steel brackets, this shed shelving is specifically designed for Palram Canopia Skylight sheds and can hold up to 30kg. You can purchase low-heat LED lights too, which you'll find easy to connect, attractive and exceptionally economical. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Superb 10 year warranty Polycarbonate panels are near-unbreakable and high impact Utilises Fine Shield Technology™ Aluminium frame is impervious to rust Anti-slip, weatherproof floor Unique shingled polycarbonate skylight roof provides natural light but is externally opaque Wide double doors with pad bolt (padlock not included) Quick and simple wall and roof panel assembly Includes anchor kit Wind resistant to 90km/hr (56ml/hr) and snow-load tested to 75kg/m² (15.4lbs/ft²) with anchor kit fixed Made from recyclable components Completely weatherproof, 100% UV-protected and maintenance-free This shed is available for you to purchase in a range of colours and sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses Hilti screw anchoring kit included |
 |
540. 186 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 6000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 5.65m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 18'6 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 6000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (5.65m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
541. 218 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 7000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 6.6m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 21'8 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 7000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (6.6m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
542. 247 X 47 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 8000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 7.5m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 24'7 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 8000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (7.5m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
543. 27'9 X 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia Xl 9000 Grey Clear Door Canopy 8.45m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to protect your doorway from the elements, and are attracted to modern minimalist design, choose the 27'9 x 4'7 Palram Canopia Sophia XL 9000 Grey Clear Door Canopy (8.45m x 1.4m). This stunning over door canopy is as effective as it is stylish.Reimagining Door CanopiesFeaturing a robust, durable 4mm acrylic panel, this contemporary porch awning is near unbreakable, provides 85% light transmission and is completely UV protected, so will maintain its attractive appearance above your doorway and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.The powder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectors are built to last and impervious to rust. Aluminium guttering directs rainwater sideways, away from the porch, so the entrance to your home remains dry and welcoming. There's no need to worry about leaks, either, as a hidden rubber gasket ensures the back of the panel remains completely weathertight.This high-specification porch awning really is the future of door canopies!Supreme Weatherproof ProtectionWind resistant up to 93mph (150kmph) and snow-load tested to 37lbs/ ft² (93kg/ m²), this porch awning provides supreme weatherproof protection to a door and window.Easy Installation and 3-Year WarrantyThis door canopy's acrylic panel is delivered pre-cut, the profiles are pre-drilled, and mounting hardware is included, all of which should help you achieve a straightforward DIY installation, without the need for specialist tools. A smart and fast locking system eliminates the need for screws, removing any risk of leaks. Should you desire, you can install multiple Sophia XL door canopies side by side to cover an extended area.This over door canopy is made from recyclable materials and supplied with a 3-year limited warranty. It is completely maintenance free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Choice of SizesYou can purchase one of these front door canopies in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Near-unbreakable 4mm acrylic panelPowder-coated aluminium frame and laser-cut, powder-coated galvanised-steel connectorsAluminium guttering directs rainwater away from the porchHidden rubber gasket prevents leakageSmart and fast locking system – panel doesn't require screwsPre-cut panel, pre-drilled profiles and mounting hardware included tooMaintenance free – saves you time and moneyReassuring 3-year limited warrantyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
544. 4' X 2' Palram Canopia Ivy Polycarbonate Mini Greenhouse - Black 1.24m X 0.64m : BuyFencingDirect If you have a smaller garden, you donât need to give up your dream of growing plants. Thatâs because the 4 x 2 Palram Canopia Ivy Polycarbonate Mini Greenhouse in Black (1.24m x 0.64m) features an intelligent, space-saving design and is packed with user-friendly features, so you can indulge your love of gardening, even on a patio or balcony area.A Small Greenhouse, Big on Clever FeaturesThis mini greenhouse is built from near-unbreakable, UV-protected polycarbonate panels, on a matte-black aluminium frame and galvanised-steel perimeter base, so will maintain both its effectiveness and attractive appearance for many years to come, with zero maintenance required.The light-diffusing twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels allow 82% light transmission and protect your plants from excessive sunlight exposure, while the crystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow over 90% light transmission. Together, these polycarbonate panels provide optimal levels of light, to help your plants prosper.Whatâs more, a guttering system is incorporated into the greenhouseâs framework, allowing you to collect a free and sustainable supply of rainwater for irrigation - more great news for your plants.Accessing Your PlantsYou can access this polycarbonate/ aluminium greenhouseâs interior via sliding doors or a lift-up lid, which can be locked to keep your plants secure (padlock not included). The lid is fully adjustable, so you can leave it slightly open to ventilate the greenhouse, as and when required.Weatherproof QualitiesThis greenhouse for sale provides superb weatherproof protection. It is snow-load tested to 20lbs/ ft² (100kg/ m²) and wind resistant up to 62mph (100kph).Installation and WarrantySupplied with an impressive 5-year warranty, this glasshouse features pre-cut panels, pre-drilled profiles and a full set of fixings, to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Twin-wall polycarbonate roof panels diffuse direct sunlightCrystal-clear polycarbonate side panels allow over 90% light transmissionIncludes rust-resistant aluminium frameGalvanised-steel perimeter baseLockable sliding doors and fully adjustable lidIntegral guttering systemSnow-load tested to 20lbs/ ft² (100kg/ m²) and wind resistant up to 62mph (100kph)Maintenance freeImpressive 5-year warrantyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
545. 20' X 20' Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Double Carport 5.96m X 6.07m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for two vehicles, the 20â x 20â Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Double Carport (5.96m x 6.07m) brings elegance and flexibility to your driveway. Contemporary, Flat-Roof Design When you want to protect your vehicles from the elements â and benefit from additional shelter when youâre loading and unloading those vehicles â then a carport like the Palram Canopia Olso is just what you need. This attractive 20x20 metal carport is made from black, rust-resistant and powder-coated aluminium and comes with a 10-year warranty to help protect your investment. The high-impact polycarbonate roof is topped by 10mm multi-wall, opaque panels and the flat design is supported by a built-in guttering system and outlets for efficient rainwater management. Flexible Design The thick aluminium posts can be positioned in two places: on the edges of the roof, for maximum entry width, or 1.22m inside it for a greater overhang. The carportâs generous entry width â along with an overhead clearance of approximately 7â10 â cuts down on the risk of bumps or scratches when moving vehicles in and out. For even greater flexibility, the carport is available in three different sizes that cater for two, three and four vehicles respectively. Weather-Beating Performance The Oslo carport has impressive weather-protection credentials; not only does it offer shelter from rain, but it can withstand winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100/m2 (depending on the positioning of the supporting posts). The carport also boasts innovative heat blocking technology, with the multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels blocking harmful UV rays and guarding against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Free Shipping Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Contemporary black carport Flat polycarbonate roof with in-built guttering system Flexible design, where posts can be positioned at the edges or moved inwards Innovative heat block technology guards against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Excellent 10-year warranty Space for two cars Available in three sizes Withstands winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100kg/m2 depending on positioning of posts Quick and easy to assemble Free shipping to most UK addresses |
 |
546. 20' X 30' Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Triple Carport 5.96m X 9.01m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for three vehicles, the 20â x 30â Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Triple Carport (5.96m x 9.01m) brings elegance and flexibility to your driveway. Contemporary, Flat-Roof Design When you want to protect your vehicles from the elements â and benefit from additional shelter when youâre loading and unloading those vehicles â then a carport like the Palram Canopia Olso is just what you need. This attractive 20x30 metal carport is made from black, rust-resistant and powder-coated aluminium and comes with a 10-year warranty to help protect your investment. The high-impact polycarbonate roof is topped by 10mm multi-wall, opaque panels and the flat design is supported by a built-in guttering system and outlets for efficient rainwater management. Flexible Design The thick aluminium posts can be positioned in two places: on the edges of the roof, for maximum entry width, or 1.22m inside it for a greater overhang. The carportâs generous entry width â along with an overhead clearance of approximately 7â10 â cuts down on the risk of bumps or scratches when moving vehicles in and out. For even greater flexibility, the carport is available in three different sizes that cater for two, three and four vehicles respectively. Weather-Beating Performance The Oslo carport has impressive weather-protection credentials; not only does it offer shelter from rain, but it can withstand winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100/m2 (depending on the positioning of the supporting posts). The carport also boasts innovative heat blocking technology, with the multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels blocking harmful UV rays and guarding against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Free Shipping Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Contemporary black carport Flat polycarbonate roof with in-built guttering system Flexible design, where posts can be positioned at the edges or moved inwards Innovative heat block technology guards against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Excellent 10-year warranty Space for three cars Available in three sizes Withstands winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100kg/m2 depending on positioning of posts Quick and easy to assemble Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
547. 20' X 40' Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Quad Carport 5.96m X 11.95m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for four vehicles, the 20â x 40â Palram Canopia Oslo Black Metal Quad Carport (5.96m x 11.95m) brings elegance and flexibility to your driveway. Contemporary, Flat-Roof Design When you want to protect your vehicles from the elements â and benefit from additional shelter when youâre loading and unloading those vehicles â then a carport like the Palram Canopia Olso is just what you need. This attractive 20x40 metal carport is made from black, rust-resistant and powder-coated aluminium and comes with a 10-year warranty to help protect your investment. The high-impact polycarbonate roof is topped by 10mm multi-wall, opaque panels and the flat design is supported by a built-in guttering system and outlets for efficient rainwater management. Flexible Design The thick aluminium posts can be positioned in two places: on the edges of the roof, for maximum entry width, or 1.22m inside it for a greater overhang. The carportâs generous entry width â along with an overhead clearance of approximately 7â10 â cuts down on the risk of bumps or scratches when moving vehicles in and out. For even greater flexibility, the carport is available in three different sizes that cater for two, three and four vehicles respectively. Weather-Beating Performance The Oslo carport has impressive weather-protection credentials; not only does it offer shelter from rain, but it can withstand winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100/m2 (depending on the positioning of the supporting posts). The carport also boasts innovative heat blocking technology, with the multi-wall polycarbonate roof panels blocking harmful UV rays and guarding against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Free Shipping Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. Key Features Contemporary black carport Flat polycarbonate roof with in-built guttering system Flexible design, where posts can be positioned at the edges or moved inwards Innovative heat block technology guards against internal overheating and EV battery degradation. Excellent 10-year warranty Space for three cars Available in four sizes Withstands winds of up to 120 km/hr and snow loads of between 50kg/m2 and 100kg/m2 depending on positioning of posts Quick and easy to assemble Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
548. 10' X 10' Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse 3.04m X 3.08m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a greenhouse that combines style, practicality and premium materials, then youâll want to explore the 10â x 10â Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse. Polycarbonate Panels and a Rust-Resistant Frame This metal and polycarbonate greenhouse is bursting with features that create the ideal environment for plants and gardeners alike. The powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame comes in stunning black and provides sturdy support for the wall and roof panels with its galvanised steel base. The roof panels are made from durable 10mm polycarbonate, which transmits over 80% of natural light while protecting you from harmful UV rays. Meanwhile the crystal-clear polycarbonate wall panels transmit over 90% of light for a lovely, bright room where youâll be happy to spend hours gardening. Lockable Double Doors and Built-In Guttering Youâll gain easy entry to the interior of this 10x10 greenhouse by way of its wide, lockable double doors and low ramp. The integrated guttering will capture rainwater that you can use as a sustainable water source for your plants and the large, automated roof vent can be used to moderate the airflow and create great conditions for gardening. On top of all of this, the Palram Canopia Aria is weather-resistant and can withstand winds of up to 120km/hr and snow loads of 80kg/m2, for a durable gardening solution that you can use with confidence throughout the year. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK addresses. As the Aria boasts a sliding panel system, with pre-drilled profiles and pre-cut panels, the assembly process is quick and easy, and your new greenhouse will be ready to be put to good use in no time. Key Features Attractive and functional greenhouse 10-year limited warranty 10mm polycarbonate roof panels and clear wall panels Powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame Lockable double doors and low ramp Guttering system and automated roof vent Sliding panel system makes assembly quick and easy Weather-resistant, withstanding up to 120km/hr winds and 80kg/m2 snow loads Available in three sizes |
 |
549. 10' X 15' Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse 3.04m X 4.58m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a greenhouse that combines style, practicality and premium materials, then youâll want to explore the 10â x 15â Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse. Polycarbonate Panels and a Rust-Resistant Frame This metal and polycarbonate greenhouse is bursting with features that create the ideal environment for plants and gardeners alike. The powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame comes in stunning black and provides sturdy support for the wall and roof panels with its galvanised steel base. The roof panels are made from durable 10mm polycarbonate, which transmits over 80% of natural light while protecting you from harmful UV rays. Meanwhile the crystal-clear polycarbonate wall panels transmit over 90% of light for a lovely, bright room where youâll be happy to spend hours gardening. Lockable Double Doors and Built-In Guttering Youâll gain easy entry to the interior of this 10x15 greenhouse by way of its wide, lockable double doors and low ramp. The integrated guttering will capture rainwater that you can use as a sustainable water source for your plants and the large, automated roof vent can be used to moderate the airflow and create great conditions for gardening. On top of all of this, the Palram Canopia Aria is weather-resistant and can withstand winds of up to 120km/hr and snow loads of 80kg/m2, for a durable gardening solution that you can use with confidence throughout the year. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK addresses. As the Aria boasts a sliding panel system, with pre-drilled profiles and pre-cut panels, the assembly process is quick and easy, and your new greenhouse will be ready to be put to good use in no time. Key Features Attractive and functional greenhouse 10-year limited warranty 10mm polycarbonate roof panels and clear wall panels Powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame Lockable double doors and low ramp Guttering system and automated roof vent Sliding panel system makes assembly quick and easy Weather-resistant, withstanding up to 120km/hr winds and 80kg/m2 snow loads Available in three sizes |
 |
550. 10' X 20' Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse 3.04m X 6.08m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a greenhouse that combines style, practicality and premium materials, then youâll want to explore the 10â x 20â Palram Canopia Aria Black Polycarbonate Greenhouse. Polycarbonate Panels and a Rust-Resistant Frame This metal and polycarbonate greenhouse is bursting with features that create the ideal environment for plants and gardeners alike. The powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame comes in stunning black and provides sturdy support for the wall and roof panels with its galvanised steel base. The roof panels are made from durable 10mm polycarbonate, which transmits over 80% of natural light while protecting you from harmful UV rays. Meanwhile the crystal-clear polycarbonate wall panels transmit over 90% of light for a lovely, bright room where youâll be happy to spend hours gardening. Lockable Double Doors and Built-In Guttering Youâll gain easy entry to the interior of this 10x20 greenhouse by way of its wide, lockable double doors and low ramp. The integrated guttering will capture rainwater that you can use as a sustainable water source for your plants and the large, automated roof vent can be used to moderate the airflow and create great conditions for gardening. On top of all of this, the Palram Canopia Aria is weather-resistant and can withstand winds of up to 120km/hr and snow loads of 80kg/m2, for a durable gardening solution that you can use with confidence throughout the year. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK addresses. As the Aria boasts a sliding panel system, with pre-drilled profiles and pre-cut panels, the assembly process is quick and easy, and your new greenhouse will be ready to be put to good use in no time. Key Features Attractive and functional greenhouse 10-year limited warranty 10mm polycarbonate roof panels and clear wall panels Powder-coated and rust-resistant aluminium frame Lockable double doors and low ramp Guttering system and automated roof vent Sliding panel system makes assembly quick and easy Weather-resistant, withstanding up to 120km/hr winds and 80kg/m2 snow loads Available in three sizes |
 |
551. 4'4 X 2'4 Halls Wall Garden 24 Small Greenhouse 1.32 X 0.69m : BuyFencingDirect A small greenhouse perfect for small gardens or beginner gardeners, the Wall Garden 24 from Halls Greenhouses is a charming lean-to greenhouse. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is guaranteed for 12 years. All our Wall Gardens from Halls have a front height of 1.53m, a ridge height of 1.82m and a depth of 0.69m. This 4x2 greenhouse is 1.32m wide and provides you with a base area of 0.91m2. The greenhouse features a single 588mm wide smooth-glide sliding door and a roof vent. The glazing is 3mm horticultural glass as standard. We do recommend the optional upgrade to toughened glass as this will improve performance and safety. You can also opt for greenhouse staging for this wall garden. This comprises of two wire shelves designed specifically for this compact greenhouse. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses. This superb mini greenhouse is available in two sizes (4x2 and 6x2) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. Explore all our Halls Greenhouses and you are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. Free delivery to most UK postcodes.* 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame Optional upgrade from horticultural glass to toughened glass Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets – all provided Smooth-glide sliding door 1 roof vent Optional greenhouse base Optional greenhouse staging Width x depth: 1.32m x 0.69m Front height: 1.53m Ridge height: 1.82m Base area: 0.91m2 |
 |
552. 4'4 X 2'4 Halls Green Wall Garden 24 Greenhouse 1.32 X 0.69m : BuyFencingDirect A small greenhouse perfect for small gardens or beginner gardeners, the Wall Garden 24 with green frame from Halls Greenhouses is a charming lean-to greenhouse. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is guaranteed for 12 years and boasts a powder-coated green finish. All our Wall Gardens from Halls have a front height of 1.53m, a ridge height of 1.82m and a depth of 0.69m. This 4x2 greenhouse is 1.32m wide and provides you with a base area of 0.91m2. The greenhouse features a single 588mm wide smooth-glide sliding door and a roof vent. The glazing is 3mm horticultural glass as standard. We do recommend the optional upgrade to toughened glass as this will improve performance and safety. You can also opt for greenhouse staging for this wall garden. This comprises of two wire shelves designed specifically for this compact greenhouse. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls’ greenhouses. This is also finished in green to complete the attractive appearance. This superb mini greenhouse is available in two sizes (4x2 and 6x2) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. Explore all our Halls Greenhouses and you are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. Free delivery to most UK postcodes.* 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame Powder-coated green finish Optional upgrade from horticultural glass to toughened glass Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets – all provided Smooth-glide sliding door 1 roof vent Optional greenhouse base Optional greenhouse staging Width x depth: 1.32m x 0.69m Front height: 1.53m Ridge height: 1.82m Base area: 0.91m2 |
 |
553. 6'5 X 2'4 Halls Wall Garden 26 Greenhouse 1.94 X 0.69m : BuyFencingDirect A small greenhouse perfect for small gardens or beginner gardeners, the Wall Garden 24 from Halls Greenhouses is a charming lean-to greenhouse. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is guaranteed for 12 years. All our Wall Gardens from Halls have a front height of 1.53m, a ridge height of 1.82m and a depth of 0.69m. This 6x2 greenhouse is 1.94m wide and provides you with a base area of 1.34m2. The greenhouse features a single 588mm wide smooth-glide sliding door and a roof vent. The glazing is 3mm horticultural glass as standard. We do recommend the optional upgrade to toughened glass as this will improve performance and safety. You can also opt for greenhouse staging for this wall garden. This comprises of two wire shelves designed specifically for this compact greenhouse. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses. This superb mini greenhouse is available in two sizes (4x2 and 6x2) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. Explore all our Halls Greenhouses and you are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. Free delivery to most UK postcodes.* 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame Optional upgrade from horticultural glass to toughened glass Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets – all provided Smooth-glide sliding door 1 roof vent Optional greenhouse base Optional greenhouse staging Width x depth: 1.94m x 0.69m Front height: 1.53m Ridge height: 1.82m Base area: 1.34m2 |
 |
554. 8'6 X 128 Green Frame Halls Magnum 812 Greenhouse 2.57 X 3.84m : BuyFencingDirect A greenhouse for keen gardeners, the 8x12 Magnum Greenhouse with green powder-coated aluminium frame from Halls Greenhouses boasts a variety of features sure to please any gardening enthusiast. This large greenhouse is designed to offer generous headroom to make working in your greenhouse a pleasure. You can personalise the interior space by upgrading with optional greenhouse staging. This includes 1- or 2- tier aluminium staging with slatted shelves finished in green; a 3-tier seed tray frame staging which will hold 15 seed trays; and a 2-tier potting bench. The wide smooth-action, sliding double doors offer easy access with wheelbarrows and planters. The greenhouse comes with 4 roof vents and we offer optional extras designed to allow you to create the optimum growing conditions for your plants: an auto vent opener, a louvre window, and an auto louvre control. You can also opt for a greenhouse heater. As standard, this greenhouse is fitted with toughened safety glass, although you can upgrade to 4mm twinwall UV stabilised insulating polycarbonate, if desired. Whichever option you choose, it is easy to install with clips and rubber gaskets. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is further strengthened by diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforcing brackets. The frame has been powder-coated in green for a striking finish that will blend effortlessly with your garden for a modern design. All of the Magnum range from Halls Greenhouses feature generous 1.51m eaves and 2.58m ridge height, and are 2.57m wide. This 8x12 greenhouse is 3.84m deep and offers a base area of 9.9m2. The frame of this greenhouse is guaranteed for 12 years. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses. This is also finished in green to complete the attractive appearance. This superb garden greenhouse is available in three sizes (8x10, 8x12 and 8x14) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. You are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame with diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforced brackets Powder-coated green finish Toughened safety glass as standard Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets - all provided Smooth-action double sliding doors 4 roof vents Integral gutters Optional auto vent opener, louvre window, auto louvre controls and greenhouse heater Optional range of staging options Width x depth: 2.57m x 3.84m Eaves height: 1.51m Ridge height: 2.58m Base area: 9.9m2 |
 |
555. 8'6 X 14'8 Halls Green Magnum 814 Greenhouse 2.57 X 4.46m : BuyFencingDirect A greenhouse for keen gardeners, the 8x14 Magnum Greenhouse with green powder-coated aluminium frame from Halls Greenhouses boasts a variety of features sure to please any gardening enthusiast. This large greenhouse is designed to offer generous headroom to make working in your greenhouse a pleasure. You can personalise the interior space by upgrading with optional greenhouse staging. This includes 1- or 2- tier aluminium staging with slatted shelves finished in green; a 3-tier seed tray frame staging which will hold 15 seed trays; and a 2-tier potting bench. The wide smooth-action, sliding double doors offer easy access with wheelbarrows and planters. The greenhouse comes with 4 roof vents and we offer optional extras designed to allow you to create the optimum growing conditions for your plants: an auto vent opener, a louvre window, and an auto louvre control. You can also opt for a greenhouse heater. As standard, this greenhouse is fitted with toughened safety glass, although you can upgrade to 4mm twinwall UV stabilised insulating polycarbonate, if desired. Whichever option you choose, it is easy to install with clips and rubber gaskets. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is further strengthened by diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforcing brackets. The frame has been powder-coated in green for a striking finish that will blend effortlessly with your garden for a modern design. All of the Magnum range from Halls Greenhouses feature generous 1.51m eaves and 2.58m ridge height, and are 2.57m wide. This 8x14 greenhouse is 4.46m deep and offers a base area of 11.5m2. The frame of this greenhouse is guaranteed for 12 years. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls’ greenhouses. This is also finished in green to complete the attractive appearance. This superb garden greenhouse is available in three sizes (8x10, 8x12 and 8x14) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. You are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame with diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforced brackets Powder-coated green finish Toughened safety glass as standard Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets – all provided Smooth-action double sliding doors 4 roof vents Integral gutters Optional auto vent opener, louvre window, auto louvre controls and greenhouse heater Optional range of staging options Width x depth: 2.57m x 4.46m Eaves height: 1.51m Ridge height: 2.58m Base area: 11.5m2 |
 |
556. 8'6 X 10'7 Halls Magnum 810 Greenhouse 2.57 X 3.22m : BuyFencingDirect A greenhouse for keen gardeners, the 8x10 Magnum Greenhouse from Halls Greenhouses boasts a variety of features sure to please any gardening enthusiast. This large greenhouse is designed to offer generous headroom to make working in your greenhouse a pleasure. You can personalise the interior space by upgrading with optional greenhouse staging. This includes 1- or 2- tier aluminium staging with slatted shelves; a 3-tier seed tray frame staging which will hold 15 seed trays; and a 2-tier potting bench. The wide smooth-action, sliding double doors offer easy access with wheelbarrows and planters. The greenhouse comes with 4 roof vents and we offer optional extras designed to allow you to create the optimum growing conditions for your plants: an auto vent opener, a louvre window, and an auto louvre control. You can also opt for a greenhouse heater. As standard, this greenhouse is fitted with toughened safety glass, although you can upgrade to 4mm twinwall UV stabilised insulating polycarbonate, if desired. Whichever option you choose, it is easy to install with clips and rubber gaskets. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is further strengthened by diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforcing brackets. All of the Magnum range from Halls Greenhouses feature generous 1.51m eaves and 2.58m ridge height, and are 2.57m wide. This 8x10 greenhouse is 3.22m deep and offers a base area of 8.3m2. The frame of this greenhouse is guaranteed for 12 years. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses. This superb garden greenhouse is available in three sizes (8x10, 8x12 and 8x14) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. You are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame with diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforced brackets Toughened safety glass as standard Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets - all provided Smooth-action double sliding doors 4 roof vents Integral gutters Optional auto vent opener, louvre window, auto louvre controls and greenhouse heater Optional range of staging options Width x depth: 2.57m x 3.22m Eaves height: 1.51m Ridge height: 2.58m Base area: 8.3m2 |
 |
557. 8'6 X 128 Halls Magnum 812 Greenhouse 2.57 X 3.84m : BuyFencingDirect The 8x12 Magnum Greenhouse from Halls is a large greenhouse ideal for keen gardeners. Its excellent range of features makes gardening and grow-your-own pursuits a pleasure. This garden greenhouse is constructed from long-lasting, low maintenance aluminium framing further strengthened by cast iron bolts, diagonal bracing and reinforcement brackets. As standard, this greenhouse is fitted with toughened safety glass, although you can upgrade to 4mm twinwall UV stabilised insulating polycarbonate, if desired. Whichever option you choose, it is easy to install with clips and rubber gaskets. Wide, smooth-action, double sliding doors provide easy access to the greenhouse while 4 roof vents allow control of interior conditions. Optional extras include an autovent openers for the windows, a louvre window, and an autolouvre control. All our Halls Magnum Greenhouses are 2.57m wide with a generous 1.51m eaves and 2.58m ridge height. This 8x12 greenhouse is 3.84m deep with a base area of 9.9m2. Optional extras include greenhouse staging to maximise space. Choose from 1- or 2-tier aluminium staging with slatted shelves, or opt for a purpose built 3-tier seed tray frame staging which will hold 15 seed trays. The always popular 2- tier potting bench and a greenhouse heater are also available. All greenhouses should be placed on a firm, level surface. Choose the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses for increased stability. This greenhouse is also available in an attractive green powder-coated finish and as an 8x10 or 8x14 model. Manufactured in the UK by Halls, a specialist greenhouse company Easy to install glazing with clips and rubber gaskets Toughened safety glass as standard Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame with diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforcement brackets Smooth-running sliding door - 600mm door opening 4 roof vents Optional autovent opener, louvre window and autolouvre control Integral gutters Optional base available Choice of staging extras Width x depth: 2.57m x 3.84m Eaves height: 1.51m Ridge height: 2.58m Base area: 9.9m2 |
 |
558. 8' X 14 Halls Magnum 814 Greenhouse 2.57 X 4.46m : BuyFencingDirect A greenhouse for keen gardeners, the 8x14 Magnum Greenhouse from Halls Greenhouses boasts a variety of features sure to please any gardening enthusiast. This large greenhouse is designed to offer generous headroom to make working in your greenhouse a pleasure. You can personalise the interior space by upgrading with optional greenhouse staging. This includes 1- or 2- tier aluminium staging with slatted shelves; a 3-tier seed tray frame staging which will hold 15 seed trays; and a 2-tier potting bench. The wide smooth-action, sliding double doors offer easy access with wheelbarrows and planters. The greenhouse comes with 4 roof vents and we offer optional extras designed to allow you to create the optimum growing conditions for your plants: an auto vent opener, a louvre window, and an auto louvre control. You can also opt for a greenhouse heater. As standard, this greenhouse is fitted with toughened safety glass, although you can upgrade to 4mm twinwall UV stabilised insulating polycarbonate, if desired. Whichever option you choose, it is easy to install with clips and rubber gaskets. Robust, durable and rust-resistant, the aluminium frame is further strengthened by diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforcing brackets. All of the Magnum range from Halls Greenhouses feature generous 1.51m eaves and 2.58m ridge height, and are 2.57m wide. This 8x14 greenhouse is 4.46m deep and offers a base area of 11.5m2. The frame of this greenhouse is guaranteed for 12 years. It is essential that all greenhouses are placed on a firm level surface. For increased stability, we recommend the optional greenhouse base designed for Halls' greenhouses. This superb garden greenhouse is available in three sizes (8x10, 8x12 and 8x14) and each size is available in standard silver or with a green powder-coated finish. You are sure to find the right greenhouse for your gardening and grow your own requirements. 12 year frame guarantee Manufactured by best-selling greenhouse manufacturer Halls Greenhouses Robust, low-maintenance aluminium frame with diagonal bracing, cast iron bolts and reinforced brackets Toughened safety glass as standard Easy to install glazing via clips and rubber gaskets - all provided Smooth-action double sliding doors 4 roof vents Integral gutters Optional auto vent opener, louvre window, auto louvre controls and greenhouse heater Optional range of staging options Width x depth: 2.57m x 4.46m Eaves height: 1.51m Ridge height: 2.58m Base area: 11.5m2 |
 |
559. Forest Patio Deck Tile 90cm Pack Of 4 : BuyFencingDirect These large patio deck tiles are perfect for creating an instant-deck within your garden space. Laid upon concrete or grass, this pack of 4 is ideal for creating pathways, entertainment areas or a perfect spot for relaxing during the summer months. Includes 4 large deck tiles which can be laid directly onto grass or concrete. Each patio decking tiles measures 90cm x 90cm, with a thickness of 38mm. Each pack covers 324cm2. These patio decking tiles are manufactured from pressure treated softwood, which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. |
 |
560. Panacea Urban Gardener Expandable Steel Raised Bed 3' X 3' 0.92m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect The Panacea Urban Gardener Expandable Steel Raised Bed 3â x 3â (0.92m x 0.92m) comes with ample planting space that can also be extended, making it perfect for growing fruit and veg at home. Easy to Assemble and Expand Constructed from commercial-grade steel and pre-finished on both sides, this raised garden is durable, long-lasting and has superior rust-resistance. Itâs also easy to assemble, so youâll quickly be able to switch your focus to deciding which plants youâre going to grow. One of the key benefits of this raised gardening bed is the fact that you can expand your planting space. Two brackets have been provided which can be used to secure the bed to another unit, instantly doubling the planting area. This versatility means you can create a single raised bed that perfectly meets your size requirements â particularly useful if youâre an urban gardener with limited outdoor space. Shipping Delivery is free to the majority of UK postcodes. Key Features Raised gardening bed with walnut-coloured sidesConstructed from commercial-grade steelRust-resistantGenerous planting areaPlanting area can be expanded by using the included brackets to combine the bed with other units |
 |
561. Panacea Rosette Round Metal Garden Arch With Gate 7'4 X 4'1 : BuyFencingDirect For stylish garden design and to make a real statement in your outdoor space, choose the superbly crafted Panacea Rosette Round Metal Garden Arch with Gate 7'4 x 4'1. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in bronze for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with anchor holes and supplied with pegs for a secure installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Smart bronze finish with rosette-themed design Features integral mid-height gate (shortest point of the gate is 99cm and tallest point is 132cm) Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
562. Panacea Camberwell Metal Garden Arch 7'8 X 3'2 : BuyFencingDirect For refined garden design and a touch of understated style, choose the wonderfully crafted Panacea Camberwell Metal Garden Arch 7'8 x 3'2. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with anchor holes and supplied with pegs for a secure installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
563. Panacea Camberwell Wave Top Metal Garden Arch 7'4 X 4' : BuyFencingDirect For refined garden design and a touch of understated style, choose the unique Panacea Camberwell Wave Top Metal Garden Arch 7'4 x 4. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with anchor holes and supplied with pegs for a secure installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
564. Panacea Curve Metal Garden Arch 7'5 X 3'2 : BuyFencingDirect For a quintessentially English garden feature, choose the elegantly designed and crafted Panacea Curve Metal Garden Arch 7'5 x 3'2. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with spiked feet for a simple installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
565. Panacea Scrolls Metal Garden Arch With Gate 7'5 X 3'2 : BuyFencingDirect For a real standout garden feature, choose the beautifully designed and crafted Panacea Scrolls Metal Garden Arch with Gate 7'5 x 3'2. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with spiked feet for a simple installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Features integral low-level gate Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
566. Panacea Scrolls Metal Garden Arch 7'5 X 3'2 : BuyFencingDirect For a standout garden feature, choose the beautifully designed and crafted Panacea Scrolls Metal Garden Arch 7'5 x 3'2. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and increased protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with spiked feet for a simple installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
567. Panacea Sunset Metal Garden Arch With Gate - Black 7'5 X 4'1 : BuyFencingDirect For the ideal entrance into a special part of your garden, choose the eye-catching and expertly crafted Panacea Sunset Metal Garden Arch with Gate in Black 7'5 x 4'1. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, as well as 8-inch mounting stakes for added structural stability. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Features integral mid-height gate Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 8-inch mounting stakes for added structural stability 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
568. 13' X 13' Garden Must Haves Got It Covered Pop Up Gazebo - Brown 4m X 4m : BuyFencingDirect Whether youâre spending the day in your garden or relaxing on holiday, the 13 x 13 Garden Must Haves Got It Covered Pop Up Gazebo in Brown (4m x 4m) makes both an exceptionally stylish and uniquely convenient garden awning.Expertly constructed on a robust steel frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The pergola canopy is made from tough polyester, which is showerproof, easy to clean and UV protected too. It will maintain its stylish 2-tone finish for many years to come, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Covering a 4m x 4m area and including ground stakes, this brown gazebo will make your garden furniture set a wonderfully shaded area in which you can relax. Thanks to its unique design and hand-held storage/ carry bag, you can fold the gazebo up and take it wherever youâre going. When you arrive at your destination, simply remove the gazebo from the bag, pop it up, and enjoy the shade.When itâs not in use, we recommend removing the polyester canopy and keeping the gazebo inside the protective storage/ carry bag.Also, please be advised that while this gazebo is showerproof, it is primarily designed as a sunshade and is not completely waterproof. Available in a choice of colours, it is backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty.The furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Robust steel frameTough polyester canopyContemporary 2-tone designIncludes ground stakesComes with protective storage/ carry bag tooUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyAvailable in a choice of coloursFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
569. 12' X 10' Garden Must Haves Pandora Leaf Adjustable Garden Gazebo 3.6m X 3m : BuyFencingDirect Turn your patio into an attractive, shaded outdoor shelter with the 12 x 10 Garden Must Haves Pandora Leaf Adjustable Garden Gazebo (3.6m x 3m). This garden awning oozes contemporary style, is easy to operate and completely maintenance free.Expertly constructed on a robust aluminium and steel frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The pergola canopy is made from Textilene, which is tough, easy to clean and UV protected too. It will maintain its stylish appearance in your garden for many years to come, and neither mould, discolour nor fade in the sun.All you need to do to enjoy optimal levels of shade throughout the day is adjust the slats into the desired position, using the handle provided. It really is that easy to remain shaded and comfortable.Please be advised that while this grey gazebo is showerproof, it is primarily designed as a sunshade and is not completely waterproof. Backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty and available in a choice of sizes, this gazebo is straightforward to assemble and maintenance free.The furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Robust aluminium and steel frameTough Textilene canopyIncludes handle to adjust the roof slatsUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyAvailable in a choice of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
570. 9' X 9' Garden Must Haves Sliding Roof Grey Gazebo 2.8m X 2.8m : BuyFencingDirect A wonderful addition to your patio or decked area, the 9 x 9 Garden Must Haves Sliding Roof Grey Gazebo (2.8m x 2.8m) is cleverly designed, easy to operate and made to last.Expertly constructed on a robust aluminium frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The pergola canopy is made from Textilene, which is tough, easy to clean and UV protected too. It will maintain its stylish appearance in your garden for many years to come, and neither mould, discolour nor fade in the sun.All you need to do to enjoy optimal levels of shade throughout the day is hook the pole onto the patio canopy and slide it into the desired position. It really is that easy to remain shaded and comfortable.Please be advised that while this grey gazebo is showerproof, it is primarily designed as a sunshade and is not completely waterproof. Backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty, this pergola is straightforward to assemble and maintenance free.The furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Robust aluminium frameTough Textilene canopyIncludes pole to adjust the canopy positionUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMould and mildew-proofMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
571. 10' X 10' Garden Must Haves Pandora Leaf Adjustable Garden Gazebo 3m X 3m : BuyFencingDirect Turn your patio into an attractive, shaded outdoor shelter with the 10 x 10 Garden Must Haves Pandora Leaf Adjustable Garden Gazebo (3m x 3m). This garden awning oozes contemporary style, is easy to operate and completely maintenance free.Expertly constructed on a robust aluminium and steel frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The pergola canopy is made from Textilene, which is tough, easy to clean and UV protected too. It will maintain its stylish appearance in your garden for many years to come, and neither mould, discolour nor fade in the sun.All you need to do to enjoy optimal levels of shade throughout the day is adjust the slats into the desired position, using the handle provided. It really is that easy to remain shaded and comfortable.Please be advised that while this grey gazebo is showerproof, it is primarily designed as a sunshade and is not completely waterproof. Backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty and available in a choice of sizes, this gazebo is straightforward to assemble and maintenance free.The furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Robust aluminium and steel frameTough Textilene canopyIncludes handle to adjust the roof slatsUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyAvailable in a choice of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
572. 10' X 10' Garden Must Haves Runcton Grey Polycarbonate Garden Gazebo 3m X 3m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect outdoor shelter for your garden parties and familyâs alfresco dining, the 10 x 10 Garden Must Haves Runcton Grey Polycarbonate Garden Gazebo (3m x 3m) boasts a contemporary design, robust build and premium features as standard.Expertly constructed on a reinforced aluminium frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The 7mm polycarbonate roof features an eye-catching pyramid-shaped design, which is completely weatherproof.Unlike with most other gazebos, curtains and nets are included as standard. Made from a tough, grey polyester, they complement the rest of the gazebo beautifully. Ties are provided too, so you can fasten the curtains and nets to the gazeboâs legs, when not in use. Showerproof and UV protected too, they will all maintain their stylish appearance for many years to come, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Available in a choice of sizes and backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty, this gazebo is straightforward to assemble and maintenance free.Please be advised that the furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Reinforced aluminium frameRobust 7mm polycarbonate roof with eye-catching pyramid-shaped designMatching curtains, nets and ties included as standardUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyAvailable in choice of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
573. 12' X 10' Garden Must Haves Runcton Grey Polycarbonate Garden Gazebo 3.6m X 3m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect outdoor shelter for your garden parties and familyâs alfresco dining, the 12 x 10 Garden Must Haves Runcton Grey Polycarbonate Garden Gazebo (3.6m x 3m) boasts a contemporary design, robust build and premium features as standard.Expertly constructed on a reinforced aluminium frame, this garden gazebo is attractive, durable and impervious to rust. The 7mm polycarbonate roof features an eye-catching pyramid-shaped design, which is completely weatherproof.Unlike with most other gazebos, curtains and nets are included as standard. Made from a tough, grey polyester, they complement the rest of the gazebo beautifully. Ties are provided too, so you can fasten the curtains and nets to the gazeboâs legs, when not in use. Showerproof and UV protected too, they will all maintain their stylish appearance for many years to come, and neither discolour nor fade in the sun.Available in a choice of sizes and backed by a 1-year manufacturerâs warranty, this gazebo is straightforward to assemble and maintenance free.Please be advised that the furniture shown in some of the product images is not included with this gazebo.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Reinforced aluminium frameRobust 7mm polycarbonate roof with eye-catching pyramid-shaped designMatching curtains, nets and ties included as standardUV protected to prevent fading and discolourationMaintenance free and easy to clean1-year manufacturerâs warrantyAvailable in choice of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
574. 8' X 4' Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed 2.38m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium 8â x 4â Yardmaster Castleton Anthracite Pent Metal Shed (2.38m x 1.19m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and anthracite grey finish, this metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 8â x 4â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Vents along the top of the walls support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium anthracite grey metal garden shed15-year anti-rust guaranteeMaintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to lastMade in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protectionSliding double doors with anti-tamper handlesVentilation slots along the top of the wallsIncludes free anchor kit |
 |
575. 8' X 4' Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed 2.38m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect Store gardening equipment, bikes and other tools with ease thanks to the premium 8â x 4â Yardmaster Emerald Pent Metal Shed (2.38m x 1.19m). Strong, Durable and Built to Last With its sleek design and emerald green finish, this metal garden shed is a stylish alternative to the traditional wooden shed â and one that will last. The shedâs constructed in the UK from high-tensile strength, hot-dipped galvanised steel, which offers seven layers of protection against corrosion, and has a strong ribbed roof and wall panels with folded edges for added safety. Best of all, the shed comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rust manufacturerâs guarantee, protecting your investment for years to come. A Maintenance-Free Choice This 8â x 4â shed is virtually maintenance-free and weather-resistant too, so thereâs no risk of peeling, warping or blistering. Vents along the top of the walls support air circulation and the steel construction prevents the metal shed from becoming brittle and breaking. Easy Access and Secure Sliding double doors and a strong entry/exit ramp make it easy to move your equipment, tools and bikes in and out of the shed. The doors have integrated weather seals to help keep wind and rain out, the door handles are attached by anti-tamper screws and thereâs space to install a padlock (not included) for added security. Shipping and Installation We offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. The shed has been designed without a floor, which means it needs to be installed on a level or paved base. A free anchor kit has been provided to help you secure the shed to your base. Yardmaster Metal Sheds The stylish Yardmaster metal garden sheds are available in a variety of different sizes and colours, including grey, green and silver. Check out the full range to find the perfect fit for your garden. Key Features Premium emerald green metal garden shed15-year anti-rust guaranteeMaintenance-free, weather-resistant and built to lastMade in the UK from hot-dipped galvanised steel, with seven layers of protectionSliding double doors with anti-tamper handlesVentilation slots along the top of the wallsIncludes free anchor kit |
 |
576. 8' X 4' Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed 2.38m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect With a contemporary style, durable build and backed by an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, the 8x4 Yardmaster Pent Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A smart pent roof and a contemporary metallic-silver resin finish ensure an incredibly stylish appearance too. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 174cm x 238cm x 119cm, this 8x4 shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Metallic silver resin finish Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
577. 8' X 5' Yardmaster Toplight Pent Metal Shed 2.38m X 1.59m : BuyFencingDirect For high-class, low-hassle garden storage, buy the 8 x 5 Yardmaster TopLight Pent Metal Shed (2.38m x 1.59m). This garden shed boasts a stylish contemporary design and is supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee.Hot-Dipped Galvanised-Steel BuildCoating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack nor split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is completely weatherproof and impervious to damage from pests. A resin-coated anthracite-grey finish rounds off the shed's exceptionally attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly.Premium FeaturesYou can gain easy access to the shed via sliding double doors, which overlap to provide an effective weatherproof seal. They are fitted with anti-tamper bolts and a padlock fixing too, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find the shed's generous height provides plenty of headroom, along with the chance to store your taller items. Ventilation along the top of the walls helps optimise garden storage conditions, while the translucent top panels ensure plenty of natural light filters into the shed. These panels are made from shatterproof Perspex - ideal for a busy garden.Straightforward AssemblyThis metal garden shed comes with rust-proof screws, clearly numbered parts, an illustrated assembly manual and British-based telephone support to help you achieve a straightforward installation. An anchor kit is included too, so you can secure the shed to a level concrete or paved base.Please be advised that this metal shed is designed without a floor.FREE DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rust guaranteeMade in Great BritainBuilt from hot-dipped galvanised steelSliding double doors with padlock fixing and anti-tamper bolts (padlock not included)Translucent top panels made from PerspexVentilation along the top of the shed's wallsGenerous height allows plenty of headroomRust-proof screws, clearly numbered parts, illustrated assembly instructions and British-based telephone supportDesigned without a floor - anchor to a level concrete or paved baseIncludes FREE anchor kitFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
578. 8' X 6'6 Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish 2.43m X 1.97m : BuyFencingDirect Intelligently designed, reassuringly robust and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 8' x 6' Yardmaster Shiplap Metal Shed Brown Finish (2.43m x 1.97m) makes the perfect home for your expensive tools, garden furniture and bikes. Galvanised Steel Shed Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you've purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on brown and taupe finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the seven layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed's immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. Doors, Roof and Ventilation You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping and fitted with anti-tamper, padlockable handles (padlock not included), so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, two translucent roof panels provide natural light, which is ideal if you're carrying out any practical tasks. High gables make this 8x6 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for stored items. The roof is also fitted with guttering, not only designed to keep your shed's walls nice and clean, but also a potential source of free water for your garden plants. Stress-Free Assembly With dimensions of 215cm x 243cm x 197cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. Please note: This metal shed comes without a floor (unless the optional floor support kit is selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit, it canât be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor. Range and Delivery This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. Key Features 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel Seven protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper handles Roof fitted with two translucent panels and guttering Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Completely maintenance-free Includes free anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws Supplied without flooring, but a floor support kit is available as an optional extra Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
579. Panacea 4' X 3' Triple Arch Black Metal Fence Panel 1.23m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Create an elegant and enduring garden fence with the Panacea 4â x 3â Triple Arch Black Metal Fence Panel (1.23m x 0.92m). Durable and Decorative Railing This metal fence panel not only has an attractive traditional look, with triple arches, decorative elements and a black finish, but itâs been constructed from powder-coated galvanised steel for long-lasting protection against the elements. Itâs easy to install too. Simply combine multiple garden fence panels with the corresponding Panacea metal fence posts and mounting brackets, and add in a metal gate, to create a boundary line that adds privacy and security while still allowing ample light into your garden. So whether you plan to enclose a front garden or want to use fencing to create different zones within a back garden, the Panacea 4â x 3â Triple Arch Black Metal Fence Panel is a cost-effective and low-effort way to achieve your goals. Shipping Delivery is free to the majority of UK postcodes on fencing orders over £100. Please note: When building a length of this fencing, you may need to purchase one more fence post than youâre expecting. This is because you need to secure both the start and end of the fencing run, as well as the points in between the panels and/or gate. For example, if you purchase four fence panels and one gate, youâll need six fence posts to secure all the necessary points to the ground (unless youâre fixing one or more ends of the fencing run to a wall). Key Features Elegant and durable black metal fence panel Classic design features three arches and enclosed finials Quick and easy to install Crafted from powder-coated galvanised steel to maximise longevity Resistant to rust and UV rays Designed to be used with the Panacea black metal gate, fence post and mounting brackets Panels must be connected together using Panacea Triple Arch Black Metal Fence Post (Sold Separately) Minimum order quantity: 4 Fence Panels |
 |
580. 8' X 7' Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 2.42m X 2.17m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 8x7 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 8x7 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 193cm x 242cm x 217cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
581. Panacea Lattice Metal Garden Arch Tunnel - White 8'3 X 5'9 : BuyFencingDirect For a truly stunning garden feature, which will transform your outdoor area, choose the uniquely designed and expertly crafted Panacea Lattice Metal Garden Arch Tunnel in White 8'3 x 5'9. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in white for contemporary style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with anchor holes and supplied with pegs for a secure installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Contemporary white finish, trellis sides and 3 finials Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
582. Panacea Ogee Metal Garden Arch 8'6 X 3'9 : BuyFencingDirect For an exceptional entrance to your garden or a unique standalone feature, choose the elegantly designed and crafted Panacea Ogee Metal Garden Arch 8'6 x 3'9. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. The arch is designed with anchor holes and supplied with pegs for a secure installation. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Smart black finish with 2 finials Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
583. Panacea Quatrefoil Metal Garden Arch 7'5 X 3'6 : BuyFencingDirect For refined garden design and an inspiring entrance into your outdoor space, choose the beautifully crafted Panacea Quatrefoil Metal Garden Arch 7'5 x 3'6. Panacea's unique three-stage process provides superior protection for their metal arches. During the steel rolling process, the steel is galvanised on both the inside and the outside. This interior galvanisation prevents the arch rotting from the inside, which can happen with other arches. Though, due to chemistry, steel will inevitably show signs of rust - particulary around the joints, this three-stage process combats rust far longer than inferior arches. To complete the process, this arch is powder-coated in black for timeless style and a final layer of protection. If you'd like to create a truly unique garden feature then why not hang decorative items from the sides or curved top? Of course, climbing plants are the perfect way to adorn your new arch for a breathtaking focal point. Supplied with a 1 year warranty, this is part of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches. It includes clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly, as well as mounting stakes for added structural stability. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Constructed from steel - galvanised inside and out Beautiful black finish Adorn with climbing plants or decorative items for a unique garden feature Clear instructions for a straightforward assembly Mounting stakes for added structural stability 1 year warranty One of Panacea's superb range of metal garden arches Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
584. 8' X 9' Yardmaster Green Metal Shed 2.42m X 2.80m : BuyFencingDirect Reassuringly robust, supremely stylish and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee, the 8x9 Yardmaster Green Metal Shed is the perfect place to safely house your expensive tools, garden furniture and bicycles. Coating your shed in preservative and repairing torn roof felt will be jobs from the past once you’ve purchased this maintenance-free garden shed. Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel, which will never warp, crack or split, even in extreme weather conditions, this superior metal shed is also completely impervious to damage from bugs and pests. A traditional apex roof and a gorgeous baked-on emerald-green finish ensure that this garden storage shed doesn’t just boast brawn but beauty too, whilst the 7 layers of protection eliminate any risk of corrosion and ensure the shed’s immaculate appearance will endure for many years to come. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors, which are overlapping, include a padlock fixing (padlock not included) and are fitted with anti-tamper bolts, so rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely shielded from the elements and safe from unwanted attention. High gables make this 8x9 shed suitable for even our tallest customers, whilst ventilation along the ridge and eaves ensures optimum conditions for your stored items. With dimensions of 193cm x 242cm x 280cm, this garden shed is supplied with an anchor kit, clearly-numbered parts, an assembly manual, rust-resistant screws and UK-based telephone support to help you achieve a simple, stress-free assembly. **Please note that this metal shed comes without a floor (unless floor support kit selected) and should be erected on a level concrete or paved base. The optional floor support kit does not include a timber floor. If purchasing the floor support kit it cannot be returned alone should you decide not to build a floor.** This particular model is available in a range of sizes. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rust guarantee Made in Great Britain Built from hot-dipped galvanised steel 7 protective layers to prevent corrosion Lockable sliding double doors include anti-tamper bolts Ventilation along the ridge and eaves Weatherproof, even in extreme conditions Completely maintenance-free Includes anchor kit, numbered parts and rust-resistant screws **Comes without flooring but optional floor support kit is available in the options** Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
585. 9' X 5' Trimetals Titan 950 Pent Metal Lean To Shed 2.63m X 1.54m : BuyFencingDirect Premium materials, imposing looks, and an outstanding 25-year panel warranty are the hallmarks of the 8'8 x 5'3 (2.65m x 1.60m) Trimetals Titan 950 Pent Metal Shed. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised steel, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The double-doors include bolts at both the top and bottom, as well as a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe. This particular shed comes without windows for added security. The pent-style roof adds to an already rigorous appearance. The Trimetals Titan 950 Pent Metal Shed contains plenty of room for your bicycles, lawnmower and gardening tools, and benefits from fire resistance, ventilation, and stainless-steel fittings. 2 Hasp and padlocks are also available as essential extras for this metal shed. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly, which we recommend constructing on a level concrete or paved base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.  25-year warranty Made from galvanised steel Double-doors with bolts and key operated lock Smart olive-green colour 2 Hasp and Padlocks also available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
586. 9' X 6' Trimetals Premium Titan 960 Pent Metal Shed 2.63m X 1.76m : BuyFencingDirect Superior materials, commanding looks, and an outstanding 25-year panel warranty are the hallmarks of the 8'8 x 6' (2.65m x 1.83m) Trimetals Titan 960 Pent Metal Shed. This maintenance-free metal shed boasts both beauty and brawn. Olive green in colour, it is sure to complement the rest of your garden; made from PVC-coated galvanised steel, you can rest assured that it is tough and will remain rust free. The double-doors include bolts at both the top and bottom, as well as a key operated locking system, so you can relax in the knowledge that your stored items will be safe.2 Hasp and Padlocks are also avalable to purchase. This particular shed comes without windows for added security. The pent-style roof adds to an already rigorous appearance. The Trimetals Titan 960 Pent Metal Shed contains plenty of room for your bicycles, lawnmower and gardening tools, and benefits from fire resistance, ventilation, and stainless-steel fittings. The Trimetals Titan is precision engineered to ensure that all parts fit together perfectly, which we recommend constructing on 1900mm x 2765mm level concrete or paved base. A video guide to aid assembly can be found on the supplierâs website (www.trimetals.co.uk). Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year warranty Made from galvanised steel Double-doors with bolts and key operated lock Smart olive-green colour 2 Hasp and Padlocks also available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
587. 6'9 X 6'6 Shire Abri Apex Wooden Garden Shed 2.05m X 1.98m : BuyFencingDirect With its offset door and overhanging roof, the Shire Abri is an attractive shed as well as a practical, durable garden storage space. The offset door also provides an optimal layout for adding a work bench, making this shed a super choice as a small workroom or hobby shed. Boasting 12mm tongue and groove flooring and walls, this excellent garden shed is built to last. The apex-style roof is made from 11mm solid sheet and comes with felt covering, so your stored items will remain dry. The Abri has one framed, opening window to the front of the structure, which provides natural light and ventilation. The single door is ftited with a shielded padbolt (padlock not included), so you can store your garden tools and bicycles safely and securely. The corners of this garden shed's robust frame have been carefully rounded and all of the timber comes with a smooth planed finish, providing it with that extra touch of class. Although this premium shed is supplied dip treated, we recommend that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment once assembled and annually thereafter, in order to maximise its appearance and lifespan. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB roof with felt finish Opening window - can be placed either side of door |
 |
588. Forest Agen Wooden Garden Planter 3'x1' 0.9x0.3m : BuyFencingDirect Grow you own herbs and vegetables for cooking, or create a place to grow and display your favourite flowers and plants with our Agen Planter. The sleek, simple design of the planter is certain to complement your garden. The planter is constructed from pressure treated timber, which boasts an impressive 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal damage and, it will not require any further treatments, saving you time and money. The smooth planed, thick section wooden boards make this planter incredibly sturdy and reliable. Generous sized, high quality, trough-style planter Ideal for growing herbs or flowers Classic rectangular design Smooth planed, thick section wooden boards No need for further treatments, saving time and money 32x100x40cm Holds approximately 70L of compost |
 |
589. 4'2 X 3'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Dog Kennel - Pet House 1.28m X 1.06m : BuyFencingDirect Give your much-loved dog the home they deserve, with the beautifully designed and built 4'2 x 3'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Dog Kennel – Pet House (1.28m x 1.06m).A Superior Dog KennelSupplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee, this wooden dog kennel is made in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 33 x 33mm frame. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your dog an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve you both well for many years to come.The wood used to build this dog house is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to walk your dog.Hardwearing Floor and RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. It is elevated off the ground to provide an effective barrier against rot-causing ground moisture and keep the interior dry.The roof features a traditional apex design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from the same resilient material as the floor, and fitted with a premium mineral felt cover to ensure this dog kennel enjoys complete weatherproof protection.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the pet house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This dog kennel comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.A Choice of Dog KennelsAmongst our great range of pet houses, we also stock a Forest dog kennel with a 6ft run.Pressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainSuperior 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 33 x 33mm framingElevated 12mm plywood floor12mm plywood roof includes mineral-felt coverFSC®-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenForest dog kennel with 6ft run available to buy too |
 |
590. 10'1 X 4'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Dog Kennel With 6ft Run - Pet House 3.07m X 1.38m : BuyFencingDirect Give your much-loved dogs the home they so richly deserve, with the beautifully designed and built 10'1 x 4'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Dog Kennel with 6ft Run (3.07m x 1.38m). This superior pet house offers shelter and space to exercise for up to 2 dogs.A Superior Dog KennelSupplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee, this wooden dog kennel is made in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 33 x 33mm frame. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your dogs an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this dog house is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to walk your dogs.Hardwearing Floor and RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. It is elevated off the ground to provide an effective barrier against rot-causing ground moisture and keep the interior dry.The roof features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from the same resilient material as the floor, and fitted with a premium mineral felt cover to ensure this dog kennel enjoys complete weatherproof protection.Dog Kennel and RunYou can access the 4ft x 4'2 dog house and 6ft run independently of each other, via their own front doors. Each door is fitted with a metal pad bolt, so rest assured that your dogs will remain safely inside and unwanted visitors will be kept out (padlocks not supplied).Thanks to the 2-tiered design of this dog kennel, each of your dogs will have their own private space to enjoy. Both tiers are fitted with sliding doors, which open out onto the run, so you can exercise your dogs at separate times. Constructed from 50mm square wire mesh, with a wooden frame, the run offers a generous 6x4 space for your dogs to enjoy.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the pet house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This dog kennel and run comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.A Choice of Dog KennelsAmongst our great range of pet houses, we also stock a Forest dog kennel without the run.Features a 4ft x 4'2 2-tier dog house and 6ft runPressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainSuperior 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 33 x 33mm framingElevated 12mm plywood floor12mm plywood roof includes mineral-felt cover2 front doors with pad bolts and 2 sliding side doors (padlocks not included)FSC®-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenForest dog kennel without run available to buy too |
 |
591. 5'4 X 3'8 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Large Hen House 1.63m X 1.12m : BuyFencingDirect Keep your hens happy and enjoy a plentiful supply of eggs, with the 5'4 x 3'8 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Large Hen House (1.63m x 1.12m). This beautifully designed 2-tier hen house make the perfect home for up to 6 hens.A Superior Hen HouseSupplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee, this large hen house is made in Great Britain from 15mm shiplap cladding, on sturdy 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm frames. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your hens an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this hen hut is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to collect your eggs.Hardwearing Floor and RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. It is elevated off the ground to provide an effective barrier against rot-causing ground moisture and keep the interior dry.The roof features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from lightweight 3mm Onduline, which boasts superb sound absorption, exceptional weathertightness, and protects against red mite infestation.The Hen Hut's 2-Tiered DesignThis wooden hen house has a total of 4 doors. The main one offers you excellent access to the central body of the hen hut, which makes cleaning the interior easy. It is fitted with a pad bolt and turn buttons, so rest assured that your hens will remain safely inside and unwanted visitors will be kept out (padlocks not supplied).Two smaller doors are located on the other side of the hen house's facade. The upper door is primarily designed to aid ventilation, and is fitted with wire mesh to keep the hens safely inside. The lower door features a drop-down ramp, allowing them to trot into the garden for exercise.The final door is situated on the raised nesting box, allowing you easy access to your eggs. These 3 smaller doors are all fitted with turn buttons to keep them securely shut, when not in use.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the hen house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This wooden hen hut comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Pressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainPremium 15mm shiplap claddingRobust 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm framingFeatures 2-tier design and raised nesting boxMain door fitted with pad bolt and turn buttons (padlock not included)3 additional doors with turn buttonsIncludes dropdown walkway tooElevated 12mm plywood floor3mm Onduline roof to protect against red mite infestationFSC®-certified wood with a sumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden |
 |
592. 6'6 X 3'5 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Chicken Coop With 4ft Run 1.99m X 1.05m : BuyFencingDirect Keep your chickens happy and healthy, inside the 6'6 x 3'5 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Chicken Coop with 4ft Run (1.99m x 1.05m). This wonderful chicken pen is beautifully designed, expertly built, and comes with an impressive 10-year guarantee.A Superior Chicken CoopThis superior chicken house is made in Great Britain from 15mm shiplap cladding, on sturdy 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm frames. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your chickens an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this chicken coop is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to look after your chickens.Hardwearing Floor and Weatherproof RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. The roof features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from lightweight 3mm Onduline, which boasts superb sound absorption, exceptional weathertightness, and protects against red mite infestation.The 4ft Chicken RunA lift-up door, operated by rope and positioned at the front of the 2'4 x 2'4 coop, allows your chickens easy access to the 4ft chicken run. Made from wire mesh, with a wooden frame, the run provides ample room for your chickens to exercise.You can access the chicken run via its roof, which can be secured by turn buttons to keep it firmly in place. A sturdy metal catch and handles allow you to detach the chicken run from the coop, if desired.A Choice of Chicken CoopsOur wooden chicken coops come in a range of sizes and designs, so there's sure to be one to meet your exact requirements.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the chicken coop is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This chicken coop and run comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Pressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainPremium 15mm shiplap claddingRobust 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm framingHardwearing 12mm plywood floor3mm Onduline roof to protect against red mite infestation2'4 x 2'4 chicken house features lift-up door to chicken runDetachable chicken run made from wire mesh and a wooden frameIncludes metal handles, catch and turn buttonsFSC®-certified wood with a sumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Forest chicken coop from a range of designs and sizes |
 |
593. 6'4 X 2'5 Forest Hedgerow Wooden 2-tier Rabbit Hutch 1.94m X 0.74m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly designed and beautifully built, the 6'4 x 2'5 Forest Hedgerow Wooden 2-Tier Rabbit Hutch (1.94m x 0.74m) makes a wonderful home for up to 2 rabbits or guinea pigs.A Superior Rabbit HutchSupplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee, this rabbit house is made in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 33 x 33mm frame. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your rabbits or guinea pigs an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this rabbit hutch is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to play with your pets.Hardwearing Floor and RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. The roof features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from the same resilient material as the floor, and fitted with a premium mineral felt cover to ensure this rabbit hutch enjoys complete weatherproof protection.A 2-Tier Rabbit Hutch, Including RunThis rabbit hutch is designed with 2 tiers. The upper level consists of 2 purpose-built bedding and resting compartments: 1 fitted with a wire-mesh window, the other private and fully enclosed. A small interior door allows the rabbits to freely move between the two rooms.A further interior door leads to a wooden ramp, which offers your rabbits easy access to the run. Built from wire mesh, with a wooden frame, this 6ft open-air rabbit run provides plenty of space for the rabbits to exercise.You can access this wooden rabbit hutch from any of 4 exterior doors, all of which include robust metal handles. They are fitted with turn buttons too, to keep them firmly in place and your rabbits safe.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the rabbit hutch is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This wooden rabbit hutch comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Pressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainSuperior 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 33 x 33mm framingHardwearing 12mm plywood floor12mm plywood roof includes mineral-felt coverUpper tier comprises of 2 purpose-built bedding and resting compartmentsGround-level rabbit run made from wire mesh and a wooden frame4 exterior doors, fitted with handles and turn buttons2 internal doors for rabbits to move between compartments and the runFSC®-certified wood with a sumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden |
 |
594. 8'6 X 4'8 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Raised Large Chicken Coop 2.58m X 1.41m : BuyFencingDirect Offering a comfortable space for your poultry to exercise and relax, the 8'6 x 4'8 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Raised Large Chicken Coop (2.58m x 1.41m) is perfectly designed to keep up to 6 chickens happy, safe and dry.A Superior Chicken CoopSupplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee, this superior chicken pen is made in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on sturdy 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm frames. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your chickens an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this large chicken coop is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to look after your chickens.Hardwearing Floor and Premium T&G RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. The roof features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from premium 12mm tongue and groove, with an 18mm top board, so ensures this chicken coop enjoys outstanding weatherproof protection.From Nesting Area to Chicken RunA lift-up door, operated by rope, leads from the nesting area to a wooden ramp, which takes your chickens straight onto the chicken run. Made from wire mesh, with a wooden frame, the run provides ample space for your chickens to exercise.You can access this chicken pen via large exterior doors to both the coop and run. Both doors are fitted with turn buttons to keep them firmly in place and your chickens safe.A Choice of Chicken CoopsOur wooden chicken coops come in a range of sizes and designs, so there's sure to be one to meet your exact requirements.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the chicken coop is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. This chicken coop for sale comes with a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Pressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great BritainSuperior 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 45 x 45mm and 45 x 28mm framingHardwearing 12mm plywood floorPremium 12mm tongue and groove roof with 18mm top boardChicken pen includes rope-operated door and ramp to chicken runChicken run made from wire mesh and a wooden frame2 large exterior doors, both fitted with turn buttonsFSC®-certified wood with a sumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Forest chicken coop from a range of designs and sizes |
 |
595. 4'5 X 2'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Starter Small Chicken Coop 1.34m X 0.77m : BuyFencingDirect Delivered to you fully assembled, with an impressive 10-year guarantee, the 4'5 x 2'6 Forest Hedgerow Wooden Small Chicken Coop (1.34m x 0.77m) is the perfect starter coop for your hen and her chicks.A Superior Chicken CoopThis superior chicken pen is made in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 45 x 28mm frame. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, it offers your chickens an attractive, robust, weathertight home, which will serve them well for many years to come.The wood used to build this small chicken coop is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Pressure treated and backed by a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to look after your chickens.Hardwearing Floor and Premium T&G RoofExceptionally hardwearing and easy to clean, the floor is made from 12mm plywood. The roof features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff. It is made from premium 12mm tongue and groove, with an 18mm top board, so ensures this chicken coop enjoys outstanding weatherproof protection.From Nesting Area to Chicken RunA small interior door allows your chickens to wander between their nesting area and the chicken run. Made from wire mesh, with a wooden frame, the run provides ample space for a hen and her chicks to exercise.You can access this chicken pen via large exterior doors to both the coop and run. Both doors are fitted with turn buttons to keep them firmly in place and your chickens safe.A Choice of Chicken CoopsOur wooden chicken coops come in a range of sizes and designs, so there's sure to be one to meet your exact requirements.Forest's White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the chicken coop is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.Supplied fully assembledPressure treated with a 10-year guaranteeMade in Great Britain from superior 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 45 x 28mm framingHardwearing 12mm plywood floorPremium 12mm tongue and groove roof with 18mm top boardChicken pen includes interior door leading to chicken runChicken run made from wire mesh and a wooden frame2 large exterior doors, both fitted with turn buttonsFSC®-certified wood with a sumptuous smooth-planed finishedWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Forest chicken coop from a range of designs and sizes |
 |
596. 6'9 X 6'6 Shire Alderney Double Door Wooden Garden Shed 2.05m X 1.98m : BuyFencingDirect An impressive garden shed, the Alderney boasts a robust tongue and groove construction, double doors and an opening window. Tongue and groove construction is popular due to its attractive aesthetic, weather-resistant characteristics and robust nature. The Alderney not only has 12mm tongue and groove wall cladding but a tongue and groove floor able to withstand years of use and the storage of heavier garden equipment. The roof is 11mm OSB and comes with a felt roof covering. This garden shed could also be used as a small workshop, due to the large opening window which provides both light and ventilation. The window can be positioned in a choice of places to suit your needs. The large double doors provide easy access and manouvring of stored items. They are fitted with a padbolt ready for you to add your own padlock if you require increased security. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB roof with felt finish Large opening window may be positioned in 6 locations Double doors fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
597. Forest Amalfi Wooden Garden Arbour Seat 6'1 X 2'3 1.85m X 0.68m : BuyFencingDirect The contemporary design, open back and slatted walls of the Forest Amalfi Wooden Garden Arbour Seat 6â1 x 2â3 create a great environment for reclining in your garden, surrounded by nature. An Attractive and Stylish Arbour Seat When youâre looking for garden seating, but want something a little more sophisticated and eye-catching than a bench, then weâd recommend an arbour seat like the Forest Amalfi instead. This garden arbour may seem simple on the surface, with its wooden frame, bench seat and open back, but it offers a range of features and benefits to make relaxing in your garden just that little bit more special. Firstly, the slatted sides not only admit plenty of light, but also double as effective trellises for climbing plants to thrive on. Secondly, the slatted roof helps to maintain the structure of the arbour while still letting you bask in the sun. Thirdly, the storage spaces under the seat are perfect for soft furnishings and blankets. And finally, the wide bench seat provides space for up for three people to enjoy. Combined, these features make the Forest Amalfi an elevated garden arbour bench where youâll want to spend all of your time. And youâll be able to for years to come because the high-quality timber has been pressure treated. This helps to protect the arbour seat against the elements and maximise its longevity, and means that the seat comes with a fantastic 15-year anti-rot guarantee. The wood is also PEFC® certified, a sign that itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests, so youâll be supporting sustainable and responsible practices in the forestry industry when you choose to introduce the arbour seat to your garden. Potential for Growth The slatted sides and roof of this garden arbour seat have been specifically designed to accommodate and encourage climbing plants like wisteria and clematis. With training and time, thereâs the potential to cover the arbour in greenery that will truly make it part of your garden and create a stunning floral centrepiece. Shipping Weâre pleased to be able to offer free delivery to the majority of UK postcodes. Key Features Eye-catching modern design Seats up to three adults Frame can be used to train climbing plants Slatted roof and open back to maximise sunlight and views 15-year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from pressure-treated, PEFC®-certified timber |
 |
598. 6' X 6' Shire Arran Double Door Wooden Garden Shed 1.97m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect A strong 6x6 double door shed, the Arran provides durable storage for your garden equipment. With its sleek modern lines and premium build, this garden shed boasts both beauty and brawn. The 12mm tongue and groove cladding is far superior to standard shed walls, while the floor and roof are both built from hardwearing 11mm OSB. The latter includes a weatherproof felt cover to keep the interior completely dry. A large opening window provides both light and ventilation. The large double doors are fully braced and provide easy access to stored items. They are fitted with a padbolt ready for you to add your own padlock if you require increased security. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB floor and roof with weatherproof felt finish Opening window Double doors fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
599. 8x8 Shire Arreton Octagonal Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect The 8'3 x 8'3 (2.5m x 2.5m) Shire Arreton Octagonal Summerhouse has oodles of individual style and is constructed from superior materials throughout. With a glazed single door, two additional windows included as standard and extra available as required, you can tailor the amount of natural light in this elegant summerhouse to your exact requirements. Whatever your tastes, though, one thing is certain: the Arreton will grace your garden. This ornate summerhouse's measurements make it a superb location for relaxing on a summer's day, working from home, or entertaining friends, without taking over too much of your valuable garden space. The walls and floor are constructed from highly-durable 12mm tongue and groove cladding, whilst the 12mm ply roof comes with a felt covering, so in the event of a shower, you will be certain to remain dry. Please note that although this excellent summerhouse is supplied with a factory base coat, we recommend that you apply an initial anti-fungal treatment once assembled and annually thereafter, in order to maximise its appearance and lifespan. Alternatively, coloured wood preservative could be applied to achieve a more individualistic style. The superb Shire Arreton Octagonal Summerhouse comes with a smooth planed finish and an excellent 10-year anti-rot warranty when supported by periodic re-treatment. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Ã 10-year anti-rot warranty when supported by periodic re-treatment Wonderful octagonal design 2 windows as standard, extra available as required Walls and floor constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm ply roof with felt covering Part-glazed single door Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
600. 7' X 3' Asgard Access 4 Bike Metal Storage Shed 2.13m X 0.83m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre after the ultimate protection for your bicycles, look no further than the 7x3 (2.13 x 0.83m) Asgard Access Bike Store, which is endorsed by the police and recommended by the British cycling press. This metal bike shed is built in Great Britain from thickset, heavy-gauge galvanised steel and is capable of safely storing up to 4 bicycles. Completely weatherproof, impervious to rust and with a handsome dark-green finish, this bike store not only offers your bicycles unbeatable protection, it will complement its surroundings perfectly too. You can gain easy access to your bicycles via wide, reinforced double doors, although a reinforced top lid, with gas strut-assisted opening, makes it simple for you to quickly lay your hands on any smaller items, without opening the doors. Two shrouded, steel-plated locking points ensure that everything will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. All of the screw ends on this outdoor storage box are hidden to prevent tampering, whilst an integral metal floor with fixing bolts protects your stored items from ground moisture and helps you secure the unit to a solid base. This metal bike storage shed even has an integral ventilation system, which prevents the build-up of condensation, so rest assured that your prized possessions will always be kept in optimum storage conditions too. Asgard metal storage sheds are rigorously tested and fully endorsed by the police, insurance companies, the UK Locksmiths Association and the Loss Prevention Certification Board, for their exceptional levels of security. In fact, as an Asgard store owner, you may well benefit from lower insurance premiums. Weighing 114kg and supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, this outdoor bike storage unit is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase heavy-duty hooks and robust shelving as optional extras. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. **We strongly advise you to assemble this premium garden storage unit on a level concrete or paved base. ** 10-year anti-rust guarantee Endorsed by the police and cycling press Capable of storing up to 4 bicycles Built in Great Britain from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel Integral metal flooring Wide double doors and reinforced, gas strut-assisted lid 2 shrouded, steel-plated locking points and hidden screw ends Integral ventilation system Rust-resistant, weatherproof and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
601. 7'5 X 3'4 Asgard Access Plus Metal Bike Shed - 4 Bikes 2.3m X 1m : BuyFencingDirect If you own expensive bicycles, you need secure bike storage, and the Asgard Access Plus Metal Bike Shed offers you exactly that. Constructed in the UK to the highest specifications and backed by an impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee, this bike storage shed is approved by the nationâs cycling press and perfectly sized to store four â29erâ mountain bikes. These are mountain bikes with extra large 29â wheels which donât always fit in standard bike sheds. With the Access Plus, you donât need to worry! This superior metal bike shed is expertly built from heavy-gauge galvanised steel and is 19 stones in weight, so simply oozes strength and durability. It is completely weatherproof and impervious to rust, so offers your bikes total protection from the elements, while maintaining its stylish good looks. Furthermore, this large metal bike shed is near maintenance free, so thereâs no need for you to spend time or money on its upkeep. You gain complete access to your bikes via 2 extra-wide double doors and a gas-strut-assisted lid, which are fitted with a robust 2-point locking system. This includes an internal steel locking bar and 2 external shrouded locking points (disc-padlocks must be purchased separately for the latter), so your familyâs valuable bikes will always remain safe from unwanted attention. Furthermore, the exterior screw ends are hidden, preventing thieves from tampering with them, but if you desire even greater security then you can easily fix the whole bike shed to a concrete or paved base, using the fixing bolts provided. This bike storage shed is not only weatherproof and secure, it keeps your bicycles in optimum storage conditions too, thanks to a carefully-designed ventilation system, which minimises condensation. As optional upgrades, we offer a pack of 10 universal hooks and a shelf to customise your garden storage; 2 disc-padlocks to fully utilise security; and a wooden floor to lay on top of the integral metal base. Pre-drilled holes in the shed walls help you attach the hooks and shelf with minimal fuss. We know youâll be keen to utilise this premium bike shed as soon as possible, so we supply full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you should assemble this metal bike shed on a firm, level base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Perfectly sized for you to store 4x 29er mountain bikes Impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee Designed and built in the UK from galvanised steel Integral metal base Extra-wide double doors Gas-strut-assisted lid Robust 2-point lock Integral ventilation system minimises condensation Completely weatherproof and impervious to rust Near maintenance free to save time and money Universal hooks, shelf, disc-padlocks and wooden floor available as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
602. 7'7 X 3'4 Asgard Access Premium Electric Bike Shed 2.3m X 1.05m : BuyFencingDirect If you own an electric bike then the Asgard Access Premium Electric Bike Storage Shed is designed especially for you. This superb bike shed provides outstanding security for up to 3 electric bikes and is supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee. This metal bike shed is expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel and includes an integral steel floor. It is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable bikes with superb all-round weatherproof protection. This bike storage shed is tailored to storing both electric road and mountain bikes. A mounting plate for electric sockets (sockets not included) is attached to each side of the bike shed, along with access holes and rubber grommets, enabling you to feed cables into the unit (cables not included) and charge your bikes whilst the bicycle store is locked. Extra-large, heavy-duty double doors and a reinforced, gas-strut-assisted lid offer you superb walk-in access to your bikes. Thatâs not to say anyone can access them, of course. The doors are reinforced and include heavy-duty twin locking shrouds, as well as a deadbolt, to ensure your valuable bikes are always safe from unwanted attention. The security-focused design is also in evidence with hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the bike shed to a concrete base. Having said that, this outdoor bike storage unit weighs 19 stone, so is unlikely to be toppled over or carried off and stolen. Furthermore, vent holes on the door ensure that everything is kept in optimum storage conditions. To top it all, the whole unit is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your bike rides. You can purchase disc padlocks, a wooden sub-floor, shelves and hooks as optional extras. Illustrated instructions are provided to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Includes integral steel floor Extra-large double doors and a gas-strut-assisted lid Heavy-duty twin locking shrouds and a deadbolt Mounting plates for electric sockets (sockets not supplied) Access holes for charging cables (cables not supplied) Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free Purchase padlocks, wooden sub floor, shelves and hooks as optional extras Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
603. 6' X 3' Asgard Addition Premium Metal Bike Shed 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre after the ultimate protection for your bicycles, look no further than the 6x3 Asgard Premium Metal Bike Store, which is endorsed by the police and recommended by the British cycling press. This metal bike shed is built in Great Britain from thickset, heavy-gauge galvanised steel and is capable of safely storing up to 3 bicycles. Completely weatherproof, impervious to rust and with a handsome dark-green finish, this bike store not only offers your bicycles unbeatable protection, it will complement its surroundings perfectly too. You can gain easy access to your bicycles via wide, reinforced double doors, which can be secured by a superb 3-point locking system, to ensure that everything remains completely safe from unwanted attention. An integral rain guard keeps the elements at bay, whilst the metal floor with fixing bolts protects your stored items from ground moisture and helps you secure the unit to a solid base. This metal bike storage shed even has an integral ventilation system, which prevents the build-up of condensation, so rest assured that your prized possessions will always be kept in optimum storage conditions too. Weighing 103kg and supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, this outdoor bike storage unit is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase heavy-duty hooks and robust shelving as optional extras. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. **We strongly advise you to assemble this premium garden storage unit on a level concrete or paved base. ** 10-year anti-rust guarantee Capable of storing up to 3 bicycles Built in Great Britain from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel Integral metal flooring Wide double doors 3-point locking system Integral ventilation system Rust-resistant, weatherproof and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
604. 6' X 3' Asgard Annexe Police Approved Metal Bike Shed 1.83m X 0.92m : BuyFencingDirect Endorsed by the police and recommended by locksmiths, the 6x3 Asgard Superior Metal Bike Store offers your valuable bicycles and tools unbeatable protection. This metal bike shed is built in Great Britain from reinforced, heavy-gauge galvanised steel panels and is capable of safely storing up to 3 bicycles. Coming with an integral rain guard, this premium bike store is completely weatherproof, impervious to rust and has a handsome dark-green finish, so not only offers your bicycles unbeatable protection, but will complement your garden perfectly too. Your bicycles will be stored behind reinforced double doors, fitted with a shrouded 5-point locking system, 10mm steel bolts, reinforced hinges and bracing bars, giving you an impregnable bike shed, which is drill-resistant, pick-resistant and will never be accessed by anyone but you. All of the screw ends on this bike storage shed are hidden to prevent tampering, whilst an integral metal floor with fixing bolts protects your stored items from ground moisture and helps you secure the unit to a concrete or paved base. This metal bike storage shed even has an integral ventilation system, which prevents the build-up of condensation, so rest assured that your expensive bikes and other prized possessions will always be kept in optimum storage conditions. Asgard metal storage sheds are rigorously tested and fully endorsed by the police, insurance companies, the UK Locksmiths Association and the Loss Prevention Certification Board, for their exceptional levels of security. In fact, as an Asgard store owner, you may well benefit from lower insurance premiums. Weighing 138kg and supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, this outdoor bike storage unit is also completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. You can purchase heavy-duty hooks and robust shelving as optional extras. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. **We strongly advise you to assemble this premium garden storage unit on a level concrete or paved base. ** 10-year anti-rust guarantee Endorsed by the police and locksmiths Capable of storing up to 3 bicycles Built in Great Britain from reinforced, heavy-gauge galvanised steel Integral metal flooring Wide double doors with incredible 5-point locking system Reinforced hinges, bracing bars and hidden screw ends Integral ventilation system Rust-resistant, weatherproof and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
605. 5' X 7' Asgard Centurion Police Approved Security Metal Shed 1.52m X 2.18m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre after an unbeatably secure garden storage facility to house your valuable bicycles, lawnmowers and tools, look no further than the 5' x 7' Asgard Centurion Police Approved Security Metal Shed (1.52m x 2.18m), which is endorsed by the police and boasts an extraordinary 5-point locking system. Expertly constructed in the UK, from heavy-duty, reinforced galvanised steel panels, this supremely robust garden shed weighs 255kg, is impervious to rust, completely weatherproof and maintenance-free, so will provide your stored items with outstanding protection against the elements, with minimal fuss. A traditional apex roof and smart dark-green finish ensure not only a superior weatherproof garden storage facility, but an incredibly attractive appearance too. The integral metal base is supplied with all of the fixings youâll require to secure your new shed to a concrete base, whilst the unique ventilation system prevents the build-up of condensation and ensures that your prized possessions are always kept in optimum storage conditions. Wide, reinforced double doors provide storage-friendly access, which is ideal when housing and accessing large or bulky items. These doors can be secured by a shrouded 5-point locking system, which features internal deadbolts and is both pick and drill-resistant, so rest assured that all of your valuables will enjoy unrivalled security and be completely safe from unwanted attention. Other notable security features include welded, reinforced hinges, reinforced handles and tamper-proof hidden screw ends. In fact, this garden shed is so secure that weâll supply you with a spare key, because if you misplace the original, thereâs no way in. Asgard metal garden sheds are rigorously tested and fully endorsed by the police, insurance companies, the UK Locksmiths Association and the Loss Prevention Certification Board, for their exceptional levels of security. In fact, as an Asgard shed owner, you may well benefit from lower insurance premiums. Supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, this superb security shed also includes pre-drilled holes to help you fix some extra-strong shelves, which are available as optional extras. **Please note that you should assemble this premium 5x7 shed on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Endorsed by the police and insurance companies Built in the UK from heavy-duty, reinforced galvanised steel panels Rust-resistant, weatherproof and maintenance-free Wide, reinforced double doors 5-point locking system Unique ventilation system Spare key, welded hinges and hidden screw ends Integral metal base with fixings Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
606. 5'2 X 3'7 Asgard Flexistore 1511 Metal Shed 1.58m X 1.1m : BuyFencingDirect Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, the 5x4 Asgard Flexistore 1511 Metal Shed offers you beautifully designed, supremely secure garden storage for your valuable tools and mower. Expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel, with an integral steel floor, this garden shed is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable tools with superb weatherproof protection. Weighing 18 stone, sporting a traditional apex roof and green paint finish, this metal shed is not just tough, it enjoys an incredibly grand appearance too. Youâll find storing your lawnmower and tools extremely easy thanks to a large, heavy-duty, galvanised steel single door. This door features a top-of-the-range 3-point locking system, including a key-operated lock, which is both drill and pick-resistant, and dead bolts, so rest assured that your valuable tools will be completely safe from unwanted attention. The security-focused design is also in evidence with the hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the shed to a concrete base for maximum security. Your prized possessions will also benefit from the shedâs extensive ventilation system, which ensures everything is housed in optimum storage conditions. To top it all, the whole shed is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your garden. You can purchase a metal shed with the same superb specifications in 2 other sizes. A wooden sub-floor, metal ramp, shelves and hooks are all available as optional upgrades. Thanks to pre-drilled holes, youâll have no problem at all adding them. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base Large, single door for easy access Drill and pick-resistant 3-point locking system Hidden screw ends and securing bolts Extensive ventilation system Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free 2 further sizes and optional upgrades available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
607. 5'2 X 7'4 Asgard Flexistore 1522 Metal Shed 1.58m X 2.24m : BuyFencingDirect Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, the 5x7 Asgard Flexistore 1522 Metal Shed offers you beautifully designed, supremely secure outdoor storage for your valuable garden equipment. Expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel, with an integral steel floor, this garden shed is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable tools with superb weatherproof protection. Weighing 29 stone, sporting a traditional apex roof and a green paint finish, this metal shed is not just tough, it enjoys an incredibly grand appearance too. Youâll find storing your lawnmower and tools extremely easy thanks to a large, heavy-duty, galvanised steel single door. This door features a top-of-the-range 3-point locking system, including a key-operated lock, which is both drill and pick-resistant, and dead bolts, so rest assured that your valuable tools will be completely safe from unwanted attention. The security-focused design is also in evidence with the hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the shed to a concrete base for maximum security. Your prized possessions will also benefit from the shedâs extensive ventilation system, which ensures everything is housed in optimum storage conditions. To top it all, the whole shed is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your garden. You can purchase a metal shed with the same superb specifications in 2 other sizes. A wooden sub-floor, metal ramp, shelves and hooks are all available as optional upgrades. Thanks to pre-drilled holes, youâll have no problem at all adding them. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base Large, single door for easy access Drill and pick-resistant 3-point locking system Hidden screw ends and securing bolts Extensive ventilation system Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free 2 further sizes and optional upgrades available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
608. 5'1 X 10'11 Asgard Flexistore 1533 Metal Shed 1.58m X 3.33m : BuyFencingDirect Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, the 5x11 Asgard Flexistore 1533 Metal Shed offers you beautifully designed, supremely secure outdoor storage for your valuable garden equipment and bicycles. Expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel, with an integral steel floor, this garden shed is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable tools with superb weatherproof protection. Weighing 39 stone, sporting a traditional apex roof and a green paint finish, this metal shed is not just tough, it enjoys an incredibly grand appearance too. Youâll find storing your garden equipment extremely easy thanks to a large, heavy-duty, galvanised steel single door. This door features a top-of-the-range 3-point locking system, including a key-operated lock, which is both drill and pick-resistant, and dead bolts, so rest assured that your valuable tools will be completely safe from unwanted attention. The security-focused design is also in evidence with the hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the shed to a concrete base for maximum security. Your prized possessions will also benefit from the shedâs extensive ventilation system, which ensures everything is housed in optimum storage conditions. To top it all, the whole shed is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your garden. You can purchase a metal shed with the same superb specifications in 2 other sizes. A wooden sub-floor, metal ramp, shelves and hooks are all available as optional upgrades. Thanks to pre-drilled holes, youâll have no problem at all adding them. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base Large, single door for easy access Drill and pick-resistant 3-point locking system Hidden screw ends and securing bolts Extensive ventilation system Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free 2 further sizes and optional upgrades available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
609. 10' X 7' Asgard Garrison Police Preferred Metal Garden Workshop Shed - Installation Included 3.11m X 2.39m : BuyFencingDirect Incredibly robust, exceptionally durable and offering unparalleled levels of security, the 10 x 7 Asgard Garrison Metal Garden Workshop Shed (3.11m x 2.39m) comes recommended by the police, UK Locksmiths Association and Loss Prevention Certification Board. Assembled for you at no extra cost by Asgardâs professional installers too, this absolute âbeastâ of a shed is the ideal home for your most valuable stored items and a great location to complete DIY tasks.An Exceptionally Heavy-Duty Metal ShedThis heavy-duty metal shed is expertly designed and constructed in Yorkshire. Made from reinforced, welded galvanised steel, it weighs in at a whopping 77.9 stones (495kg), which puts it in Asgardâs highest weight category.Ultra-High-Security Garden StorageBoasting a 5-point locking system, including internal deadbolts; a reinforced handle; and EN1303-rated, pick-and-drill resistant, reinforced euro-cylinder lock, this metal shed could be used to store the Crown Jewels in your garden, and youâd still be able to sleep at night.And with a hidden pop-out hole located on the front of the shed, you can add a camera and/ or light for even greater security, should you desire.Accessing This Workshop ShedYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shedâs interior via wide, reinforced double doors. In keeping with this shedâs ultra-security-conscious design, these doors are fitted with a tamper-proof handle and welded stainless-steel hinges. And, should you have a habit of misplacing keys, youâll be pleased to know that a spare set is supplied at no extra cost.A matching steel access ramp is included too, allowing you to roll in wheelbarrows and trollies with ease, while the weather guard above the doors keeps the shedâs facade protected from the elements.A Great Garden Workshop!You can bolt the shedâs integral metal base to the ground to provide yet another layer of security. This base is supplemented by a tough wooden floor, which is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier stored items and cope with regular footfall. The shedâs generous 6ft 8in internal height allows plenty of headroom and gives you the opportunity to store taller items.Thanks to an extensive ventilation system, condensation is kept to a minimum, ensuring optimal garden storage conditions. Two electrical mounting plates are included as standard too, so you can hire a qualified electrician to add a source of power, with minimal fuss.As you can see, this metal shed really does make the perfect garden workshop for practical tasks.Warranty and Other InformationBuilt from 99% recyclable components and backed by an impressive 10-year anti-perforation warranty, this market-leading metal security shed is rust resistant, fire retardant and completely maintenance free.Choose from 2 Sizes and 3 ColoursThese Asgard workshop sheds are available in 2 sizes, each with a choice of a contemporary grey, natural green or light cream finish.Optional UpgradesWe sell a number of Asgard shed accessories as optional upgrades, so you can customise this metal shed to your exact requirements. These include a pack of 2 shelves, general-purpose hooks, a heavy-duty ladder/ tool rack, gutter hooks (guttering not included), and 2 sizes of magnetic lighting.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation included in the priceMade in Yorkshire, from reinforced, welded galvanised steelImpressive 10-year anti-perforation warrantyApproved by the police, UK Locksmiths Association and Loss Prevention Certification BoardIncredible 5-point locking system with internal deadbolts; reinforced handle; and EN1303-rated, pick-and-drill resistant, reinforced euro-cylinder lockReinforced double doors with matching steel rampIntegral metal base and wooden floorExtensive ventilation system2 mounting plates, ready for an electricity supplyChoose from 2 sizes and 3 coloursBuy Asgard shed accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
610. 10' X 11' Asgard Garrison Plus Police Preferred Metal Garden Workshop Shed - Installation Included 3.11m X 3.48m : BuyFencingDirect Incredibly robust, exceptionally durable and offering unparalleled levels of security, the 10 x 11 Asgard Garrison Metal Garden Workshop Shed (3.11m x 3.48m) comes recommended by the police, UK Locksmiths Association and Loss Prevention Certification Board. Assembled for you at no extra cost by Asgardâs professional installers too, this absolute âbeastâ of a shed is the ideal home for your most valuable stored items and a great location to complete DIY tasks.An Exceptionally Heavy-Duty Metal ShedThis heavy-duty, large metal shed is expertly designed and constructed in Yorkshire. Made from reinforced, welded galvanised steel, it weighs in at a whopping 99 stones (628.5kg), which puts it in Asgardâs highest weight category.Ultra-High-Security Garden StorageBoasting a 5-point locking system, including internal deadbolts; a reinforced handle; and EN1303-rated, pick-and-drill resistant, reinforced euro-cylinder lock, this metal shed could be used to store the Crown Jewels in your garden, and youâd still be able to sleep at night.And with a hidden pop-out hole located on the front of the shed, you can add a camera and/ or light for even greater security, should you desire.Accessing This Workshop ShedYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shedâs interior via wide, reinforced double doors. In keeping with this shedâs ultra-security-conscious design, these doors are fitted with a tamper-proof handle and welded stainless-steel hinges. And, should you have a habit of misplacing keys, youâll be pleased to know that a spare set is supplied at no extra cost.A matching steel access ramp is included too, allowing you to roll in wheelbarrows and trollies with ease, while the weather guard above the doors keeps the shedâs facade protected from the elements.A Great Garden Workshop!You can bolt the shedâs integral metal base to the ground to provide yet another layer of security. This base is supplemented by a tough wooden floor, which is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier stored items and cope with regular footfall. The shedâs generous 6ft 8in internal height allows plenty of headroom and gives you the opportunity to store taller items.Thanks to an extensive ventilation system, condensation is kept to a minimum, ensuring optimal garden storage conditions. Four electrical mounting plates are included as standard too, so you can hire a qualified electrician to add a source of power, with minimal fuss.As you can see, this metal shed really does make the perfect garden workshop for practical tasks.Warranty and Other InformationBuilt from 99% recyclable components and backed by an impressive 10-year anti-perforation warranty, this market-leading metal security shed is rust resistant, fire retardant and completely maintenance free.Choose from 2 Sizes and 3 ColoursThese Asgard workshop sheds are available in 2 sizes, each with a choice of a contemporary grey, natural green or light cream finish.Optional UpgradesWe sell a number of Asgard shed accessories as optional upgrades, so you can customise this metal shed to your exact requirements. These include a pack of 2 shelves, general-purpose hooks, a heavy-duty ladder/ tool rack, gutter hooks (guttering not included), and 2 sizes of magnetic lighting.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation included in the priceMade in Yorkshire, from reinforced, welded galvanised steelImpressive 10-year anti-perforation warrantyApproved by the police, UK Locksmiths Association and Loss Prevention Certification BoardIncredible 5-point locking system with internal deadbolts; reinforced handle; and EN1303-rated, pick-and-drill resistant, reinforced euro-cylinder lockReinforced double doors with matching steel rampIntegral metal base and wooden floorExtensive ventilation system4 mounting plates, ready for an electricity supplyChoose from 2 sizes and 3 coloursBuy Asgard shed accessories as optional upgradesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
611. Asgard 4 Metal Gas Bottle Storage 47kg : BuyFencingDirect Keep your propane gas cylinders safe and secure with the purpose-built Asgard 4 Propane Metal Storage Unit, which is perfectly designed for housing 4 x 47kg propane gas bottles. Built in the UK and approved by Calor Gas, this gas storage unit is suitable for static caravan and mobile home parks, as well as for wider domestic and industrial use. Weighing 68kg, manufactured from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel, and backed by an impressive 10-year guarantee, this unit is supremely robust, completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. The large double doors provide you with excellent access to your gas bottles and feature a utility company-style lock to enable your gas supplier to access them too. The top of the unit lifts up so that you can check the regulator or access the shut off valves in case of an emergency, without unlocking the unit itself. Tubular cross rails at the back enable you to chain your cylinders to the unit for even greater security (chain not included). An open back and ventilated sides allow for efficient ventilation and provide optimum gas bottle storage conditions, whilst the integral ramp and removable base make it easy for you to manoeuvre and change the cylinders, when required. This premium gas bottle store is supplied pre-assembled, so you can safely house your propane bottles without undue delay. **Please note that this gas bottle storage unit must be kept on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year guarantee Stores 4 x 47kg gas bottles Approved by Calor Gas Built from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel panels Double doors with utility company-style lock Lift-up lid Removable base, integral ramp and security rail Open back and vents in the side panels Completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
612. Asgard 2 Metal Gas Bottle Storage 47kg : BuyFencingDirect Keep your propane gas cylinders safe and secure with the purpose-built Asgard 2 Gas Bottle (47kg) Metal Storage Unit - Cream, which is perfectly designed for housing 2 x 47kg propane gas bottles. Built in the UK and approved by Calor Gas, this gas storage unit is suitable for static caravan and mobile home parks, as well as for wider domestic and industrial use. Weighing 47kg, manufactured from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel, and backed by an impressive 10-year guarantee, this unit is supremely robust, completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. The large single door provides you with excellent access to your gas bottles and features a utility company-style lock to enable your gas supplier to access them too. The top of the unit lifts up so that you can check the regulator or access the shut off valves in case of an emergency, without unlocking the unit itself. Tubular cross rails at the back enable you to chain your cylinders to the unit for even greater security (chain not included). An open back and ventilated sides allow for efficient ventilation and provide optimum gas bottle storage conditions, whilst the integral ramp and removable base make it easy for you to manoeuvre and change the cylinders, when required. This premium gas bottle store is supplied pre-assembled, so you can safely house your propane bottles without undue delay. **Please note that this gas bottle storage unit must be kept on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year guarantee Stores 2 x 47kg gas bottles Approved by Calor Gas Built from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel panels Single door with utility company-style lock Lift-up lid Removable base, integral ramp and security rail Open back and vents in the side panels Completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
613. Asgard 2 Metal Gas Bottle Storage 19kg : BuyFencingDirect Keep your propane gas cylinders safe and secure with the purpose-built Asgard Propane Metal Storage Unit, which is perfectly designed for housing 2 x 19kg propane gas bottles. Built in the UK and approved by Calor Gas, this gas storage unit is suitable for static caravan and mobile home parks, as well as for wider domestic and industrial use. Weighing 30kg, manufactured from thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel, and backed by an impressive 10-year guarantee, this unit is supremely robust, completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. The large single door provides you with excellent access to your gas bottles and features a utility company-style lock to enable your gas supplier to access them too. The top of the unit lifts up so that you can check the regulator or access the shut off valves in case of an emergency, without unlocking the unit itself. Tubular cross rails at the back enable you to chain your cylinders to the unit for even greater security (chain not included), whilst an open back and ventilated sides allow for efficient ventilation and provide optimum gas bottle storage conditions. This premium gas bottle store is supplied pre-assembled, so you can safely house your propane bottles without undue delay. Larger units for 2 or 4 x 47kg bottles are also available. **Please note that this gas bottle storage unit must be kept on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year guarantee Stores 2 x 19kg gas bottles Approved by Calor Gas Built in the UK Thick, heavy-gauge galvanised steel panels Single door with utility company-style lock Lift-up lid Open back and vents in the side panels Completely weatherproof and requires minimal maintenance Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
614. 7' X 7' Asgard Gladiator Police Approved Security Metal Shed 2.2m X 2.2m : BuyFencingDirect Endorsed by the police and constructed from premium materials throughout, the 7x7 Asgard Large Citadel Metal Shed offers you an unbeatably secure garden storage facility to house your valuable bikes, lawnmowers and tools. Expertly constructed in the UK, from heavy-duty, reinforced galvanised steel panels, this professional-level garden shed weighs 327kg, is impervious to rust, completely weatherproof and maintenance-free, so will provide your stored items with outstanding protection against the elements, with minimal fuss. A traditional apex roof and smart dark-green finish ensure not only a superior weatherproof garden storage facility, but an incredibly attractive appearance too. The integral metal base is supplied with all of the fixings youâll require to secure your new shed to a concrete base, whilst the unique ventilation system prevents the build-up of condensation and ensures that your prized possessions are always kept in optimum storage conditions. Wide, reinforced double doors provide storage-friendly access, which is ideal when housing and accessing large or bulky items. These doors can be secured by an incredible 5-point locking system, which is both pick and drill-resistant, so rest assured that all of your valuables will enjoy unrivalled security and be completely safe from unwanted attention. Other notable security features include welded hinges and tamper-proof hidden screw ends. Asgard metal garden sheds are rigorously tested and fully endorsed by the police, insurance companies, the UK Locksmiths Association and the Loss Prevention Certification Board, for their exceptional levels of security. In fact, as an Asgard shed owner, you may well benefit from lower insurance premiums. Supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rust guarantee, this superb security shed also includes an electric mounting plate, to assist you when adding power to the unit, as well as pre-drilled holes for fixing extra-strong shelves, which are available as optional extras. **Please note that you should assemble this premium metal shed on a level concrete or paved base. ** Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rust guarantee Endorsed by the police and insurance companies Built in the UK from heavy-duty, reinforced galvanised steel panels Rust-resistant, weatherproof and maintenance-free Wide, reinforced double doors 5-point locking system Unique ventilation system Electric mounting plate, welded hinges and hidden screw ends Integral metal base with fixings Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
615. 7'4 X 8'11 Asgard Gladiator Motorbike Garage 2.24m X 2.72m : BuyFencingDirect Offering maximum security for your valuable motorbike and equipment, the Asgard Gladiator Motorbike Garage is for you. Approved by the police, the UK Locksmiths Association, the Loss Prevention Certification Board and the nationâs motorbike press, this extra-wide metal bike shed can potentially lower your insurance premiums too. Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, this motorbike garage is expertly built in the UK from 18-gauge, heavy-duty galvanised steel. It is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable motorbike with superb weatherproof protection. An integral steel base protects stored items from ground moisture, whilst the wooden sub-floor prevents unnecessary damage to tyres. Large double doors and a steel ramp offer you superb access to an incredibly spacious interior. Thatâs not to say anyone can access your bike, of course. A 5-point locking system, including a shrouded, drill and pick-resistant lock, as well as heavy-duty deadbolts, ensure that your bike is safe from unwanted attention when youâre not around. The security-focused design is also in evidence through reinforced panels; reinforced doors; reinforced, welded hinges; hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the garage to a concrete base. In fact, this metal bike shed is so secure that your insurance company will probably classify it as a conventional garage. Two heavy-duty shelves and a hook rail provide the perfect home for your helmet, jacket and other equipment, whilst an extensive ventilation system ensures that your bike and equipment, alike, are always kept in optimum storage conditions. If youâd like to introduce a power supply to your motorbike garage, 2 electric mounting plate kits are provided (power unit and wiring not included). Finished in powder-coated green paint and designed with a traditional apex roof, this bike storage shed enjoys an exceptionally attractive appearance. To top it all, the whole garage is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your motorbike rides. You can purchase additional shelving kits and hooks as optional extras to customise your storage, as required. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Approved by the police, UKLA, LPCB and the motorbike press Built in the UK from 18-gauge, heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base and wooden sub-floor Large double doors and a steel ramp Incredible 5-point locking system 2 mounting plates for electric sockets (sockets not included) Includes 2 heavy-duty shelves and a hook rail Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
616. 10'11 X 7'4 Asgard Gladiator Motorbike Garage Plus 3.3m X 2.2m : BuyFencingDirect To enjoy unparalleled motorbike storage, take the advice of the police, the UK Locksmiths Association, the Loss Prevention Certification Board and the UKâs motorbike press, by purchasing the Asgard Gladiator Motorbike Garage Plus. This motorbike shed is so secure that it could potentially lower your insurance premiums. This market-leading motorbike garage is expertly built in the UK, weighs over 68 stones and is supplied with an impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee. Constructed from heavy-gauge galvanised steel, with a powder-coated paint finish and a traditional apex roof, it simply oozes strength, durability and style. Completely weatherproof and impervious to rust too, this motorbike garage offers your bike and kit the protection they deserve. It will maintain its attractive appearance for many years to come with practically no maintenance required, so thereâs no need for you to waste your valuable time or money. You gain superb access to the spacious interior via 2 huge double doors and a metal ramp. The doors are fitted with an extraordinary 5-point locking system which includes a Euro cylinder pick and drill-resistant lock, as well as heavy-duty deadbolts, so your valuable motorbike will always remain safe from unwanted attention. Reinforced panels, reinforced doors, welded hinges and hidden screw ends provide further evidence of what is an exceptionally security-conscious design. If you want to pull out all the stops, you can fix the whole garage to a concrete or paved base, with the securing bolts provided. This large motorbike garage keeps your bike and equipment in optimum storage conditions too, thanks to a carefully-designed ventilation system, which minimises condensation and disperses fumes. The integral steel base and wooden floor prevent water ingress and the risk of your bikeâs tyres being damaged. Offering you so much more than just bike storage, this incredible motorbike shedâs other notable features include an electric mounting plate kit, so you can power-up the garage (power units and wiring not supplied), along with an easy-fit shelf kit and a hook rail, to help you customise storage. You can purchase additional shelving and hooks as optional extras, as well as a 2-bike or 4-bike metal bicycle rack, should you own any non-motorised bikes too. We know youâll be keen to utilise this premium motorbike garage as soon as possible, so we supply full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee Designed and built in the UK from heavy-gauge galvanised steel This motorbike garage is police, press, UKLA and LPCB-approved Integral metal base and wooden floor included Wide double doors, metal ramp and exceptionally secure 5-point lock Integral ventilation system minimises condensation Reinforced panels, welded hinges and hidden screw ends Mounting plate for electric sockets (sockets not supplied) Easy-fit shelf kit and a hook rail included Additional shelving, hooks and bicycle racks available to buy as optional extras Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
617. 5'2 X 9' Asgard Secure Motorbike Garage 1.58m X 2.74m : BuyFencingDirect If you want maximum security for your valuable motorcycle, the Asgard Centurion Motorbike Garage is the bike shed for you. Approved by the police, the UK Locksmiths Association, the Loss Prevention Certification Board and the nationâs motorbike press, this metal bike shed can potentially lower your insurance premiums too. Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, this motorbike garage is expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel. It is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable motorbike with superb weatherproof protection. An integral steel base protects stored items from ground moisture, whilst the wooden sub-floor prevents unnecessary damage to tyres. Large double doors and a steel ramp offer you superb access to a spacious interior. Thatâs not to say anyone can access your bike, of course. A 5-point locking system, including a shrouded, drill and pick-resistant lock, as well as heavy-duty deadbolts, ensure that your bike is safe from unwanted attention when youâre not around. The security-focused design is also in evidence through reinforced panels; reinforced doors; reinforced, welded hinges; hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the garage to a concrete base. In fact, this metal bike shed is so secure that your insurance company will probably classify it as a conventional garage. A heavy-duty shelf and hook rail provide the perfect home for your helmet, jacket and other equipment, whilst an extensive ventilation system ensures that your bike and equipment, alike, are always kept in optimum storage conditions. If youâd like to introduce a power supply to your motorbike garage, an electric mounting plate kit is provided (power unit and wiring not included). Finished in powder-coated green paint and designed with a traditional apex roof, this bike storage shed enjoys an exceptionally attractive appearance. To top it all, the whole garage is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your motorbike rides. You can purchase additional shelves and hooks as optional extras to customise your storage, as required. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Approved by the police, UKLA, LPCB and the motorbike press Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base and wooden sub-floor Large double doors and a steel ramp Incredible 5-point locking system Mounting plate for electric sockets (sockets not included) Includes heavy-duty shelf and hook rail Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
618. 5'2 X 10'11 Asgard Secure Motorbike Garage Plus 1.52m X 3.33m : BuyFencingDirect If you want maximum security for your valuable motorbike and equipment, the Asgard Secure Motorbike Garage Plus is the bike shed for you. Approved by the police, the UK Locksmiths Association, the Loss Prevention Certification Board and the nationâs motorbike press, this extra-long metal bike shed can potentially lower your insurance premiums too. Supplied with an impressive 10 year guarantee, this motorbike garage is expertly built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel. It is robust, durable and completely resistant to rust, so will provide your valuable motorbike with superb weatherproof protection. An integral steel base protects stored items from ground moisture, whilst the wooden sub-floor prevents unnecessary damage to tyres. Large double doors and a steel ramp offer you superb access to an incredibly spacious interior. Thatâs not to say anyone can access your bike, of course. A 5-point locking system, including a shrouded, drill and pick-resistant lock, as well as heavy-duty deadbolts, ensure that your bike is safe from unwanted attention when youâre not around. The security-focused design is also in evidence through reinforced panels; reinforced doors; reinforced, welded hinges; hidden exterior screw ends and securing bolts, which enable you to fix the garage to a concrete base. In fact, this metal bike shed is so secure that your insurance company will probably classify it as a conventional garage. A heavy-duty shelf and hook rail provide the perfect home for your helmet, jacket and other equipment, whilst an extensive ventilation system ensures that your bike and equipment, alike, are always kept in optimum storage conditions. If youâd like to introduce a power supply to your motorbike garage, an electric mounting plate kit is provided (power unit and wiring not included). Finished in powder-coated green paint and designed with a traditional apex roof, this bike storage shed enjoys an exceptionally attractive appearance. To top it all, the whole garage is near maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your motorbike rides. You can purchase additional shelves and hooks as optional extras to customise your storage, as required. Illustrated instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year guarantee Approved by the police, UKLA, LPCB and the motorbike press Built in the UK from heavy-duty galvanised steel Integral steel base and wooden sub-floor Large double doors and a steel ramp Incredible 5-point locking system Mounting plate for electric sockets (sockets not included) Includes heavy-duty shelf and hook rail Weatherproof, rust-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
619. 5' X 3' Asgard Securestore Metal Shed 1.5m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you wonderfully secure and stylish garden storage for your tools and lawnmower, the 5x3 Asgard Securestore Metal Shed is constructed in the UK to the highest specifications and backed by an impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee. This superior metal shed is expertly built from galvanised steel and is 12 stones in weight, so simply oozes strength and durability. It is completely weatherproof and impervious to rust, so offers your garden equipment total protection from the elements, while maintaining its stylish good looks. Furthermore, this large metal store is near maintenance free, so thereâs no need for you to spend time or money on its upkeep. You gain walk-in access via 2 huge double doors which are fitted with a superb 3-point locking system. This includes a pick and drill-resistant Euro cylinder lock and an internal deadbolt, so your valuable tools and equipment will always remain safe from unwanted attention. If you desire even greater security, you can easily fix the whole garden storage unit to a concrete or paved base, using the fixing bolts provided. With a shed this secure, itâs important to take every precaution, and all of us can be a little absent-minded at times, so thatâs why we supply you with a spare-key as standard. This garden shed is not only weatherproof and secure, it keeps your prized possessions in optimum storage conditions too, thanks to a carefully-designed ventilation system, which minimises condensation. As optional upgrades, we offer a pack of 10 universal hooks to customise your garden storage, as well as a wooden floor to lay on top of the integral metal base. Pre-drilled holes in the shed walls help you attach the hooks with minimal fuss. We know youâll be keen to utilise this garden storage shed as soon as possible, so we supply full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you should assemble this metal shed on a firm, level base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee Designed and constructed in the UK Galvanised steel walls, base and pent roof Huge double doors Superb 3-point lock Integral ventilation system minimises condensation Completely weatherproof and impervious to rust Near maintenance free to save time and money Pack of 10 universal hooks and a wooden floor available as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
620. 7'2 X 3' Asgard Trojan Plus Metal Shed & Bike Shed Combo 2.2m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect If youâd like to combine garden storage with bike storage, and only the best will do, the 7x3 Asgard Trojan Plus Metal Shed & Bike Shed Combo is the answer. Designed and built in the UK, and boasting incredible security measures, this garden storage shed is backed by an impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee. This superior metal shed is expertly built from heavy-gauge galvanised steel and is 25 stones in weight, so simply oozes strength and durability. It is completely weatherproof and impervious to rust, so offers your tools and bikes total protection from the elements, while maintaining its stylish good looks. Furthermore, this premium metal bike shed is near maintenance free, so thereâs no need for you to spend time or money on its upkeep. You gain walk-in access via 2 huge double doors which are fitted with an extraordinary 5-point locking system. This includes internal deadbolts, door shoot bolts, and a Euro cylinder pick and drill-resistant lock, so your valuable tools and bikes will always remain safe from unwanted attention. Furthermore, the exterior screw ends are hidden, which prevents thieves from tampering with them, but if you desire even greater security then you can easily fix the whole garden shed to a concrete or paved base, using the fixing bolts provided. This metal combi shed is 6ft 10 tall, so offers you a whole host of garden and bike storage possibilities. Once youâve made up your mind what to store, the integral weather guard which is positioned above the doors will keep you dry while youâre putting everything inside. This bike storage shed is not only weatherproof and secure, it keeps your bicycles in optimum storage conditions too, thanks to a carefully-designed ventilation system which minimises condensation. As optional upgrades, we offer a pack of 10 universal hooks, a set of 2 shelves, a hanging bike rack and a wooden floor, so you can customise your garden storage. Pre-drilled holes in the shed walls help you attach the hooks, shelves and bike rack with minimal fuss. We know youâll be keen to utilise this premium storage shed as soon as possible, so we supply full instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you should assemble this metal bike shed on a firm, level base. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Combines garden storage with bike storage Impressive 10 year anti-rust guarantee Designed and built in the UK from galvanised steel Integral metal base and pent roof with weather guard Huge double doors Extraordinary 5-point locking system 6ft 10 internal height Integral ventilation system minimises condensation Completely weatherproof and impervious to rust Near maintenance free to save time and money Set of 2 shelves, pack of 10 universal hooks, hanging bike rack and wooden floor available as optional upgrades Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
621. Shire Avesbury 2.1m X 2.1m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect The 7 x 7 (2.1m x 2.1m) Avesbury 19mm Log Cabin offers you strength and durability, with an authentic chalet-style design. It provides the perfect location for your home gym, children's playroom, and so much more. Constructed from 19mm thick, interlocking logs, this model is built to last. The floor and roof are both hardwearing 12mm tongue and groove, known for its strength and resistance to the elements. The front elevation features a lockable, single glazed window and door, to keep your valuables secure. The window and door can be placed on either side of the cabin, according to your garden design and preference. The Avesbury 19mm Log Cabin is supported by a 1-year warranty. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Authentic, chalet-style design Durable, weather-resistant flooring and roofing Hardwearing, pressure-treated floor bearers Lockable, single glazed door and window 1-year warranty Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
622. Shire Avesbury 2.5m X 1.8m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and very attractive, the Shire Avesbury 2.4m x 1.8m Log Cabin Summerhouse (19mm) not only offers you the perfect sheltered space in which to relax during the summer months, it provides secure, weatherproof, year-round garden storage too.This log cabin is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking, high-grade pine boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other summer houses.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier garden furniture. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. With the addition of 2 diamond-shaped finials, it nicely rounds off the summerhouse's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a half-glazed door, which is fitted with a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Once inside, you'll find that the additional opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're relaxing inside. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. You can position the opener either side of the door - the choice is entirely yours.Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This log cabin is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the garden building in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium summer house in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking, high-grade pine12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringHalf-glazed door fitted with key-operated lock1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis summerhouse is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
623. Shire Avesbury 2.5m X 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and very attractive, the Shire Avesbury 2.4m x 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse (19mm) not only offers you the perfect sheltered space in which to relax during the summer months, it provides secure, weatherproof, year-round garden storage too.This log cabin is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking, high-grade pine boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other summer houses.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier garden furniture. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. With the addition of 2 diamond-shaped finials, it nicely rounds off the summerhouse's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a half-glazed door, which is fitted with a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Once inside, you'll find that the additional opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're relaxing inside. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. You can position the opener either side of the door - the choice is entirely yours.Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This log cabin is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the garden building in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium summer house in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking, high-grade pine12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringHalf-glazed door fitted with key-operated lock1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis summerhouse is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
624. Shire Avesbury 2.8m X 2.7m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and very attractive, the Shire Avesbury 2.7m x 2.7m Log Cabin Summerhouse (19mm) not only offers you the perfect sheltered space in which to relax during the summer months, it provides secure, weatherproof, year-round garden storage too.This log cabin is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking, high-grade pine boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other summer houses.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier garden furniture. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. With the addition of 2 diamond-shaped finials, it nicely rounds off the summerhouse's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a half-glazed door, which is fitted with a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Once inside, you'll find that the additional opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're relaxing inside. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. You can position the opener either side of the door - the choice is entirely yours.Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This log cabin is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the garden building in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium summer house in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking, high-grade pine12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringHalf-glazed door fitted with key-operated lock1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis summerhouse is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
625. Shire Avesbury 3.1m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and very attractive, the Shire Avesbury 3m x 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse (19mm) not only offers you the perfect sheltered space in which to relax during the summer months, it provides secure, weatherproof, year-round garden storage too.This log cabin is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking, high-grade pine boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other summer houses.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier garden furniture. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. With the addition of 2 diamond-shaped finials, it nicely rounds off the summerhouse's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a half-glazed door, which is fitted with a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Once inside, you'll find that the additional opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're relaxing inside. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. You can position the opener either side of the door ââ‰â¬Å the choice is entirely yours.Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This log cabin is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the garden building in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium summer house in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking, high-grade pine12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringHalf-glazed door fitted with key-operated lock1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated ââ‰â¬Å treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis summerhouse is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
626. 4x2 Trimetals Anthracite Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 4' x 2'5 (1.2m x 0.75m) Trimetals Anthracite Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
627. 4x2 Trimetals Blue Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 4' x 2'5 (1.2m x 0.75m) Trimetals Blue Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
628. 4x2 Trimetals Green Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 4' x 2'5 (1.2m x 0.75m) Trimetals Green Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
629. 4x2 Trimetals Red Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 4' x 2'5 (1.2m x 0.75m) Trimetals Red Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
630. 6x2 Trimetals Anthracite Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 6' x 2'5 (1.8m x 0.75m) Trimetals Large Anthracite Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
631. 6x2 Trimetals Green Protect.a.box - Premium Metal Garden Storage : BuyFencingDirect Providing your garden tools with exceptional security through innovative technology and premium materials, the 6' x 2'5 (1.8m x 0.75m) Trimetals Large Green Protect-a-Box comes to you with an outstanding 25-year panel warranty. Constructed from durable PVC coated galvanised steel, this patio box boasts a heavy-duty metal floor and stainless-steel fixings. Fire-resistant, rust-proof and built to last, this superior garden storage box is also completely maintenance free, saving you money and giving you more time to do the jobs that really matter. This clever outdoor storage box is perfect for housing most of your gardening tools and equipment. An innovative top-opening gas-strut-assisted lid offers you easy access to your stored items, which can be secured by a double-bolted key lock for total peace of mind. Furthermore, once the storage box has been bolted onto a hard base, nobody but yourself will be removing it. This outdoor security box is available in 2 separate sizes and 6 stylish colours. With step-by-step instructions included, you are sure to find the patio box easy to assemble. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty PVC coated galvanised steel construction Gas-strut-assisted lid Double-bolted key lock Fire-resistant and maintenance-free Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
632. Shire Balsam Garden Arbour Seat 4' X 2' : BuyFencingDirect Whether you want to create a little tucked-away sanctuary or a focal point for everyone to see, the Shire Balsam Garden Arbour Seat 4' x 2' (1.4m x 0.75m) is the ideal choice. Decorative and Comfy Arbour Seat This wooden garden arbour seat is the perfect way to unwind in the heart of your garden and features eye-catching facia boards. It can comfortably seat two people and is fully enclosed on two sides for greater comfort, helping to make it one of our most popular arbour seats. Strong and sturdy, the Shire Balsam is made from high grade, slow grown timber of the finest quality. The timber has a tight grain that provides extra strength and a superior build quality, and this strength is enhanced further thanks to the solid back and sides. The timber has been planed for a fantastic smooth finish and has come from sustainable sources. In addition, the wood has been pressure treated to provide deep, long lasting protection against rot and help to prolong the life of the structure. No annual treatment is required, which will save you time and money! Please note: This product is supplied unpainted. Shipping and Assembly We offer free shipping to most UK addresses. The arbour is delivered in flat-packed format for a smooth and straightforward assembly process. Key Features Attractive design and detailing Can comfortably seat two people Strong and sturdy, made from top quality timber for a superior build Planed for a super smooth finish Pressure-treated timber 10-year anti-rot guarantee Please refer to the detailed specification for exact dimensions Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
633. 7' X 7' Shire Barclay Corner Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed, the Shire Barclay is superb corner summerhouse benefitting from wide double doors and elegant, long, fully framed, fixed glazed windows. This 7x7 summerhouse boasts a 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction, renowned for its weather-resistance and strength, supported by a 34x34m frame. The floor is also tongue and groove, providing a durable surface designed to withstand years of footfall. The modern pent roof is constructed from 11mm OSB solid sheet with a felt finish.For a light-filled interior, the summerhouse has fully glazed double doors and two further long windows. The door is secured by a traditional ring latch. The Barclay has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.The Barclay is also available as an 8x8 summer house.10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB roof with felt finish Glazed double doors with black traditional latchTwo further long windows |
 |
634. 8' X 8' Shire Barclay Corner Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed, the 8x8 Shire Barclay is superb corner summerhouse benefitting from wide double doors and elegant, long, fully framed, fixed glazed windows. This 8x8 summerhouse boasts a 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction, renowned for its weather-resistance and strength, supported by a 34x34m frame. The floor is also tongue and groove, providing a durable surface designed to withstand years of footfall. The modern pent roof is constructed from 11mm OSB solid sheet with a felt finish.For a light-filled interior, the summerhouse has fully glazed double doors and two further long windows. The door is secured by a traditional ring latch. The Barclay has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB roof with felt finish Glazed double doors with black traditional latchTwo further long windows |
 |
635. 6'9 X 6'6 Shire Barn Double Door Wooden Garden Shed 2.16m X 2.52m : BuyFencingDirect With a high barn-style roof, large opening window and wide double doors, the Shire Dutch Barn Shed is a hard-working, charming 7x7 shed that will offer you years of reliable garden storage.Boasting a 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction - renowned for its weather-resistance and strength - and supported by a 34x34m frame, this wooden shed is built to last. The floor is also tongue and groove, providing a durable surface designed to withstand years of footfall and storage of your heavier garden equipment. The charming barn-style roof is constructed from 11mm OSB solid sheet with a felt finish. The large window can be placed in a choice of 5 positions to suit your garden and storage needs. The window opens so, along with the high roof that allows for easy manourvring, this shed could also be a comfortable, small workshop space for you. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floorBarn styling provides increased storage height Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 11mm OSB roof with felt finish Large opening window - 5 options for placement |
 |
636. Shire Barnsdale 2.1m X 2.1m Wooden Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect The Barnsdale 7x7 Log Cabin is a stunning outside building that has proven a best seller thanks to its fantastic design. The manufacturer has chosen a tough timber to create the cabin to assure you value for your money. The Barnsdale 7x7 Log Cabin has a contemporary and rustic charm too it and has been produced using extremely tough timber. A slow grown European softwood has been chosen to create the cabin, a timber that has been allowed additional time to develop which enforces a much stronger core. The softwood used will provide the cabin with a solid build that will last for many years to come. 19mm boards are used to create to durable exterior which interlock and provide the cabin with its weatherproof assurance. The tongue and groove floor enables you to furnish the cabin with furniture as well as other storage. The roof is again made from tongue and groove cladding and this means you have no worries when it comes to heavy rain and other harsh weather. On top of the timber, mineral felting is used and this provides your roof with a waterproof layer and prevents damage to the roof from rot and other damage. The roof itself has an overhang and this keeps the front of the cabin dry and provides space for bikes to be kept out of the rain etc. To access the Barnsdale 7x7 Log Cabin, the double front doors open wide and are glazed, allowing in natural light when offered. The double doors are very tough and a rubber seal prevents draughts. The high quality lock provided also keeps your storage safe from theft as well as protecting children too. The window on the side gable is openable and this lets in fresh air also as well as acting as another light source. The glass used is a horticultural glass which is extremely tough and provides the cabin with a premium finish. Once assembled we advise that you coat the Barnsdale 7x7ft Log Cabin with a timber preservative, which will enable a tough resistance against rot for years to come and will maximise your cabins potential. The flat boards are easily painted too and this means you can customise your cabin just the way you like it. With delivery you receive an assembly kit as well as instructions to make sure you have a hassle free build. Extremely attractive 7x7 Barnsdale Log Cabin, a best seller thanks to its immaculate design and premium material construction Solid slow grown softwood sourced from sustainable European forests, additional time to develop ensures a much more stable build 19mm thick Tongue and Groove cladding produces the weatherproof build that the cabin boasts, T&G roof and floor assures peace of mind Easy to access double doors which are glazed with premium glass, padlockable also which deters any intruders |
 |
637. Shire Barnsdale 2.4m X 2.4m Wooden Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect This impressive Barnsdale 8x8 Log Cabin available here is a brilliant size outside building that has been constructed using premium materials that are responsible for its excellent feedback. The Barnsdale 8x8 Log Cabin is the middle size cabin from Shires range, a range that is known for its long lasting building and amazing value. The cabin fits anywhere in the garden easily and offers plenty of space inside for relaxing as well as storage or even a home gym/workspace. The Barnsdale 8x8 Log Cabin is manufactured from 19mm thick tongue and groove cladding which has been created from a slow grown softwood that has been sourced from sustainable forests. The timber has been granted extra time to grow and this therefore provides the wood with a much stronger development. This means the cabin will be much tougher than standard timbers alike. Both the floor and roof as well as the side panels are all made from the hardy tongue and groove cladding that assures the weatherproof guarantee. A mineral bitumen roofing felt sits on top of the roof and maintains smooth rain run off whilst keeping the roof dry. The overhang that the apex roof has keeps the front of the cabin dry and will keep bbq's and other items such as benches dry without needing to be stored inside. The flooring will allow for heavy storage and multiple users with great ease. To get inside your Barnsdale 8x8 Log Cabin you have two lovely front doors which are glazed with storm proof glass. The doors open outwards and during the summer allow in fresh air as well as acting as a natural light source when light is permitted. When building the cabin you also have the choice of a window on either side which opens outwards also for fresh air and another light source. Assembling the Log Cabin is incredibly simple following the instructions that are sent alongside delivery. The manufacturer assures a ten year guarantee against rot damage when the cabin is treated annually with a timber preservative, which we advise as this will maximise your cabins life span. High quality 8x8 garden log cabin 19mm tongue and groove cladding Slow grown timber construction Double doors |
 |
638. Shire Barnsdale 2.7m X 2.7m Wooden Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Built from superior materials and with an arresting design, it's easy to see why the 9 x 9 (2.7m x 2.7m) Shire Barnsdale 19mm Log Cabin is at the head of its class. This stylish log cabin is constructed from slow grown, soft wood timber, known for its outstanding protection against the elements. Extra time is given for growth and development, providing the wood with a far stronger core. The apex roof will offer your cabin effective rain protection, whilst the 12mm flooring is built to withstand your most sizeable furniture or storage items. The handsome double-doors are three quarters glazed with tough, storm-resistant glass, and are fitted with a highly effective rubber seal, which will ensure your cabin retains the heat all year round. The doors also come with a sturdy padlock fitting, to keep your valuables safe and secure. When constructed, this model offers a choice of window location, allowing you to maximise internal light and warmth, according to your garden's facing. It comes complete with a 1-year parts warranty. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. (Please note that no roof covering is included, so please select your own accessory option.) Combines superior materials with an arresting design Handsome double-doors with storm-resistant glass and heat retaining technology Choice of window location 1-year parts warranty Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
639. Forest Raised Bed Kit 6'6 X 3'3 2.0 X 1.0 M : BuyFencingDirect A quick and easy way to create a raised garden bed, the Forest Raised Bed Kit is the perfect space for growing your own plants and vegetables. It is ideal as a kitchen garden or herb garden. The rectangular raised garden bed provides 21cm of planting depth. All of the timber used is pressure treated providing it with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee. The handsome half-round log sides are pre-fitted with wooden installation spikes for easy self-assebmly 15 year guarantee Pressure treated timber 21cm planting depth Half-round log sides Pre-fitted wooden installation spikes Easy self-assembly Free delivery* to most UK postcodes |
 |
640. Shire Belgravia 3m X 3m Log Cabin 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space into the garden, with the Shire Belgravia 3m x 3m Log Cabin (28mm). This garden building is strong, stylish and brimming with practical features.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required.All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The doors and window are both fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.3m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors and large, opening window4mm toughened glassFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
641. Shire Belgravia 3.6m X 3m Log Cabin 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space into the garden, with the Shire Belgravia 3.6m x 3m Log Cabin (28mm). This garden building is strong, stylish and brimming with practical features.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required.All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The doors and window are both fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.3m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors and large, opening window4mm toughened glassFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
642. Shire Belgravia 3.6m X 2.4m Log Cabin 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space into the garden, with the Shire Belgravia 3.6m x 2.4m Log Cabin (28mm). This garden building is strong, stylish and brimming with practical features.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required.All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The doors and window are both fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.3m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors and large, opening window4mm toughened glassFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
643. Shire Belgravia 3.6m X 3.6m Log Cabin 28mm : BuyFencingDirect Extend your living space into the garden, with the Shire Belgravia 3.6m x 3.6m Log Cabin (28mm). This garden building is strong, stylish and brimming with practical features.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required.All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The doors and window are both fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.3m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors and large, opening window4mm toughened glassFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
644. 6x3 Trimetals Green Metal Bicycle Store - Garden Bike Storage : BuyFencingDirect The 6 x 3 (1.96m x 0.89m) Trimetals Metal Bicycle Store is the ideal facility to safely house your whole familyâs bicycles or all of your garden tools. Expertly designed and made from galvanised steel, the walls of this bike store are fifty percent thicker than most comparable products, providing your bicycles or garden tools with outstanding protection from the elements. Fitted with a user-friendly, spring-assisted lid, this premium bicycle store gives your whole family easy access to their bicycles so that you can enjoy that weekend bike ride with minimal fuss. The lid can be secured by padlock (not included), so you know that your bicycles will be safe from unwanted attention. Coming in a smooth planed finish, this bicycle store will provide a tasteful addition to your garden and is backed by a generous 25-year warranty. You can take your pick from a range of supplier options, including hasp and padlocks, ramp, and floor. This bicycle store is also available in a variety of colours. The Trimetals Metal Bicycle Store comes complete with simple instructions. Two-person assembly is required. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 25-year panel warranty Made from galvanised steel Spring-assisted lid with padlock fitting Smooth planed finish Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
645. 6' X 2'6 Shire Wooden Bike Shed & Garden Storage - No Floor : BuyFencingDirect 6x2 wooden bike shed with very quick installation! If you need a secure storage solution for your bikes, this 6x2 bike shed will be perfect for you. This 6x2 wooden bike shed is supplied without a floor, allowing you to store your bikes wet and muddy without causing damage to the floor of the shed. Precise dimensions: 6'2 x 2'6 (1.9 x 0.8m) 12mm shiplap cladding gives a robust yet traditional and appealing finish. Wooden bike shed includes felt, fixings and instructions. Robust 34mm square framing has been used to ensure for a durable and long-lasting structure. |
 |
646. 10' X 8' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 3.21m X 2.56m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 10x8 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 10x8 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
647. 10' X 10' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 3.16m X 3.21m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 10x10 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 10x10 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
648. 12' X 8' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 3.71m X 2.56m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 12x8 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 12x8 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
649. 12' X 10' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 3.59m X 3.16m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 12x10 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 12x10 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
650. 14' X 8' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 4.31m X 2.56m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 14x8 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 14x8 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
651. 14' X 10' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 4.31m X 3.16m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 14x10 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 14x10 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
652. 16' X 8' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 4.91m X 2.56m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 16x8 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 16x8 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
653. 16' X 10' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 4.91m X 3.16m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 16x10 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 16x10 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
654. 20' X 10' Shire Bison Heavy Duty Double Door Wooden Workshop 6.11m X 3.16m : BuyFencingDirect Pursue your garden hobbies and DIY in the stunning Shire 20x10 Bison Workshop. Combining beauty and functionality, this large shed is robust with an eye-catching appearance! A perfect addition in any garden- this workshop provides you with outstanding outdoor storage and allows easy access with the wide double doors. Constructed from FSC certified timber, this shed offers a premium quality 16mm tongue and groove cladding and features a strong 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor – providing a durable structure and long lasting use for your garden. The roof is then finished with a mineral felt material, giving you a weatherproof shed. This large shed comes with double framed doors which are fitted with a piano hinge and rim lock – keeping garden possessions secure inside your shed. The two windows feature a chic Georgian design, and have water resistant framing to withstand any rain that comes your way. This 20x10 workshop has a golden brown basecoat and comes with an excellent 10 year anti-rot guarantee when supported by annual re-treatment, offering you fantastic value for money. These superb Bison wooden sheds are available in a range of sizes from 10x8 up to 20x10. So if you’re looking for a great value, large storage shed then this is the perfect choice. 10 year anti-rot guarantee 16mm tongue and groove cladding 12mm tongue and groove floor and roof 2 large Georgian style windows Fully framed double doors – with rim lock for built in security Free Delivery – available in most UK address |
 |
655. 10'3 X 6'5 Shire Blenheim Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect The 10'3x6'5 (3.1x1.9m) Shire Blenheim is a light and airy summerhouse or home office for the garden. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap, the high grade Northern European pine is supported by a robust 44x44mm frame. The long-lasting floor is 12mm tongue and groove, well-known for its weather resistance, durability and strength. The 12mm reverse apex roof is tongue and groove finished in felt providing a weatherproof interior. Featuring a fantastic 10 year anti-rot guarantee the front elevation has four leaf bi-fold doors, enabling it to open fully, providing shelter from sun and showers whilst enjoying the garden. Further light fills the space from the two fixed side windows. All glazing is plastic ensuring protection from broken glass hazards for added peace of mind. This summerhouse is supplied with a factory base coat. We would suggest that an initial anti-fungal treatment is applied when assembled then annually thereafter to support the guarantee. Alternatively, coloured wood preservative could be applied for a more individual style. A fantastic 10 year anti-rot guarantee Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap from high grade Northern European pine Supported by a 44x44mm frame providing a strong design Sturdy 12mm tongue and groove floor for long-lasting use 12mm reverse apex tongue and groove roof finished in felt Four leaf bi-fold doors with concealed hinges and two additional fixed side windows All glazing is plastic for added peace of mind |
 |
656. 10'3 X 8'4 Shire Blenheim Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect An unusual and very attractive summerhouse from our Shire summerhouses range, comprising 4 fully glazed fixed windows, (2 opening in the side and 2 fixed in the front) and 4 bifolding doors to open up almost the entire front of the building. Perfect for relaxing in the summer, cosying up in the autumn and enjoying the views of your garden all year round. Create a real feature of your garden with the Shire Blenheim Summerhouse. FREE UK delivery to most postcodes – check and see if your postcode is included to get one of our Shire summerhouses sent to you today! A Beautiful Garden Escape From Our Shire Summerhouses Range 4 Fully Glazed Fixed Windows, 2 opening windows and 2 fixed windows on the front, ensuring a light and airy environment. Free Basecoat Treatment Is Already Applied On Our Shire Summerhouses Bifolding Front Doors open up almost the entire front of the building, generation air flow and giving stunning views of your garden |
 |
657. Shire Blossom Garden Arbour Seat 5' X 2' : BuyFencingDirect Create the perfect spot to relax with a loved one, or even just a good book, with the Shire Blossom Garden Arbour Seat 5' x 2' (1.42m x 0.73m). Stylish Seat for Two This elegant arbour is a stylish garden seat, from where you can enjoy the pleasures of your garden in comfortable shade and shelter. An open back and side panels allow you a 360-degree, unrestricted view, so that you can fully appreciate your surroundings and be at one with your gardenâs natural environment. This beautiful arbour accommodates two people, is built to last (being constructed from robust tongue and groove cladding) and is pressure treated, for a longer lifespan. It also has a wonderfully smooth finish and an excellent 10-year anti-rot warranty when supported by periodic re-treatment. Shipping and Assembly Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. The Shire Blossom is supplied with all the necessary fittings for a smooth assembly process. Key Features Stylish wooden arbour seat 10-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated timber Tongue and groove cladding Beautiful smooth finish Comfortably accommodates two people Easy to assemble Please refer to the detailed specification for exact dimensions Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
658. Shire Chaumont 4.8m X 4.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect These excellent, innovative Chaumont Log Cabins are multi-functional and provide space for both recreational activity and storage. It can be described as the perfect median between a summerhouse and a shed, storing all your garden necessities whilst leaving plenty of room for relaxing and enjoying the outdoors. The leisure room and the store measure 13'x11' and 13'x4' respectively. Both the floor and roof are made from 16mm tongue and groove boarding, and the floor joists are manufactured from pressure treated timber. The fully glazed double door is 1.74m (5'8) high x 1.50m (5') wide, whereas the independent single store door width is 0.68m (2'3). Both the doors and windows have fitted draft seals. Good quality locks and hinges are also included. The front roof overhang is 0.40m (1'4) in depth. Roofing felt is included in the price (option to upgrade to felt tiles). A professional assembly service option is available for this model, on condition that the customer provides a flat, level and square concrete or paved base. Delivered palletised in a loose component true-log form (not sectional) by National Carriers. Front driveway delivery only. Note: This log cabin is delivered untreated and requires the customer to apply a good quality preservative to the external timber surfaces immediately after installation. 28mm High-Grade Planed Garden Log Cabin Draft Seals To Doors & Window 16mm Tongue and Groove Floor and Roof Pressure Treated Floor Joists Felt, Fixings & Instructions Included With This Garden Log Cabin Key Operated Lock Integral Shed/Store |
 |
659. Shire Bradley 2.1m X 2.1m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect This attractive 7x7 log cabin shed from Shire is a seriously robust log cabin style garden shed, perfect for all garden storage requirements. The clever design allows for maximum space without taking up space in the garden, boasting an impressive internal eaves height of a full 6’ (1825mm). The sturdy double doors on the 7x7 log cabin shed are fully framed and feature full length piano style hinges for improved security, and allow for easy access. Natural light is let in via the top hung opening window, which is a joinery standard, storm resistant design and is secured with a peg stay. Constructed from premium materials the 7x7 log cabin shed has a solid 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor, which benefits greatly from having pressure treated bearers. The interlocking timbers that make up the walls of the building are 19mm thick, which is 50% thicker than a normal garden shed for a superior build. The timber that has been chosen to build the 7x7 log cabin shed is sustainably sourced, high grade Northern European Pine, FSC approved and has been manufactured in the UK. The shed also comes with a 1 year structural guarantee and a further 10 year guarantee against rot and will require treatment, so it will be long lasting and utilized for many years. Where dimensions are critical please check internal (Floor) sizes as Log cabins are sized to the edge of the individual boards. A robust 7x7 log cabin shed from Shire Perfect for all garden storage requirements Cleverly designed for maximum internal space Impressive internal eaves height of a full 6’ (1825mm) Solid 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor 19mm interlocking timbers for the walls which is 50% thicker than the majority All timber is sustainably sourced high grade Northern European Pine 10 year anti-rot guarantee Supplied un-treated - customer must apply wood preservative |
 |
660. Shire Bradley 2.4m X 2.4m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect This Shire's 8x8 log cabin shed is the solution for your garden storage needs or it can even be used as a workshop! Built to maximise storage potential without compromising outdoor space, at 8x8 it has enough space to offer and an eye-catching appearance. It also has the advantage of an internal eaves height of a full 6' (1825mm). Constructed using sustainably sourced high grade, FSC approved Northern European Pine, this 8x8 log cabin shed has hard wearing 12mm tongue and groove roof and floor, that benefits from pressure treated bearers. Whilst 19mm thick interlocking timbers make up the walls, which is 50% thicker than an average shed, creating a long lasting and extremely robust shed. The 8x8 log cabin shed has 1 top hung opening window and is a joinery standard, storm resistant design and secured with a peg stay, allowing in plenty of natural light. The generous double doors are fully framed and feature full length piano style hinges which help improve security, and make accessing your items incredibly easy. The 8x8 log cabin is manufactured here in the UK and also comes with a 1 year structural guarantee and when the required treatment is applied there is a 10 year anti-rot guarantee, giving you a long term investment. **Where dimensions are critical please check internal (Floor) sizes as Log cabins are sized to the edge of the individual boards** Handsome Shire's 8x8 log cabin shed - use for storage or as a workshop Built to maximise storage potential without compromising outdoor space Full 6'(1825mm)internal eaves height Constructed from sustainably sourced high grade, FSC approved Northern European Pine 19mm thick walls, 50% thicker than most! A long lasting and extremely robust shed Generous double doors for better access Supplied un-treated - customer must apply wood preservative 10 year anti-rot guarantee |
 |
661. Shire Bradley 2.7m X 2.7m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect An extremely robust and stunning 9x9 log cabin shed from Shire. Perfect for storage or alternatively a workshop, thanks to its superior build and its full internal eaves height of 6’ (1825mm). The 9x9 log cabin shed has substantial double doors for easy access and straightforward manoeuvrability of items. The doors are fully framed and feature full length piano style hinges to give improved security. The top hung opening window is a joinery standard, storm resistant design and secured with a peg stay, allowing in plenty of natural daylight. Manufactured here in the UK from high grade, FSC approved Northern European Pine, the 9x9 log cabin shed is constructed using 19mm interlocking timbers for the walls some 50% thicker than a normal garden shed. Strong 12mm tongue and groove makes up the roof and the floor which also benefits from pressure treated bearers. This all creates a robust and long lasting shed. Treatment is required on the shed to preserve its 10 anti-rot guarantee, it also has a 1 year structural guarantee, making the 9x9 log cabin shed an astute investment. ** Where dimensions are critical please check internal (Floor) sizes as Log cabins are sized to the edge of the individual boards** An extremely robust and stunning 9x9 log cabin shed from Shire Perfect for storage or alternatively a workshop Full internal eaves height of 6’ (1825mm) Substantial double doors - fully framed and full length piano style hinges Supplied un treated allowing you to personalise to a colour of your choice High grade, FSC approved Northern European Pine 19mm interlocking timbers for the walls some 50% thicker than majority Strong 12mm tongue and groove - roof and floor 10 year anti-rot guarantee |
 |
662. Forest Parisienne Garden Arbour Seat 5' X 2' : BuyFencingDirect If relaxing, reading or simply gazing out across your garden on a summer evening is your thing, then treat yourself to the stunning Forest Parisienne Garden Arbour Seat 5' x 2' (1.54m x 0.66m). Pressure-Treated and Slow Grown Wood The Forest Parisienne arbour has been cleverly designed to ensure that you won't just be happy with it initially, but for many years to come too. It's constructed from superior, slow grown softwood, which is much tougher than cheaper, standard timber. The wood has been pressure treated to maximise its longevity and protect against rot, and the whole structure comes with an amazing 15-year anti-rot guarantee. Open and Airy Layout The arbour seat features beautiful side and back lattice panels for climbing plants to enjoy. Combined with the decorative roofing slats and the seat has an airy, open feeling, with light pouring in from all angles. Shipping and Assembly Free shipping is available to most UK postcodes. The arbour seat is delivered with full instructions and all the necessary fixtures and fittings, for a smooth self-assembly process. Key Features Comfortable and welcoming garden arbour seat Open, airy layout with a height of 5ft, total width of 2ft and an angled seat Slatted roof and lattice sides let light flood through the structure Lattice sides and back provide a place for climbing plant life to flourish Constructed with smooth-finished, pressure-treated timber 15-year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from PEFC®-certified timber Delivered flat-packed for easy self-assembly Please refer to the detailed specification for exact dimensions |
 |
663. Forest Kitchen Garden Trough Planter 3'x3' : BuyFencingDirect This rustic yet stylish Kitchen Garden Trough planter is the ideal purchase for anyone who wants to add beautiful flower arrangements in any garden space. The materials chosen to produce the Kitchen Garden Trough planter have been carefully selected so that it will offer growing space for many years to come. The timber chosen for manufacturing the planter is a smooth European slow grown soft pine, known for its excellent properties. Furthermore, this timber has been pressure treated, carrying a 15 year manufacturer guarantee against rot and fungal decay. With this pressure treatment, you are not required to treat the Kitchen Garden Trough again annually unlike some other planters. Rest assured, the planter will offer outstanding growing space year in year out. The raised design that the Kitchen Garden Trough boasts means that pests cannot get to your plants and not destroy the beautiful arrangements you have taken time to create. Another advantage of having planters is that they are not susceptible to wide scale disease and therefore you have peace of mind in case an outbreak occurs. Another great advantage is that the Kitchen Garden Trough is very mobile and can be moved around easily to other sections of the garden to brighten up any area of the garden. This trough requires self-assembly as it will be delivered to you, flat-packed, but all instructions and fixings are included in order to ensure simple assembly. Perfect for growing plants, vegetables or even herbs. And the bonus? It looks stunning too! Trough style planter Slow grown timber construction Pressure treated 15 year anti-rot guarantee |
 |
664. 6'6 X 6'9 Shire Buckingham Garden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect A delightful summerhouse for your garden, the Shire Buckingham is constructed from hardwearing, attractive tongue and groove throughout. Boasting 12mm shiplap tongue and groove throughout, this summer house beneftis from the renowned weather-resistance and strength of this construction. A thick 34x34m frame supports the cladding while the floor will withstand years of footfall. The pretty overhanging roof features delightful scalloped barge boards and in finished in felt. A light-filled, airy summerhouse, the Buckingham has three-quarter glazed Gerogian style doors with a matching long, opening, side window. The door is fitted with an antique-style latch to complete the design. The Buckingham has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding with robust 12mm hardwearing tongue and groove floorDurable 12mm tongue and groove roof with felt finish and charming scalloped barge boards Strong 34x34mm supporting frameGlazed double doors with antique-effect latch Large opening window |
 |
665. Shire Bucknells 3m X 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3m x 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
666. Shire Bucknells 3m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3m x 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
667. Shire Bucknells 3m X 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3m x 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
668. Shire Bucknells 3.6m X 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3.6m x 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
669. Shire Bucknells 3.6m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3.6m x 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
670. Shire Bucknells 3.6m X 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect If you're torn between buying a log cabin and summerhouse, why not choose the Shire Bucknells 3.6m x 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm)? This garden building has the appearance of a summerhouse and the weatherproof qualities of a log cabin, so removes any tricky choices by offering you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Door and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via a partially-glazed door, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The door and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with draught excluders too, for enhanced insulation.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, partially-glazed door1 large, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
671. 4 X 4 Shire Bunny Childrens/ Kids Wooden Garden Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect Imagine a playhouse, and this traditional 4x4 wendy house will come to mind. The Shire Bunny Playhouse is the perfect birthday or Christmas gift to inspire outdoor, imaginative play for years to come. Constructed from 12mm smooth planed shiplap tongue and groove cladding, the beautiful finish creates an inviting and tactile space. The floor is hardwearing 11mm OSB board ready for many years of play, whilst the reverse apex roof comprises of 11mm OSB board finished with felt. Light and airy, the playhouse benefits from a half-glazed Georgian door and a matching opening window. All glazing is shatterproof for safety. The door is completed by a cottage-style ring latch. Further attention to detail is shown in the barge boards, finial and vent.A tower model of the Bunny is also available, taking outdoor play to the next level.The Bunny has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. This playhouse complies with BS EN 71-1:2014 safety standards. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding11mm OSB floor and roof with felt finish Pretty matching door and opening window Tower model with platform also available |
 |
672. 4 X 6 Shire Bunny Childrens/ Kids Garden Platform Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect A traditional wendy house taken to the next level, the Shire Bunny Playhouse is the tower version of our popular Bunny playhouse. It is the perfect birthday or Christmas gift to inspire outdoor, imaginative play for years to come. Constructed from 12mm smooth planed shiplap tongue and groove cladding, the beautiful finish creates an inviting and tactile space. The floor is hardwearing 11mm OSB board ready for many years of play, whilst the reverse apex roof comprises of 11mm OSB board finished with felt. Light and airy, the playhouse benefits from a half-glazed Georgian door and a matching opening window. All glazing is shatterproof for safety. The door is completed by a cottage-style ring latch. Further attention to detail is shown in the barge boards, finial and vent.The wooden playhouse sits on a strong platform accessed by a ladder. The platform is completed by a railing section. Why not use the space under the playhouse for a sandpit, extra den or storage for outdoor toys? The Bunny Tower has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding11mm OSB floor and roof with felt finish Pretty matching door and opening window Raised platform accessed by ladder and fitted with a railing. |
 |
673. 6' X 4' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 1.99m X 1.23m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 6 x 5 Double Door Apex Summer House (1.99m x 1.52m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 6x5 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons5 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
674. 8' X 6' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House - 5 Windows 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 9 x 6 Double Door Apex Summer House with 5 Windows (2.71m x 1.99m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 9x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons5 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
675. 7' X 5' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 2.28m X 1.53m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 7 x 6 Double Door Apex Summer House (2.28m x 1.83m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 7x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons4 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
676. 10' X 8' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 3.01m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 11 x 8 Double Door Apex Summer House (3.30m x 2.61m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 6 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 11x8 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons6 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
677. 12' X 8' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House 3.6m X 2.61m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 13 x 8 Double Door Apex Summer House (3.89m x 2.61m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 6 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 13x8 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons6 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
678. 8' X 6' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Apex Summer House - 4 Windows 2.61m X 1.82m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 8 x 7 Double Door Apex Summer House with 4 Windows (2.61m x 2.11m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a traditional apex design, a front overhang to provide shelter from rain and the sun, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x7 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons4 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
679. 10' X 6' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 3.11m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 10 x 6 Double Door Pent Summer House (3.11m x 2.05m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 10x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons5 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
680. 6' X 4' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 1.98m X 1.4m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 6 x 4 Double Door Pent Summer House (1.98m x 1.4m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 6x4 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons5 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
681. 7' X 5' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 2.26m X 1.7m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 7 x 5 Double Door Pent Summer House (2.26m x 1.7m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 7x5 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons4 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
682. 8' X 6' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Pent Summer House 2.52m X 2.05m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 8 x 6 Double Door Pent Summer House (2.52m x 2.05m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 4 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons4 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
683. 8' X 6' Forest Beckwood 25yr Guarantee Double Door Reverse Apex Summer House 2.42m X 1.99m : BuyFencingDirect Expertly crafted to stand the test of time, and with a quintessentially English charm, Forest Beckwood Summerhouses are the type of garden buildings dreams are made of. Boasting premium shiplap cladding, pressure-treated wood and an extraordinary 25-year guarantee, they simply ooze sophistication and class. This particular model is the 8 x 6 Double Door Reverse Apex Summer House (2.42m x 1.99m), so provides you with an idyllic space in which to relax in the garden, come rain or shine.A Fully-Modular Premium Summer HouseBeautifully built here, in Great Britain, this garden summerhouse features a fully-modular design. This means it's delivered in smaller sections of interchangeable panels, but you get more overall wood, so you'll find it much easier to assemble and far stronger than other wooden summerhouses. This fully-modular design also allows you a market-leading choice of door/ window placements, helping you customise the summerhouse to your exact requirements.The walls are constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a 28mm x 28mm frame, making for an incredibly robust structure. This tightly-interlocking design also provides weather-beating performance and increases durability, while shiplap's scalloped profile enhances aesthetic appeal. A sumptuous smooth-planed finish perfectly rounds off the summerhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.T & G Floor and Weatherproof Roof CoveringMade from superior 12mm tongue and groove boards, the floor is perfectly equipped to house your heavier summer house furniture and cope with regular footfall. It is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, which promote good air flow underneath the summer house and prevent the floor from getting damp, so providing a further layer of protection against rot and fungal decay.The 8mm OSB roof features an eye-catching reverse apex design, diamond-shaped finials, and a green mineral felt cover to give you complete protection from the elements.Double Doors and Extensive Acrylic GlazingYou can gain very easy access to this summerhouse via double doors with partial acrylic glazing, which come with sturdy door knobs, a drop latch, cabin hooks and turn buttons to keep them securely in place.Thanks to 5 additional large, fixed windows, this garden summerhouse enjoys an abundance of natural light - perfect if you're relaxing inside with a good book or dining with your loved ones. All of these windows are made from lightweight acrylic, making them completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.Ethically Sourced, Maintenance Free and a Market-Leading GuaranteeThe wood used to build this 8x6 summerhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark for sustainable forestry. It is pressure treated and delivered with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, so further treatment against rot is never required, saving you money on expensive wood preservatives and leaving you more time to relax in your garden.White Glove Delivery ServiceFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the summer house is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Optional UpgradesIf you'd rather the professionals assemble the summerhouse for you, we offer a competitively-priced installation service as an optional upgrade.You can purchase a pressure-treated wooden base as an optional extra too.The Forest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouse RangeForest Beckwood Shiplap Summerhouses are available for you to buy in a range of designs and sizes, all of which boast the same superior build and market-leading guarantee.Expertly built in Great Britain from FSC® certified woodPressure treated with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee - the longest guarantee on the marketMaintenance freedom - wood never needs retreatingFully-modular design means a much easier assembly, far stronger structure, and choice of door/ window placementsBuilt from premium 12mm shiplap cladding on a 28mm x 28mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof with green mineral felt coverDouble doors include acrylic glazing, a drop latch and turn buttons5 large, acrylic windows are completely shatterproofWhite Glove Delivery Service straight into your gardenChoose a Beckwood summerhouse from a range of designs and sizesProfessional installation service and pressure-treated base available as optional upgrades |
 |
684. Forest Caledonian Corner Raised Bed 4'x4' 1.3x1.3m : BuyFencingDirect If youâd like to fully utilise your garden space for growing flowers, herbs or vegetables, the Forest Caledonian Corner Raised Bed 4x4 (1.3x1.3m) is the perfect solution. Built from pressure-treated wood and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, this wooden planter requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you with more time to tend to your plants. All of the timber is FSC®-certified, so you can rest assured it is only sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests, which benefit the local communities who care for them. This corner planter has a 500-litre soil capacity and a planting depth of 28cm, offering room for a range of plants. Assembly couldnât be simpler, so youâll be ready to start sowing and growing with minimal fuss. The Caledonian range of raised beds includes a number of attractive garden planters. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated FSC®-certified wood 500-litre capacity 28cm planting depth Simple assembly Other planters available in the Caledonian range Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
685. Forest Caledonian Rectangular Raised Bed 6'x3' 1.8x0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This Caldedonian Rasied Bed 180 x 90 is the perfect addition to a garden vegetable plot and even allotments. Constructed from FSC certified timber timbers, this Caledonian Raised Bed 180 x 90 is an ideal size to be placed in any space to offer huge growing space. The Caledonian Raised Bed 180 x 90 has been pressure treated to enable a 15 year rot free usage. Upon delivery, all the fixtures and fittings come supplied with the timbers to enable a speedy and easy assembly, following the instructions delivered also. Fill the Caledonian Rasied Bed 180 x 90 with tall plants to add height to any garden or make a flower display to enhance any gardens beauty. This Caledoinian Raised Bed 180 x 90 is the perfect size for growing your own plants and vegetables. It is constructed from pressure treated to promise a 15 year anti-rot warranty. Manufactured using stunning FSC certified timber, sustainably sourced and superior quality. This raised bed is delivered with all the fixtures and fittings needed for assembly using the easy instructions. |
 |
686. Forest Caledonian Trough Raised Bed 5'11x1'6 1.8x0.45m : BuyFencingDirect The caledonian raised bed 45 x 180 is a carbon neutral raised bed - perfect for the environmentally conscious gardener and ideal for vegetable plots if you are thinking about self sufficiency. If you are wheel chair bound or have difficulty reaching down to the floor then the caledonian raised bed 45 x 180 level of these planters offers the ideal solution. Assembly of this planter requires a minimum of 2 adults. Please be advised that it does not come with pre-drilled holes.Size - 180(w) x 45(d) x 42(h)cmAvailable in two sizes of square planters and a trough! The caledonian raised bed 45 x 180 is ideal for use as a vegetable plot Manufactured from pre-notched Carbon Neutral Timber Manufactured from pressure treated timber, the caledonian raised bed 45 x 180 ensures a longer life 2-person assembly |
 |
687. Forest Caledonian Square Raised Bed 3'x3' 0.9mx0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This Caledonian raised bed 90 x 90cm is perfect for the environmentally conscious gardener. Ideal for vegetable plots if you are thinking about self sufficiency or if you have difficulty reaching down to the floor, then the raised level of these planters offers the ideal solution. The Caledonian raised bed 90 x 90cm is available in two sizes of square planters and a trough. Caledonian raised bed 90 x 90cm is an excellent vocal point for your garden Ideal for vegetable plotting or plant growing Environmentally Friendly – manufactured from Carbon Neutral timber Ideal for people with mobility difficulties |
 |
688. Forest Caledonian Long Raised Bed 1'6 X 6' 0.45m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect If you like to grow your own vegetables and fully utilise your garden space, the Forest Caledonian Long Raised Bed is the answer. This slimline wooden planter is easily assembled, intelligently designed and built to last.Made in the UK from extra-thick 40mm timber, this premium garden planter is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Not only robust and durable, this raised garden bed is attractive too, with half-lap joints and a natural wood finish which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.Notched ends, clear instructions and screws are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. In fact, only 4 screws are required - 1 for each corner of the planter. It really doesn't get any simpler than that.Available in a range of sizes, these Forest Caledonian raised beds allow you to customise a growing area to match your exact requirements. So, get ready to enjoy the benefits of home grown veg with minimal hassle.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15 year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to prevent rotMade in the UK from FSC®-certified woodAttractive half-lap jointsExceptionally easy assembly - only 4 screws required (screws included)Available in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
689. Forest Caledonian Large Raised Bed 3' X 6' 0.9m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect If you're a keen gardener with an allotment or garden veg plot, the 3x6 Forest Caledonian Large Raised Bed provides plenty of room to grow a range of vegetables. This wooden raised bed frame is easily assembled and built to last.Made in the UK from extra-thick 40mm timber, this premium garden planter is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Not only robust and durable, this raised garden bed is attractive too, with half-lap joints and a natural wood finish which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.Notched ends, clear instructions and screws are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. In fact, only 4 screws are required - 1 for each corner of the planter. It really doesn't get any simpler than that.Available in a range of sizes, these Forest Caledonian raised beds allow you to customise a growing area to match your exact requirements. So, get ready to enjoy the benefits of home grown veg with minimal hassle.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15 year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to prevent rotMade in the UK from FSC®-certified woodAttractive half-lap jointsExceptionally easy assembly - only 4 screws required (screws included)Available in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
690. Forest Caledonian Small Raised Bed 3x3 0.9m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect If you like to grow your own vegetables but have limited outdoor space, the 3x3 Forest Caledonian Small Raised Bed is the answer. This compact wooden planter is easily assembled, incredibly stylish and built to last. UK made small raised beds Made in the UK from extra-thick 40mm timber, this premium small raised bed is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Durable build and natural finish Not only robust and durable, this 3x3 raised garden bed is attractive too, with half-lap joints and a natural wood finish which is sure to complement the rest of your garden perfectly. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. Easy assembly Notched ends, clear instructions and screws are all included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. In fact, only 4 screws are required - 1 for each corner of the planter. It really doesn't get any simpler than that. Different raised bed sizes available From 3x3 small raised beds to 1â6âx6 and 3x6, these Forest Caledonian raised beds come in a variety of sizes and allow you to customise a growing area to match your exact requirements. So, get ready to enjoy the benefits of home grown veg with minimal hassle. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Explore our full range of raised beds to find the perfect fit for your garden. Reasons to buy small raised beds from Buy Fencing Direct: Impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to prevent rot 3x3 raised bed, made in the UK from FSC®-certified wood Attractive half-lap joints Exceptionally easy assembly - only 4 screws required (screws included) Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
691. Forest Caledonian Tiered Raised Bed 3'x3' 0.9x0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This stunning caledonian tiered wooden raised bed planter will look beautiful in any garden filled with pretty flowers. It's also ideal for vegetable plots if you are thinking about self sufficiency or if you have difficulty reaching down to the floor, then the raised level of these planters offers the ideal solution. This caledonian tiered wooden raised bed planter which is included in our range of carbon neutral raised beds is perfect for the environmentally conscious gardener. Size - 90(w) x 90(d) x 56(h)cm This caledonian tiered wooden raised bed planter is ideal for growing Herbs, Vegetables or Flowers Manufactured from pre-notched Carbon Neutral Timber Quick and easy to assemble The caledonian tiered wooden raised bed planter is ideal for filling in a corner, with great growth capacity |
 |
692. Shire Camelot 2.1m X 2.1m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect The Camelot Garden Log Cabin from our stunning Log Cabin range. These 19mm log cabins offer exceptional value and a great alternative to a traditional garden shed. This attractive garden log cabin will provide a safe and sound structure for your garden storage needs. Produced from untreated Pine, the 'logs' which make up the walls are 19mm (3/4 of an inch) thick, being more than one-and-a-half times the cladding thickness of a conventional (12mm) wooden garden shed. This Camelot model also benefits from a generous internal eaves height of 1.80m (5'11). The roof of the Camelot is made from 12mm tongue and groove boarding as is the floor; which is included in the price unlike that of many other brands. The floor supports (joists) are manufactured from pressure treated timber, to give the best possible lifespan for the most vulnerable part of any timber building. The fully-boarded single door is complete with a safety piano hinge and a padbolt (padlock not supplied). The opening side window also benefits from a fully boarded external shutter as shown. Glazing is 3mm Horticultural glass. Roofing felt is included as standard. These log cabins require a flat, level and square concrete or paved base to enable assembly. Delivered palletised in a loose component true-log form (not sectional). Front driveway delivery only. Note: These log cabins are delivered untreated and requires the customer to apply a good quality preservative to the external timber surfaces immediately after installation. These stunning timber Log Cabins made from 19mm planed logs are the ideal choice for a robust and elegant cabin such as the 7x7 Shire Camelot A robust and sturdy 12mm Tongue & Groove roof & floor prevents water from entering the cabin whilst giving a strong build A padbolt has been fitted for added security to keep your belongings safe and sound A glass glazed opening window gives an elegant feel to the building |
 |
693. 7' X 9' Shire Casita Wooden Summerhouse Including Veranda 2.16m X 2.72m : BuyFencingDirect A stylish summer house, the Shire Casita Wooden Summerhouse with Veranda boasts a number of exciting features. The 2x7ft veranda, impressive balusters, and smooth planed finish give this garden building an elegant appearance. But, with 12mm tongue and groove flooring and walls, it's not just aesthetically pleasing but solid and durable too. The apex roof is constructed from 12mm solid sheet and comes with a felt covering. All of this is supported by a thick 34x34m frame. This excellent summerhouse enjoys two glass windows, offering the interior plenty of natural light. Both are framed and openable, so also offer ventilation for comfortable relaxation or working on your hobbies. The single door includes a hasp and staple lock (padlock not included) ready for your . Versatility is another key feature of this splendid garden shed. Its handsome looks make it suitable as a summerhouse, ideal for enjoying a spot of relaxation while its generous proportions facilitate an extremely generous storage facility. The Casita has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most UK mainland postocodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines7x7 interior with a 2x7 veranda Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding and hard wearing tongue & groove floor Strong 34x34mm supporting frame 12mm OSB roof with felt finish 2 opening windows Single door fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
694. 4'4 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
695. 4'4 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
696. 5'3 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
697. 5'3 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
698. 8'3 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
699. 8'3 X 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 4'9 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 1.45m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
700. 5'3 X 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 1.93m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
701. 5'3 X 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 1.93m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
702. 6'3 X 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.91m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 6'3 x 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.91m x 1.93m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
703. 6'3 X 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.91m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 6'3 x 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.91m x 1.93m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This 6x6 greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
704. 8'3 X 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 6'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 1.93m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This 8x6 greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
705. 4'4 X 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 2.4m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
706. 4'4 X 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 2.4m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
707. 8'3 X 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 2.4m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
708. 8'3 X 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 7'10 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 2.4m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
709. 4'4 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
710. 4'4 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.32m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 4'4 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.32m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
711. 5'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
712. 5'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.6m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 5'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.6m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
713. 6'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 1.91m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 6'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (1.91m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
714. 6'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.91m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 6'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.91m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
715. 8'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully handcrafted from premium materials, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Beautifully Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
716. 8'3 X 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.52m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Stylishly designed, beautifully built, and with professional installation included in the price, the 8'3 x 9'4 Coppice Ashdown Apex Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.52m x 2.85m) is sure to appeal to green-fingered experts and novice gardeners alike.A Premium Painted GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 12mm wooden cladding, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a stylish grey finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, toughened-glass door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the 2 greenhouse shelves provide ample space for potting and displaying your plants. They are supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.An opening vent is positioned on each side of the apex roof, helping you regulate the temperature inside the greenhouse to optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of Sizes/ FinishesCoppice Ashdown Greenhouses are available to buy in a range of sizes. There's also a choice of oiled or grey-painted finishes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood12mm cladding with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lock2 greenhouse shelves/ staging, with brackets2 opening roof vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizes, in oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
717. 4'2 X 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.27m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 4'2 x 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.27m x 1.45m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
718. 5'1 X 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.55m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 5'1 x 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.55m x 1.45m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
719. 6'1 X 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.86m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 6'1 x 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.86m x 1.45m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
720. 8'1 X 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.47m X 1.45m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 8'1 x 4'9 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.47m x 1.45m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
721. 4'2 X 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.27m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 4'2 x 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.27m x 1.93m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This small greenhouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
722. 5'1 X 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.55m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 5'1 x 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.55m x 1.93m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
723. 6'1 X 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.86m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 6'1 x 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.86m x 1.93m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
724. 8'1 X 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.47m X 1.93m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 8'1 x 6'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.47m x 1.93m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
725. 4'2 X 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.27m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 4'2 x 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.27m x 2.4m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
726. 5'1 X 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.55m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 5'1 x 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.55m x 2.4m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
727. 6'1 X 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.86m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 6'1 x 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.86m x 2.4m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
728. 8'1 X 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.47m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 8'1 x 7'10 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.47m x 2.4m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
729. 4'2 X 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.27m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 4'2 x 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.27m x 2.85m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
730. 5'1 X 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.55m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 5'1 x 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.55m x 2.85m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
731. 6'1 X 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 1.86m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 6'1 x 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (1.86m x 2.85m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
732. 8'1 X 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.47m X 2.85m : BuyFencingDirect Indulge your love of gardening, right outside your back door, with the 8'1 x 9'4 Coppice Hatfield Lean To Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.47m x 2.85m). And as this glasshouse is professionally installed for you at no extra cost, it leaves you free to devote your own time and energy to caring for your plants.A Great Lean To GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this premium greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with a smart grey-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a 3-lever mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. You can have the door installed at either end of the greenhouse – the choice is yours.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the long greenhouse shelf provides ample space for potting and displaying your plants. It is supplied with brackets, so easily fixed to the greenhouse frame.Two hydraulically-powered automatic vents are positioned on the lean-to roof, ensuring optimal temperatures inside the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this lean-to greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks. And thanks to the greenhouse's clip installation system, they'll have it ready for use in no time at all.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Optional UpgradesYou can purchase additional shelves/ staging, guttering, and a further door (for the opposite end of the greenhouse) to help customise the greenhouse to your exact requirements.Choice of SizesCoppice Hatfield Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls, 44mm R4C framing, and 3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and 3-lever mortice lockDoor can be positioned either end of the greenhouse1 long greenhouse shelf, with brackets2 hydraulically-powered automatic vents1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentShop greenhouse accessories as optional upgradesChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
733. 7'10 X 7'10 Coppice Thetford Octagonal Wooden Greenhouse 2.39m X 2.39m : BuyFencingDirect With its eye-catching design and high-quality build, the 7'10 x 7'10 Coppice Thetford Octagonal Wooden Greenhouse (2.39m x 2.39m) is a great place to indulge your love of gardening. Packed full of premium features, this wonderful glasshouse even comes with a professional installation service included in the price.An Eye-Catching Octagonal GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted with 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this octagonal greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. The wood is pressure treated and coated in microporous oil, providing protection against rot, throughout the changing seasons, while still allowing it to breathe.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the multi-shelf staging provides an extensive amount of space for potting plants and storing your gardening tools.The 7 opening windows, positioned right around the greenhouse, help you regulate the temperature and optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Choice of FinishesThis Coppice Thetford Greenhouse is available to buy with an oiled or painted finish.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from oiled, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and mortice lockExtensive multi-shelf staging7 opening windows1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentChoose from oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
734. 7'10 X 7'10 Coppice Thetford Octagonal Painted Wooden Greenhouse 2.39m X 2.39m : BuyFencingDirect With its striking design and high-quality build, the 7'10 x 7'10 Coppice Thetford Octagonal Painted Wooden Greenhouse (2.39m x 2.39m) is a great place to indulge your love of gardening. Packed full of premium features, this wonderful glasshouse even comes with a professional installation service included in the price.A Painted Octagonal GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted with 11mm wooden dwarf walls, on a robust 44mm R4C frame, this octagonal greenhouse is as strong as it is stylish. Pressure treated to prevent rot, the wood comes with an attractive green-painted finish, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.The extensive glazing means natural light floods into the greenhouse to benefit your plants. It is made from 3mm toughened glass – just want you need to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden.Entering the GlasshouseYou can easily access this glasshouse via a right-hand-hinged, partially-glazed door, which is fitted with chrome handles and hinges for that extra touch of class. This door also includes a mortice lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools (and invaluable plants) will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.Other Greenhouse Key FeaturesOnce inside, you'll find the multi-shelf staging provides an extensive amount of space for potting plants and storing your gardening tools.The 7 opening windows, positioned right around the greenhouse, help you regulate the temperature and optimise growing conditions.Please be advised that this greenhouse for sale is designed without flooring.Installation, Guarantee and Wood CareCoppice's Professional Installation Team will assemble this greenhouse for you at no extra charge, so you can save your energy for far more enjoyable gardening tasks.This glasshouse is supplied with a 1-year manufacturer's warranty.You should retreat the wood, on an annual basis, to ensure it remains protected from rot and fungal decay.Choice of FinishesThis Coppice Thetford Greenhouse is available to buy with an oiled or painted finish.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Professional installation service included in the priceBuilt from painted, pressure treated wood11mm wooden dwarf walls with 44mm R4C framing3mm toughened greenhouse glassDoor includes chrome fittings and mortice lockExtensive multi-shelf staging7 opening windows1-year manufacturer's warrantyWood requires annual retreatmentChoose from oiled or painted finishesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
735. Forest 8' X 8' Composite Decking Kit - Brown 2.4m X 2.4m : BuyFencingDirect Easily create an impressive place for you to entertain friends or dine alfresco in the garden with the Forest Composite Decking Kit in Brown. This composite decking outperforms wooden decking while maintaining the natural charm, feel and beauty of timber. The decking boards will not stain, warp or split; plus, they are UV-protected to prevent fading. The colour of the boards is Pennine Millstone Brown, a dark brown hue with the characteristic charm of the Pennines. Unlike surface-painted composites, these boards will not flake in changing temperatures. Unlike timber, the composite is resistant to rotting, wood-eating insects, and moisture absorption. Yet, it is as easy as wood to work with and is screwed in place for the same finish as wooden decking. The dual-sided structure means you can display either a natural woodgrain effect or a more contemporary lined profile. These decking boards are highly slip-resistant in dry and wet conditions. The composite is manufactured in the UK from a mixture of beech hardwood fibres and high-density polyethylene. The polyethylene is a high-quality recycled material and the hardwood fibres are sustainably resourced. As a result, the boards are 90-96% recycled and 100% recyclable. Measuring 2.4m2, this composite decking kit includes the deck boards, timber joists, colour-matched screws, spacers and drill bit - everything you need to achieve a straightforward assembly. These decking boards are solid and, therefore, far stronger, more durable and easier to drill than inferior hollow composite decking boards. No clips are required; though, please be advised that you will need to do a small amount of sawing to cut the timber joists to size. This stylish composite decking kit is also available in grey. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. Incredible 25-year guarantee High performance composite of recycled high-density polyethylene and beech hardwood fibres Looks and feels like natural wood Will never stain, warp, flake or split Virtually maintenance free Dual-sided - display either a natural woodgrain effect or contemporary lined profile 2.4m2 Ready to assemble - all components included Also available in grey Made in the UK Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders above £100 |
 |
736. Forest Curved Wooden Firepit Bench 6'8 X 2'6 2.03m X 0.76m - Pack Of 2 : BuyFencingDirect Elevate your evenings around the firepit thanks to the Forest Curved Wooden Firepit Bench (2 Pack) 6â8 x 2â6. Versatile Firepit Seating Sitting around a firepit with friends and family is a great way to spend cooler evenings when youâd normally be wrapped up indoors. The Forest Curved Wooden Firepit Bench allows you to do just that and has a range of clever design features too. The most significant of these is how, when the firepit bench is combined with others, you can create a complete circle of seating or whatever bespoke seating arrangements you prefer. This versatility is backed by a handy storage space underneath the seats, which makes the perfect log store. The curved wooden bench comfortably seats two people and the wood has been pressure treated to ensure longevity and durability. This also means we can offer a 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so you can be confident that your bench will remain in great condition for many years to come. Shipping and Assembly We provide free shipping to most UK addresses. The benches come in flat-pack format, with full instructions, for a smooth assembly process. Key Features Versatile modular designIdeal for bordering firepitsOne bench seats two peopleBenches can be paired up to create more seating15-year anti-rot guaranteeMade from pressure-treated woodPack of two benches |
 |
737. Forest 3 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 0.91m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 3â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (0.91m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 3â x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Free Delivery We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
738. Forest 4 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 1.22m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 4â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (1.22m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 4â x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Free Delivery We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
739. Forest 5 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 1.52m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 5â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (1.52m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 5â x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Delivery & Installation We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100. Please note: Due to the size and weight of the Forest Croft Prestige gates and gate posts, installation requires a good level of practical experience and competent DIY expertise to ensure they are fitted safely and correctly. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
740. Forest 6 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 1.83m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 6â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (1.83m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 6â x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Delivery & Installation We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100.Please note: Due to the size and weight of the Forest Croft Prestige gates and gate posts, installation requires a good level of practical experience and competent DIY expertise to ensure they are fitted safely and correctly. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
741. Forest 7 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 2.13m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 7â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (2.13m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 7 x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Delivery & Installation We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100.Please note: Due to the size and weight of the Forest Croft Prestige gates and gate posts, installation requires a good level of practical experience and competent DIY expertise to ensure they are fitted safely and correctly. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
742. Forest 8 X 4 Croft Prestige Gate 2.44m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect Practical and stylish, the Forest 8â x 4â Croft Prestige Gate (2.13m x 1.22m) is bursting with classic, rural charm. Combining Precision Engineering with a Charming Style Available in multiple sizes ranging from 3ft to 8ft, this traditional wooden gate provides the ideal entryway to gardens, fields, driveways and farm tracks alike. Its classic five-bar, diamond-brace design encompasses fully housed and angled cross rails for greater structural integrity, CNC-engineered components for precision and accuracy, and stainless steel fixings to forestall rust and stains. The 8 x 4â Croft Prestige is expertly crafted from FSC®-certified timber, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. The wood has been planed all over for a smooth, premium finish and the gate can be left- or right-hand opening, so you can choose whichever option suits your requirements. Best of all, the gate comes with a huge 15-year anti-rot guarantee so you can be safe in the knowledge that it will continue to provide easy access to your home or farm for a long time to come. Please note: Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product. Delivery & Installation We offer free delivery on all garden fence and/or garden gate orders over £100.Please note: Due to the size and weight of the Forest Croft Prestige gates and gate posts, installation requires a good level of practical experience and competent DIY expertise to ensure they are fitted safely and correctly. Key Features Traditional rural wooden gate for gardens, driveways, fields and farms 15-year anti-rot guarantee Five-bar diamond brace design for added strength CNC-engineered components Crafted from FSC®-certified timber Planed all over for a smooth, premium finish Multiple sizes available: 3ft to 8ft Comes with stainless steel fixings to protect against stains or rust Fully housed angled, diamond-shaped cross rails Gate can be hung for a left- or right-hand opening Fixing packs are available for all Croft Prestige gates as a separate product Free delivery on orders over £100 |
 |
743. 7'1 X 7'11 Shire Chatsworth Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect The charming Shire Chatsworth Summer House enjoys a Georgian-style facade with an attractive roof overhang and is constructed from premium materials. The interior is just the right size to house a table and chairs, so you can either relax with a glass of wine or catch up with a spot of work, close to nature and in idyllic surroundings.Constructed from durable 12mm tongue and groove cladding throughout, this remarkable summer house boasts a weathertight finish. The tongue and groove floor will withstand years of footfall and support your furniture. The tongue and groove roof comes with felt roof covering and creates an attractive overhang, adding to the appeal of this garden building. Two large framed windows, made from 3mm glass and fully openable, and a glazed single door give the Chatsworth a truly delightful appearance. The door features an antique-style door latch for a delightful finishing touchThis shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. Please note: the summer house is not supplied in blue and white. This is a customer image for illustrative purposes only.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding and hard wearing tongue & groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with felt finishStrong 34x34mm supporting frame 2 long windows Glazed single door fitted with antique-style black latch |
 |
744. Forest Classic Dome Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 4'5 X 2'4 : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed and perfect for supporting climbing plants, the Forest Classic Dome Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 4'5 x 2'4 will unquestionably add the â¬Ëwow' factor to your garden.With its attractive trellis sides, intricately-curved domed top and smooth-planed finish, this pergola arch is a real standout garden feature. What's more, the 4 robust legs and pressure-treated protection ensure this wooden arch is perfectly equipped to withstand whatever nature throws at it and remain a much-loved feature of your garden for many years to come.Supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. All of the wood is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotFeatures trellis side panelsIntricately-curved, slatted archPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFixings included for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
745. Forest Classic Flat Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 6'11 X 2'4 : BuyFencingDirect Strikingly designed and perfect for supporting climbing plants, the Forest Classic Flat Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 6'11 x 2'4 will unquestionably add the â¬Ëwow' factor to your garden.With its attractive trellis sides, slatted top and smooth-planed finish, this pergola arch is a real standout garden feature. What's more, the 4 robust legs and pressure-treated protection ensure this wooden arch is perfectly equipped to withstand whatever nature throws at it and remain a much-loved feature of your garden for many years to come.Supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. All of the wood is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotFeatures trellis side panelsSlatted topPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFixings included for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
746. 5' X 4' Shire Club Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.42m X 1.48m : BuyFencingDirect Help your children off the sofa and into the garden with the 5 x 4 Shire Club Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.42m x 1.48m). With its charming design and exciting features, this wooden Wendy house is sure to be a hit with youngsters everywhere.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 8mm OSB roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes a log-cabin-style overhang and 2 diamond-shaped finials, which further enhance the playhouse's neat, attractive appearance.The wooden door features a roller catch and daisy-design ring handle for safe and easy access. Once inside, the window provides ample natural light. This window is made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and window are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringDoor includes roller catch and daisy-design ring handle1 styrene windowBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
747. 7' X 7' Shire Shiplap Wooden Corner Garden Shed 2.16m X 2.16m : BuyFencingDirect Making the most of your garden space, this 7x7 Corner Shed from Shire has an impressive tongue and groove build and large double doors for a truly durable and practical garden shed.. The 7x7 Shed is manufactured with tight interlocking shiplap tongue and groove wall cladding for a weather tight finish. This is supported by a robust 34x34mm frame. The timber used to create the cladding is a slow grown European wood that has been sourced from sustainable European forests. The additional time given to mature means it is more durable and long lasting in comparison to cheaper timbers.The tongue and groove floor will withstand years of use and support any stored items. The sloping OSB roof includes felt covering for a weatherproof finish. Light and ventilation is provided by two large opening windows making the shed a pleasant place to pursue those DIY taks. When it comes to storing and retrieving your garden tools and equipment, the double opening doors provide plenty of space to manouvre large items. A padbolt closure is ready for your padlock (not supplied) if you require security for your shed. For a roomier shed, take a look at our 7'5 x 7'5 model. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding 11mm OSB roof with felt finish 2 opening windows Double doors fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
748. 7' X 7' Shire Premium Pressure Treated Wooden Corner Garden Shed 2.07m X 2.16m : BuyFencingDirect A perfect addition for any garden enthusiast, the robust Shire 7x7 Pressure Treated Corner shed is the answer to all your storage problems. Its charming corner design will stand out in your garden! Make the best of the outdoors and enjoy your garden experience with this practical and durable shed. The wall panels of this 7x7 shed are made from high quality 12mm shiplap FSC certified timber supported by a strong 34x34mm frame. The roof is 11mm OSB board and is cleverly covered with a mineral felt to keep the wood dry. The floor is made up of a robust 12mm tongue and groove timber – to add strength and stability for the shed. All the wood is pressure treated, with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee, although periodic retreatment is recommended. In addition, this wooden shed grants you excellent access through its wide double doors, and can be secured by a hasp & staple latch for a padlock usage (padlock not supplied) – adding security to your shed. There are two wide opening windows included. Originated in the UK, this compact pressure treated corner shed comes in a larger 8’x8’. Free Delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10 year guarantee against rot but periodic retreatment recommended A great way to utilise space in the garden High quality 12mm tongue and groove cladding Pressure treated timber – for long lasting life 34mmx 34mm Framing throughout Hasp & Staple lock Instructions and fittings all included Free Delivery – in most UK addresses |
 |
749. 7'5 X 7'5 Shire Shiplap Wooden Corner Garden Shed 2.33m X 2.33m : BuyFencingDirect Making the most of your garden space, this 7'5 x 7'5 Corner Shed from Shire has an impressive tongue and groove build and large double doors for a truly durable and practical garden shed.. The 7'5 x7'5 Shed is manufactured with tight interlocking shiplap tongue and groove wall cladding for a weather tight finish. This is supported by a robust 34x34mm frame. The timber used to create the cladding is a slow grown European wood that has been sourced from sustainable European forests. The additional time given to mature means it is more durable and long lasting in comparison to cheaper timbers.The tongue and groove floor will withstand years of use and support any stored items. The sloping OSB roof includes felt covering for a weatherproof finish. Light and ventilation is provided by two large opening windows making the shed a pleasant place to pursue those DIY taks. When it comes to storing and retrieving your garden tools and equipment, the double opening doors provide plenty of space to manouvre large items. A padbolt closure is ready for your padlock (not supplied) if you require security for your shed. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding 11mm OSB roof with felt finish 2 opening windows Double doors fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
750. 8' X 8' Shire Premium Pressure Treated Wooden Corner Garden Shed 2.25m X 2.33m : BuyFencingDirect A perfect addition for any garden enthusiast, the robust Shire 8x8 Pressure Treated Corner shed is the answer to all your storage problems. Its charming corner design will stand out in your garden! Make the best of the outdoors and enjoy your garden experience with this practical and durable shed. The wall panels of this 8x8 shed are made from high quality 12mm shiplap FSC certified timber supported by a strong 34x34mm frame. The roof is 11mm OSB board and is cleverly covered with a mineral felt to keep the wood dry. The floor is made up of a robust 12mm tongue and groove timber – to add strength and stability for the shed. All the wood is pressure treated, although periodic retreatment is recommended. In addition, this wooden shed grants you excellent access through its wide double doors, and can be secured by a hasp & staple latch for a padlock usage (padlock not supplied) – adding security to your shed. There are two wide opening windows included. Originated in the UK, this compact pressure treated corner shed comes in a larger 8’x8’. Free Delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10 year guarantee against rot A great way to utilise space in the garden High quality 12mm tongue and groove cladding Pressure treated timber – for long lasting life 34mmx 34mm Framing throughout Hasp & Staple lock Instructions and fittings all included Free Delivery – in most UK addresses |
 |
751. 6 X 4 Shire Command Post Childrens/ Kids Wooden Garden Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect A completely unique children's playhouse, the Command Post 6x4 Playhouse from Shire offers your children a secrect club house, an exciting hideout or whatever their imaginations create! Constructed with robust tongue and groove cladding, known for its tight weatherproof finish, and also boasting a durable tongue and groove floor that will withstand years of energetic play, this playhouse is built to last. The sloping roof includes felt covering and is finished by an attractive barge board to the side. The most unique featurs of this kids' playhouse are the two opening ports, ideal for passing secret codes or launching a watergun attack. Plus, with three small windows to provide light and a crawl door with magnetic catch, the fun contines. For your peace of mind, this playhouse complies to BS EN 71-1:2014 safety standards. This playhouse has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. Please Note - the image shows creative camouflage painting for illustrative purposes only. The playhouse is supplied unpainted and without the commando teddy! 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor11mm OSB floor with felt finish Three windows, 2 opening observation points and single entrance door with magnetic catch Please note: supplied unpainted |
 |
752. Forest 6' X 3' Pressure Treated Contemporary Picket Fence Panel 1.83m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect as a front garden boundary or other low-level fence run, the eye-catching Forest 6 x 3 Pressure Treated Contemporary Picket Fence Panel (1.83m x 0.9m) adds an attractive modern twist to traditional palisade fencing.Expertly made from premium timber, this picket fencing is pressure treated and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. The wood used to build this fencing is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Arranged in an eye-catching staggered pattern, this fence panel's wooden slats are rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish. Not just robust, rot-proof and ethically sourced, this garden fencing is exceptionally attractive too.Please be advised that we also stock a wooden gate in the same stylish design as these picket fence panels, allowing you to complete your perfect fence run.Garden fencing delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishMatching gate available tooFree delivery to most UK postcodes on orders above £100 |
 |
753. 3ft High Forest Contemporary Picket Gate : BuyFencingDirect With matching fence panels available too, the 3ft High Forest Contemporary Picket Gate is an updated version of a classic design, making it an extremely attractive entrance to any type of garden.Beautifully crafted from premium timber, this wooden gate is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. The wood used to make this garden gate is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.The gate's vertical slats are supported by sturdy battens, and arranged in an attractive staggered pattern. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden gate really will make a stunning entrance to your front garden.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes on orders above £100.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFence panels in this design available tooFree delivery to most UK postcodes on orders above £100 |
 |
754. 6' X 4' Shire Command Post Kids Wooden Platform Playhouse 1.69m X 2.22m : BuyFencingDirect Far more exciting than phones or computer games, the 6 x 4 Shire Command Post Kids Wooden Platform Playhouse (1.69m x 2.22m) will encourage your children to get themselves outdoors and let off steam, while they remain safely within the confines of your garden.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 8mm OSB roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The pent roof includes a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry.Set atop an enclosed, wooden platform, which is supported by robust, cross-braced legs, this platform playhouse is accessed via a sturdy, wooden ladder, which you can instal in a variety of positions. The door comes with a roller catch, full-length safety hinge and handle, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior.Once inside, 8 windows/ gun ports provide an abundance of natural light. The windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. The opening gun ports are made from wood, and sure to add to the fun and games. Their only downside is that when you call your children inside for dinner, you may need to take cover from water-pistol fire.If you're worried about said dinner getting cold while this goes on, allow us to recommend the long, wavy slide, which is available to buy as an optional extra and which offers a much quicker exit from the playhouse.The door, windows AND timber ports are all crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are provided to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringFeatures sturdy, wooden ladder and enclosed platformBuy a long, wavy slide as an optional extraDoor includes roller catch, full-length safety hinge and handle8 windows/ gun ports (windows made from styrene, gun ports from woodBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
755. 5'3 X 5'3 Forest Linear Corner Wooden Planter 1.6m X 1.6m : BuyFencingDirect Transform an unused corner of your garden with the 5'3² Forest Linear Corner Wooden Planter (1.6m x 1.6m). This raised bed boasts a contemporary design, premium build and impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee.Expertly crafted from the finest timber, with a rebated frame plus mortise and tenon corner joints, this garden planter is most certainly built to last. What's more, pressure-treated battens keep the planter raised off the ground, protecting the base from rot.The rest of the wood used is pressure treated too, so no retreatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. It is also PEFC-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The planter's contemporary design and sumptuous smooth-planed finish make for an exceptionally attractive appearance, which is sure to complement the rest of your garden beautifully.We supply a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. This raised bed holds 230 litres of compost and is fitted with a porous lining, giving your plants a home in which they're sure to thrive.You can purchase this premium garden planter in 2 different sizes. This particular model is tall enough to form an effective garden screen. It also provides the perfect backdrop for the Forest Double Sleeper Corner Wooden Garden Bench, so you can pair them together to create the ultimate corner of the garden.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotPressure-treated battens on base tooPEFC-certified wood with a smooth-planed finishHolds 230 litres of compostIncludes porous liningChoose from 2 different sizes or pair with Forest Double Sleeper Corner Wooden BenchFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
756. 6' X 8' Shire Cottage Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.79m X 2.39m : BuyFencingDirect Including upstairs bedroom, dormer window and fairy-tale design, the wonderful 6 x 8 Shire Cottage Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.79m x 2.39m) is the type of wooden Wendy house where dreams come true.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 12mm tongue and groove roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come.The reverse apex roof features an attractive dormer window and is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes 3 diamond-shaped finials, which further enhance the playhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.Fitted with a small, diamond-shaped window, the front door also features a roller catch, daisy-design ring handle and full-length safety hinge, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. The antique-style dummy hinges are purely there for decorative purposes. Once inside, a sturdy, wooden ladder leads to the first-floor area. This is enclosed by a balustrade to keep your children's playtime safe.Five framed windows, which are set over both levels, provide the interior with an abundance of natural light. One of them is an opener. Together with the air vent, this ensures that your children enjoy a pleasant playtime environment. All of the windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and windows are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques. The 2 downstairs front windows also feature window boxes.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringDoor includes roller catch, full-length safety hinge and daisy-design ring handleFirst floor accessed via wooden ladder and enclosed by balustrade5 styrene windows (1 opener) and air ventIncludes 2 window boxesBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
757. Forest Circular Wooden Garden Picnic Table 6'x6' 1.8x1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Our Circular Picnic Table offers a stylish twist on this classic picnic table while still providing robust construction and durability. Ideal for outdoor dining and garden parties, the wooden picnic table seats up to 8 of your family and friends. The table features a hole in the centre for your parasol. The table is manufactured from pressure treated timber to provide a 15 year guarantee against rot and to prevent the need for further treatments. This Circular Picnic Table is also available with seat backs for more stylish and comfortable outdoor dining. Classic picnic table design with rounded table and seats Central hole for a parasol Seats 8 Available with seat backs 15 year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from PEFC certified timber from sustainable sources |
 |
758. Forest Circular Wooden Garden Picnic Table With Seat Backs 8'x8' 2.4x2.4m : BuyFencingDirect There is nothing more classic for outdoor dining and BBQs than a picnic table. Our Circular Picnic Table with Seat Backs offers a stylish twist on this classic while still providing robust construction and durability. Ideal for outdoor dining and garden parties, the wooden picnic table seats up to 8 people. The seat backs provide you with further comfort and support. The table features a hole in the centre for your parasol. The table is manufactured from pressure treated timber to provide a 15 year guarantee against rot and to prevent the need for further treatments. This Circular Picnic Table is also available without seat backs to suit your needs and preference. Classic picnic table design with rounded table and seats Central hole for a parasol Seats 8 Available without seat backs 15 year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources |
 |
759. 7' X 8' Shire Crib Kids Wooden Playhouse 2.09m X 2.46m : BuyFencingDirect Including veranda, garage and upstairs bedroom, the wonderful 7 x 8 Shire Crib Kids Wooden Playhouse (2.09m x 2.46m) is sure to make your children the envy of their friends.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 12mm tongue and groove roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes a log-cabin-style overhang, decorative bargeboards and 2 diamond-shaped finials, which further enhance the playhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.Fitted with a small, diamond-shaped window and accessed via the veranda, the front door also features a roller catch, daisy-design ring handle and full-length safety hinge, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. The antique-style dummy hinges are purely there for decorative purposes. Your children can also access the playhouse through the garage double doors to the side of the structure, which include the same premium safety features as the front door.Once inside, a sturdy, wooden ladder leads to the first-floor area. This is enclosed by a balustrade to keep playtime safe.Three framed windows, which are set over both levels, provide the interior with an abundance of natural light. Two of them are openers, ensuring welcome ventilation on a hot summer's day. All of these windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the doors and windows are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques. The upstairs window is also fitted with shutters.Other notable features include balusters on the veranda, along with an air vent to promote good air flow and ensure that your children enjoy a pleasant playtime environment.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringFeatures veranda with balustersGarage double doors and single front door - both fitted with roller catches, full-length safety hinges and handlesFirst floor accessed via wooden ladder and enclosed by balustrade3 styrene windows (upstairs window features shutters) and air ventBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
760. Shire Crinan 2.1m X 2.3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect This 7’x8’ Crinan log cabin is an attractive British built Cabin which brings continental style to a popular garden retreat. The features on this log cabin include a large canopy for shade; a 3/4 glazed Georgian styled single door and a window which allows a large amount of natural sunlight to flood through into the shed. These particular cabins are manufactured from 19mm thick interlocking boards. These are nearly 60% thicker than the average shed or summerhouse. Draft seals are fitted to both window and door in order to provide maximum insulation. The door featured on this Crinan cabin is fitted with a good quality lock and key which provides maximum security. The manufacturers give this cabin a 1 year plus 10 year conditional anti-rot guarantee. These Crinan log cabins are available in a range of sizes. Strong high quality 19mm thick timber boards have been used to give a superior finish An opening window allows for both light and also ventilation A large canopy gives protection from the elements and also creates a nice shaded area A storm resistant door and window gives protection from the British weather |
 |
761. Shire Crinan 2.4m X 2.4m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect This 8’ x 8’ Crinan 19mm log cabin is a really attractive British built Cabin. It brings continental style to a popular garden retreat. The features on this log cabin include a large canopy for shade; with 3/4 glazed Georgian styled single door and a large window to allow a wealth of natural daylight to flood in. Draft seals are fitted to both window and door. The door is fitted with a good quality lock and key. This Crinan cabin is manufactured from 19mm thick interlocking boards – which are nearly 60% thicker than the average shed or summerhouse. The manufacturer gives this Crinan Log Cabin a 1 year plus 10 year conditional anti-rot guarantee. Available in a range of sizes Strong high quality to give a sturdy and resilient finish 19mm thick timber boards give a robust structure for your outdoor space An opening window allows for air to ventilate through you log cabin A good quality lock keeps your belongings safe and secure |
 |
762. Shire Crinan 2.7m X 2.9m Log Cabin Summerhouse 19mm : BuyFencingDirect The 8'10 x 9'6 (2.7m x 2.9m) Shire Crinan Log Cabin Summerhouse offers you an attractive garden retreat and incredible value for money. This timber garden room is built with an extended, overhanging roof, which offers you a shaded, outdoor space, for when you’re relaxing on a beautiful summer’s day. Constructed from 19mm thick interlocking logs, the cabin is reassuringly robust, whilst the natural pine finish also makes it pleasing on the eye. The floor and roof are both hardwearing 12mm tongue and groove, guaranteeing strength and resistance to the elements. The single door is fitted with a high-quality mortice lock, so your valuables will be safe and secure. To round off this enticing deal, the Shire Crinan comes complete with a generous 10-year anti-rot warranty when supported by periodic re-treatment. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. 10-year anti-rot warranty 19mm thick walls Includes extended, overhanging roof, offering a shaded, outdoor space and effective drainage Hardwearing, robust materials and design 12mm tongue and groove floor and roofing Single door with mortice lock Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
763. 5'3 X 5'6 Shire Croft Childrens/ Kids Wooden Garden Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect Delight your children with their very own "grown up house". This Shire Croft two-storey playhouse will provide years of magical memories, imaginative play and outdoor fun.The robust tongue and groove cladding is known for its weathertight finish and is supported by strong 34x34mm framing. Years of energetic play will be no match for the 12mm tongue and groove floor. The apex roof, OSB finished in felt, boasts attention to detail with its charming barge boards and finial. The slight overhang completes the roof's charm.Adorned by a diamond window, the single door also features a charming gate latch. The lower floor gains light and ventilation from the two Georgian-style opening windows. A ladder leads up to the exciting loft area - taking imaginative play to the next level! The loft has safety railings and a fixed window for both light and safety. Shatterproof safety glazing is used throughout and the playhouse conforms to BS EN 71-1:2014 standards.The Croft has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Order this beautiful playhouse today so the memory making can begin!Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor11mm OSB floor with felt finish Fixed window to second floor, two opening downstairs windows and a small diamond window to door. |
 |
764. 6' X 5'6 Shire Cubby Childrens/ Kids Wooden Garden Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect A most delightful wooden playhouse, the Shire Cubby Playhouse is not only charmingly attractive but hardwearing too. It will provide your children with years of imaginative outdoor play, making the perfect place to play games, host teddy tea parties or curl up with a book. The Cubby boasts 12mm tongue and groove cladding, known for its weather-tight, robust construction, supported by a 34x34mm frame. Ready for years of games and heavy footfall, the floor is also 12mm tongue and groove adding to the reliable build of this lovely playhouse. The roof, made from OSB and covered in felt, features pretty scalloped barge boards that add to the charm of this fine garden building. The overhang creates a delightful veranda area with railings either side - the perfect spot for a child's deck chair or to kick off welly boots. With its diamond window, cottage-style ring latch and old fashioned hinges, the single door makes a fine entrance into the summerhouse. Two Georgian-style windows with mitre-beading provide light to the interior and both open to offer ventilation. All the glazing is shatterproof and the playhouse conforms to BS EN 71-1:2014 safety regulations.The Cubby has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.This Shire Cubby Wooden Playhouse is made in the UK by Shire, an established leading garden building manufacturer for over 50 years. FREE* delivery available to most UK addresses. 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding |
 |
765. 58 X 32 Trimetals Guardian D63 Metal Storage Shed 1.76m X 0.98m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting precision engineering and a contemporary style, the Japanese-designed 5â8 x 3â2 Trimetals Guardian D63 Metal Storage Shed will provide your gardening tools and equipment with exceptional protection for years to come. This garden storage facility is constructed from tough, fire-resistant Galvalume® steel, which is impervious to rust. A reinforced metal floor, which provides additional protection and style, gives the whole unit an incredibly solid feel. This durable storage cabinet is also completely maintenance-free, saving you money and providing you with more time to enjoy the pleasures of your garden. Thanks to precision engineering, youâll find this outdoor storage box incredibly easy to assemble. Furthermore, the high walls and compact base allow you to store your tools and equipment without using up too much of your valuable garden space. The sliding double doors provide you with excellent access to your stored items. The doors come with key-operated locks, offering you peace of mind that your tools are safe and secure. The cabinet contains two robust metal shelves so that you can organise everything effectively. You can fit a further two sets (available as optional extras) into the unit, for a maximum of six shelves. In addition to the 10-year panel guarantee, a two-year guarantee covers all other parts, while step-by-step instructions are included to allow for a straightforward assembly process. Free delivery is also available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that you should bolt this metal shed to a concrete or paved base to ensure that it remains stable.* If youâre looking for smaller storage options, check out our 3â1 x 3â2 and 4â5 x 3â2 metal storage sheds. These have similar superb specifications and guarantees (the 3â1 x 3â2 model has a single hinged door instead of sliding double doors). 10-year panel guarantee against rust perforation Two-year guarantee on all other parts Japanese design, quality and engineering Precision engineered from Galvalume® steel for easy assembly Heavy-duty, reinforced metal floor Sliding double doors with a key-operated lock Two metal shelves included as standard Maintenance-free and fire-resistant Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
766. Shire Danbury 2.2m X 2.1m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and supremely weathertight, the Shire Danbury 2.1m x 2.1m Log Cabin Shed (19mm) gives your valuable stored items the protection they deserve and makes an excellent mini workshop for your practical tasks.This garden shed is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking wooden boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other premium wooden sheds.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier tools and machinery. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure your stored items receive complete protection from the elements.The roof's taller than average height offers you ample headroom, along with increased storage options. With the addition of a diamond-shaped finial, it nicely rounds off the shed's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a single door, which is fitted with a full-length piano hinge and pad bolt, so rest assured that your expensive tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find that the opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're hard at work inside. In keeping with the shed's traditional premium build, this window is made from real glass. Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This garden shed is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the shed in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium workshop shed in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking wood cladding12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringDoor fitted with full-length piano hinge and pad bolt (padlock not included)1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis shed is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
767. Shire Danbury 2.5m X 2.4m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and supremely weathertight, the Shire Danbury 2.4m x 2.4m Log Cabin Shed (19mm) gives your valuable stored items the protection they deserve and makes an excellent mini workshop for your practical tasks.This garden shed is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking wooden boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other premium wooden sheds.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier tools and machinery. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure your stored items receive complete protection from the elements.The roof's taller than average height offers you ample headroom, along with increased storage options. With the addition of a diamond-shaped finial, it nicely rounds off the shed's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a single door, which is fitted with a full-length piano hinge and pad bolt, so rest assured that your expensive tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find that the opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're hard at work inside. In keeping with the shed's traditional premium build, this window is made from real glass. Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This garden shed is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the shed in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium workshop shed in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking wood cladding12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringDoor fitted with full-length piano hinge and pad bolt (padlock not included)1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis shed is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
768. Shire Danbury 2.8m X 2.7m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and supremely weathertight, the Shire Danbury 2.7m x 2.7m Log Cabin Shed (19mm) gives your valuable stored items the protection they deserve and makes an excellent mini workshop for your practical tasks.This garden shed is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking wooden boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other premium wooden sheds.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier tools and machinery. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure your stored items receive complete protection from the elements.The roof's taller than average height offers you ample headroom, along with increased storage options. With the addition of a diamond-shaped finial, it nicely rounds off the shed's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a single door, which is fitted with a full-length piano hinge and pad bolt, so rest assured that your expensive tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find that the opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're hard at work inside. In keeping with the shed's traditional premium build, this window is made from real glass. Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This garden shed is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the shed in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium workshop shed in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking wood cladding12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringDoor fitted with full-length piano hinge and pad bolt (padlock not included)1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated - treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis shed is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
769. Shire Danbury 3.1m X 3m Log Cabin Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect Robust, durable and supremely weathertight, the Shire Danbury 3m x 3m Log Cabin Shed (19mm) gives your valuable stored items the protection they deserve and makes an excellent workshop for your practical tasks.This garden shed is expertly built in Great Britain from 19mm interlocking wooden boards, which makes the cladding more than 50% thicker than most other premium wooden sheds.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your heavier tools and machinery. It comes with pressure-treated bearers for additional support and to prevent ground moisture from causing rot. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure your stored items receive complete protection from the elements.The roof's taller than average height offers you ample headroom, along with increased storage options. With the addition of a diamond-shaped finial, it nicely rounds off the shed's smart, attractive appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior through a single door, which is fitted with a full-length piano hinge and pad bolt, so rest assured that your expensive tools will remain safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included).Once inside, you'll find that the opening window provides plenty of natural light and welcome ventilation while you're hard at work inside. In keeping with the shed's traditional premium build, this window is made from real glass. Both the door and window are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This garden shed is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is supplied to you untreated and with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You should coat the shed in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to guard against rot and fungal decay. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this premium workshop shed in 4 sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Handcrafted in Great Britain19mm interlocking wood cladding12mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt coveringDoor fitted with full-length piano hinge and pad bolt (padlock not included)1 opening windowDoor and window made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughout1-year manufacturer's guaranteeSupplied untreated ââ‰â¬Å treat upon assembly and annually, thereafterThis shed is available in 4 sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
770. Forest Fence Fast Driving Tool 45 And 65mm : BuyFencingDirect This Fence Fast Driving Tool is strongly recommended for the correct installation of Easy-Fit products. Powder Coated brown leatherite finish for a highly professional appearance For use with 45 and 65mm products. This Fence Fast Driving Tool has a 12 month guarantee. All of the FenceFast range can last up to 25 years if not corroded and painted regularly cleaning away the rust on any exposed areas. For use with 45mm and 65mm products. Powder coated brown leatherite finish. All of the FenceFast range can last up to 25 years if not corroded and painted regularly cleaning away the rust on any exposed areas. Simple and easy to use. |
 |
771. Forest 6' X 1' Diamond Lattice Trellis Fence Topper 1.83m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect A tidy lattice fence topper which can add flair and extra height to a generic garden fence, making an ordinarily functional panel an elegantly-finished one. This lattice fence topper can set your garden apart from the rest, with a distinctive element of class that can carry right through your garden. The dip-treated timber with familiar reddish colour can work well with any dip-treated fence panel 6ft in width. Dip-treated timber guarantees this product 10-years against rot and fungal damage. *Please be advised that this fence topper is supplied dip-treated. You should treat it with a quality wood preservative on an annual basis, in order to prevent rot, validate the guarantee and maintain the woodâs attractive appearance. If youâd like a more individual look, you can paint this fence topper instead.* Enhance generic fence panelling with this stylish 183 x 30cm (6 x 1ft) lattice fence topper, to make your fencing stand apart from the rest Ideal for any dip-treated panel 6ft in width, to create an elegant consistency throughout your garden The lattice fence topper provides additional height to your fence, increasing privacy as well as a distinctly stylish touch Constructed with dip-treated timber which carries a 10-year guarantee against rot |
 |
772. Forest 6' X 3' Diamond Lattice Trellis Fence Topper 1.83m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Make your garden more private, while adding interest to your fence run, with the Forest 6 x 3 Diamond Lattice Trellis Fence Topper (1.83m x 0.9m). This decorative fence topper is perfectly designed for training climbing plants and offers the most cost-effective way to increase the height of your fencing. Supplied with an impressive 10-year anti-rot guarantee, this lattice fence topper is expertly crafted in Great Britain from FSC®-certified wood, which is the worldâs most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Treated against rot and with a rough-sawn, golden-brown finish, this decorative fence topper is certain to complement the rest of the garden beautifully. You should retreat this trellis fence topper annually, with a high-quality wood preservative, to maintain its protection against rot and validate the guarantee. Alternatively, for a more individual look, you can apply paint instead. Fencing delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100. Impressive 10-year anti-rot guarantee Made in Great Britain FSC®-certified wood Rough-sawn, golden-brown finish Perfectly designed for training climbing plants Dip-treated wood - requires annual retreatment Free delivery to most UK postcodes on fencing orders above £100 |
 |
773. Stop Chamfered Deck Spindle 41x41x895mm : BuyFencingDirect This stop chamfered style pressure treated deck spindle is perfect for the modern home. It fits into all our wooden handrails and baserails with a 41mm groove. This chamfered deck spindle has been treated green for longer life, and is made from slow grown pine for greater stability and ease of working. Carefully kiln dried to help reduce the risk of splitting or twisting and wastage. Once fully dry our treated decking wood can be painted, stained or oiled to a wide range of colours suitable - just ensure they are suitable for exterior decking use. Use with our square deck post with a chamfered and beaded top. Perfect for the modern home Fits to all handrails and baserails with 41mm groove Pressure-treated Kiln dried to prevent splitting or twisting |
 |
774. 6' X 6' Shire Den Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.79m X 1.79m : BuyFencingDirect A wonderful wooden Wendy house for your children to enjoy, the 6 x 6 Shire Den Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.79m x 1.79m)) boasts a safety-conscious design and is brimming with premium features.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 12mm tongue and groove roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes a log-cabin-style overhang, decorative bargeboards and 2 diamond-shaped finials, which further enhance the playhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.Fitted with a small, diamond-shaped window and accessed via a veranda, the wooden door also features a roller catch, daisy-design ring handle and full-length safety hinge, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. The antique-style dummy hinges are purely there for decorative purposes. Once inside, the 4 framed windows provide an abundance of natural light. Two of them open to allow welcome ventilation on a hot summer's day. All of these windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and windows are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.Other notable features include balusters, shutters to the side windows, 2 window boxes and an air vent, which promotes good air flow and ensures that your children enjoy a pleasant playtime environment.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringFeatures veranda with balustersPartially-glazed door includes roller catch, full-length safety hinge and daisy-design ring handle4 styrene windows (2 fixed and 2 opening)Shutters to side windows, 2 x window boxes and air ventBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
775. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench 5'2 X 1'2 1.59m X 0.36m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a simple way to add seating into your garden or onto your patio, then youâll want to consider the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench 5â2 x 1â2. A Sturdy, Basic Bench With its chunky, modern design and solid frame, this garden bench has been made from high-quality timber and built to last. It provides standalone seating for up to three people and also works in tandem with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table, tucking fully underneath the table to help save space on your patio. This wooden dining bench comes with an amazing 15-year anti-rot guarantee thanks to the fact that itâs constructed from pressure-treated wood. As the timber is also PEFC® certified, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests, the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench is a sustainably conscious purchase too and a great addition to any garden. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Furniture Range The bench pairs perfectly with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and is also available as part of the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set, for a complete outdoor dining solution. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK postcodes. The bench will come in flat-pack format for easy self-assembly. Key Features Simple, modern design Comfortably seats three people 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Pairs with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table Also available as part of the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set |
 |
776. Forest Dining Wooden Garden Pergola Kit With Panels 10'x8' : BuyFencingDirect This modern designed, wooden corner pergola provides you with a great structure to your garden creating the perfect outdoor space for dining or entertaining.The wooden corner pergola has the potential to help climbing plants grow around the pergola posts and side panels. As well as a structure to your dining area, and helping the plants climb, it's an attractive addition to your garden.The pergola is manufactured from a European soft wood which has been given longer time to develop meaning the pergola benefits from a stronger and sturdier build. Due to the pressure treatment that the pergola has undertaken, you can expect fifteen years damage free protection against all rot. Thanks to this you can be sure your money is invested wisely and that you will have the pergola for many years to come.This pergola comes with slatted panels which can be moved to suit your garden aspect. This gives you freedom in the garden to ensure it is of maximum suitability to you. The slatted panels provide an attractive finish to the structure whilst offering a small level of privacy and shade from the sun on the really sunny days.Due to the simplistic but clever design, the pergola will be offering space for climbing plants in under 2 hours when two sets of hands are available. Don't worry, the instruction manual that comes with delivery will see the build a stress free process.Please note - The legs of the pergola must be sunk into the ground 308mm for stability. Post bases, such as post shoes or post spikes, are not suitable for this requirement. |
 |
777. Forest Dining Wooden Garden Pergola Kit 10'x8' : BuyFencingDirect The Forest pergola we have here is a truly impressive garden structure that adds a special touch to any garden. The pergola is the ideal place for outside dining, superb for garden parties or family bbq’s in the Summer. This Forest pergola has been carefully designed to stand out in the garden whilst assuring a long lasting build to guarantee value. The Florence pergola is created from a superior European timber, a slow grown timber that guarantees results. The timber has been pressure treated to make sure you have the most value when it comes to life period. The pressure treatment process forces a preservative deep into the layers of the timber and this assures great protection from rot as well as fungal growth which can also damage your pergola. No less than 15 years is assured thanks to this process meaning your outside structure will be standing for many years. The Forest pergola is perfect for creating structure to the garden, especially the patio area or another socialising space you have in the garden. As well as finishing off a socialising space, the wooden pergola will also act as a support for climbing plants which will also brighten up the garden. It’s an attractive, versatile feature. Building this wooden pergola is a simple task thanks to the easy to build design and the pictorial instruction manual. We also offer this product with slatted side panels if you would prefer a pergola that gives privacy and protection from the sun when dining. This elegant pergola is the perfect addition to any outdoor dining area and with plants climbing up it will make a great garden feature. Constructed from high quality timber this pergola has a strong and sturdy structure. The timber has been pressure treated to ensure a long life and giving it a 15 year guarantee against rot. This pergola is also available with side panels, see size options below. |
 |
778. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table And Benches Set 5'11 X 2'6 1.8m X 0.76m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a simple way to dine outdoors on your patio with family and friends, then youâll want to consider the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set 5â11 x 2â6. A Sturdy, Basic Dining Set With its chunky, modern design and solid frame, this garden dining table and benches set has been made from high-quality timber and built to last. It provides dining space for up to six people and the two benches can be neatly tucked away beneath the table to help save space. This wooden patio dining set comes with an amazing 15-year anti-rot guarantee thanks to the fact that it's constructed from pressure-treated wood. As the timber is also PEFC® certified, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests, the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set is a sustainably conscious purchase too and a great addition to any garden. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Furniture Range The table and benches within this set are also available to purchase as individual items, so you can create a bespoke outdoor dining solution. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK postcodes. The set will come in flat-pack format for easy self-assembly. Key Features Ideal for dining on your patio Simple, modern design Accommodates up to six people 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Set includes: one Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and two Forest Wooden Garden Dining Benches |
 |
779. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table 5'11 X 2'6 1.8m X 0.76m : BuyFencingDirect If youâre looking for a simple way to add a dining table onto your patio, then youâll want to consider the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table 5â11 x 2â6. A Sturdy, Basic Table With its chunky, modern design and solid frame, this garden table has been made from high-quality timber and built to last. It provides dining space for up to six people and also works in tandem with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench, which tucks fully underneath the table to help save space on your patio. This wooden dining table comes with an amazing 15-year anti-rot guarantee thanks to the fact that itâs constructed from pressure-treated wood. As the timber is also PEFC® certified, which means itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests, the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table is a sustainably conscious purchase too and a great addition to any garden. Forest Wooden Garden Dining Furniture Range The table pairs perfectly with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench and is also available as part of the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set, for a complete outdoor dining solution. Shipping and Assembly Delivery is free to the majority of UK postcodes. The table will come in flat-pack format for easy self-assembly. Key Features Simple, modern design Comfortably accommodates six people 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Pairs with the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Bench Also available as part of the Forest Wooden Garden Dining Table and Benches Set |
 |
780. 3'1 X 3'2 Trimetals Guardian D33 Metal Storage Shed 0.94m X 0.98m : BuyFencingDirect Take advantage of cutting-edge Japanese design by purchasing the exclusive 3â1 x 3â2 Trimetals Guardian D33 Metal Storage Shed, a precision engineered storage solution with an impressive 10-year panel guarantee. This garden storage shed is expertly built from Galvalume® steel and fitted with a heavy-duty, reinforced metal floor, so your valuable tools will be completely protected from the elements. Impervious to rust and fire-retardant too, this outside storage shed can be used not just in your garden, but also in caravan parks, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible storage. Indeed, the shedâs high walls, but small footprint, make it an excellent storage option for any outdoor location where space is at a premium. You can gain easy access to your stored items via a single, hinged door. This can be secured by a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive tools and equipment will be safe from unwanted attention. You can organise everything effectively too because two robust metal shelves are included as standard. Additional shelving sets (two shelves per set) can be purchased, with space for a maximum of six shelves per shed. Robust, safe and secure, this metal storage shed also enjoys a contemporary two-tone grey painted finish, which gives it a very attractive appearance. Furthermore, the whole shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to devote to your garden. In addition to the 10-year panel guarantee, a two-year guarantee covers all other parts, while step-by-step instructions are included to allow for a straightforward assembly process. Free delivery is also available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that you should bolt this metal shed to a concrete or paved base to ensure that it remains stable.* If youâre looking for larger storage options, check out our 4â5 x 3â2 and 5â8 x 3â2 metal storage sheds. These have similar superb specifications and guarantees, and both come with sliding double doors. 10-year panel guarantee against rust perforation Two-year guarantee on all other parts Japanese design, quality and engineering Precision engineered from Galvalume® steel for easy assembly Heavy-duty, reinforced metal floor Single hinged door with a key-operated lock Two metal shelves included as standard Maintenance-free and fire-resistant Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
781. 4'5 X 3'2 Trimetals Guardian D43 Metal Storage Shed 1.36m X 0.98m : BuyFencingDirect Take advantage of cutting-edge Japanese design by purchasing the exclusive 4â5 x 3â2 Trimetals Guardian D43 Metal Storage Shed, a precision engineered shed supplied with an impressive 10-year panel guarantee. This garden storage shed is expertly built from Galvalume® steel and fitted with a heavy-duty, reinforced metal floor, so your valuable tools will be completely protected from the elements. Impervious to rust and fire-retardant too, this outside storage shed can be used not just in your garden, but also in caravan parks, as it meets their strict regulations for non-combustible stores. Indeed, the shedâs high walls, but small footprint, make it an excellent storage option for any outdoor location where space is at a premium. You can gain easy access to your stored items via sliding double doors. They can be secured by a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your expensive tools and equipment will be safe from unwanted attention. You can organise everything effectively too because two robust metal shelves are included as standard. Additional shelving sets (two shelves per set) can be purchased, with space for a maximum of six shelves per shed. Robust, safe and secure, this metal storage shed also enjoys a contemporary two-tone grey painted finish, which gives it a very attractive appearance. Furthermore, the whole shed is completely maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to devote to your garden. In addition to the 10-year panel guarantee, a two-year guarantee covers all other parts, while step-by-step instructions are included to allow for a straightforward assembly process. Free delivery is also available to most UK addresses. *Please be advised that you should bolt this metal shed to a concrete or paved base to ensure that it remains stable.* If youâre looking for alternative storage options, check out our 3â1 x 3â2 and 5â8 x 3â2 metal storage sheds. These have similar superb specifications and guarantees (the 3â1 x 3â2 model has a single hinged door instead of sliding double doors). 10-year panel guarantee against rust perforation Two-year guarantee on all other parts Japanese design, quality and engineering Precision engineered from Galvalume® steel for easy assembly Heavy-duty, reinforced metal floor Sliding double doors with a key-operated lock Two metal shelves included as standard Maintenance-free and fire-resistant Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
782. Forest Large Deep Root Wooden Garden Planter 6'x2' 1.8x0.6m : BuyFencingDirect The deep design of our Deep Root Planter 1.8m makes it particularly suited to growing long root vegetables, such as carrots – though its large capacity enables you to grow any plants, herbs or other vegetables you wish. Its raised design deters pests while making planting and maintaining your plants and crops easier. The planter is manufactured from timber that has been pressure treated to give it a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal damage. Due to this treatment, there is no need for you to retreat the timber for it to last. The planter does not feature any drainage holes, so we recommend using a gravel or stone layer to aid drainage. The planter is delivered to you flat packed, with fixings and instructions for quick and easy assembly. High quality planter ideal for growing herbs, vegetables and plants Deep design accommodates even long root vegetables Raised height for easier plant maintenance Pressure treated timber construction providing an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee Delivered flat packed Fixings and instructions are included for easy assembly No drainage holes – a bed of gravel is recommended 80x180x70cm |
 |
783. Forest 6' X 6' Pressure Treated Decorative Domed Top Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect A stunning way to frame your garden, the Forest 6 x 6 Pressure Treated Decorative Domed Top Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) features an eye-catching contemporary design and incredibly sturdy build. Expertly made from premium timber, this decorative fencing is pressure treated and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. The wood used to build this fencing is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources. Enclosed within a top-quality, mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frame, this fine sawn fence panel simply oozes solidity. Its horizontal boards are mounted either side of sturdy vertical battens, creating an attractive hit and miss effect. Rounded off with a dome-shaped top rail, this garden fencing isn't just robust, rot-proof and ethically sourced, it's exceptionally attractive too. Garden fencing delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100. Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to prevent rot PEFC-certified wood Top-quality mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frame Horizontal boards arranged for an attractive hit and miss effect Eye-catching dome-shaped top rail Fine sawn fence panel Free delivery to most UK postcodes on orders above £100 |
 |
784. Forest Kyoto 3'x6' Decorative Pressure Treated Wooden Gate : BuyFencingDirect Whether you'd like a garden gate to complement your Kyoto fencing, or simply a premium-quality stand-alone side gate, the Forest Kyoto 3x6 Decorative Pressure Treated Wooden Gate is the perfect choice. Set within a mortise and tenon jointed, rebated frame, this timber gate is expertly built using horizontally-mounted slats, alternately arranged either side of robust vertical battens. With its eye-catching slatted topper and gorgeous smooth-planed finish, this garden gate offers you brawn and beauty in equal measure. Furthermore, this superior side gate is pressure-treated to guard against rot, and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. With dimensions of 180cm x 90cm x 4cm, this 6ft wooden gate is completely PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100.15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to guard against rotDesigned to complement Kyoto fence panelsHorizontally-mounted slats on vertical battensSlatted top sectionMortise and tenon jointsRebated framePEFC-certified woodGorgeous smooth-planed finishFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
785. 10x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 10x10 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.21m x 3.05m) makes an excellent choice if you require top-quality, spacious, secure outdoor storage or a premium garden workshop. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this large workshop shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 10x10 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 295cm (w) x 300.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x10 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
786. 3x3m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 3 x 3m Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly. This kit includes 36 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. This log cabin base kit includes 36 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Includes heavy-duty membrane. |
 |
787. 10x3 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 10x3 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
788. 10x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 10x4 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 18 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
789. 10x6 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 10x6 Timberdale Windowless Pent Shed (3.07m x 2.02m) makes an excellent choice if you require secure and spacious garden storage with contemporary styling. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this small garden shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports a contemporary pent design. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. Security-Enhanced Door and Windowless Design You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via a generously sized, ledged and braced door. The door includes exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. This door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 10x6 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of the door Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus a security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) door Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood Door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 182.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 24 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
790. 10x7 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Pour yourself a drink and open up a good book, while you relax inside the 7 x 10 Shire Kensington Summer House (2.05m x 2.97m) - a beautifully crafted sheltered space from which to soak up the ambient surroundings of your garden.This wooden summerhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding, on a 34mm x 34mm frame, so is robust, durable and completely weathertight.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your summer house furniture. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. It also features a diamond-shaped finial, decorative barge boards and sumptuous smooth-planed finish, which perfectly complement the summer house's attractive, homely appearance.Wide double doors offer you comfortable access to the interior. They are fitted with a latch and 3/4-length windows. Together with the 3 additional windows, they bathe the interior in natural light. One of these windows opens and can be positioned on either side of the structure. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. What's more, both the doors and windows are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This summer house for sale is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is then dip treated and delivered to you with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, along with the additional 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.The retreatment process involves coating the summerhouse in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year manufacturer's guaranteeHandcrafted in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding on a 34mm x 34mm frame12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt covering3/4-glazed double doors fitted with latch3 additional large windows (1 opener)Doors and windows made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughoutDip treated - retreat upon assembly and annually, thereafterFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
791. 3x2m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 3 x 2m Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly. This kit includes 24 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. This log cabin base kit includes 24 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Includes heavy-duty membrane. |
 |
792. 10x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 10x8 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.05m x 2.61m) makes an excellent choice if you require top-quality, secure outdoor storage or a premium garden workshop. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this workshop shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 10x8 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 295cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 30 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
793. 3x2.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 3x3 Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly.This kit includes 30 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. This kit includes 30 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Includes heavy-duty membrane |
 |
794. 11x11 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 11'x11' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 64 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
795. 11x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Offering you safe garden storage for your tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment, the 10 x 8 Traditional Apex Wooden Security Garden Shed (3.05m x 2.44m) comes with a security-conscious design and very sturdy build.This wooden shed is expertly built from premium 12mm tongue and groove, on a robust 38mm x 50mm frame, which covers every single foot of the cladding. The floor and roof are also made from superior 12mm tongue and groove, the latter including a weatherproof felt cover to keep your stored items protected from the elements.Not just robust, durable and completely weathertight, this security shed is exceptionally good looking too. It comes with a traditional apex design and 2 diamond-shaped finials to round off a smart and stylish appearance.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via a fully-framed, ledged and braced door, which can be fitted in a variety of positions. It features zinc bolted hinges and a security pad-bolt protector, so your valuable tools will remain completely safe (padlock not included).In keeping with the security-conscious design, the strip of small fixed windows is positioned high on the structure to deter unwanted attention. They are all made from toughened glass - another excellent security measure. (The number of windows depends upon where you choose to position the door.)This storage shed is delivered to you dip treated and with a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee (excluding the roof felt). You should retreat it with a high-quality wood preservative, within 6 weeks of assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and maintain the shed's attractive appearance.If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new wooden shed with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually, thereafter, even with pressure-treated wood.This garden shed is available in a range of sizes, with either an apex or pent roof. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to purchase, including an extra-wide door, stable door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in various positions, conversion of fixed windows to opening windows, a windowless design, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers and, of course, that upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options.Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on the cladding and floor, and a plus or minus of 5mm on the framing.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Premium 12mm tongue and groove claddingExtensive 38mm x 50mm framing12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced, lockable door with zinc bolted hinges and security pad-bolt protector (padlock not included)Strip of small, toughened-glass windowsReassuring 1-year parts guaranteeChoose from a wide range of sizes, 2 roof styles and optional upgradesUpgrade to pressure-treated wood for a 15-year guarantee and FREE 15mm cladding upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
796. 11x9 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 11x9 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 42 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane 2 year guarantee |
 |
797. 3.5x3m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 11'5x10' plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 42 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
798. 12x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 12'x10' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 48 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Suitable to lay on any reasonable level surface. Includes heavy-duty membrane |
 |
799. 4x3m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Made from UV stabilized 100% recycled plastic this base kit is both reusable and recyclable. Quick and easy to install, your cabin will be well-ventilated with this base. The log cabin base is slightly raised above ground level aiding flood defence. The installation of this base involves firstly preparing a firm, level area of ground and laying out the piece of heavy-duty membrane which is included. The grids sit on top of a heavy-duty membrane and are locked together using the pins included. Please note - Gravel and installation are not included with this base kit.This log cabin base kit includes 48 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Lightweight log cabin base kits Quick and Easy to install Includes heavy-duty membrane Our log cabin base kits raise the cabin from ground level |
 |
800. 12x12 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect The answer to all of your garden storage requirements, and a great workshop or hobby room too, the 12 x 12 Traditional Heavy Duty Apex Wooden Garden Shed (3.66m x 3.66m) is a robust, durable and incredibly versatile garden building. This heavy-duty wooden shed is expertly built from premium 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding, on a strapping 50mm x 50mm frame with diagonal cross bracing. In terms of strength, lifespan and weather resistance, it's an absolute leader in its class. The floor and roof are made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former is perfectly equipped to store your heavier tools and machinery, and will easily cope with constant footfall. The latter sports a traditional apex design and is fitted with a premium mineral felt cover to keep your stored items completely dry. Not just robust, durable and completely weathertight, this garden shed is exceptionally good looking too. It comes with a smooth-planed finish and diamond-shaped finials to round off a very smart appearance. You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via a ledged and braced door, which is fitted with zinc hinges, a door knob and key-operated lock, so your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention. Once inside, you'll find there's plenty of headroom. The shed's generous height, of course, also increases your garden storage options. This wooden shed is designed with 2 fixed and 2 opening windows. This provides the interior with an abundance of natural light, plus welcome ventilation on a hot summer's day. (Please note, this number of windows depends on you positioning the door at the gable end of the shed.) All of the glazing is made from toughened glass – welcome news in a busy, family-orientated garden. This workshop shed is delivered to you dip treated and with a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee (excluding the roof felt). You should retreat it with a high-quality wood preservative, within 6 weeks of assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and maintain the shed's attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually, thereafter, even with pressure-treated wood. This premium wooden shed is available in a range of sizes. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to purchase, including an extra-wide door, a stable-style door, double doors, door fitted in a variety of positions, conversion of fixed windows to opening windows, a windowless design, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers and, of course, that upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on the cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on the framing. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Premium 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding Heavy-duty 50mm x 50mm frame Superior 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with premium mineral felt cover Lockable door includes zinc hinges and can be fitted in different positions Toughened-glass windows Reassuring 1-year parts guarantee Choose from a wide range of sizes and optional upgrades Upgrade to pressure-treated wood for a 15-year guarantee and FREE 15mm cladding upgrade Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
801. 4x4m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 4x4 Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly. This kit includes 64 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Suitable to lay on any reasonable level surface. Includes heavy-duty membrane |
 |
802. 3.5x4m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 11'5x13' plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 56 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
803. 4x4.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 3.9m x 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 11.1m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double Glazing The sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 11.1m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
804. 12x6 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Offering you safe garden storage for your tools, bicycles and other outdoor equipment, the 12 x 6 Traditional Apex Wooden Security Garden Shed (3.66m x 1.83m) comes with a security-conscious design and very sturdy build.This wooden shed is expertly built from premium 12mm tongue and groove, on a robust 38mm x 50mm frame, which covers every single foot of the cladding. The floor and roof are also made from superior 12mm tongue and groove, the latter including a weatherproof felt cover to keep your stored items protected from the elements.Not just robust, durable and completely weathertight, this security shed is exceptionally good looking too. It comes with a traditional apex design and 2 diamond-shaped finials to round off a smart and stylish appearance.You can gain storage-friendly access to the interior via a fully-framed, ledged and braced door, which can be fitted in a variety of positions. It features zinc bolted hinges and a security pad-bolt protector, so your valuable tools will remain completely safe (padlock not included).In keeping with the security-conscious design, the strip of small fixed windows is positioned high on the structure to deter unwanted attention. They are all made from toughened glass - another excellent security measure. (The number of windows depends upon where you choose to position the door.)This storage shed is delivered to you dip treated and with a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee (excluding the roof felt). You should retreat it with a high-quality wood preservative, within 6 weeks of assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and maintain the shed's attractive appearance.If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new wooden shed with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually, thereafter, even with pressure-treated wood.This garden shed is available in a range of sizes, with either an apex or pent roof. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to purchase, including an extra-wide door, stable door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in various positions, conversion of fixed windows to opening windows, a windowless design, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers and, of course, that upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options.Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on the cladding and floor, and a plus or minus of 5mm on the framing.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Premium 12mm tongue and groove claddingExtensive 38mm x 50mm framing12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced, lockable door with zinc bolted hinges and security pad-bolt protector (padlock not included)Strip of small, toughened-glass windowsReassuring 1-year parts guaranteeChoose from a wide range of sizes, 2 roof styles and optional upgradesUpgrade to pressure-treated wood for a 15-year guarantee and FREE 15mm cladding upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
805. 12x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 12x8 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (3.64m x 2.61m) makes an excellent choice if you require top-quality, secure outdoor storage or a premium garden workshop. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this workshop shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 12x8 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 241.6cm (w) x 354cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 12x8 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 40 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. You must prepare the base yourself in advance of the installers' visit. |
 |
806. 4x6m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 13'1x19'6 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 96 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
807. 4x7m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 13'1x23' plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 112 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
808. 13x6 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Beautifully designed and built to last, the 13 x 6 Palmako Leif Heavy Duty Wooden Shed with Bike Shelter (3.8m x 1.9m) is a superb all-in-one, multipurpose garden storage solution to cater for all of your outdoor storage requirements.Heavy-Duty Wooden StorageComprising a 3m² heavy-duty shed and versatile 2.9m² sheltered storage area, this wooden storage shed is built from extra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove cladding, with readymade wall elements and a robust 32mm frame. It is an exceptionally strong, durable and weathertight garden building, offering unbeatable protection for your valuable tools and equipment.The floor and roof are both constructed from top-quality 16mm tongue and groove too. The former is supported by foundation joists, to improve air flow and provide another layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture, in this key area. The latter features a contemporary pent design, for effective rainwater runoff, although it does not come with a weatherproof cover fitted, as standard.Roof Cover UpgradesWe advise buying SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but is only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.The Heavy-Duty ShedYou can gain storage-friendly access to the shed via wide double doors, which are fitted with a hasp and staple to keep your valuable items secure (padlock not included). The shed's windowless design and exceptionally robust structure provide further layers of security.The Additional Sheltered Storage AreaThe additional storage area can be installed either side of the shed – the choice is yours. It provides excellent weatherproof protection for a wide range of outdoor equipment, including bicycles. The walls' slatted design makes it particularly suited for use as a logstore.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden shed comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis wood shed is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly, and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The shed can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Leif heavy-duty sheds are available for you to buy in a range of sizes.Features 3m² heavy-duty shed and additional 2.9m² storage areaExtra-thick 16mm Nordic spruce tongue and groove claddingReadymade wall elements and robust 32mm framework16mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with foundation joists16mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeDoors fitted with hasp and staple (padlock not included)Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
809. 13x7 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Pour your guests a celebratory drink, while they congratulate you on purchasing the 7 x 13 Shire Westminster Summer House (2.05m x 3.96m) - a beautifully crafted sheltered space, large enough for your family get-togethers and garden soirees.This wooden summerhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding, on a 34mm x 34mm frame, so is robust, durable and completely weathertight.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your summer house furniture. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. It also features a diamond-shaped finial, decorative barge boards and sumptuous smooth-planed finish, which perfectly complement the summer house's attractive, homely appearance.Wide double doors offer you comfortable access to the interior. They are fitted with a latch and 3/4-length windows. Together with the 5 additional windows, they bathe the interior in natural light. Three of these windows open to provide you and your guests with welcome ventilation on a hot summer's day.In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. What's more, both the doors and windows are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This summer house for sale is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is then dip treated and delivered to you with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, along with the additional 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.The retreatment process involves coating the summerhouse in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You are advised to prepare a solid, level base in advance of installing this summer house.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year manufacturer's guaranteeHandcrafted in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding on a 34mm x 34mm frame12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt covering3/4-glazed double doors fitted with latch5 additional large windows (3 openers)Doors and windows made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughoutDip treated - retreat upon assembly and annually, thereafterFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
810. 14x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Offering you the perfect garden storage facility and a superb workshop too, the 14x10 (4.28 x 3.05m) Traditional Heavy Duty Pent Wooden Garden Shed is incredibly versatile and constructed from premium materials throughout. This superior garden shed boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a hefty 50mm2 frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your bicycles and outdoor furniture completely protected from the elements. The ledged and braced single door offers you easy access to your stored items. This door includes zinc fittings and a rim lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Georgian-style windows ensure that the interior enjoys an abundance of natural light, which is particularly welcome when you're carrying out practical tasks. The doors and windows can be fitted in a variety of positions - the choice is entirely yours. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this superior garden shed is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 215cm x 428cm x 305cm, this premium wood shed is available in a range of sizes, from 8x6 to 20x12. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to you too, including an extra-wide door, a stable-style door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in a variety of positions, converting a fixed window to an opening window, no windows, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers, and an upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Hefty 50mm2 frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with mineral felt covering Lockable single door with zinc fittings Georgian-style windows You can choose the door and window positions 1-year parts guarantee Further sizes and optional extras available Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
811. 4.5x4.5m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 14'x14' ProBASE plastic log cabin base kit, when preparing a base for your new garden building. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your log cabin. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this log cabin base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your log cabin. The base allows for ventilation and drainage underneath the building, helping to keep the floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 81 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system log cabin base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
812. 14x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Offering you the perfect garden storage facility and a superb workshop too, the 14x8 (4.28 x 2.44m) Traditional Heavy Duty Pent Wooden Garden Shed is incredibly versatile and constructed from premium materials throughout. This superior garden shed boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a hefty 50mm2 frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your bicycles and outdoor furniture completely protected from the elements. The ledged and braced single door offers you easy access to your stored items. This door includes zinc fittings and a rim lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Georgian-style windows ensure that the interior enjoys an abundance of natural light, which is particularly welcome when you're carrying out practical tasks. The doors and windows can be fitted in a variety of positions - the choice is entirely yours. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this superior garden shed is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 215cm x 428cm x 244cm, this premium wood shed is available in a range of sizes, from 8x6 to 20x12. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to you too, including an extra-wide door, a stable-style door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in a variety of positions, converting a fixed window to an opening window, no windows, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers, and an upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Hefty 50mm2 frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with mineral felt covering Lockable single door with zinc fittings Georgian-style windows You can choose the door and window positions 1-year parts guarantee Further sizes and optional extras available Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
813. 15x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 15x10 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (4.53m x 3.21m) makes an excellent choice if you require top-quality, spacious, secure outdoor storage or a premium garden workshop. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this large workshop shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 15x10 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 442.5cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x15 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 54 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
814. 4.5x3.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 14'7x11'5 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 63 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
815. 16x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 16'x10' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 60 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
816. 5x4.5m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 4.9m x 4m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) boasts 14.2m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double GlazingThe sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 14.2m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
|
817. 5x6m Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 16'4x19'6 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 120 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
818. 16x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 16'x8' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 50 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
819. 5x4m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for homeworkers, and making a wonderful garden retreat too, the Palmako Ines 4.8m x 3m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) oozes contemporary style and comes with 13.7m² of interior space. A Premium Log Cabin This log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round. The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features an eye-catching reverse apex design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double Glazing The sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Ines Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing. Features 13.7m² of interior space Built from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut design Premium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove reverse apex roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade Sliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lock FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Ines log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
820. 18x11 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 18'x11' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 84 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
821. 5.5x3.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 18'x11'5 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 77 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
822. 5.5x4m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 5.5 x 4m Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly. This kit includes 88 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Suitable to lay on any reasonable level surface. Includes heavy-duty membrane. |
|
823. 6x4.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Boasting supreme weather-resistant qualities and oozing contemporary style, the Palmako Grace 5m x 3m Double Glazed Pent Log Cabin Sliding Doors Plus (56mm) comes with 14.1m² of interior space, in which you'll love to spend time, every single day of the year. Superior Insulation and Weathertightness This log cabin is expertly built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce walls, with modern corner connectors, making it an exceptionally well-insulated and weather-resistant garden building, suitable for use the whole year round. The floor is made from extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare. Roof Cover Upgrades As the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades. SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you. Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS. 2 Sets of Sliding Doors with Toughened Double Glazing The 2 sets of sliding doors are made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing even greater insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. They include aluminium frames and stainless-steel sills, to protect these high-traffic areas from wear and tear. Cylinder locks are fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention. Delivery, Installation and Warranty Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Wood Care This log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired. Choice of Sizes Palmako Grace Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include adjoining wooden gazebos. Features 14.1m² of interior space Built from 56mm laminated Nordic spruce, with modern corner connectors Extra-thick 28mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists 19mm tongue and groove pent roof Select a roof cover as an optional upgrade 2 sets of sliding doors, made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing Fitted with aluminium frames, stainless-steel sills, handles and cylinder locks FSC® certified wood Impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty Delivered untreated â wood preservative must be applied Choose a Palmako Grace log cabin from a range of designs and sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
824. 5.5x4.5m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 18'x14'7 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 99 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
825. 5.5x5.5m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 18'x18' plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 121 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
826. 6x5.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 18'x19'6 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 132 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
|
827. 6x4.5m Plastic Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect A contemporary garden building, built to last, the Palmako Lea 5.8m x 4.5m Double Glazed Log Cabin Garden Office Sliding Doors Plus (44mm) boasts 19.4m² of interior space, in which you can work, rest or play, in comfort and style.A Premium Log CabinThis log cabin is expertly built from 44mm Nordic spruce interlocking cladding, with added wind braces and a chalet cut design, so it'll withstand whatever nature throws at it, remaining both comfortable and welcoming, the whole year round.The floor is made from high-end 19mm tongue and groove. It is supported by treated foundation joists, which improve air flow underneath the log cabin and act as a barrier against rot-causing ground moisture. The roof is constructed from 19mm tongue and groove too. It features a contemporary pent design for effective rainwater runoff, as well as a generous overhang to prevent sun glare.Roof Cover UpgradesAs the roof does not come with a weatherproof cover as standard, we advise purchasing SBS, roof underlay felt and heavy-duty roofing nails as optional upgrades.SBS weatherproof roof covering is a thick, torch-on felt with an exceptionally long lifespan and outstanding weatherproof qualities. Unless you possess advanced DIY skills, we recommend hiring a professional installer to fit it for you.Roof Underlay Felt is simple to nail on to the garden building but only designed as a temporary covering or to supplement the SBS.Sliding Doors Set with Toughened Double GlazingThe sliding doors set is made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazing, providing enhanced insulation and ready to withstand the rigours of a busy, family-orientated garden. It includes an aluminium frame and stainless-steel sill, to protect this high-traffic area from wear and tear. A cylinder lock is fitted too, so rest assured that your valuable items will remain safe from unwanted attention.Delivery, Installation and WarrantyFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Backed by an impressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warranty, this garden room comes with instructions and a fixings kit to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Wood CareThis log cabin is delivered untreated. We recommend applying an initial anti-fungal treatment upon assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and validate the warranty. The wood can be painted, if desired.Choice of SizesPalmako Lea Log Cabins are available for you to buy in a range of sizes and designs, some of which include double glazing.Features 19.4m² of interior spaceBuilt from 44mm Nordic spruce, with added wind braces and a chalet-cut designPremium 19mm tongue and groove floor, fitted with treated foundation joists19mm tongue and groove pent roofSelect a roof cover as an optional upgradeSliding doors made from 4-16-4mm toughened double glazingFitted with aluminium frame, stainless-steel sill, handle and cylinder lockFSC® certified woodImpressive 5-year manufacturer's parts warrantyDelivered untreated – wood preservative must be appliedChoose a Palmako Lea log cabin from a range of designs and sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
828. 20x10 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 20x10 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (6.00m x 3.21m) makes an excellent choice if you require top-quality, spacious, secure outdoor storage or a premium garden workshop. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this large workshop shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 20x10 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 300.6cm (w) x 590cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 10x20 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 91 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
829. 20x12 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 20'x12' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 104 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
830. 5x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 5x4 (1.52 x 1.22) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed - the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 152cm x 122cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
831. 5x5 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 9 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions 2 year guarantee Comprehensive instructions and customer service support |
 |
832. 6x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 6x4 Timberdale Windowless Pent Shed (1.95m x 1.38m) makes an excellent choice if you require secure garden storage with contemporary styling for a smaller garden. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this small garden shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports a contemporary pent design. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. Security-Enhanced Door and Windowless Design You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via a generously sized, ledged and braced door. The door includes exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. This door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 6x4 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of the door Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus a security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) door Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood Door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 118cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 6x4 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 12 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
833. 6x5 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 6x5 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 16 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
834. 6x6 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect The perfect home for your tools, bicycles and outdoor furniture, the 6 x 6 Traditional Standard Pent Wooden Garden Shed (1.83m x 1.83m) offers you attractive, long-lasting and versatile garden storage.This wooden shed is expertly built from premium 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a robust 38mm x 50mm frame. The floor and roof are also made from superior 12mm tongue and groove, the latter including a weatherproof felt cover to keep your stored items protected from the elements.Not just robust, durable and completely weathertight, this garden shed is exceptionally good looking too. It comes with a contemporary pent design to round off a smart and stylish appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior via a ledged and braced door, which can be fitted in a variety of positions. It features zinc hinges, a handle and key-operated lock, so your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.A set of fixed windows provides the shed with an abundance of natural light. They are all made from toughened glass – welcome news in a busy, family-orientated garden. (The number of windows depends upon the options you select.)This storage shed is delivered to you dip treated and with a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee (excluding the roof felt). You should retreat it with a high-quality wood preservative, within 6 weeks of assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and maintain the shed's attractive appearance.If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new wooden shed with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually, thereafter, even with pressure-treated wood.This garden shed is available in a range of sizes, with either an apex or pent roof. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to purchase, including an extra-wide door, stable door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in various positions, conversion of fixed windows to opening windows, a windowless design, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers and, of course, that upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options.Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on the cladding and floor, and a plus or minus of 5mm on the framing.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Premium 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 38mm x 50mm frame12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced, lockable door with zinc fittingsToughened-glass windows (select how many)Reassuring 1-year parts guaranteeChoose from a wide range of sizes, 2 roof styles and optional upgradesUpgrade to pressure-treated wood for a 15-year guarantee and FREE 15mm cladding upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
835. 7x3 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 7x3 (2.14 x 0.91m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 214cm x 91cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
836. 7x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 7x4 (2.14 x 1.22m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 214cm x 122cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
|
837. 7x4m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect This 7 x 4m Log Cabin Base Kit is quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. It is made from 100% recycled plastic making it eco friendly. This kit includes 122 squares. Each square measures 500 x 500mm. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Quick and easy to install due to its simple interlocking design, a great alternative to laying heavy slabs or concrete. Lightweight yet still provides a strong and durable base for your shed. Eco friendly - made from 100% recycled plastic. Suitable to lay on any reasonable level surface. Includes heavy-duty membrane. |
 |
838. 7x5 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 7x5 Timberdale Windowless Pent Shed (2.24m x 1.67m) makes an excellent choice if you require secure and premium-quality garden storage with contemporary styling. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this garden shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports a contemporary pent design. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. Security-Enhanced Door and Windowless Design You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via a generously sized, ledged and braced door. The door includes exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. This door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 7x5 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of the door Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus a security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) door Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood Door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 147.1cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x5 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
839. 7x7 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 7x7 Timberdale Windowless Double Door Reverse Apex Shed (2.33m x 2.17m) makes an excellent choice if you require secure, accessible garden storage or a mini workshop shed. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this garden shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports an eye-catching reverse apex design, which makes this shed perfectly suited for use as a mini workshop. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. The high roofline offers you ample headroom and increases your garden storage options, while two diamond-shaped finials add the finishing touches to the shed's incredibly attractive appearance. Security-Enhanced Doors and Windowless Design/strong> You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via generously sized, ledged and braced double doors. They include exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 7x7 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of doors Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) doors Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood High roofline for increased headroom and storage options Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 212.1cm (w) x 206.2cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 7x7 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. A helpful video of how to install this plastic shed base can be found here. You must prepare the base yourself, in accordance with the supplied instructions, in advance of the installers' visit. Laying the base straight onto grass will not be suitable and the installers will not be able to assemble your garden building. |
 |
840. 8x3 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 8x3 (2.44 x 0.91m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 244cm x 91cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
841. 8x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 8x4 (2.44 x 1.22m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 244cm x 122cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
842. 8x5 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 8x5 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 15 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
843. 8x6 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Forest is Britain's leading manufacturer of wooden sheds and Timberdale is the companyâs premier line. It should be your go-to range of sheds when only the best will do. Beautifully handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire and supplied with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee, this 8x6 Timberdale Windowless Pent Shed (2.48m x 2.02m) makes an excellent choice if you require secure and premium-quality garden storage with contemporary styling. Complete Modular Design and Premium Build Expertly built from superior 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a strapping 28mm x 56mm frame, this garden shed simply oozes class. Its completely modular design and interchangeable framed sections make it far easier to assemble than other wooden sheds and give you total flexibility over door positioning, allowing you to create the perfect storage solution for your garden. It also boasts 30% more timber than standard sheds, making it much stronger, more rigid and more durable than its competitors. Tongue and Groove Floor PLUS Roof The floor is built from premium 12mm tongue and groove too, so is perfectly equipped to accommodate your heavier items and will easily cope with regular footfall. Pressure-treated bearers allow good air circulation underneath the shed, which prevents the wood getting damp, providing another layer of protection against rot and fungal decay in this key area. The 12mm tongue and groove roof sports a contemporary pent design. Itâs fitted with a high-grade, polypropylene-backed felt cover for unbeatable weatherproof protection. Security-Enhanced Door and Windowless Design You can gain storage-friendly access to this shed via a generously sized, ledged and braced door. The door includes exterior turn buttons, interior bolts and a rim lock door latch, so rest assured that your valuable tools will remain completely safe. This door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. The shed's windowless design provides yet another layer of security by deterring unwanted attention. Ethically Sourced Wood and Completely Maintenance Free This 8x6 shed is built using FSC®-certified wood, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Itâs pressure treated to prevent rot and supplied with an extraordinary 25-year anti-rot guarantee, which is the longest on the market. Retreatment is never required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. Britain's Best Range of Wooden Sheds The Forest Timberdale range of tongue and groove, pressure-treated sheds consists of a number of different sizes and styles. What they all have in common is a complete modular design and superior build, achieved by using the same attention to detail and top-quality materials throughout. Forest's White Glove Delivery Service Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes using Forest's White Glove Service. This means the shed is delivered straight into your garden, with all of the product packaging removed. Fixings and instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. If you'd rather the professionals do the work for you, we offer a competitively priced installation service as an optional upgrade. Forestâs premier shed â handcrafted in the heart of Worcestershire Pressure-treated wood for complete maintenance freedom, with a market-leading 25-year anti-rot guarantee Highly flexible, premium and completely modular design means easier assembly and the ability to choose the location of the door Windowless design for enhanced security Strongest shed in its category: 12mm tongue and groove throughout, a strapping 28mm x 56mm internal frame, plus a security-enhanced ledged and braced (Z-frame) door Premium 12mm tongue and groove flooring and roof (plus pressure-treated floor bearers and high-grade, polypropylene-backed roof felt) High-quality rim lock door latch for added security White Glove Delivery Service straight into your garden, with optional professional installation service FSC®-certified wood Door can be hung with a left- or right-hand opening â the choice is yours. Choose a Timberdale shed from a range of designs and sizes Shed Base Options Wooden Shed Base Kit As an alternative to laying slabs or concrete, this shed base is a faster, more cost effective DIY solution. The wooden shed base consists of a framework that is made from UC4 incised timber which has been pressure treated. The pressure treatment ensures that the framework is robust and is guaranteed to resist rot for an impressive 15 years. Size of base: 7.5cm (h) x 236cm (w) x 182.6cm (d) Plastic Shed Base Kit Quick and simple to install, the 8x6 plastic shed base kit is ideal for avoiding the hassle of laying slabs or concrete when preparing a base for a new shed. Its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it provides a very strong and durable base for the shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, it can be reused if the shed is repositioned. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10mm pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 20 squares and heavy-duty, commercially-graded weed membrane. Please be advised that we do not assemble plastic shed bases as part of our installation service. You must prepare the base yourself in advance of the installers' visit. |
 |
844. 8x7 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 8x7 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
845. 8x8 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect The perfect home for your tools, bicycles and outdoor furniture, the 8 x 8 Traditional Standard Pent Wooden Garden Shed (2.44m x 2.44m) offers you attractive, long-lasting and versatile garden storage.This wooden shed is expertly built from premium 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a robust 38mm x 50mm frame. The floor and roof are also made from superior 12mm tongue and groove, the latter including a weatherproof felt cover to keep your stored items protected from the elements.Not just robust, durable and completely weathertight, this garden shed is exceptionally good looking too. It comes with a contemporary pent design to round off a smart and stylish appearance.You can gain easy access to the interior via a ledged and braced door, which can be fitted in a variety of positions. It features zinc hinges, a handle and key-operated lock, so your valuable tools will remain completely safe from unwanted attention.A set of fixed windows provides the shed with an abundance of natural light. They are all made from toughened glass – welcome news in a busy, family-orientated garden. (The number of windows depends upon the options you select.)This storage shed is delivered to you dip treated and with a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee (excluding the roof felt). You should retreat it with a high-quality wood preservative, within 6 weeks of assembly and annually, thereafter, to protect the wood from rot and maintain the shed's attractive appearance.If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, it's backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee and no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, we'll match your upgrade by fitting your new wooden shed with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually, thereafter, even with pressure-treated wood.This garden shed is available in a range of sizes, with either an apex or pent roof. A number of other choices and optional extras are available to purchase, including an extra-wide door, stable door, double doors, an additional door, door fitted in various positions, conversion of fixed windows to opening windows, a windowless design, a Pro Shed Base Kit, wooden floor bearers and, of course, that upgrade to pressure-treated timber. Our UK-based customer service team will be delighted to guide you through your options.Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on the cladding and floor, and a plus or minus of 5mm on the framing.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Premium 12mm tongue and groove claddingRobust 38mm x 50mm frame12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt coverLedged and braced, lockable door with zinc fittingsToughened-glass windows (select how many)Reassuring 1-year parts guaranteeChoose from a wide range of sizes, 2 roof styles and optional upgradesUpgrade to pressure-treated wood for a 15-year guarantee and FREE 15mm cladding upgradeFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
846. 2.5x2.5m Log Cabin Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 25 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Comprehensive instructions and customer service support Includes heavy-duty membrane 2 year guarantee |
 |
847. 9x18 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our 9'x18' ProBASE plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 66 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
848. 9x3 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 9x3 (2.74 x 0.91m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 274cm x 91cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
849. 9x4 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Keep your gardening tools safe, tidy and always to hand with the 9x4 (2.74 x 1.22m) Traditional Pent Wooden Garden Tool Storage Shed, which is both intelligently designed and completely constructed from premium materials. This wooden tool store boasts both brawn and beauty. Built from 12mm tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame, it will serve you well for many years to come, whilst a lovely smooth-planed finish ensures that it will look great in your garden too. The floor and pent roof are also constructed from 12mm tongue and groove, the latter coming with a weatherproof felt covering to keep your tools and other stored items completely protected from the elements. The single door offers you excellent access to your tools and can be fitted on any side of the shed, the choice is entirely yours. Boasting superior zinc fittings, this door is secured by a key operated lock, so you can rest assured that your prized possessions will be completely safe from unwanted attention. Backed by a reassuring 1-year parts guarantee, this premium tool store is supplied dip-treated, will require re-treating within 6 weeks of assembly and annually thereafter, in order for you to maintain its attractive appearance. If you upgrade to pressure-treated wood, the anti-rot guarantee is extended to a super 15 years. Furthermore, we will MATCH YOUR UPGRADE by fitting your new garden building with superior 15mm cladding for FREE. Please be advised that waterproofing is still required within a month of assembly and annually thereafter. With dimensions of 171cm x 274cm x 122cm, this garden shed is available in a range of sizes, from 5x3 to 10x4. You can purchase a Pro Shed Base Kit as an optional extra. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Please be aware that specification measurements for cladding, floorboards and framing are nominal (before machining). As a result, there can be a variance of plus or minus 1mm on cladding and floorboards, and a plus or minus of 5mm on framing. Constructed from 12mm tongue and groove cladding Sturdy 38mm x 50mm frame Durable 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof with weatherproof felt covering Smart smooth-planed finish Single door can be fitted on any side of the shed Door comes with zinc fittings and a key operated lock 1-year parts guarantee Available in a range of sizes Upgrade promise - you upgrade to pressure-treated wood and we'll upgrade to a 15-year guarantee and 15mm cladding Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
850. 9x9 Plastic Shed Base Kit : BuyFencingDirect Avoid the hassle or mess of laying slabs or concrete with our ProBASE 9x9 plastic shed base kit, when preparing a base for your new shed. It is very quick to install as its interlocking design makes it easy to put together and, though lightweight, it will provide a very strong and durable base for your shed. Made from 100% recycled plastic, this shed base is eco-friendly. Also, you can reuse the base if you decide to reposition your shed. The base allows for ventilation and drainage under the shed, helping to keep the shed floor dry. To install the base, you simply interlock the square grids together and lay onto a firm, level area of ground. We recommend using 15kg of 10m pea gravel per square (gravel not included). Each square is 500 x 500 x 40mm. This pack contains 36 squares. For your convenience, a heavy-duty, commercially-graded membrane is also included. Super strong interlocking grid system shed base Simple to lay and assemble Eco-friendly high quality recycled plastic Ventilated design Includes heavy-duty membrane Comprehensive instructions and customer service support 2 year guarantee |
 |
851. Forest 6' X 4' Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.2m : BuyFencingDirect If you'd love a fence run that oozes contemporary style, but don't want to sacrifice the durability required to form an effective garden boundary, the Forest 5'11" x 3'11" Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.2m) is the perfect solution.Set within a mortise and tenon jointed, rebated frame, the horizontally-mounted timber slats are alternately arranged, either side of sturdy vertical battens. With its eye-catching slatted topper and gorgeous smooth-planed finish, this garden fencing offers you brawn and beauty in equal measure.Furthermore, this wooden fence panel is pressure-treated to guard against rot, and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Robust, attractive and low-maintenance, this premium 4ft fence panel is ethically sourced too, for all of the timber is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities.This decorative fence panel has dimensions of 120cm x 180cm x 4cm. You can also purchase 5ft and 6ft models, as well as a matching wooden gate, all with the same superb specifications.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100.15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to guard against rotHorizontally-mounted slats on vertical battensSlatted topperMortise and tenon jointed frameRebated framePEFC-certified woodGorgeous smooth-planed finish5ft and 6ft models also availableFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
852. Forest 6' X 5' Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel - 1.8m X 1.5m : BuyFencingDirect If you'd love a fence run that oozes contemporary style, but don't want to sacrifice the durability required to form an effective garden boundary, the Forest 5'11" x 4'11" Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.5m) is the perfect solution. Set within a mortise and tenon jointed, rebated frame, the horizontally-mounted timber slats are alternately arranged, either side of sturdy vertical battens. With its eye-catching slatted topper and gorgeous smooth-planed finish, this garden fencing offers you brawn and beauty in equal measure. Furthermore, this wooden fence panel is pressure-treated to guard against rot, and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Robust, attractive and low-maintenance, this premium 5ft fence panel is ethically sourced too, for the timber is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. This decorative fence panel has dimensions of 150cm x 180cm x 4cm. You can also purchase 4ft and 6ft models, as well as a matching wooden gate, all with the same superb specifications. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Horizontally-mounted slats on vertical battens Slatted topper Mortise and tenon jointed frame Rebated frame PEFC-certified wood Gorgeous smooth-planed finish 4ft and 6ft models also available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
853. Forest 6' X 6' Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect If you'd love a fence run that oozes contemporary style, but don't want to sacrifice the durability required to form an effective garden boundary, the Forest 5'11" x 5'11" Kyoto Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) is the perfect solution.Set within a mortise and tenon jointed, rebated frame, the horizontally-mounted timber slats are alternately arranged, either side of sturdy vertical battens. With its eye-catching slatted topper and gorgeous smooth-planed finish, this garden fencing offers you brawn and beauty in equal measure.Furthermore, this wooden fence panel is pressure-treated to guard against rot, and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.Robust, attractive and low-maintenance, this premium 6ft fence panel is ethically sourced too, for the timber is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities.This decorative fence panel has dimensions of 180cm x 180cm x 4cm. You can also purchase 4ft and 5ft models, as well as a matching wooden gate, all with the same superb specifications.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100.15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to guard against rotHorizontally-mounted slats on vertical battensSlatted topperMortise and tenon jointed frameRebated framePEFC-certified woodGorgeous smooth-planed finish4ft and 5ft models also availableFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
854. Forest Europa 3' X 6' Pressure Treated Wooden Side Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect Designed to perfectly complement the Forest Europa Plain Screen fencing, the Forest Europa Plain Gate is ethically sourced, aesthetically pleasing and built to last. A strapping, mortise and tenon jointed framework provides exceptional robustness and durability, whilst the gorgeous smooth-planed finish ensures that this superb gate will look incredibly attractive at the end of your garden. All of the timber is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Furthermore, this superior garden gate has been pressure-treated and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Measuring 1800mm x 900mm x 45mm, free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to guard against rot Mortise and tenon jointed framework Completely PEFC-certified timber Gorgeous smooth-planed finish Free delivery on orders above £100 |
 |
855. Forest 6' X 4' Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.2m : BuyFencingDirect Attractive, robust and built to last, the Forest 6 x 4 Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.2m) makes the perfect front garden boundary, and is ideal for mounting on top of a low-level wall. Constructed from PEFC-certified timber, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities, this garden fencing comes with horizontal boards, alternately mounted to the front and rear of sturdy battens. This means your privacy is assured but your garden will still benefit from a certain amount of extra dappled light. The gorgeous smooth-planed finish ensures that this premium fence panel is not only strong and ethical, but will look extremely attractive in your garden too. What's more, this garden fencing is pressure-treated and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. Measuring 1200mm x 1800mm x 45mm, this premium fence panel is available in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes on orders above £100. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to guard against rot PEFC-certified timber Gorgeous smooth-planed finish Free delivery on orders above £100 |
 |
856. Forest 6' X 5' Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.5m : BuyFencingDirect Ethically sourced and expertly constructed, the Forest 6 x 5 Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.5m) will make an exceptionally robust boundary or privacy screen for your garden, without the need for you to use a gravel board. Constructed from PEFC-certified timber, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities, this garden fencing comes with horizontal boards, alternately mounted to the front and rear of sturdy battens. This means your privacy is assured but your garden will still benefit from a certain amount of extra dappled light. The gorgeous smooth-planed finish ensures that this premium fence panel is not only strong and ethical, but will look extremely attractive in your garden too. What's more, this garden fencing is pressure-treated and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in your garden. Measuring 1500mm x 1800mm x 45mm, this premium fence panel is available in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes on orders above £100. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to guard against rot PEFC-certified timber Gorgeous smooth-planed finish Free delivery on orders above £100 |
 |
857. Forest 6' X 6' Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect If you're searching for strong and secure fencing, but with an attractive, contemporary design, the Forest 6 x 6 Europa Plain Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) makes an excellent choice.Offering you a high level of privacy too, this garden fencing is expertly crafted from pressure-treated timber with mortise-and-tenon-jointed, rebated framing. It is supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. The timber used to construct these fence panels is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.Mounted in a staggered pattern, either side of robust battens, the timber slats create an attractive hit and miss effect. They come with a grooved profile and sumptuous smooth-planed finish, so are sure to form a beautiful frame to your garden.This garden fencing's versatility comes from the fact that it can be installed with the slats facing horizontally OR vertically, according to your own personal taste.You can purchase these decorative fence panels in a range of sizes, and use them with or without gravel boards. Rust-resistant, galvanised-steel screws are supplied for that extra touch of class.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes on orders over £100.Pressure treated - no retreatment requiredImpressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteeVersatile design - slats can be horizontally OR vertically facingRobust mortise-and-tenon-jointed, rebated framingPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishUse with or without gravel boardsChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes on orders over £100 |
 |
858. Forest 6' X 6' Pressure Treated Europa Hamburg Decorative Garden Screen Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Perfect for supporting climbing plants as part of an informal boundary, or purely for decoration, mounted on a wall, the Forest 6x6 Pressure Treated Europa Hamburg Decorative Garden Screen Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) is supplied with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee. This beautiful garden trellis panel features an elegant scalloped top and is enclosed within a premium-quality Strong mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frame. Suitable to use with or without gravel boards, these fence panels ensure your garden always enjoys a wonderfully open feel. Pressure-treated and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. All of the timber is PEFC©-certified, so you can rest assured that it is only sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests. This trellis fence panel comes with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish and is perfectly complemented by smooth-planed fence posts. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot PEFC©-certified wood Strong mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frame Charming scalloped top and smooth-planed finish Perfect for supporting climbing plants Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders above £100 |
 |
859. Forest 6' X 4' Paloma Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel Europa Prague - 1.8m X 1.2m : BuyFencingDirect Choose our beautiful and practical Paloma Fence Panel 1.2m to provide the perfect backdrop for your garden. Its elegant trellis and flowing lines make it one of our most popular fence panels for creating a striking garden boundary. The high quality timber of the Paloma panel has been pressure treated for an impressive 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. Application of a semi-transparent stain or paint is recommended if you wish to maintain the colouring of this panel. The planed decorative nature of these products would benefit from planed fence posts to optimise the appearance of your decorative fence panel. Dependent on your method of installation, you will require between a 1.8m or a 2.4m post. Also available in a 1.5m or 1.8m high model. The Paloma Panel is manufactured from the highest quality timber and has been smooth planed for a quality finish. It is 45 x 40mm mortise and tenon jointed, and has a rebated frame for additional strength and stability, The Panel is fixed with galvanized water resistant screws ensuring the panel will stay rust free for longer. The timber has also been Pressure Treated to provide a guarantee against rot and fungal decay for up to 15 years. |
 |
860. Forest 6' X 3' Pressure Treated Prague Decorative Europa Fence Panel 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect With its superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, sumptuous curves and attractive trellis top, it's easy to see why the Forest 6x3 Pressure Treated Prague Decorative Europa Fence Panel (1.8m x 0.9m) is one of our bestselling decorative fence panels. Expertly constructed from grooved horizontal boards, alternately mounted to the front and rear of vertical battens, and all enclosed within a premium rebated frame, this garden fence panel is built to last. The diamond trellis top section is designed with a beautifully scalloped border and is a great way to support your climbing plants, as well as allow more natural light and airflow into your garden. Pressure-treated and backed by a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. All of the timber is PEFC©-certified, so you can rest assured that it is only sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests. Perfectly complemented by smooth-planed fence posts, this premium fence panel is suitable for you to use with or without gravel boards. You can choose from 3, 4, 5 or 6ft-high fence panels, all built to the same exacting standards. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot PEFC©-certified wood Horizontal boards alternately mounted to the front and rear of vertical battens Premium rebated frame Trellis top section features scalloped border Sumptuous smooth-planed finish Offers your garden natural light, airflow AND a clear garden boundary Choose from 3, 4, 5 or 6ft fence panels Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders above £100 |
 |
861. Forest 6' X 5' Paloma Pressure Treated Decorative Fence Panel Europa Prague - 1.8m X 1.5m : BuyFencingDirect Choose our beautiful and practical Paloma Fence Panel 1.5m to provide the perfect backdrop for your garden. Its elegant trellis and flowing lines make it one of our most popular fence panels for creating a striking garden boundary. The high quality timber of the Paloma panel has been pressure treated for an impressive 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. Application of a semi-transparent stain or paint is recommended if you wish to maintain the colouring of this panel. The planed decorative nature of these products would benefit from planed fence posts to optimise the appearance of your decorative fence panel. Dependent on your method of installation, you will require between a 1.8m or a 2.4m post. Also available in a 1.2 or 1.8m high model. The Paloma Panel is manufactured from the highest quality timber and has been smooth planed for a quality finish. It is 45 x 40mm mortise and tenon jointed, and has a rebated frame for additional strength and stability, The Panel is fixed with galvanized water resistant screws ensuring the panel will stay rust free for longer. The timber has been Pressure Treated to protect against rot and fungal decay for up to 15 years. |
 |
862. Forest 6' X 6' Paloma Decorative Fence Panel Europa Prague - 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Choose our beautiful and practical Paloma Fence Panel 1.8m to provide the perfect backdrop for your garden. Its elegant trellis and flowing lines make it one of our most popular fence panels for creating a striking garden boundary. The high quality timber of the Paloma panel has been pressure treated for an impressive 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. Application of a semi-transparent stain or paint is recommended if you wish to maintain the colouring of this panel. The planed decorative nature of these products would benefit from planed fence posts to optimise the appearance of your decorative fence panel. Dependent on your method of installation, you will require between a 1.8m or a 2.4m post. Also available in 1.2m or 1.5m high models. The 1.8m (5ft11) Paloma Panel is one of our decorative fence panels and is manufactured from the highest quality timber and has been smooth planed for a quality finish. It is 45 x 40mm mortise and tenon jointed, and has a rebated frame for additional strength and stability, This decorative fence panel is fixed with galvanized water resistant screws ensuring the panel will stay rust free for longer. The timber has been Pressure Treated to provide protection against rot and fungal decay for up to 15 years. |
 |
863. Shire Elm 4.2m X 3m Log Cabin With Side Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect A garden building to cater for ALL of your requirements, the Shire Elm 4.2m x 3m Log Cabin with Side Shed (19mm) features an attractive garden room, in which to relax, plus spacious garden storage to keep your tools and equipment secure. The All-in-One Garden Building Including a 9x9 garden room and 4x9 side shed, this multipurpose garden building gives you far more than just a regular log cabin. An interior wall divides the two areas, which can each be independently accessed via their own door(s). You can install the shed either side of the log cabin - the choice is entirely yours. A British-Built Log Cabin This garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 19mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 12mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection. The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Doors and Windows You can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The 2 large, opening windows provide additional natural light and allow you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from Perspex, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The side shed is fitted with a single, solid door, which can also be secured by a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain safe from unwanted attention. Log Cabin Installation and Treatment Advice This log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.25m, planning permission is not required. You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection Free Delivery and Choice of Sizes Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes. Features 9x9 garden room and 4x9 side shed Built in Britain, from 19mm Northern European pine logs 12mm tongue and groove floor with pressure-treated bearers 12mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt cover Garden room includes lockable, glazed double doors and 2 large, opening windows, made from Perspex Separate lockable door to side shed FSC®-certified wood Supplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assembly Choose from a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
864. Shire Elm 5.1m X 3m Log Cabin With Side Shed 19mm : BuyFencingDirect A garden building to cater for ALL of your requirements, the Shire Elm 5.1m x 3m Log Cabin with Side Shed (19mm) features an attractive garden room, in which to relax, plus spacious garden storage to keep your tools and equipment secure. The All-in-One Garden Building Including a 12x9 garden room and 4x9 side shed, this multipurpose garden building gives you far more than just a regular log cabin. An interior wall divides the two areas, which can each be independently accessed via their own door(s). You can install the shed either side of the log cabin - the choice is entirely yours. A British-Built Log Cabin This garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 19mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come. The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 12mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection. The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry. Doors and Windows You can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The 3 large, opening windows provide additional natural light and allow you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from Perspex, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden. The side shed is fitted with a single, solid door, which can also be secured by a key-operated lock, so rest assured that your valuable tools and equipment will remain safe from unwanted attention. Log Cabin Installation and Treatment Advice This log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.25m, planning permission is not required. You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Free Delivery and Choice of Sizes Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes. Features 12x9 garden room and 4x9 side shed Built in Britain, from 19mm Northern European pine logs 12mm tongue and groove floor with pressure-treated bearers 12mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt cover Garden room includes lockable, glazed double doors and 3 large, opening windows (made from Perspex) Separate lockable door to side shed FSC®-certified wood Supplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assembly Choose from a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
865. Forest Paloma Prague 3' X 4' Pressure Treated Wooden Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect This garden gate is designed for high level Paloma Decorative Panels but is also compatible with other fence panels, making your personalised to your style. The beautiful trellis and undisturbed lines of the Paloma range make it easily one of our most popular lines, ensuring your garden boundaries are stunning. With this garden gate comes a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay, due to being manufactured from pressure treated timber! Gate fixings sold separately. 1.2 x 0.9m (4 x 3ft) Decorative Lattice top makes a very attractive garden gate, also available in 1.8 x 0.9m (6 x 3ft) With this product comes a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay, due to being manufactured from pressure treated timber. This attractive garden gate is also compatible with other fence panels in our range, letting you customise your garden boundaries how you please. Can be used simply as narrow panel without gate fixings. |
 |
866. Forest Paloma Prague 3'x6' Decorative Pressure Treated Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect This garden gate is designed for high level Paloma Decorative Panels but is also compatible with other fence panels, making your garden unique and personalised. The elegant trellis and flowing lines of the Paloma range make it one of our most popular lines, ensuring your garden boundaries are beautiful and stylish. The garden gate is pressure treated, guaranteeing against rot and fungal decay for 15 years! Gate fixings sold separately. 1.8 x 0.9m (6 x 3ft) Decorative Lattice top makes a very attractive and stylish garden gate, also available in 1.2 x 0.9m (4 x 3ft) Timber is Pressure Treated giving a natural finish and a 15 year guarantee against rot damage. This beautiful garden gate is also compatible with other fence panels in our range so you can customise your garden boundaries to your personal style. Can also be used as narrow panel without gate fixings. |
 |
867. Shire Epping 3.6m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect For a stunning garden room, which is built to last, buy the Shire Epping 3.6m x 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm). This garden building boasts the elegance of a summerhouse and the robustness of a log cabin, so gives you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowsYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The 2 large, opening windows provide additional natural light and allow you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The doors and windows are all built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with Georgian-style window bars and draught excluders too, for an added touch of style and enhanced insulation, respectively.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors2 large, opening windows4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
868. Shire Epping 3.6m X 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect For a stunning garden room, which is built to last, buy the Shire Epping 3.6m x 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm). This garden building boasts the elegance of a summerhouse and the robustness of a log cabin, so gives you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowsYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The 2 large, opening windows provide additional natural light and allow you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from 4mm toughened glass - ideal for a busy garden.The doors and windows are all built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with Georgian-style window bars and draught excluders too, for an added touch of style and enhanced insulation, respectively.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doors2 large, opening windows4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
869. 10' X 10' Globel Heritage Green Apex Metal Shed 3.08m X 3.10m : BuyFencingDirect Supremely robust, incredibly durable and easy to assemble, the 10' x 10' Globel Heritage Green Apex Metal Shed (3.08m x 3.10m) provides you with the perfect home for your garden tools and furniture. Premium Build and Maintenance Free This stunning metal garden shed is constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel, with a heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and weather-proof panels. Such a premium build makes it one of the strongest and most reliable metal sheds on the market, and capable of withstanding strong winds. Backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty), this rustproof and fire retardant metal shed offers the ultimate protection for your gardening tools and equipment. Itâs also virtually maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Being completely resistant to fire, this 10x10 shed is a particularly great investment for anyone who owns a static caravan or park home, where there are mandatory requirements for non-combustible storage units. Sliding Doors and Excellent Headroom Entry is gained through sliding double doors, which have been set on an ultra-smooth track and provide easy access to your stored items with the help of an entry/exit ramp. The doors also boast padlockable steel handles to help keep valuable tools safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Once you're inside your new shed, you'll find that the tall walls and traditional apex roof mean generous headroom, efficient rainwater run-off and all sorts of garden storage possibilities (including installing standing shelves or storing items like ladders). The windowless design enhances security and the built-in vents in the gables help to reduce condensation, protecting your belongings and creating a pleasant working environment. Straightforward Assembly Process The innovative design of this 10 x 10 metal shed means it comes in significantly fewer parts than other similar sheds. Itâs also supplied with a clear instruction manual, a video guide and on-hand technical support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. Important: Please be advised that this shed comes without flooring and so you must anchor it to a firm foundation to ensure it remains completely stable. Globel Metal Garden Shed and Storage Range This particular metal shed model is available in anthracite grey, heritage green, and a range of sizes. The Globel range includes apex sheds, pent sheds, lean to sheds, bike sheds and storage boxes. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty) Constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel Heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and superior bracing Rust resistant, fire retardant and almost maintenance free Designed to withstand strong winds Padlockable, sliding double doors on an ultra-smooth track High walls and ventilated gables Installation manual, video guide and technical support available Supplied without a floor Other sizes and colours available Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
870. 10' X 10' Globel Anthracite Grey Apex Metal Shed 3.08m X 3.10m : BuyFencingDirect Supremely robust, incredibly durable and easy to assemble, the 10' x 10' Globel Anthracite Grey Apex Metal Shed (3.08m x 3.10m) provides you with the perfect home for your garden tools and furniture. Premium Build and Maintenance Free This stunning metal garden shed is constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel, with a heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and weather-proof panels. Such a premium build makes it one of the strongest and most reliable metal sheds on the market, and capable of withstanding strong winds. Backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty), this rustproof and fire retardant metal shed offers the ultimate protection for your gardening tools and equipment. Itâs also virtually maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Being completely resistant to fire, this 10x10 shed is a particularly great investment for anyone who owns a static caravan or park home, where there are mandatory requirements for non-combustible storage units. Sliding Doors and Excellent Headroom Entry is gained through sliding double doors, which have been set on an ultra-smooth track and provide easy access to your stored items with the help of an entry/exit ramp. The doors also boast padlockable steel handles to help keep valuable tools safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Once you're inside your new shed, you'll find that the tall walls and traditional apex roof mean generous headroom, efficient rainwater run-off and all sorts of garden storage possibilities (including installing standing shelves or storing items like ladders). The windowless design enhances security and the built-in vents in the gables help to reduce condensation, protecting your belongings and creating a pleasant working environment. Straightforward Assembly Process The innovative design of this 10 x 10 metal shed means it comes in significantly fewer parts than other similar sheds. Itâs also supplied with a clear instruction manual, a video guide and on-hand technical support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. Important: Please be advised that this shed comes without flooring and so you must anchor it to a firm foundation to ensure it remains completely stable. Globel Metal Garden Shed and Storage Range This particular metal shed model is available in anthracite grey, heritage green, and a range of sizes. The Globel range includes apex sheds, pent sheds, lean to sheds, bike sheds and storage boxes. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty) Constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel Heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and superior bracing Rust resistant, fire retardant and almost maintenance free Designed to withstand strong winds Padlockable, sliding double doors on an ultra-smooth track High walls and ventilated gables Installation manual, video guide and technical support available Supplied without a floor Other sizes and colours available Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
871. 10' X 12' Globel Anthracite Grey Apex Metal Shed 3.08m X 3.72m : BuyFencingDirect Supremely robust, incredibly durable and easy to assemble, the 10' x 12' Globel Anthracite Grey Metal Shed (3.08m x 3.72m) provides you with the perfect home for your garden tools and furniture. Premium Build and Maintenance Free This stunning metal garden shed is constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel, with a heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and weather-proof panels. Such a premium build makes it one of the strongest and most reliable metal sheds on the market, and capable of withstanding strong winds. Backed by a superb 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty), this rustproof and fire retardant metal shed offers the ultimate protection for your gardening tools and equipment. Itâs also virtually maintenance-free, saving you money and leaving you with more time to do the things you enjoy. Being completely resistant to fire, this 10x12 shed is a particularly great investment for anyone who owns a static caravan or park home, where there are mandatory requirements for non-combustible storage units. Sliding Doors and Excellent Headroom Entry is gained through sliding double doors, which have been set on an ultra-smooth track and provide easy access to your stored items with the help of an entry/exit ramp. The doors also boast padlockable steel handles to help keep valuable tools safe from unwanted attention (padlock not included). Once you're inside your new shed, you'll find that the tall walls and traditional apex roof mean generous headroom, efficient rainwater run-off and all sorts of garden storage possibilities (including installing standing shelves or storing items like ladders). The windowless design enhances security and the built-in vents in the gables help to reduce condensation, protecting your belongings and creating a pleasant working environment. Straightforward Assembly Process The innovative design of this 10 x 12 metal shed means it comes in significantly fewer parts than other similar sheds. Itâs also supplied with a clear instruction manual, a video guide and on-hand technical support to help you achieve a straightforward, stress-free assembly. Important: Please be advised that this shed comes without flooring and so you must anchor it to a firm foundation to ensure it remains completely stable. Globel Metal Garden Shed and Storage Range This particular metal shed model is available in anthracite grey, heritage green, and a range of sizes. The Globel range includes apex sheds, pent sheds, lean to sheds, bike sheds and storage boxes. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty) Constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel Heavy-gauge galvanised steel frame, sturdy base rails and superior bracing Rust resistant, fire retardant and almost maintenance free Designed to withstand strong winds Padlockable, sliding double doors on an ultra-smooth track High walls and ventilated gables Installation manual, video guide and technical support available Supplied without a floor Other sizes and colours available Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
872. 6' X 6' Globel Heritage Green Metal Bike Shed 2.12m X 2.00m : BuyFencingDirect The 6' x 6' Globel Heritage Green Metal Bike Shed (2.12m x 2.00m) is the perfect way to keep your familyâs bicycles out of sight, secure and protected from the elements. Strong and Secure Bike Shed This premium bike shed is built from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel, with weather-proof panels and superior bracing throughout. Impervious to rust and backed by an amazing 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty), the exquisite green painted finish ensures that this bike storage shed doesn't just boast brawn but beauty too. Furthermore, virtually no maintenance is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to ride your bike. Completely fire-resistant too, this metal bike shed meets all of the regulatory requirements for caravan parks, so there's nothing to stop you purchasing a second and enjoying its many benefits while you're on holiday. The 6x6 bike shed can accommodate up to four adult bikes and you can gain easy access to them via the front-opening double doors. These doors can not only be bolted and secured by a padlock (not included), but thereâs a further three-point locking system to ensure that your familyâs bikes have never been more secure. Easy Assembly Process Quick and easy to assemble, this metal bike shed comes with all of the necessary fixings, a user-friendly instruction manual and a video guide, while on-hand technical support is available too. Important: Please be advised that this shed comes without flooring and so you must anchor it to a firm foundation to ensure it remains completely stable. Globel Metal Garden Shed and Storage Range This 6 x 6 metal bike shed is available in anthracite grey and heritage green. The Globel range includes apex sheds, pent sheds, lean to sheds, bike sheds and storage boxes. Free Delivery Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Key Features Impressive 15-year anti-rust guarantee (plus a 1-year parts warranty) Constructed from high-tensile, hot-dipped galvanised steel Houses four adult bikes Virtually no maintenance required Rust resistant and fire retardant Designed to withstand strong winds Padlockable double doors and three-point locking system (padlock not included) Installation manual, video guide and technical support available Supplied without a floor Available in heritage green and anthracite grey Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
873. 7 X 7 Mercia Premium Composite Pent Shed 2.03m X 2.08m : BuyFencingDirect If you want to enjoy the numerous benefits of a plastic shed but prefer the aesthetic appeal of wood, choose the 7 x 7 Mercia Premium Composite Pent Shed (2.03m x 2.08m). This garden shed is packed full of the latest features and supplied with an impressive 10-year guarantee.A Premium Plastic ShedExpertly constructed from 15mm composite cladding, on reinforced framing, this premium plastic shed is exceptionally robust and completely weathertight. Fire retardant too, it will provide you with top-quality garden storage for decades to come.The floor is built from 30mm composite, which is far thicker than standard shed flooring, so will effortlessly accommodate your heavier stored items and cope with regular footfall. Made from PVC, the roof features an eye-catching corrugated design and contemporary pent slope, ensuring efficient rainwater runoff and complete weatherproof protection.An Attractive, Maintenance-Free ShedThe shed's stunning wood-textured grey and brown finish ensures it will complement any style of garden. The whole structure is near maintenance free, so you can keep it looking pristine with nothing more than soapy water. No treatments are required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in the garden.Double Doors and Shatterproof GlazingYou can gain easy access to the shed's interior via storage-friendly double doors, which are ledged and braced for extra strength. These doors can be secured by a tower bolt, so you can store valuable items with complete confidence that they're safe (padlock not included).The 4 tinted windows are made from acrylic, so are both scratch resistant and shatterproof – just what you need in a busy, family-orientated garden. Positioned just below the roof line, they provide plenty of natural light, while keeping valuable items hidden from unwanted attention.An Ethical Shed with an Easy AssemblyThis composite shed is built from 100% recycled materials and is fully recyclable, making it an ethical choice of shed. The panels are delivered pre-assembled to help you achieve a straightforward installation.Free DeliveryFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 10-year guaranteeWalls made from 15mm composite claddingExtra-thick 30mm composite floorCorrugated PVC pent roofDouble doors are ledged, braced and fitted with tower bolt (padlock not included)4 tinted, scratch-resistant acrylic windowsCompletely fire retardant and near maintenance freeMade from recycled materialsPre-assembled panels for straightforward installationFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
874. 6'x8' Halls Green Frame Large Paned Toughened Glass Greenhouse 1.92x2.56m : BuyFencingDirect There's space inside this one to grow enough veg to feed an army! The Popular 6 x 8 Greenhouse has a seriously impressive growing area and measures 6 x 8 foot.If you're looking for a spacious, traditional greenhouse at an affordable price, this is the model for you.With a roof vent, a single sliding door and integral gutters, it's got everything you need to keep your precious greens warm and protected.This model features a green frame and large paned toughened glass.The Popular 6 x 8 Greenhouse is also available with alternative framing and glazing options. Spacious Green Framed Greenhouse with Large Paned Toughened Glass Toughened Glass to British Standard Class 6206 Measures 6 x 8 foot - 4.6m² of growing space One roof vent |
 |
875. 6'x10' Halls Green Frame Large Paned Toughened Glass Greenhouse 3.19x1.92m : BuyFencingDirect What a whopper! This is the big daddy of the Popular range, measuring 1.93 x 3.19m or 6 x 10 foot.That's a seriously large growing area.For maximum ventilation there are two roof vents as standard, and you can increase air circulation by adding Louvre windows.Like our other Popular models, the Popular 6 x 10 Greenhouse has a single sliding door and integral guttering.This model features a green frame and large paned toughened glass.The Popular 6 x 10 Greenhouse is also available with alternative framing and glazing options.If you're looking for an even larger size, please see our Universal range. Large, Spacious Greenhouse - 5.8m² of growing space Green Frame - Measures 6 foot x 10 foot Large Paned Toughened Glass to British Standard Class 6206 Plenty of Ventilation with Two roof vents |
 |
876. Forest 3' X 6' Wooden Board Side Garden Gate 0.91m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect A heavy duty board gate 1.83 x 0.9m (6 x 3ft) with thick boards and framing which complements the dip treated panels, creating a robust finish without being too bulky - a must have if security is your priority! This gate has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. Compatible with a variety of different fence panels in our range, making your boundary personal to your style. This board gate is 1.83 x 0.9m (6ft x 3ft) and suitable for use with dip treated traditional fence panels. Also compatible with other panels, meaning this board gate can be used to customise your boundaries in a way that suits your own personal style. Use normal gate fittings (sold separately) but this gate can also be used as a narrow fence panel without the gate fittings. Timber is dip treated which ensures a 10 year guarentee against rot and fungal damage. |
 |
877. Forest Wooden Fold Down Garden Wall Bar 2'6 X 0'6 : BuyFencingDirect Perfectly sized for patios and balconies, the Forest Wooden Fold Down Garden Wall Bar 2'6 x 0'6 helps you entertain outdoors in style, without taking over your garden.This garden bar is an absolute must for anyone who enjoys garden parties but has limited outdoor spaceâ¬Â¦To get your party started, just fold down the drinks cabinet's wooden cover, open out the supporting frame, and you have easy access to your drinks supply plus a spacious serving table. If you'd like to offer your guests seats at the bar, simply fix the drinks cabinet high enough on the wall to allow the table to fold down at the appropriate height (seating not included).When it's time to tidy up your garden at the end of the evening, fold the table and frame back onto the drinks cabinet, where they will act as a protective cover to the bottles and glasses. As this garden bar doesn't take up any ground space, when not in use, it frees up your patio/ balcony for other activities.Supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to entertain friends. All of the wood is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotFeatures spacious drinks cabinetFold-down serving table with supporting framePEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFixings included for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
878. Forest Europa 3'x6' Dome Top Pressure Treated Wooden Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect This beautiful garden gate works perfectly with high level decorative panels, craeting a stylish yet secure entrance to your garden.Suitable for use with our decorative range of fence panels.Manufactured from smooth planed, pressure treated, PEFC certified wood, guaranteeing this garden gate for 15 years against rot and fungal decay.An attractive, decorative 1.8 x 0.9m (6 x 3ft) garden gate, ideal for use in conjunction with most decorative fence panels.Dome top creates additional privacy and security, while looking elegant and stylish.Dome gate fittings (sold separately) are recommended with this gate.Constructed with pressure treated timber, meaning your garden gate carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. |
 |
879. Forest 6' X 6" Pressure Treated Wooden Gravel Board 1.83m X 0.15m : BuyFencingDirect Protect your fencing with this timber gravel board which will help prevent damp rising from the soil and into the panel and could increase the life span of your fence panels. A 150mm high timber gravel board should be placed beneath each fence panel at ground level, so to avoid the panel itself being in contact with soil or garden waste (leaves etc). By preventing direct ground contact your fence panels will last longer, as they will remain free of excess ground moisture which can accelerate rot. Manufactured from FSC-Certified timber sourced from managed resources, these gravel boards have the benefit of being vacuum pressure treated for a longer lifespan. Compatible with 1800mm and 1830mm width fence panels (however will need to be cut down slightly for 1800mm panels). NOTE: No fixings are supplied with this product. Timber Gravel Boards provide your fence with additional height increasing your privacy. Ideal if you wish to protect your panels from damp and garden pests. Using Timber Gravel Boards means that you can save money by only having to replace the boards and not the panels The timber has been Pressure Treated to provide protection against rot and fungal decay for up to 15 years. Compatible with 1800mm and 1830mm width fence panels (however will need to be cut down slightly for 1800mm panels). |
 |
880. Forest Firenze Corner Garden Arbour Seat 5'11 X 5'11 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect A wonderful garden hideaway in which to relax, with seating for up to 4 people, the Forest Firenze Corner Garden Arbour Seat 5'11² (1.8m x 1.8m) features an eye-catching, contemporary design and luxurious build. Expertly crafted from the finest timber and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, this corner arbour is built to last. Pressure treated to prevent rot, no retreatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in the garden. The arbour seat features sloping backrests and a smooth-planed, splinter-free finish, so you and your loved ones can relax in comfort and style. The slatted roof and sides mean you'll enjoy plenty of sunshine too, along with the opportunity to train and support climbing plants. Please note that the wood used to build this arbour is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. We supply a full set of fixings and clear instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to prevent rot PEFC-certified wood Smooth-planed, splinter-free finish Slatted roof and sides support climbing plants Sloping backrests Seats up to 4 people Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
881. Forest 3' X 6' Wooden Lap Side Garden Gate 0.91m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect This sturdy garden gate blends perfectly with the dip treated traditional Lap Panels and will providing your garden with a traditional entrance. Also compatible with a variety of fence panels from our range. Timber is dip treated, giving your garden gate a 10-year guarantee against rot damage which must be supported by annual retreatment. The gate fixings are sold separately. This strong, solid 1.8m (5'11") Lap Garden Gate will be a sturdy and stylish entrance to your garden. Use Normal gate fittings (sold separately) Timber is factory dip treated giving it a 10 year guarantee against rot damage. This garden gate is compatible with a variety of traditional panels from our range. |
 |
882. Forest Florida Wooden Garden Love Seat 6'2 X 3'1 1.87m X 0.95m : BuyFencingDirect With the Forest Florida Wooden Garden Love Seat 6'2 x 3'1 you get the benefits of two wooden chairs and a table in one. Table and Chairs for Two Love seats, or companion seats, are a classic way to create a neat little seating area for two in a garden – and the Forest Florida is no exception. The two wooden garden chairs feature a low profile, slatted backs and high arms rests, allowing you to lean back and relax in your peaceful surroundings. Meanwhile, the fixed side table linking the chairs provides storage and serving space just where you need it. The wood is smooth planed, pressure treated and PEFC® certified, which each bring their own benefits. A smooth-planed finish eliminates splinters and leaves the wood smooth to the touch. Pressure treating wood helps to protect it against the elements and means we can offer an amazing 15-year anti-rot guarantee on the love seat. Finally, a PEFC®-certified mark means the wood has come from a sustainably managed source, helping to support sustainably within the forestry industry. Shipping and Assembly Free shipping is available on this product to the majority of UK addresses. The companion seat will come in flat-pack format, with full instructions, to help ensure a smooth assembly process. Key Features Wooden garden companion seatDesigned for twoTwo chairs with a fixed table between them15-year anti-rot guaranteeMade from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified woodComes in flat-pack format for easy assembly |
 |
883. Shire Forget-me-not Garden Arbour Seat 5' X 3' : BuyFencingDirect The Shire Forget-Me-Not Garden Arbour Seat 5' x 3' (1.42m x 0.72m) is an attractive outdoor feature that provides relaxation all year round. Elegant and Long-Lasting Arbour Seat This Shire arbour seat has been carefully crafted and designed to last a long time, promising you top value for money. The wooden arbour is manufactured from a tough, slow grown timber that has been given additional time to develop, causing the wood to be much tougher. The timber is made into tongue and groove shiplap cladding that creates the full back panel and the two side half panels, and this produces a solid build. The apex roof protects the interior seating from harsh weather and means blankets and pillows can be left out without any worries. Inside the arbour you'll find a solid bench that accommodates two people easily, constructed from the same tough, slow grown timber. All the wood used in the process of building the Shire Forget-Me-Not has been pressure treated, which means a preservative is forced into the timber, and this provides solid protection against rot. Please note: This product is supplied unpainted. Shipping and Assembly We offer free shipping to most UK postcodes. Assembling the Shire Forget-Me-Not is a simple task that will take only a few hours thanks to the pre-cut panels and the easy-to-follow instructions. Key Features Attractive garden arbour seat constructed from premium materials Slow grown and pressure-treated timber 10-year anti-rot guarantee Features solid shiplap cladding Can be painted to suit any style Apex roof keeps seat dry Easy to assemble Please refer to the detailed specification for exact dimensions Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
884. Forest Wooden Picket Fence Panel 6x3 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This traditional wooden picket fence panel is perfect for creating a picket garden fence in your front garden or as a low level garden divider. Ready-made with a 10-year guarantee It comes ready-made and is manufactured from dip treated timber which carries a 10 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. Installation and maintenance Depending on your method of installation for your picket fence panel, you will require a 1.5m (5ft) fence post and annual retreatment is recommended. Explore our full range of 3ft fence panels to find the perfect fit for your garden. Reasons to buy wooden picket fence panels from Buy Fencing Direct: This Forest Wooden Picket Fence Panel has a height of 0.9m (5'11" x 2'11") making it perfect as a low level divider or for marking garden boundaries in a traditional fashion. It comes pre-assembled and is constructed with vertical square edge boards separated by 90mm spacing. This picket fence panel is a durable and stable panel, despite its open slatted palisade design. Manufactured from dip treated timber giving this panel a 10 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. |
 |
885. 5' X 3" X 3" Forest Fence Post 1500mm X 75mm X 75mm : BuyFencingDirect Rough sawn timber fence posts available in a variety of sizes and lengths. Always allow an extra 600mm if sinking the post in the ground. Protect your fence post from the elements and finish off with post caps and finials. Recommended depth for sinking: 600mm Why not use our easy fit fence spikes or bases to save time. Sizes available: 7.5 x 7.5 x 150cm (3â x 3â x 5ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 180cm (3â x 3â x 6ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 210cm (3â x 3â x 7ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 240cm (3â x 3â x 8ft) This heavy-duty fence post is manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a long-term guarantee against rot. Available in 11 different sizes (See description.) Rough-sawn finish providing a familiar rustic appearance. Ideally suited for fencing 3ft in height, as it is recommended that 60cm of the post is knocked into the ground. A great way to accessorise the fence post would be a post cap and finial finish â an attractive look, which also protects the post from the elements. |
 |
886. 6' X 3" X 3" Forest Fence Post 1800mm X 75mm X 75mm : BuyFencingDirect Rough sawn timber fence posts available in a variety of sizes and lengths. Always allow an extra 600mm if sinking the post in the ground. Protect your fence post from the elements and finish off with post caps and finials. Recommended depth for sinking: 600mmWhy not use our easy fit fence spikes or bases to save time. Sizes available: 7.5 x 7.5 x 150cm (3â x 3â x 5ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 180cm (3â x 3â x 6ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 210cm (3â x 3â x 7ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 240cm (3â x 3â x 8ft) This heavy-duty fence post is manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a long-term guarantee against rot. Available in 11 different sizes (See description.) Rough-sawn finish providing a familiar rustic appearance. Ideally suited for fencing 4ft in height, as it is recommended that 60cm of the post is knocked into the ground. A great way to accessorise the fence post would be a post cap and finial finish â an attractive look, which also protects the post from the elements. |
 |
887. 7' X 3" X 3" Forest Fence Post 2100mm X 75mm X 75mm : BuyFencingDirect Rough sawn timber fence posts available in a variety of sizes and lengths. Always allow an extra 600mm if sinking the post in the ground. Protect your fence post from the elements and finish off with post caps and finials. Recommended depth for sinking: 600mmWhy not use our easy fit fence spikes or bases to save time. Sizes available: 7.5 x 7.5 x 150cm (3â x 3â x 5ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 180cm (3â x 3â x 6ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 210cm (3â x 3â x 7ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 240cm (3â x 3â x 8ft) This heavy-duty fence post is manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a long-term guarantee against rot. Available in 11 different sizes (See description.) Rough-sawn finish providing a familiar rustic appearance. Ideally suited for fencing 5ft in height, as it is recommended that 60cm of the post is knocked into the ground. A great way to accessorise the fence post would be a post cap and finial finish â an attractive look, which also protects the post from the elements. |
 |
888. Forest 8ft Fence Post 8' X 3" X 3" - 2400mm X 75mm X 75mm : BuyFencingDirect Our rough sawn timber 8ft Fence Post (75 x 75 x 2400mm) will help you create a rustic fence. This high-quality fence post offers a 15-year anti-rot guarantee. Add post caps and finals Donât forget post caps and finials (available separately as options on this page) to protect your fence post from the elements. Use our easy fit fence spikes or bases (also available separately) to save time when building your fence. Fence post installation advice Always allow an extra 600mm if sinking the post in the ground. Sizes to suit everybody Our fence posts are available in a variety of sizes to suit your fencing: 7.5 x 7.5 x 150cm (3â x 3â x 5ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 180cm (3â x 3â x 6ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 210cm (3â x 3â x 7ft)7.5 x 7.5 x 240cm (3â x 3â x 8ft) Explore our full range of wooden fence posts to find the perfect fit for your garden. Reasons to buy 8ft fence post from Buy Fencing Direct: This heavy-duty 8 foot fence post is manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a long-term guarantee against rot. Available in 4 different sizes (See description.) Rough-sawn finish providing a familiar rustic appearance. Ideally suited for fencing 6ft in height, as it is recommended that 60cm of the post is knocked into the ground. A great way to accessorise the fence post would be a post cap and finial finish â an attractive look, which also protects the post from the elements. |
 |
889. Forest Fence Post Cap 10 X 10cm : BuyFencingDirect A tidy finisher best suited to wider fence posts, this fence post cap has angled edges for simple protection from the elements. As fence posts can be internally vulnerable to driving rain and snow as well as extreme heat, this fence post cap will protect the post surface as well as providing a pleasing appearance. Manufactured from pressure treated timber, giving it a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. 10 x 10cm (4 x 4") Fence Post Cap - a lovely finishing touch for any fence post. also available in size: 13 x 13cm (5 x 5") The angled edging of the fence post cap provides adequate protection against driving rain and snow, as well as extreme heat. Manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. Measures 10cm x 10cm, with a thickness of 25mm. |
 |
890. Forest Fence Post Cap 13 X 13cm : BuyFencingDirect A tidy finisher best suited to wider fence posts, this fence post cap has angled edges for simple protection from the elements. As fence posts can be internally vulnerable to driving rain and snow as well as extreme heat, this fence post cap will protect the post surface as well as providing a pleasing appearance. Manufactured from pressure treated timber, giving it a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. 13 x 13cm (5 x 5") Fence Post Cap - a lovely finishing touch for any fence post. also available in size: 10 x 10cm (4 x 4") The angled edging of the fence post cap provides adequate protection against driving rain and snow, as well as extreme heat. Manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. Measures 12.5cm x 12.5cm, with a thickness of 25mm. |
 |
891. Forest Toulouse Wooden Garden Planter 3'3x1'4 1.0x0.4m : BuyFencingDirect Simplicity can sometimes work wonders, and thatâs just the case with the Toulouse Planter. A skillfully designed base, accompanied with a dome-topped diamond trellis panel ensure this product offers a wonderful setting for your flowers and climbing plant-like alike. Manufactured from pressure treated timber, our Toulouse wooden planters have a 15 year anti-rot guarantee as standard. Size - 100(w) x 40(d) x 120(h)cm Simple, yet beautifully designed wooden planters Dome topped trellis panel Raised base Wooden planters feature pressure treated timber |
 |
892. Forest Backing Rail - Expanding Diamond Trellis : BuyFencingDirect On offer here is the premium quality trellis backing rail that is needed to construct your own trellis fencing. Without the backing rail you have no place for the trellis to be positioned and therefore no fencing. The backing rail is manufactured from a top slow grown soft wood which has been pressure treated also. The extra time that the timber is given to mature increases the toughness of the timber and therefore means your fence is much more stable. Furthermore, the pressure treatment creates a defensive layer that will protect your fence from rot and other weathering damage. Fitting the backing rail is very simple and once attached to poles, will secure an area for your animals/pets for time to come. For use with trellis Pressure treated timber 15 year anti-rot guarantee |
 |
893. 2'2 X 1'2 Shire Mid Plastic Garden Storage Cupboard With Shelves 0.68m X 0.37m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect place to store much-used tools and your general knick-knacks, the Shire Mid Plastic Garden Storage Cupboard with Shelves has an attractive design that you're sure to love. Expertly built from grey and black polypropylene panels, this compact plastic storage unit is robust, durable and completely resistant to rot. The panels are UV-protected too, so the contemporary Mediterranean design will maintain its attractive appearance for many years to come, and never discolour or fade. All you need to do is occasionally wipe it clean with soap and water. You can gain incredibly easy access to your stored items via full-width double doors, which are fitted with sturdy, black handles and internally-positioned hinges. The polypropylene floor and shelf allow you to optimise the space available and keep everything organised, whilst the black polypropylene roof provides additional room to display your plant pots or store further items. Supplied with a reassuring 1-year guarantee, this plastic outdoor storage unit has external measurements of 84cm x 68cm x 37cm and includes illustrated instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. *Please be advised that this plastic storage cupboard is not designed to withstand heavy rain and should be kept underà a canopy, in a porch, garage or other sheltered location.*à Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Grey polypropylene panels Polypropylene floor, shelf and black roof Full-width double doors with 2 black handles Contemporary Mediterranean design Rot-resistant and UV-protected 1-year guarantee Clean with just soap and water 84cm x 68cm x 37cm Illustrated assembly instructions Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
894. 2'2 X 1'2 Shire Large Plastic Garden Storage Cupboard With Shelves 0.68m X 0.37m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect place to store much-used tools and your cleaning equipment, the Shire Large Plastic Garden Storage Cupboard with Shelves has an attractive design that you're sure to love. Expertly built from grey and black polypropylene panels, this tall plastic storage unit is robust, durable and completely resistant to rot. The panels are UV-protected too, so the contemporary Mediterranean design will maintain its attractive appearance for many years to come, and never discolour or fade. All you need to do is occasionally wipe it clean with soap and water. You can gain incredibly easy access to your stored items via full-width double doors, which are fitted with sturdy, black handles and internally-positioned hinges. The polypropylene floor and 3 shelves allow you to optimise the space available and keep everything organised, whilst the black polypropylene roof provides additional room to display your plant pots or store further items. Supplied with a reassuring 1-year guarantee, this plastic outdoor storage unit has external measurements of 163cm x 68cm x 37cm and includes illustrated instructions to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. *Please be advised that this plastic storage cupboard is not designed to withstand heavy rain and should be keptà under a canopy, in a porch, garage or other sheltered location.* Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Grey polypropylene panels Polypropylene floor, 3 shelves and black roof Full-width double doors with 2 black handles Contemporary Mediterranean design Rot-resistant and UV-protected 1-year guarantee Clean with just soap and water 163cm x 68cm x 37cm Illustrated assembly instructions Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
895. Forest 6' X 1' Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Trellis 1.8m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect Equally attractive as a garden screen, partition or mounted on a wall, the Forest 5'11 x 1 Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Trellis (1.8m x 0.3m) provides the perfect support for your climbing plants. This gorgeous diamond trellis is expertly crafted from square-edged, smooth-planed battens, which are overlaid and mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame to offer you a beautiful, but robust, garden feature. PEFC©-certified, all of the wood is sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests and approved by the major environmental charities. The trellis panel is then pressure-treated and supplied with a superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. You can purchase this premium garden trellis panel in a range of sizes. Please be advised that this trellis topper is not wide enough to use with fence panels that have a width of 1.83m. You should check the fence panel's detailed specification to discover its precise width and so whether it is suitable for use with this fence topper. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100. Superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to guard against rot Built from square-edged, smooth-planed battens Mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame PEFC©-certified wood Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders over £100 |
 |
896. Forest 6' X 2' Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Lattice 1.8m X 0.6m : BuyFencingDirect Equally attractive as a garden screen, partition or mounted on a wall, the Forest 5'11 x 1'11 Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Trellis (1.8m x 0.6m) provides the perfect support for your climbing plants. This gorgeous diamond trellis is expertly crafted from square-edged, smooth-planed battens, which are overlaid and mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame to offer you a beautiful, but robust, garden feature. PEFC©-certified, all of the wood is sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests and approved by the major environmental charities. The trellis panel is then pressure-treated and supplied with a superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. You can purchase this premium garden trellis panel in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100. Superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to guard against rot Built from square-edged, smooth-planed battens Mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame PEFC©-certified wood Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders over £100 |
 |
897. Forest 6' X 3' Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Lattice 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Create a striking feature in your garden with our Rosmore Lattice 180 x 90cm. This attractive diamond lattice panel will be perfect either hung on a wall to support garden climbing plants or for use as a garden screen. With a fairly tightly knit lattice layout, there is a certain degree of privacy afforded, while the smooth-planed finish makes the lattice panel aesthetically pleasing as well as functional. The panel is manufactured from pressure-treated timber for an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee to ensure this slim decorative fence panel will be a long term feature of your garden. This panel is also available in a number of different sizes. 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay Pressure treated Tight lattice layout encased in a sturdy timber frame Perfect to support climbing plants or as a garden screen Also available in 180 x 30cm (5'11" x 0'11") 180 x 60cm (5'11" x 2'0") and 180 x 180cm (5'11" x 5'11") |
 |
898. Forest 6' X 4' Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Lattice 1.8m X 1.2m : BuyFencingDirect Equally attractive as a garden screen, partition or mounted on a wall, the Forest 5'11 x 3'11 Rosemore Pressure Treated Diamond Trellis (1.8m x 1.2m) provides the perfect support for your climbing plants. This gorgeous diamond trellis is expertly crafted from square-edged, smooth-planed battens, which are overlaid and mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame to offer you a beautiful, but robust, garden feature. PEFC©-certified, all of the wood is sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests and approved by the major environmental charities. The trellis panel is then pressure-treated and supplied with a superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. You can purchase this premium garden trellis panel in a range of sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders over £100. Superb 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to guard against rot Built from square-edged, smooth-planed battens Mounted on a smooth-planed perimeter frame PEFC©-certified wood Available in a range of sizes Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders over £100 |
 |
899. Forest Rosemore 6x6 Diamond Lattice Trellis 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Create a striking feature in your garden with our Rosemore 6x6 diamond lattice trellis (180 x 180cm). This attractive diamond lattice panel will be perfect either hung on a wall to support garden climbing plants or for use as a garden screen. With a fairly tightly knit lattice layout, there is a certain degree of privacy afforded, while the smooth-planed finish makes the lattice panel aesthetically pleasing as well as functional. The 6x6 lattice panel is manufactured from pressure-treated timber for an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee to ensure this slim decorative fence panel will be a long term feature of your garden. This panel is also available in a number of different sizes. Explore our full range of diamond trellis panels to find the perfect fit for your garden. Reasons to buy 6x6 diamond lattice trellis from Buy Fencing Direct: A decorative 6x6 lattice panel perfect for a garden wall or using with garden climbing plants Pressure-treated timber with a 15-year guarantee against rot for excellent longevity Strongly designed with tight diamond lattice layout encased in a sturdy timber frame Tight-knit design offers a degree of privacy, ideal for a garden screen Also available in 180 x 30cm, 180 x 60cm, 180 x 90cm and 180 x 120cm |
 |
900. Forest 6' X 1' Premium Framed Decorative Contemporary Square Garden Trellis 1.8m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect Perfectly designed to train climbing plants, the Forest 6 x 1 Premium Framed Decorative Contemporary Square Garden Trellis (1.8m x 0.3m) adds a touch of timeless style to any outdoor area.This trellis panel is expertly crafted from PEFC-certified wood, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources. Pressure treated and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Boasting a rebated frame and smooth-planed natural wood finish too, this really is garden trellis at its finest. You can mount the panel to a fence/ wall horizontally or vertically - the choice is yours.This trellis panel is available in a range of sizes.Trellis delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotEnclosed in a rebated frameCan be mounted to a fence/ wall horizontally or verticallyPEFC-certified woodSmooth-planed natural wood finishPerfectly designed for training climbing plantsChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes on trellis orders above £100 |
 |
901. Forest 6' X 2' Premium Framed Decorative Contemporary Square Garden Trellis 1.8m X 0.6m : BuyFencingDirect Perfectly designed to train climbing plants, the Forest 6 x 2 Premium Framed Decorative Contemporary Square Garden Trellis (1.8m x 0.6m) adds a touch of timeless style to any outdoor area.This trellis panel is expertly crafted from PEFC-certified wood, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources. Pressure treated and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden.Boasting a rebated frame and smooth-planed natural wood finish too, this really is garden trellis at its finest. You can mount the panel to a fence/ wall horizontally or vertically - the choice is yours.This trellis panel is available in a range of sizes.Trellis delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotEnclosed in a rebated frameCan be mounted to a fence/ wall horizontally or verticallyPEFC-certified woodSmooth-planed natural wood finishPerfectly designed for training climbing plantsChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes on trellis orders above £100 |
 |
902. Forest 6' X 3' Premium Framed Decorative Square Garden Trellis 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This tightly-knit, strong premium trellis makes for a great decorative addition to your garden, an ideal accessory for a garden wall or possibly a garden screen.With smaller holes than others, this panel is a great choice for garden climbing plants, the lightly-coloured timber shade of the framed trellis works well against dark leaves and vines.Manufactured with pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year anti-rot guarantee, this panel can become a long-term attraction in your garden.The panel is available in a number of different sizes. Extremely sturdy design with the trellis encased in a thick wooden frame Pressure treated timber frame 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal damage |
 |
903. Forest Easy Deck Bearer Pack Of 10 70mm X 70mm X 2400mm : BuyFencingDirect Easy Deck Bearer Kit. These pre-notched easy deck bearers can be simply slotted together to create a solid foundation for your garden decking. The perfect choice for ground level decks. This easy deck bearer kit is manufactured from pressure treated timber with a 15 year guarantee against rot. Combine these bearers with our deck boards or patio deck tiles to create an elegant garden deck. This bearer measures 70mm x 70mm x 2400mm Our pre-notched bearers on this easy deck bearer kit simply slot together making it easy to create a solid decking foundation. Perfect for constructing a base for a ground level deck. The easy deck bearer kit is manufactured from pressure treated timber with a 15 year guarantee against rot. This bearer measures 7 x 7 x 240cm Pack of 10 Deck Bearers |
 |
904. Forest Deck Joist 47mm X 150mm X 2400mm Pack Of 5 : BuyFencingDirect Building a solid foundation is an essential part of ensuring the longevity of your decking. These decking joists are suitable for constructing a base for a ground level or a raised deck. They can be used as standard joists, ledger boards, header joists or cut to create noggins. This pack contains 5 decking joists Each Decking Joist measures 47 x 150 x 2400mm Suitable for constructing a base for a ground level or a raised deck They can be used as standard joists, ledger boards, header joists or cut to create noggins. |
 |
905. Forest Slot Down Wooden Compost Bin 1.06x1.06m : BuyFencingDirect Turn your kitchen waste into garden goodness with the Forest Slot Down Wooden Compost Bin. With a generous 650L capacity, you have room to create plenty of compost while the slot down construction allows you easy access to the bottom of the compost bin. Not only is this composter a perfect way to recycle your kitchen scraps but it is also made from FSC certified timber. With its rough sawn timber, this slot down composter has a rustic nature that will blend into any garden landscape. All of the timber used is pressure treated providing it with an impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee. The treatment eliminates the need to retreat the compost bin this saves you money and leaves you more time to enjoy gardening and growing. The wooden composter is delivered flat packed by incredibly easy to assemble. It is recommended that the posts of the composter are sunk 375mm into the ground. Rough sawn carbon neutral timber construction Pressure treated Easy to assemble |
 |
906. Forest 6' X 1' Heavy Duty Square Garden Trellis Fence Panel 1.83m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect A strong style trellis that can be used as infills, a panel, or on a wall to support climbing plants. Dip treated - This trellis panel has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. To keep the factory finish quality of the trellis panel, that you apply weather proof stain or varnish yearly. Hole Size: 163 x 98mm A basic-model 30 x 183cm (1ft x 6ft) trellis which combines function with durability, idea for climbing plants or screening off your garden. Also available in 61 x 183cm (2ft x 6ft), 91 x 183cm (3ft x 6ft), 122 x 183m (4ft x 6ft) and 183 x 183cm (6ft x 6ft) Sourced from FSC timber and dip treated to ensure protection against rot and decay for 10-years. Climbing plant life with thrive on this trellis, it looks great covering brickwork or simply as a garden divider. Weatherproof staining or varnish can be applied to the product to maintain a superb finish. |
 |
907. Forest 6' X 2' Heavy Duty Square Garden Trellis Fence Panel 1.83m X 0.61m : BuyFencingDirect A sturdy open style trellis that can be used as a panel, infills or a wall support for climbing plants. This trellis panel has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. Hole Size: 163 x 155mm A basic-model 61 x 183cm (2ft x 6ft) trellis which combines function with durability, idea for climbing plants or screening off your garden. Also available in 30 x 183cm (11.8â x 6ft), 91 x 183cm (3ft x 6ft), 122 x 183m (4ft x 6ft) and 183 x 183cm (6ft x 10 YEAR GUARANTEE Can be attached to a wall to show off decorative climbing plants or used as a simple garden divider. Weatherproof staining or varnish can be applied to the trellis to maintain an excellent finish that requires minimum fuss. |
 |
908. Forest 6' X 3' Heavy Duty Square Garden Trellis Fence Panel 1.83m X 0.91m : BuyFencingDirect A durable, open style trellis that can be used on a wall to support for climbing plants, a divider in your garden or as infills. This trellis panel has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. Hole Size: 163 x 183mm A basic-model 91 x 183cm (3ft x 6ft) trellis which combines function with durability, idea for climbing plants or screening off your garden. Also available in 30 x 183cm (11.8â x 6ft), 61 x 183cm (2ft x 6ft), 122 x 183m (4ft x 6ft) and 183 x 183cm (6ft x Sourced from FSC timber resources and dip treated to ensure protection against rot and decay, with a 10-year guarantee. Can be attached to a wall to show off decorative climbing plants, covering brickwork or simply as a garden divider. Weatherproof staining or varnish can be applied to the trellis to maintain a superb finish that requires minimum fuss. |
 |
909. Forest 6' X 4' Heavy Duty Square Garden Trellis Fence Panel 1.83m X 1.22m : BuyFencingDirect A sturdy open style trellis that can be used as a wall support for climbing plants or as a simple decorative panel. This trellis panel has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. Hole Size: 163 x 161mm A basic-model 122 x 183m (4ft x 6ft) trellis which combines function with durability, idea for climbing plants or screening off your garden. Also available in 30 x 183cm (11.8â x 6ft), 61 x 183cm (2ft x 6ft), 91 x 183cm (3ft x 6ft) and 183 x 183cm (6ft x 10 year guarantee against rot damage. Can be attached to a wall to show off beautiful climbing plants, covering plain brickwork or simply used as a garden divider. Applying weatherproof staining or varnish to the trellis will maintain a superb finish. |
 |
910. Forest 6' X 6' Heavy Duty Square Garden Trellis Fence Panel 1.83m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect A sturdy open style trellis that can be used as a panel, infills or a wall support for climbing plants. This trellis panel has been dip treated to provide it with a 10 year anti-rot guarantee which must be supported by annual retreatment. Hole Size: 163 x 163mm A basic-model 183 x 183cm (6ft x 6ft) trellis which combines function with durability, idea for climbing plants or screening off your garden. Also available in 30 x 183cm (11.8â x 6ft), 61 x 183cm (2ft x 6ft), 91 x 183cm (3ft x 6ft), 122 x 183m (4ft x 6ft Dip treated FCS timber to ensure protection against rot and decay, with a 10-year guarantee. Can be attached to a wall to show off thriving climbing plants, covering brickwork or simply as a decorative garden divider. Applying weatherproof staining or varnish to the trellis maintains a superb finish that requires minimum fuss. |
 |
911. Forest 6' X 6' Pressure Treated Decorative Flat Top Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect An exceptionally attractive frame for any style of garden, the Forest 6 x 6 Pressure Treated Decorative Flat Top Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) features an eye-catching contemporary design and incredibly sturdy build.Expertly made from premium timber, this decorative fencing is pressure treated and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. No further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. The wood used to build this fencing is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Enclosed within a top-quality, mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frame, this premium fence panel simply oozes solidity. Its horizontal boards feature a grooved profile and are mounted either side of sturdy vertical battens, creating an attractive hit and miss effect. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this garden fencing isn't just robust, rot-proof and ethically sourced, it's exceptionally attractive too.Garden fencing delivery is free to most UK postcodes on orders above £100.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotPEFC-certified woodTop-quality mortise-and-tenon-jointed rebated frameHorizontal boards arranged for an attractive hit and miss effectSumptuous smooth-planed finishFree delivery to most UK postcodes on orders above £100 |
 |
912. Forest Pk Of 4 Euro U Brackets : BuyFencingDirect U Fence Panel Brackets are a very popular way of securing fence panels to posts with ease. These Euro U brackets are specifically designed to secure our decorative panels meaning that they are strong, sturdy and secure. These Fence Panel Brackets eliminate any movement of the panel and reduce space between brackets and fence panels. At least 4 brackets are required for each panel being installed. At least 2 brackets are required for each gravel board ordered. Secure fence panels to posts with easy Powder coated steel Four holes for easy installation Strong and sturdy design Reusable Four brackets are required for each panel being installed |
 |
913. Forest Pk Of 4 L Brackets : BuyFencingDirect These rustproof L shaped fence panel brackets come complete with screws for fixing panels and gravel boards. At least 4 fence panel brackets are required for each panel being installed. At least 2 brackets are required for each gravel board ordered. The 'L' shaped fence panel bracket is rust resistant therefore providing longer life. Pre-cut holes are provided for easy mounting/fixing to your panels and gravel boards. With an integral screw, this fence panel bracket is easy to install. The bracket comes in a neutral colour and so will not stand out against your panels. |
 |
914. Forest U-brackets Pack Of 4 : BuyFencingDirect Versatile powder coated U fence panel brackets which are nailed into place to support the panels of your choice. At least 4 brackets are required for each panel being installed. At least 2 fence panel brackets are required for each gravel board ordered. Powder coated 'U' fence panel brackets designed to endure all types of harsh weather conditions. Each bracket has 4 holes to aid location and installation. Strong and durable in design to hold your fence panel in place. These fence panel brackets are very discreet, easy to fit and re-usable - great value. |
 |
915. Forest 6' X 6" Lightweight Concrete Gravel Board 1.83m X 0.14m : BuyFencingDirect Thereâs no better way to protect the base of your fence panels than with the Forest 6â x 6â Lightweight Concrete Gravel Board (1.83m x 0.14m). When exposed to ground contact, wooden fence panels can be quickly affected by ground moisture which, over time, causes them to rot and decay. Concrete gravel boards are the most effective barrier to ground moisture and will provide your fence panels with a superb level of protection. At just 22kg, this recessed gravel board is surprisingly lightweight when compared to equivalent products which makes for a quick and easy installation. It requires little maintenance when itâs in place and the board is designed to withstand harsh weather conditions too. Durable, long-lasting and cost-effective, the Forest Lightweight Concrete Gravel Board is the ideal solution for your fencing needs. Key Features Recessed concrete gravel board Protects fence panels against ground moisture Lighter than equivalent products, for an easier installation process Not susceptible to rust, rot or decay as water is deflected rather than absorbed Longer-lasting than average timber boards due to superior durability Suitable for use with 1.83m wide fence panels Compatible with concrete fence posts |
 |
916. Forest Grow Bag Planter 3'9" X 1'10 1.15m X 0.55m : BuyFencingDirect A clever wooden planter designed just for grow bags, Forest's Grow Bag Planter 3'9 x 1'10 will disguise your grow bags while lifting them to make your gardening easier.Made in the UK from premium natural timber, this wooden grow bag tray container is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with a 15 year anti-rot guarantee. It requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy.The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.Not only robust and durable, this grow bag planter is intelligently designed too. The raised bed allows you to comfortably tend to your plants and is just the right size to accommodate standard-sized grow bags and trays. The planter's depth keeps unsightly grow bags hidden from view, while the convenient cross bar allows you to secure any tall canes with twine.Clear instructions and a full set of screws are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Please be advised that the grow bags and trays featured in the images are not included.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15 year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to guard against rotMade in the UK from FSC®-certified woodFeatures convenient cross bar to secure tall canesScrews and instructions included for a straightforward self-assemblyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
917. 2x2 Shire Wooden Garden Store : BuyFencingDirect The Garden Store 22 wooden garden wall store unit from the Shire range: This compact garden storage unit offers useful extra space to keep small or long-handled garden tools tidy and out of view. Constructed using quality planed Softwood from sustainable sources. The walls are formed from tongue and groove boarding upon a 35 x 35mm framework, while the roof and floor are OSB (resin bonded board). Access into the handy Shire Wooden Garden Wall Store is provided by the 1.38 x 0.56m hinged single door to the front, securable by a padbolt (padlock not supplied). Treated inside and out with a water-based honey-brown treatment, with a recommendation that you should apply a top coat of your choice within 3 months. Supplied with felt, fixings and instructions for self-assembly. This wooden garden storage product is made in the UK by Shire, an established, leading garden building manufacturer for over 50 years. The Small Wooden Garden Wall Store Provides Handy And Compact Garden Storage Stores Most Long-Handled Tools The walls In This Small Wooden Garden Wall Store Are Dip-Treated For Free Shiplap Tongue and Groove Wall Cladding |
 |
918. 4 X 2 Shire Wooden Garden Storage Unit : BuyFencingDirect The Garden Store 42, wooden garden storage unit from the Shire range. This compact garden storage unit offers useful extra space to keep small or long-handled garden tools tidy and out of view. Constructed using quality planed European Softwood timber. The walls are formed from tongue and groove boarding upon a 35 x 35mm framework, while the roof and floor are OSB (resin bonded board). Access into the handy Shire Garden Store is provided by the 1.38m (h) x 1.12m (w) hinged double door to the front, securable by a hasp & staple (padlock not supplied). Treated inside and out with a water-based honey-brown treatment (image shows a painted finish for photography only). It is recommended that you should apply a top-coat of your choice within 3 months to your wooden garden storage unit. Supplied with felt, fixings and instructions for self-assembly. This garden storage product is made in the UK by Shire, an established, leading garden building manufacturer for over 50 years. 4' x 2' (1.19x0.59m) Shire Wooden Garden Storage Unit The garden store stores most long-handled tools giving a space that is suited to all tools. Walls of this 4x2 shed are dip-treated to increase longevity Shiplap tongue and groove wall cladding provides a sturdy exterior The wide double door enhances manoeuverability. |
 |
919. 3'9 X 1'6 Forest Georgian Tall Wall Lean To Greenhouse With Auto Vent 1.19m X 0.5m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect glasshouse for a smaller garden, the elegant 3'9 x 1'6 Forest Georgian Tall Wall Lean to Greenhouse with Auto Vent (1.19m x 0.5m) is built from premium-quality materials throughout and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee. Expertly crafted from superior 12mm tongue and groove, this lean-to greenhouse is fitted with a solid back panel, making it versatile enough to use anywhere in your garden. The Georgian-inspired design and sumptuous smooth-planed finish make for an exceptionally attractive appearance, which is sure to be the envy of your friends. All of the wood used to build this greenhouse is pressure treated to guard against rot, so no retreatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to care for your plants. It is PEFC-certified too, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. The greenhouse glazing is made from styrene, so enjoys excellent light transmission, is far stronger than conventional glass and completely shatterproof – ideal for budding gardeners with families, in busy gardens. You can gain complete access to your plants through the glazed door, fitted with a latch and which can be assembled with either a left or right-hand opening. The 2 removable shelves offer you the chance to grow a huge range of plants, while the automatic roof vent regulates the temperature inside to ensure your plants enjoy optimum growing conditions – even when you're not around. We supply clear instructions and all the necessary fixings to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to prevent rot 12mm tongue and groove build PEFC-certified wood Shatterproof styrene glazing Door can be fitted for left or right-hand opening Features automatic vent 2 removable shelves A solid back panel Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
920. Forest 3' X 6' Featheredge Pressure Treated Wooden Side Garden Gate 0.92m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Offering you excellent privacy and security, this Pressure Treated Featheredge 6ft Gate from Forest Garden works perfectly with vertical board fence panels, especially 6ft featheredge panels. The gate features thick vertical overlapping boards mounted in a strong surrounding frame for even greater stability. Its heavy-duty construction offers your garden privacy and security. The timber has been pressure treated to provide a fantastic guarantee against rot and fungal decay for 15 years. This treatment maintains a natural wood colour. Manufactured here in the UK from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources. Fixings sold separately. 15 year guarantee against rot Pressure treated for increased longevity Traditional design suitable for any style garden Solid wooden gate for enhanced privacy Manufactured from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources Made in the UK Fixings sold separately 180 x 91.5cm |
 |
921. 6' X 5' Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse 2m X 1.69m - Installation Included : BuyFencingDirect Combining an attractive, yet practical, design with a top-of-the-range build, the 6 x 5 Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse (2m x 1.69m) is sure to prove popular with budding gardeners and green-fingered experts alike. And whichever category you fall into, as professional installation is included in the price, the only thing you need worry about is what to grow first.A Premium British-Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from slow-grown, kiln-dried 12mm tongue and groove, which is the most robust, durable and weathertight wooden cladding around, this British-built greenhouse really is premium, in every sense of the word.What's more, this premium build is enhanced by a smart modular design, resulting in extra-thick, doubled-up 45mm framing, and so a greenhouse that is both stronger and longer lasting than other wooden greenhouses.Pressure treated against rot and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further wood preservative is required, saving you money on expensive treatments and leaving you more time to tend to your plants.An Ethical and Stylish GreenhouseThe wood used to build this greenhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark in sustainable forestry. Rounded off with a stunning smooth-planed finish, this small greenhouse isn't just strong and kind to the planet, it's incredibly stylish too.Toughened Greenhouse Safety GlazingAll of the greenhouse glazing is made from 4mm toughened safety glass, which is far stronger than horticultural glass and provides superior levels of natural light to Perspex – exactly what any gardener needs in a busy, family-orientated garden.Key Greenhouse FeaturesYou can gain easy access to this glasshouse via a single door, which is fitted with a black press lock to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants safe. The 2 full-length spans of greenhouse shelves run right along one side of the greenhouse. They offer you ample space for potting and displaying your plants.A high apex roof provides plenty of headroom and gives you the opportunity to grow a wide range of plants. This roof features an automatic opening vent to optimise the temperature within the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Free Delivery and InstallationFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Once your new greenhouse has arrived, Forest's professional installation team will assemble it for you at no extra cost, leaving you free to concentrate on your plants.Forest Vale Modular GreenhousesInspired by professional growers' greenhouses, in the Vale of Evesham, Forest Vale Modular Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes, so there's sure to be one that perfectly suits your own greenhouse gardening plans.Please be advised that these wooden greenhouses are designed without flooring.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated against rotPremium 12mm tongue and groove claddingModular design results in thicker framing and a stronger greenhouse4mm toughened safety glass throughoutSingle door fitted with black press lockFeatures automatic opening roof vent2 full-length greenhouse shelvesInstallation included in the priceDesigned without a floorBuilt in GB and available in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
922. 10' X 8' Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse 3.26m X 2.56m - Installation Included : BuyFencingDirect Combining an attractive, yet practical, design with a top-of-the-range build, the 10 x 8 Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse (3.26m x 2.56m) is sure to prove popular with budding gardeners and green-fingered experts alike. And whichever category you fall into, as professional installation is included in the price, the only thing you need worry about is what to grow first. A Premium British-Built Greenhouse Expertly handcrafted from slow-grown, kiln-dried 12mm tongue and groove, which is the most robust, durable and weathertight wooden cladding around, this British-built greenhouse really is premium, in every sense of the word. What's more, this premium build is enhanced by a smart modular design, resulting in extra-thick, doubled-up 45mm framing, and so a greenhouse that is both stronger and longer lasting than other wooden greenhouses. Pressure treated against rot and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further wood preservative is required, saving you money on expensive treatments and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. An Ethical and Stylish Greenhouse The wood used to build this greenhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark in sustainable forestry. Rounded off with a stunning smooth-planed finish, this 10x8 greenhouse isn't just strong and kind to the planet, it's incredibly stylish too. Toughened Greenhouse Safety Glazing All of the greenhouse glazing is made from 4mm toughened safety glass, which is far stronger than horticultural glass and provides superior levels of natural light to Perspex – exactly what any gardener needs in a busy, family-orientated garden. Key Greenhouse Features You can gain wheelbarrow-friendly access to this glasshouse via wide double doors, which are fitted with a black press lock to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants safe. The 2 full-length spans of greenhouse shelves run right along one side of the greenhouse. They offer you ample space for potting and displaying your plants. A high apex roof provides plenty of headroom and gives you the opportunity to grow a wide range of plants. This roof features 2 automatic opening vents to optimise the temperature within the greenhouse, even when you're not around. Free Delivery and Installation Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Once your new greenhouse has arrived, Forest's professional installation team will assemble it for you at no extra cost, leaving you free to concentrate on your plants. Forest Vale Modular Greenhouses Inspired by professional growers' greenhouses, in the Vale of Evesham, Forest Vale Modular Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes, so there's sure to be one that perfectly suits your own greenhouse gardening plans. Please be advised that these wooden greenhouses are designed without flooring. Note to Customers Please also note that the green paint shown on some of the images is not included. This greenhouse for sale is supplied unpainted. Superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated against rot Premium 12mm tongue and groove cladding Modular design results in thicker framing and a stronger greenhouse 4mm toughened safety glass throughout Double doors fitted with black press lock Features 2 automatic opening roof vents 2 full-length greenhouse shelves Installation included in the price Designed without a floor Built in GB and available in a range of sizes Supplied unpainted Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
923. 8' X 6' Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse 2.48m X 2m - Installation Included : BuyFencingDirect Combining an attractive, yet practical, design with a top-of-the-range build, the 8 x 6 Forest Vale Modular Wooden Greenhouse (2.48m x 2m) is sure to prove popular with budding gardeners and green-fingered experts alike. And whichever category you fall into, as professional installation is included in the price, the only thing you need worry about is what to grow first.A Premium British-Built GreenhouseExpertly handcrafted from slow-grown, kiln-dried 12mm tongue and groove, which is the most robust, durable and weathertight wooden cladding around, this British-built greenhouse really is premium, in every sense of the word.What's more, this premium build is enhanced by a smart modular design, resulting in extra-thick, doubled-up 45mm framing, and so a greenhouse that is both stronger and longer lasting than other wooden greenhouses.Pressure treated against rot and supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further wood preservative is required, saving you money on expensive treatments and leaving you more time to tend to your plants.An Ethical and Stylish GreenhouseThe wood used to build this greenhouse is FSC® certified, which is the world's most-trusted mark in sustainable forestry. Rounded off with a stunning smooth-planed finish, this 8x6 greenhouse isn't just strong and kind to the planet, it's incredibly stylish too.Toughened Greenhouse Safety GlazingAll of the greenhouse glazing is made from 4mm toughened safety glass, which is far stronger than horticultural glass and provides superior levels of natural light to Perspex – exactly what any gardener needs in a busy, family-orientated garden.Key Greenhouse FeaturesYou can gain easy access to this glasshouse via a single door, which is fitted with a black press lock to keep your valuable tools and invaluable plants safe. The 2 full-length spans of greenhouse shelves run right along one side of the greenhouse. They offer you ample space for potting and displaying your plants.A high apex roof provides plenty of headroom and gives you the opportunity to grow a wide range of plants. This roof features an automatic opening vent to optimise the temperature within the greenhouse, even when you're not around.Free Delivery and InstallationFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Once your new greenhouse has arrived, Forest's professional installation team will assemble it for you at no extra cost, leaving you free to concentrate on your plants.Forest Vale Modular GreenhousesInspired by professional growers' greenhouses, in the Vale of Evesham, Forest Vale Modular Greenhouses are available for you to buy in a range of sizes, so there's sure to be one that perfectly suits your own greenhouse gardening plans.Please be advised that these wooden greenhouses are designed without flooring.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated against rotPremium 12mm tongue and groove claddingModular design results in thicker framing and a stronger greenhouse4mm toughened safety glass throughoutSingle door fitted with black press lockFeatures automatic opening roof vent2 full-length greenhouse shelvesInstallation included in the priceDesigned without a floorBuilt in GB and available in a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
924. Forest 5'11 X 1' Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel 1.8m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect Combining a grey lattice and a natural wood frame, the Forest 5â11 x 1â0 Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel (1.8m x 0.3m) will make a stunning addition to any garden. A Versatile and Striking Trellis This wooden lattice is an easy way to add some interest into your garden and itâs versatile too. The panel works perfectly as a standalone decorative piece, thanks to the modern diamond pattern and how the anthracite grey lattice contrasts attractively with the natural wooden frame. But itâs also been designed to support climbing plants, allowing you to create a floral focal point, or to act as a partition if you want to create a little private corner in your garden. The choice is yours! 15-Year Guarantee The diamond trellis panel comes with an impressive 15-year ant-rot guarantee, so any time and effort you put into growing climbing plants or building privacy screening will be protected. The wooden frame is pressure-treated to maximise its longevity and PEFC®-certified, which supports sustainability in the forestry industry. Three Sizes to Choose From The trellis comes in three widths: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m. Choose a width that works for you or why not consider using multiple panels to create a larger display or privacy shield? Shipping Delivery is free to most addresses in the UK on orders over £100. Key Features Attractive and versatile garden trellisPerfect for wall decoration, privacy screening or climbing plantsUnique two-tone design creates a striking contrast15-year anti-rot guaranteeManfactured from PEFC®-certified timberThree different widths available: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m |
 |
925. Forest 5'11 X 2' Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel 1.8m X 0.6m : BuyFencingDirect Combining a grey lattice and a natural wood frame, the Forest 5â11 x 2â0 Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel (1.8m x 0.6m) will make a stunning addition to any garden. A Versatile and Striking Trellis This wooden lattice is an easy way to add some interest into your garden and itâs versatile too. The panel works perfectly as a standalone decorative piece, thanks to the modern diamond pattern and how the anthracite grey lattice contrasts attractively with the natural wooden frame. But itâs also been designed to support climbing plants, allowing you to create a floral focal point, or to act as a partition if you want to create a little private corner in your garden. The choice is yours! 15-Year Guarantee The diamond trellis panel comes with an impressive 15-year ant-rot guarantee, so any time and effort you put into growing climbing plants or building privacy screening will be protected. The wooden frame is pressure-treated to maximise its longevity and PEFC®-certified, which supports sustainability in the forestry industry. Three Sizes to Choose From The trellis comes in three widths: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m. Choose a width that works for you or why not consider using multiple panels to create a larger display or privacy shield? Shipping Delivery is free to most addresses in the UK on orders over £100. Key Features Attractive and versatile garden trellisPerfect for wall decoration, privacy screening or climbing plantsUnique two-tone design creates a striking contrast15-year anti-rot guaranteeManfactured from PEFC®-certified timberThree different widths available: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m |
 |
926. Forest 5'11 X 2'11 Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Combining a grey lattice and a natural wood frame, the Forest 5â11 x 2â11 Grey Painted Wooden Diamond Lattice Panel (1.8m x 0.9m) will make a stunning addition to any garden. A Versatile and Striking Trellis This wooden lattice is an easy way to add some interest into your garden and itâs versatile too. The panel works perfectly as a standalone decorative piece, thanks to the modern diamond pattern and how the anthracite grey lattice contrasts attractively with the natural wooden frame. But itâs also been designed to support climbing plants, allowing you to create a floral focal point, or to act as a partition if you want to create a little private corner in your garden. The choice is yours! 15-Year Guarantee The diamond trellis panel comes with an impressive 15-year ant-rot guarantee, so any time and effort you put into growing climbing plants or building privacy screening will be protected. The wooden frame is pressure-treated to maximise its longevity and PEFC®-certified, which supports sustainability in the forestry industry. Three Sizes to Choose From The trellis comes in three widths: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m. Choose a width that works for you or why not consider using multiple panels to create a larger display or privacy shield? Shipping Delivery is free to most addresses in the UK on orders over £100. Key Features Attractive and versatile garden trellisPerfect for wall decoration, privacy screening or climbing plantsUnique two-tone design creates a striking contrast15-year anti-rot guaranteeManfactured from PEFC®-certified timberThree different widths available: 0.3m, 0.6m and 0.9m |
 |
927. 7'1 X 6'2 Shire Gazebo Hexagonal Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Combining beauty, an excellent build and great value for money, the Shire Gazebo Summerhouse is a stunning garden feature that you'll enjoy for years to come.The gazebo summer house is constructed with a solid timber 34x34mm frame and then cladded with shiplap tongue and groove in a shiplap style to give the summer house its robust, weatherproof build. A tongue and groove floor adds to the solidity of this build, prepared to withstand years of use and support any garden furniture you add. The 11mm OSB roof is finished in felt, boasts an appealing shape and is topped by a traditional finial. The design gives it a unique shape which can be placed in corners of the garden, allowing you to make the most of your garden space and enjoying the view. A three-quarter glazed door and two matching large windows provide ample light for the summerhouse. The Georgian window bars and antique-style door latch complete this very attractive gazebo. This summerhouse has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding and hard wearing solid floor Pretty 11mm OSB roof with felt finish and traditional finial Glazed Georgian style single door fitted with traditional black latchTwo long opening windows |
 |
928. Forest 3' X 6' Pressure Treated Wooden Lap Side Garden Gate 0.92m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect For extra strength and durability, the Pressure Treated Square Lap Gate from Forest Garden is fully framed. This attractive 6ft gate is ideal for use with natural timber Superlap panels. Mounted in a thick, full frame which enhances strength and stability, this garden gate has a horizontal, overlap board construction. The timber has been pressure treated to provide a fantastic guarantee against rot and fungal decay for 15 years. This treatment maintains a natural wood colour. Manufactured here in the UK from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources. Fixings sold separately. 15 year guarantee against rot Pressure treated for increased longevity Traditional design suitable for any style garden Solid wooden gate for enhanced privacy Manufactured from FSC certified timber from sustainable sources Made in the UK Fixings sold separately 183 x 91cm |
 |
929. 10' X 7' Shire Guernsey Double Door Wooden Garden Shed 3.35m X 2.2m : BuyFencingDirect This robust, reliable Shire Guernsey Double Door Shed provides generous garden storage with the benefit of natural light and ventilation for the interior space. Constructed from 12mm smooth planed shiplap tongue and groove, offering a weathertight finish, this 10x7 shed provides you with a strong and durable structure for long-lasting use. The floor is also 12mm tongue and groove, ready to withstand storage of your heavier gardening equipment, such as a ride on mower, as well as years of footfall. The apex roof is OSB board finished in felt to ensure a weatherproof interior. Double doors provides ample room to stow and retrieve your gardening tools, lawn mower etc. Additionally, light and ventilation is provided by the space from two single opening windows. This, along with the generous headroom, creates a pleasant work space should you want to use this wooden shed as a workshop.This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes 10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Constructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding and a robust tongue & groove floor OSB solid sheet roof with felt finish 2 opening windows Double doors fitted with padbolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
 |
930. Forest 6' X 6' Contemporary Grey Slatted Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.8m : BuyFencingDirect Certain to make a stylish backdrop to your garden, the Forest 6x6 Contemporary Grey Slatted Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) is robust, modern and supplied with an Super 10 year anti-rot guarantee. This slatted fence panel is constructed from rounded horizontal slats mounted to the front of vertical battens and, with a total thickness of 54mm, it is more robust than a standard fence panel. Built to last, this slatted panel also sports a fashionable, water-resistant grey-paint finish which makes for a modern, attractive appearance to suit any garden setting. This 6x6 fence panel is designed to allow a degree of natural light and airflow to filter between the slats into the garden, while still offering you a certain degree of privacy and security. You'll find it works exceptionally well in a variety of settings, including as an effective partition within the garden, a dividing screen and a main fence run. All of the wood is FSC©-certified, so you can rest assured that it is only sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests. Prior to the factory spray paint finish, it has been dip-treated in a quality wood preservative to guard against rot. We recommend repainting this fence panel after 3 years, in order to maintain its beautiful appearance and validate the 10 year anti-rot guarantee. You should use RAL7016 in a semi-gloss finish or the original Teknos factory paint NORDICA EKO 3330-17, colour code TM-9587/15. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. Advice on mounting Forest Garden Slatted Fence Panels: These panels are 44mm thick, making them unsuitable for slotted fence posts. So, pre-drill the frame at the top, middle and bottom. Mount the panels to the front of the posts and screw through into the posts. The posts will then sit behind the panels and give the impression of an unbroken fence run. OR the panels can be mounted between wooden posts using the pre-drilling and screw method noted above. Super 10 year anti-rot guarantee Finished in a water-resistant grey paint Dip-treated to guard against rot FSC©-certified wood Horizontal slats mounted to the front of vertical battens Robust panel - 44mm thick 45mm x 19mm slats (space between individual slats 10mm) Allows natural light and airflow to filter into the garden Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders above £100 |
 |
931. Forest 6' X 6' Contemporary Grey Double Slatted Fence Panel 1.8m X 1.81m : BuyFencingDirect Certain to make a stylish backdrop to your garden, the Forest 6x6 Contemporary Grey Double Slatted Fence Panel (1.8m x 1.8m) is robust, modern and supplied with an Super 10 year anti-rot guarantee. This slatted fence panel is constructed from rounded horizontal slats, mounted to both the front and rear of vertical battens. Built to last, it also sports a fashionable, water-resistant grey-paint finish which makes for a modern, attractive appearance to suit any garden setting. This 6x6 fence panel is designed to allow a degree of natural light and airflow to filter between the slats into the garden, while still offering you excellent privacy and security. You'll find it works exceptionally well in a variety of settings, including as an effective partition within the garden, a dividing screen and a main fence run. All of the wood is PEFC©-certified, so you can rest assured that it is only sourced from sustainable, well-managed forests. Prior to the factory spray paint finish, it has been dip-treated in a quality wood preservative to guard against rot. We recommend repainting this fence panel after 3 years, in order to maintain its beautiful appearance and validate the 10 year anti-rot guarantee. You should use RAL7016 in a semi-gloss finish or the original Teknos factory paint NORDICA EKO 3330-17, colour code TM-9587/15. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses on orders above £100. Advice on mounting Forest Garden Double Slatted Fence Panels: Slot the fence panels into wooden or concrete H-slot fence posts. OR pre-drill the frame at the top, middle and bottom. Mount the panels to the front of the posts and screw through into the posts. The posts will then sit behind the panels and give the impression of an unbroken fence run. OR for conventional fitting, U-brackets (FXU25) can be used instead of pre-drilling and screws. Super 10 year anti-rot guarantee Finished in a water-resistant grey paint Dip-treated to guard against rot PEFC©-certified wood Horizontal slats mounted to the front and rear of vertical battens Slats have carefully rounded edges 45mm x 8mm slats (space between individual slats 14mm) Allows natural light and airflow to filter into the garden Free delivery to most UK addresses on orders above £100 |
 |
932. 7x5 Shire Haddon Wooden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Reminiscent of a beach hut, the Shire Haddon Summer House is a delightful retreat for your to enjoy. Boasting a weathertight finish due to its 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction, this wooden summerhouse also features a tongue and groove floor. This gives better support for the building, your furniture and heavy footfall than OSB offers. The apex roof, OSB board finished in felt, has smooth planed barge boards, a decorative finial and a slight overhang which contribute to the delightful appearance of this garden building. Double entrance doors welcome you into the interior space, where further light is provided by the two matching windows. The door is secured with cottage-style latch and two turn buttons. Please note that the blue and white image is for illustrative purposes only. This summerhoused is not supplied painted. This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes Constructed from 12mm smooth planed tongue and groove cladding 12mm OSB apex roof finished in felt for a weatherproof interior Sturdy 12mm tongue and groove floor Single glazed double entrance doors Two additional single glazed windows providing a light and bright interior |
 |
933. Shire Hale 3.6m X 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect For an attractive garden room, offering superb weatherproof protection, buy the Shire Hale 3.6m x 3m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm). This garden building boasts the elegance of a summerhouse and the build of a log cabin, so gives you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The doors and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with Georgian-style window bars and draught excluders too, for an added touch of style and enhanced insulation, respectively.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doorsLarge, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
934. Shire Hale 3.6m X 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect For an attractive garden room, offering superb weatherproof protection, buy the Shire Hale 3.6m x 3.6m Log Cabin Summerhouse (28mm). This garden building boasts the elegance of a summerhouse and the build of a log cabin, so gives you the best of both worlds.A British-Built Log CabinThis garden cabin is expertly built in Great Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs, so is robust, weathertight, and will become a much-loved feature of your garden for decades to come.The floor and roof are both constructed from premium 14mm tongue and groove. The former is supported by pressure-treated bearers, which improve air circulation underneath this key area and provide a further layer of protection against rot-causing ground moisture. The latter comes with a traditional apex design and is fitted with a superior mineral-felt cover to ensure you enjoy complete weatherproof protection.The wood used to make this log cabin is FSC® certified, which is the world's most trusted mark for sustainable forestry.Doors and WindowYou can gain easy access to the garden room via glazed double doors, which can be secured by a key-operated lock. The large, opening window provides additional natural light and allows you to ventilate the interior, whenever it's required. All of the glazing is made from toughened glass, ideal for a busy, family-orientated garden.The doors and window are both built using the mortise and tenon joinery technique, for stronger, longer-lasting connections. They are fitted with Georgian-style window bars and draught excluders too, for an added touch of style and enhanced insulation, respectively.Log Cabin Installation and Treatment AdviceThis log cabin is supplied untreated, with a 1-year manufacturer's guarantee and clear assembly instructions. You should install it on a solid, level base and treat the wood with a high-quality preservative upon assembly. As the garden building's total height is 2.5m, planning permission is not required.You should apply further treatment to the wood on an annual basis, to maintain effective levels of protection. Alternatively, to customise your garden cabin, why not apply coloured wood preservative instead?Free Delivery and Choice of SizesFree delivery is available to most UK postcodes. This model of log cabin comes in a range of sizes.Built in Britain, from 28mm Northern European pine logs14mm tongue and groove floor includes pressure-treated bearers14mm tongue and groove roof with mineral-felt coverLockable, glazed double doorsLarge, opening window4mm toughened glassMortise and tenon joineryFitted with draught excludersFSC®-certified woodSupplied untreated - apply wood preservative upon assemblyChoose from a range of sizesFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
935. 7 X 7 Shire Hampton Garden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Create your own garden sanctuary with the 7x7 Hampton Corner Summerhouse from garden building experts, Shire. This wooden summerhouse will transform any corner of your garden.Boasting a weathertight finish due to its 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction, this 7x7 summerhouse also features a robust tongue and groove floor. This gives better support for the building, your furniture and heavy footfall than offered by OSB. The gradually sloping roof has smooth planed barge boards, a decorative finial and comes with a weatherproof felt covering.Large, fully-glazed double entrance doors welcome you into the interior space, where further light is provided by the two matching windows. The windows all feature Georgian-styling and the door is secured with a cottage-style latch. The windows open so please note that the blue and white image is for illustrative purposes only. (The summerhouse is not supplied painted.)This summer house has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodesConstructed from 12mm smooth planed tongue and groove cladding11mm solid sheet roof finished in felt for a weatherproof interior12mm tongue and groove flooring for a hardwearing and long-lasting finishDouble doors secured with a latch with two additional opening windows either sideCorner design maximising on garden space and fantastic outdoor views |
 |
936. 7'5 X 7'5 Shire Hampton Garden Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Create your own garden sanctuary with the 7'5x7'5 Hampton Corner Summerhouse from garden building experts, Shire. This wooden summerhouse will transform any corner of your garden. Boasting a weathertight finish due to its 12mm shiplap tongue and groove construction, this corner summerhouse also features a robust tongue and groove floor. This gives better support for the building, your furniture and heavy footfall than offered by OSB. The gradually sloping roof has smooth planed barge boards, a decorative finial and comes with a weatherproof felt covering. Large, fully-glazed double entrance doors welcome you into the interior space, where further light is provided by the two matching windows. The windows all feature Georgian-styling and the door is secured with a cottage-style latch. The windows open so please note that the blue and white image is for illustrative purposes only. (The summerhouse is not supplied painted.) This summer house has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes Constructed from 12mm smooth planed tongue and groove cladding 11mm solid sheet roof finished in felt for a weatherproof interior 12mm tongue and groove flooring for a hardwearing and long-lasting finish Double doors secured with a latch with two additional opening windows either side Corner design maximising on garden space and fantastic outdoor views |
 |
937. Forest Hanbury Dome Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 4'5 X 1'8 : BuyFencingDirect Impeccably made, in a contemporary design, the Forest Hanbury Dome Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 4'5 x 1'8 could completely transform the look of your garden path and makes a striking entrance to any special area of the garden.With its modern, minimalist design, intricately-curved slatted top and smooth-planed finish, this pergola arch is a real standout garden feature. What's more, the 2 robust legs and pressure-treated protection ensure this wooden arch is perfectly equipped to withstand whatever nature throws at it and remain a much-loved feature of your garden for many years to come.Supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. All of the wood is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotContemporary designIntricately-curved, slatted topPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFixings included for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
938. Forest Hanbury Flat Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 6'10 X 1'8 : BuyFencingDirect Impeccably made, in a contemporary style, the Forest Hanbury Flat Top Wooden Garden Pergola Arch 6'10 x 1'8 could completely transform the look of your garden path and makes a striking entrance to any special area of the garden.With its modern, minimalist design, slatted top and smooth-planed finish, this pergola arch is a real standout garden feature. What's more, the 2 robust legs and pressure-treated protection ensure this wooden arch is perfectly equipped to withstand whatever nature throws at it and remain a much-loved feature of your garden for many years to come.Supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to enjoy your garden. All of the wood is PEFC-certified, which is sourced from socially-responsible, sustainable sources.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotContemporary designSlatted topPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFixings included for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
939. Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 40 X 20 1.22m X 0.60m : BuyFencingDirect The timeless Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 4'0 x 2'0 will look at home in gardens of any shape, size or style. A Classic Choice With its sturdy wooden frame, high arms, slatted back and natural wood colouring, the 4ft Forest Harvington bench is about as traditional as you can get. The timeless style will suit any garden and provides ample seating space for two people. For added comfort, the wood is planed to ensure a splinter-free finish that's smooth to the touch. The garden bench comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rot guarantee, thanks to the fact that the wood is pressure treated and protected from the elements. It's also sourced from sustainably managed forests (PEFC® certified), making the 4ft Forest Harvington a sustainable choice as well as a stylish one. Forest Harvington Garden Furniture Range If you're looking for a longer version of this bench then check out the Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 5'0 x 2'0, which comfortably seats three people. Shipping and Assembly We provide free delivery to most UK addresses. The bench will come in flat-pack format, along with full instructions, for a smooth assembly process. Key Features Classic 4ft wooden garden bench Seats up to two people 15-year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from pressure-treated, PEFC®-certified timber Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Also available in a larger size |
 |
940. Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 50 X 20 1.52m X 0.60m : BuyFencingDirect The timeless Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 5'0 x 2'0 will look at home in gardens of any shape, size or style. A Classic Choice With its sturdy wooden frame, high arms, slatted back and natural wood colouring, the 5ft Forest Harvington bench is about as traditional as you can get. The timeless style will suit any garden and provides ample seating space for two people. For added comfort, the wood is planed to ensure a splinter-free finish that's smooth to the touch. The garden bench comes with an excellent 15-year anti-rot guarantee, thanks to the fact that the wood is pressure treated and protected from the elements. It's also sourced from sustainably managed forests (PEFC® certified), making the 5ft Forest Harvington a sustainable choice as well as a stylish one. Forest Harvington Garden Furniture Range If you're looking for a shorter version of this bench then check out the Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Bench 4'0 x 2'0, which comfortably seats two people. Shipping and Assembly We provide free delivery to most UK addresses. The bench will come in flat-pack format, along with full instructions, for a smooth assembly process. Key Features Classic 5ft wooden garden bench Seats up to three people 15-year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from pressure-treated, PEFC®-certified timber Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Also available in a smaller size |
 |
941. Forest Harvington Wooden Garden Love Seat 6'x2' 1.71x0.69m : BuyFencingDirect Create a special place to relax and share time in your garden with our Harvington Love Seat. As part of our Harvington range, it is manufactured from premium pressure treated timber. It will be protected from rot and decay for 15 years so you won’t have to spend time or money on extra treatments. Both angled seats are contoured for your comfort and at 47x48cm they offer you plenty of room to relax and add cushions. The integral table provides space for your drinks and other garden accessories. Beautifully made wooden love seat Integral table Angled chairs Contoured seats Manufactured from pressure treated timber 15 year anti-rot guarantee Manufactured from PEFC certified timber from sustainable sources |
 |
942. Forest Heavy Duty 3'x6' Tongue & Groove Pressure Treated Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect This tall, highly secure garden gate can function as a great entrance to your garden or alleyway, or simply in conjunction with other pressure-treated panels to allow access into another garden section. The advantage of this gate is its height – reaching up to the top of fence panels to provide a degree of privacy and security, and the dome design adds a touch of flair to the gates’ otherwise functional theme. This garden gate is constructed with pressure-treated timber, which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. Normal Gate Fittings are recommended for this product (sold separately). 1.8 x 0.9m (6 x 3ft) Garden gate Dome top design Suitable for use in conjunction with a fittings kit to maximise security. Pressure treated timber |
 |
943. Shire Montford 3.2m X 3.2m Log Cabin Summerhouse 28mm : BuyFencingDirect The Montford Log Cabin is from the Shire Log Cabin range. At approximately 10' x 10', this attractive log cabin offers both superb and safe garden storage or a perfect place to pass the time away from the hustle and bustle of every day life. Produced from untreated high-grade Pine, the 'logs' which make up the walls are 28mm (more than an inch thick), being more than twice the thickness of a conventional wooden garden shed. This model also benefits from a generous eaves height of 2.00m (6'7). The roof of the Montford is made from 16mm tongue and groove boarding as is the floor; which is included in the price unlike that of many other brands. The floor supports (joists) are manufactured from pressure treated timber, to give the best possible lifespan for the most vulnerable part of any timber building. The single offset door is 1.74m (5'8) high x 0.85m (2'9) wide. The window and door both have fitted draft seals as usually found upon more expensive models and are complete with good quality locks and hinges. Glazing is 3mm Horticultural glass. The front roof overhang extends to approximately 0.40m (1'3), roofing felt is included in the price (option to upgrade to felt tiles). A professional assembly service option is available for this model, on condition that the customer provides a flat, level and square concrete or paved base. Delivered palletised in a loose component true-log form (not sectional) by National Carriers. Front driveway delivery only. Note: This log cabin is delivered untreated and requires the customer to apply a good quality preservative to the external timber surfaces immediately after installation. 28mm high-grade planed log cabin for garden Draft seals to door & window 16mm tongue and groove roof & floor These garden log cabins have a pressure treated floor joists Felt, fixings & instructions are all included in the garden log cabins kits Key operated lock Glass glazed door & window |
 |
944. 12'x10' 3.6x3.1m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 3.6m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof seats up to 10 adults or 14 children, offering you the perfect place to relax in the garden with your family and friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and ornate New England cedar roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 10 adults or 14 children, so thereâs plenty of room for the whole family, as well as your friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to rest your drinks and snacks.  With dimensions of 314cm x 377cm x 330cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 4.0m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 10 adults or 14 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
945. 12'x10' 3.6x3.1m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 3.6m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof is a wonderful place to relax and is perfectly sized for your alfresco family dining. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance.  The New England cedar roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your family will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 10 adults or 14 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3140mm x 3770mm x 3300mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 4.0m and 4.7m, as well as with either a country thatch or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
946. 12'x10' 3.6x3.1m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With Traditional Timber Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 3.6m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof seats up to 10 adults or 14 children, offering you the perfect place to relax in the garden with your family and friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and refined traditional timber roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 10 adults or 14 children, so thereâs plenty of room for the whole family, as well as your friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to rest your drinks and snacks. With dimensions of 314cm x 377cm x 330cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 4.0m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 10 adults or 14 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
947. 12'x10' 3.6x3.1m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With Traditional Timber Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 3.6m Hexagonal Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof is a wonderful place to relax and is perfectly sized for your alfresco family dining. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance.  The traditional timber roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your family will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 10 adults or 14 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3140mm x 3770mm x 3300mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 4.0m and 4.7m, as well as with either a country thatch or New England cedar roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please note that the main picture shown for this product is of the Forest 3.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
948. 10'x9' 3x2.7m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 3.0m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof seats up to 10 adults or 12 children, offering you the perfect place to relax in the garden with your family and friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, you’ll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and ornate New England cedar roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 10 adults or 12 children, so there’s plenty of room for the whole family, as well as a few friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to rest your drinks and snacks. With dimensions of 303cm x 330cm x 285cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.6m, 4.0m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 10 adults or 12 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
949. 10'x9' 3x2.7m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 3.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof is a wonderful place for you to relax and is perfectly sized for almost any garden. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance.  The New England cedar roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your family will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 10 adults or 12 children on 5 bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3030mm x 3300mm x 2850mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.6m, 4.0m and 4.7m, as well as with either a country thatch or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please note that the main picture shown for this product is of the Forest 3.6m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
950. 10'x9' 3x2.7m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With Traditional Timber Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 3.0m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof seats up to 10 adults or 12 children, offering you the perfect place to relax in the garden with your family and friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and refined traditional timber roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 10 adults or 12 children, so thereâs plenty of room for the whole family, as well as a few friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to rest your drinks and snacks. With dimensions of 303cm x 330cm x 285cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.6m, 4.0m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 10 adults or 12 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
951. 10'x9' 3x2.7m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With Timber Roof - Seats Up To 10 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 3.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof is a wonderful place for you to relax and is perfectly sized for almost any garden. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance.  The traditional timber roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your family will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 10 adults or 12 children on 5 bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3030mm x 3300mm x 2850mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.6m, 4.0m and 4.7m, as well as with either a country thatch or New England cedar roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
952. 15'x13' 4.7x4m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 19 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 4.7m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof seats up to 19 adults or 24 children, offering you the perfect outdoor dining area and a wonderful venue for any special occasion. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and ornate New England cedar roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 19 adults or 24 children, so thereâs plenty of room for everyone. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure thereâs always somewhere sturdy to place your food and drinks. With dimensions of 337cm x 490cm x 428cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 3.6m or 4.0m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 19 adults or 24 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
953. 15'x13' 4.7x4m Wooden Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 19 People : BuyFencingDirect A superb outdoor facility, the Forest 4.7m Hexagonal Gazebo with Country Thatch Roof (Inc. Cream Roof Lining) is a wonderful place to spend your time and perfectly sized to accommodate functions or act as an outdoor classroom. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance. The gorgeous country thatch roof boasts a durable waterproof lining so that everyone will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 19 adults or 24 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for functions and outdoor learning. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3370mm x 4900mm x 4280mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 3.6m and 4.0m, as well as with either a traditional timber or New England cedar roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please note that the main picture shown for this product is of the Forest 4.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with Country Thatch Roof. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
954. 15'x13' 4.7x4m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With Timber Roof - Seats Up To 19 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 4.7m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof seats up to 19 adults or 24 children, offering you the perfect outdoor dining area and a wonderful venue for any special occasion. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and refined traditional timber roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 19 adults or 24 children, so thereâs plenty of room for everyone. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure thereâs always somewhere sturdy to place your food and drinks. With dimensions of 337cm x 490cm x 428cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 3.6m or 4.0m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 19 adults or 24 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
955. 15'x13' 4.7x4m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With Timber Roof - Seats Up To 19 People : BuyFencingDirect A superb outdoor facility, the Forest 4.7m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof is a wonderful place to spend your time and perfectly sized to accommodate functions or act as an outdoor classroom. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance. The New England cedar roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so that everyone will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 19 adults or 24 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for functions and outdoor learning. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3370mm x 4900mm x 4280mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 3.6m and 4.0m, as well as with either a traditional timber or country thatch roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
956. 13'x12' 4x3.5m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 15 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 4.0m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof seats up to 15 adults or 20 children, offering you the perfect space to dine alfresco with your family or entertain friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and ornate New England cedar roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 15 adults or 20 children, so thereâs plenty of room for the whole family, as well as your friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to place your food and drinks.  With dimensions of 324cm x 426cm x 372cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 3.6m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 15 adults or 20 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
957. 13'x12' 4x3.5m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With New England Cedar Roof - Seats Up To 15 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 4.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof is a wonderful place to relax and the perfect size for a large group to dine alfresco. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance. The New England cedar roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your friends will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 15 adults or 20 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3240mm x 4260mm x 3720mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 3.6m and 4.7m, as well as with either a traditional timber or country thatch roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. *Please note that the main picture shown for this product is of the 3.6m Hexagonal Gazebo with New England Cedar Roof. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish |
 |
958. 13'x12' 4x3.5m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo With Traditional Timber Roof - Seats Up To 15 People : BuyFencingDirect Crafted to the highest possible standard, here, in the UK, the 4.0m Luxury Wooden Furnished Garden Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof seats up to 15 adults or 20 children, offering you the perfect space to dine alfresco with your family or entertain friends. This garden gazebo is expertly built from superior kiln-dried pine, which has been pressure-treated to guard against rot and comes with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. Furthermore, all of the wood used is FSC-certified®, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. When it comes to structural integrity, youâll find that this wooden gazebo is second to none. The robust timber deck board floor will withstand years of heavy usage, whilst the balustrade infill panels are reassuringly solid and sturdy. No detail has been missed, for even the metal corner braces are as tough as they come and have been powder coated to prevent any risk of rust. Despite the emphasis on practicality and durability, this superior gazebo is also undeniably beautiful. A carefully sanded, smooth finish and refined traditional timber roof combine to ensure an exquisite appearance. The roof includes a state-of-the-art Tricoya® lining, which is completely weatherproof, so you and your guests will remain dry at all times. This stylish gazebo enjoys a contemporary neutral décor, for the 5 benches are fitted with beautiful cream cushions, whilst matching cream curtains can be purchased as an optional extra. The benches comfortably seat up to 15 adults or 20 children, so thereâs plenty of room for the whole family, as well as your friends. A solid wood, hexagonal table is provided to ensure that you all have somewhere sturdy to place your food and drinks.  With dimensions of 324cm x 426cm x 372cm, this glorious garden gazebo is also available sized 3.0m, 3.6m or 4.7m, with a choice of a country thatch, New England cedar or traditional timber roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Handmade in the UK from FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine Carefully sanded, smooth finish Robust timber deck floor and weatherproof Tricoya® roof lining Includes 5 benches, seating 15 adults or 20 children Includes solid wood, hexagonal table Powder-coated corner braces to resist rust Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
959. 13'x12' 4x3.5m Luxury Wooden Garden Gazebo With Timber Roof - Seats Up To 15 People : BuyFencingDirect A stunning garden retreat, the Forest 4.0m Hexagonal Gazebo with Traditional Timber Roof is a wonderful place to relax and the perfect size for a large group to dine alfresco. Handmade in the UK, this premium garden gazebo has been pressure-treated to prevent rot and boasts a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The carefully-selected wood used to make this garden gazebo is all FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. A beautiful smooth sanded finish results in an absolutely stunning appearance. The traditional timber roof boasts a waterproof Tricoya® lining so you and your friends will remain comfortable and dry at all times. The timber deck board flooring and balustrade infill panels are both reassuringly sturdy, whilst the robust corner braces have been powder coated to prevent the risk of rust. You can comfortably accommodate up to 15 adults or 20 children on bench seats (available separately) inside this wooden gazebo, making it the perfect venue for your family gatherings and birthday parties. You can purchase further tastefully-designed accessories too, including tables, matching cushions and curtains. With dimensions of 3240mm x 4260mm x 3720mm, this premium gazebo is also available as a 3.0m, 3.6m and 4.7m, as well as with either a New England cedar or country thatch roof. Installation is included in the price and free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Installation included in the price 15-year anti-rot warranty Pressure-treated to prevent rot Handmade in the UK Sturdy timber deck floor and waterproof roof Powder-coated corner braces to prevent rust FSC®-certified, kiln-dried pine with smooth-sanded finish Beautiful accessories available Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
960. 4' X 4' Shire Hide Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.19m X 1.19m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect little den for your children to enjoy, the 4 x 4 Shire Hide Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.19m x 1.19m) comes with some charming features and the opportunity to add a veranda as an optional upgrade.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus an 8mm OSB roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes a diamond-shaped finial, which further enhances the playhouse's neat, attractive appearance.Fitted with a small, diamond-shaped window, the wooden door also features a roller catch, daisy-design ring handle and full-length safety hinge, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. The antique-style dummy hinges are purely there for decorative purposes. Once inside, an additional window provides ample natural light. This window is made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and window are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a 1'8-deep (0.51m) veranda as an optional extra. This provides your children with an additional sheltered space and perfectly rounds off the playhouse's charming appearance.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor8mm OSB roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringDoor includes diamond-shaped window, roller catch and daisy-design ring handle1 additional styrene windowBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodBuy a 1'8-deep veranda as an optional extraDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
961. 10 X 8 Shire Highclere Contemporary Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Work from home or relax with your family in the beautifully stylish Shire 10 x 8 Highclere Summerhouse, which is handmade to order in the UK and constructed from premium materials throughout. This superior garden office is built from slow-grown, high-grade, FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Supported by a sturdy 44mm² frame, the 12mm shiplap tongue and groove clad walls are extremely robust, whilst the 12mm tongue and groove floor is designed to withstand years of frequent use. The 12mm plywood roof boasts a mineral felt covering, so will keep you and your loved ones completely sheltered from the rain. To the front of this garden room is a small, stylish canopy, offering both shade and shelter. The French-style double doors provide comfortable access and can be secured by a mortise lock and key, so you can rest assured that your valuables are always safe. With 2 large fixed side windows complemented by windows both on and adjacent to the doors, you will always be able to enjoy an ambient temperature and an abundance of natural light. There's no need to worry about any accidents, either, because all of the windows are constructed from near-unbreakable styrene. This summer house has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. This luxurious home office is also available for you to buy as a 10 x 10. Delivery is FREE*. 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Robust 12mm tongue and groove walls and floor Glazed double doors include key-operated lock 4 additional fixed windows Plywood roof fitted with weatherproof felt cover |
 |
962. 10 X 10 Shire Highclere Contemporary Summerhouse : BuyFencingDirect Work from home or relax with your family in the beautifully stylish Shire 10 x 10 Highclere Summerhouse, which is handmade to order in the UK and constructed from premium materials throughout. This superior garden office is built from slow-grown, high-grade, FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Supported by a sturdy 44mm² frame, the 12mm shiplap tongue and groove clad walls are extremely robust, whilst the 12mm tongue and groove floor is designed to withstand years of frequent use. The 12mm plywood roof boasts a mineral felt covering, so will keep you and your loved ones completely sheltered from the rain. To the front of this garden room is a small, stylish canopy, offering both shade and shelter. The French-style double doors provide comfortable access and can be secured by a mortise lock and key, so you can rest assured that your valuables are always safe. With 2 large fixed side windows complemented by windows both on and adjacent to the doors, you will always be able to enjoy an ambient temperature and an abundance of natural light. There's no need to worry about any accidents, either, because all of the windows are constructed from near-unbreakable styrene. This summer house has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines. This luxurious home office is also available for you to buy as a 10 x 8. Delivery is FREE*. 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines Robust 12mm tongue and groove walls and floor Glazed double doors include key-operated lock 4 additional fixed windows Plywood roof fitted with weatherproof felt cover |
 |
963. 6' X 4' Shire Hobby Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.79m X 1.79m : BuyFencingDirect With its charming design and safety-conscious build, the 6 x 4 Shire Hobby Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.79m x 1.79m) makes the perfect wooden Wendy house for your little prince or princess.This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 12mm tongue and groove roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry. It also includes a log-cabin-style overhang, smooth-planed bargeboards and 2 diamond-shaped finials, which further enhance the playhouse's exceptionally attractive appearance.Fitted with a small, diamond-shaped window and accessed via the porch, the wooden door also features a roller catch, daisy-design ring handle and full-length safety hinge, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. The antique-style dummy hinges are purely there for decorative purposes. Once inside, 2 opening windows provide an abundance of natural light and welcome ventilation on a hot summer's day. These windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and windows are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.An air vent is fitted to the rear of the playhouse, to promote good air flow and ensure that your children enjoy a pleasant playtime environment.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringFeatures porch and balustradesPartially-glazed door includes roller catch, full-length safety hinge and daisy-design ring handle2 opening, styrene windowsFitted with an air ventBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
964. Forest 3' X 6' Horizontal Tongue And Groove Pressure Treated Wooden Side Garden Gate : BuyFencingDirect Not only the perfect match for the Forest Horizontal Tongue & Groove Panel, the 6 x 3 Forest Pressure Treated Horizontal Tongue & Groove Gate also offers you a stand-alone wooden gate of exceptional quality. Interlocking, thick-section tongue and groove boards, horizontally mounted in a mortice-and-tenon-jointed, rebated frame mean that no gaps, whatsoever, will appear in this wooden gate, whilst clean lines and a gorgeous smooth-planed finish ensure it will do your garden proud. The wood used to construct this garden gate is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Pressure-treated and coming with a superb 15-year anti-rot warranty, no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. This superior wooden gate has dimensions of 1830mm x 900mm x 45mm. Delivery is free to most UK addresses. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated Interlocking tongue and groove boards Mortice-and-tenon-jointed, rebated frame Made to match the Forest Horizontal Tongue & Groove Panel PEFC-certified wood Beautiful smooth-planed finish Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
965. Forest 6' X 6' Pressure Treated Tongue And Groove Fence Panel 1.83m X 1.83m : BuyFencingDirect For a stylish garden fence offering complete privacy and security, as well as one which is constructed from ethically-sourced, premium timber, you should purchase the Forest Horizontal Tongue and Groove Fence Panel (1.83m High). Furthermore, this exceptional garden fence is supplied with a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee. The quality of this superior fencing is second to none. Carefully designed to ensure no gaps, whatsoever, appear in your fence run, this 6ft fence panel offers you the ultimate in privacy and security. Constructed from premium 12mm tongue and groove, interlocking boards, mounted horizontally within a mortice-and-tenon-jointed, rebated frame, the wood has been pressure-treated and carries a superb 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no re-treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. All of the timber used to construct this wonderful garden fence is PEFC©-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by the major environmental charities. Not only is this partition perfectly made and ethically-sourced, the gorgeous smooth-planed finish ensures that it enjoys a stunning appearance too, whilst the horizontally-mounted panels appear to accentuate the length of your fence run. This exceptional 6 x 6 fence panel has dimensions of 1830mm x 1830mm x 45mm. Delivery is free to most UK addresses on orders above £100. 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated Premium 12mm tongue and groove, interlocking boards Mortice-and-tenon-jointed, rebated frame PEFC©-certified wood Gorgeous smooth-planed finish Free delivery on orders above £100 |
 |
966. 7'11" X 3.7" X 3.7" Forest Planed H Slotted Fence Post 2.4m X 94mm X 94mm : BuyFencingDirect Timber fence post with a reeded (planed & grooved) finish and a rebate on either side, for simple fence panel installation. Ideal for use with our Decorative Panel range. Pressure treated, with a 15 year guarantee against rot and fungal decay. Recommended depth for sinking: 600mm Many of our customers enquire about concrete fence posts which, because of their weight tend to be costly to transport and difficult to handle. These natural looking 'H' Posts are strong and good looking and are made from wood from PEFC sources. With posts this strong, we have no need to sell concrete 'H' Posts.Please note - The slot in these posts will fit fence panels with thickness up to 48mm. This heavy-duty fence post has a profiled finish and measures: 94 x 94 x 2400mm (3.7" x 3.7" x 8ft) Ideal for use in conjunction with our decorative panels, which easily slide into place in the H-shaped post. A good-quality natural alternative to a heavy and cumbersome concrete fence post. Manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a long-term guarantee against rot. The groove is 48(w) x 25(d)mm |
 |
967. 8' X 8' Shire Iceni Pent Potting Shed 2.5m X 2.5m : BuyFencingDirect Thoughtfully designed to give your tender plants the conditions they need to prosper, the 8 x 8 Shire Iceni Pent Potting Shed (2.39m x 2.39m) contains plenty of space for garden tools too. This premium potting shed is expertly built in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding, on an extra-thick 44mm x 44mm frame, so is robust, durable and completely weathertight. The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The latter sports a contemporary pent design and is fitted with a premium mineral felt cover to ensure your plants and tools receive complete weatherproof protection. You can gain easy access to the interior through the solid door, which is fitted with a key-operated lock to protect your valuable tools from unwanted attention. More than one whole side of glazing ensures your plants receive an abundance of natural light. The bulk of this glazing is made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass - ideal if you have family members who enjoy ball games! The 2 small windows to the rear of the shed are made from real glass. Both the door and windows are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm. A wooden potting bench is also included, which runs along the whole of the shed's glazed side. It offers you ample room for potting plants, as well as a nice location for containers and small, handheld tools. Compost bags can be placed underneath. The rest of this 8x6 shed has plenty of space for long-handled tools and a lawnmower. This potting shed for sale is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is dip treated and delivered to you with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, along with the additional 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees. The retreatment process involves coating the potting shed in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look. Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. You can purchase a model of this premium potting shed in 2 sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year manufacturer's guarantee Handcrafted in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding on a 44mm x 44mm frame 12mm tongue and groove floor 12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt covering Solid door fitted with key-operated lock 6 shatterproof styrene windows and 2 glass windows Door and windows made using traditional, skilled joinery Comes with full-length potting bench too FSC®-certified wood throughout Dip treated - retreat upon assembly and annually, thereafter This shed is available in 2 sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
968. 6' X 6' Shire Jailhouse Kids Wooden Playhouse 1.79m X 1.79m : BuyFencingDirect Now your children can enjoy all the excitement of the Wild West, but from the safety of your back garden, with the 6 x 6 Shire Jailhouse Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.79m x 1.79m).This children's playhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from premium 12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding, on a sturdy 34mm frame. It features a superior 12mm tongue and groove floor plus 12mm tongue and groove roof, so will remain a much-loved fixture in your garden for many years to come. The roof includes a weatherproof felt cover to keep your little ones dry.Fitted with a window, which features wooden jailhouse bars, the stable-style door is accessed via a veranda. The door also comes with a roller catch and handle, ensuring safe and easy access to the interior. Once inside, 2 fixed windows, also fitted with wooden bars, provide an abundance of natural light. These windows are made from styrene, which is completely shatterproof and renowned for being far safer than conventional glass. Both the door and windows are crafted using traditional, skilled joinery techniques.Fully compliant with BS EN 71 (CE) safety regulations, this wooden Wendy house is built exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.The wood is also dip treated and supplied with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, which is in addition to the 1-year parts guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.Please be advised that the dip-treatment process leaves the wood with a honey-brown hue. This is how the playhouse is delivered to you. If you'd like to create your own individual style, feel free to apply coloured wood preservative instead. Also note that the jail sign featured in some of the images is not included.Clear instructions and a full set of fixings are provided to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year parts guarantee12mm shiplap tongue and groove cladding supported by a robust 34mm frameSuperior 12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof fitted with weatherproof felt coveringFeatures veranda and balustersPartially-glazed door includes roller catch and handle2 styrene windowsAll windows fitted with wooden, jailhouse-themed barsBS EN 71 (CE) safety compliantExclusively built using FSC®-certified woodDip treated - wood comes in a honey-brown finish, not paintedFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
969. 13'2 X 6'6 Shire Jersey Double Door Wooden Garden Shed 4.33m X 2.2m : BuyFencingDirect The robust, reliable 13'2 x 6'6 Shire Jersey Double Door Wooden Garden Shed (4.33m x 2.2m) offers you generous outside storage space and makes the perfect garden workshop to get your jobs done.Constructed from 12mm smooth-planed shiplap tongue and groove, offering a weathertight finish, this wooden shed provides you with a strong and durable structure for long-lasting use. The floor is also 12mm tongue and groove, ready to withstand storage of your heavier gardening equipment, such as a ride on mower, as well as years of footfall. The apex roof is 11mm OSB board, finished in felt to ensure a weatherproof interior.Double doors provides ample room to stow and retrieve your gardening tools, lawn mower etc. Additionally, light and ventilation are provided by 3 single opening windows. This, along with the generous headroom, creates a pleasant work space should you want to use this wooden shed as a home workshop.This shed has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelinesConstructed from 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding and a robust tongue & groove floorOSB solid sheet roof with weatherproof felt cover3 opening windowsDouble doors fitted with pad bolt ready for your padlock (not supplied) |
|
970. 7' X 10' Shire Kensington Summer House 2.1m X 3.3m : BuyFencingDirect Pour yourself a drink and open up a good book, while you relax inside the 7 x 10 Shire Kensington Summer House (2.05m x 2.97m) - a beautifully crafted sheltered space from which to soak up the ambient surroundings of your garden.This wooden summerhouse is expertly built in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding, on a 34mm x 34mm frame, so is robust, durable and completely weathertight.The floor and roof are both made from superior 12mm tongue and groove. The former will easily withstand regular footfall and is perfectly equipped to house your summer house furniture. The apex roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to ensure you receive complete protection from the elements. It also features a diamond-shaped finial, decorative barge boards and sumptuous smooth-planed finish, which perfectly complement the summer house's attractive, homely appearance.Wide double doors offer you comfortable access to the interior. They are fitted with a latch and 3/4-length windows. Together with the 3 additional windows, they bathe the interior in natural light. One of these windows opens and can be positioned on either side of the structure. In keeping with the summer house's traditional premium build, the windows are made from real glass. What's more, both the doors and windows are expertly built using traditional, skilled joinery techniques, so are completely weatherproof and never present a weak spot in a storm.This summer house for sale is made exclusively from FSC®-certified timber, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. It is then dip treated and delivered to you with a superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee, along with the additional 1-year manufacturer's guarantee. You must follow the manufacturer's guidelines on assembly, usage and retreatment to validate these guarantees.The retreatment process involves coating the summerhouse in a high-quality wood preservative upon assembly and annually, thereafter. Alternatively, you can apply coloured wood preservative for a more individual look.Clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Superb 10-year anti-rot guarantee plus 1-year manufacturer's guaranteeHandcrafted in Great Britain from 12mm tongue and groove shiplap cladding on a 34mm x 34mm frame12mm tongue and groove floor12mm tongue and groove roof features weatherproof felt covering3/4-glazed double doors fitted with latch3 additional large windows (1 opener)Doors and windows made using traditional, skilled joineryFSC®-certified wood throughoutDip treated - retreat upon assembly and annually, thereafterFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
971. Forest Large Kitchen Garden Wooden Planter 6' X 2' : BuyFencingDirect The perfect kitchen garden to grow plenty of those herbs and salad leaves you enjoy in your home cooking, the Forest Kitchen Garden Planter is spacious and beautifully designed. Made in the UK from premium natural timber, this large wooden planter is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with a 15 year anti-rot guarantee. It requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities. Holding approximately 250 litres of compost, this raised garden bed lifts the planting area to a convenient height so you can tend to your plants comfortably. Instructions and screws are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you should line the planter with a porous membrane before use. This kitchen garden planter comes in 2 different sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK addresses. Impressive 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure-treated to guard against rot Made in the UK from FSC®-certified wood 250-litre capacity Comes in 2 different sizes Includes screws and instructions for a straightforward assembly Free delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
972. Forest Kitchen Garden Planter 3'3 X 2' 1m X 0.7m : BuyFencingDirect The perfect kitchen garden to grow those herbs and salad leaves you enjoy in your home cooking, the Forest Kitchen Garden Planter 3'3 x 2 is beautifully designed.Made in the UK from premium natural timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated to guard against rot and supplied with a 15 year anti-rot guarantee. It requires no further treatment, saving you money and leaving you more time to do the things you enjoy. The timber is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood certification scheme endorsed by all of the major environmental charities.Holding approximately 130 litres of compost, this raised garden bed lifts the planting area to a convenient height so you can tend to and pick your herbs comfortably . Instructions and screws are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. Please be advised that you should line the planter with a porous membrane before use.This kitchen garden planter comes in 2 different sizes.Free delivery is available to most UK addresses.Impressive 15 year anti-rot guaranteePressure-treated to guard against rotMade in the UK from FSC®-certified wood130-litre capacityComes in 2 different sizesIncludes screws and instructions for a straightforward assemblyFree delivery to most UK addresses |
 |
973. 5 X 5 Shire Kitty Childrens/ Kids Wooden Garden Playhouse : BuyFencingDirect Encourage your children's imaginative play by purchasing the 5x5 Shire Kitty Traditional Kids Wooden Playhouse (1.49m x 1.49m). This wooden Wendy House is certain to provide them with years of happiness.This gorgeous playhouse is expertly built from 12mm smooth-planed tongue and groove cladding, supported by a 34mm² frame, so will keep your little ones snug and dry. The floor is also built from 12mm tongue and groove, ready to withstand the constant pitter-patter of tiny feet and the rigours of playtime. The 11mm OSB roof is fitted with a weatherproof felt cover to keep out the rain, while its decorative edging and 2 finials round off an exceptionally attractive appearance. The roof overhang provides room for a small veranda, and is framed by two side railings.Your kids can gain entry via a single door, fitted with a cottage-style ring latch and a large framed window. Together with an additional large opening window, this ensures they'll enjoy a wonderfully light and airy interior - perfect for a summer's day. All of the glazing is made from styrene, which is near shatterproof and far safer than conventional glass.The Kitty has been dip-treated to provide a 10-year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelines.Order this beautiful playhouse today so the memory making can begin!Delivery is FREE* to most mainland UK postcodes10 year anti-rot guarantee, when supported by annual retreatment and manufacturer guidelinesConstructed from smooth-planed 12mm shiplap tongue & groove cladding with robust tongue & groove floor11mm OSB roof with weatherproof felt coverSingle door fitted with cottage-style ring latch and a large framed window1 additional large opening window |
 |
974. Forest 5'11" X 1' Wisley Diamond Lattice Trellis Panel 1.8m X 0.3m : BuyFencingDirect This pretty lattice trellis has real versatility, as its close-knit design can maintain a degree of privacy as a screen, as well as being an ideal host to your garden climbing plants. Manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot, this attractive, functional design of lattice trellis can become a long-term garden fixture which has a smooth finish. The 180cm (6ft) height works well as a garden screen, while this particular size looks great as a slim decorative piece mounted to a garden wall. A design available in several different sizes, this being the shortest in width at 30cm (1ft). The smallest of the Wisley Lattice range at 180 x 30cm (6 x 1ft), this particular size works well as a simple decorative garden piece which is smooth to the touch. Also available in 180 x 60cm (6 x 2ft) and 180 x 90cm (6 x 3ft). A close-knit lattice trellis which is perfect for being mounted on a wall or used as a garden screen. 15 year guarantee against rot. The tight-knit design of lattice trellis maintains a high level of strength, as well as forming a perfect home for climbing plants. |
 |
975. Forest 5'11" X 1'11" Wisley Diamond Lattice Trellis Panel 1.8m X 0.6m : BuyFencingDirect This beautiful lattice trellis has real versatility, as its close-knit design can maintain some privacy as a screen, as well as being an ideal host to your garden climbing plants. The 180cm (6ft) height works well as a garden screen, while this particular size looks great as a slim decorative piece mounted to a garden wall. Manufactured from pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot, this attractive, functional design of lattice trellis can become a long-term garden fixture which has a smooth finish. This design is available in three different sizes. This 180 x 60cm (6 x 2ft) Lattice works well as a simple decorative garden piece which is smooth to the touch. Also available in 180 x 30cm (6 x 1ft) and 180 x 90cm (6 x 3ft). A close-knit lattice trellis which looks great used as a garden screen or mounted on a wall. 15-year guarantee. This design of lattice trellis is very robust, as well as forming a useful home for climbing plants. |
 |
976. Forest 5'11" X 2'11" Wisley Diamond Lattice Trellis Panel 1.8m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect This eye-catching lattice trellis has real versatility, as its close-knit design can maintain some privacy as a screen, as well as being an ideal host to your garden climbing plants. The 180cm (6ft) height works well as a garden screen or mounted on a wall, while the small holed design adds great aesthetic quality to your garden. Made from pressure-treated timber which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. This attractive, functional design of lattice trellis can become a long-term garden fixture. This design is available in three different sizes. This 180 x 90cm (6 x 3ft) Wisley Lattice works well as a simple decorative garden piece which is smooth to the touch. Also available in 180 x 30cm (6 x 1ft) and 180 x 60cm (6 x 2ft). A close-knit lattice trellis which looks great mounted on a wall or used as a garden screen and is the perfect home for climbing plants. Made with pressure-treated timber, which carries a 15-year guarantee against rot. The tight-knit design of lattice trellis maintains a high level of strength. |
 |
977. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 3'11 X 2'5 1.20m X 0.74m : BuyFencingDirect The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 3â11 x 2â5 has been carefully crafted to contour to the body for maximum comfort. A Curved and Contoured Seat When youâre sitting in the same position for a long time, itâs important to be comfortable and thatâs why the Forest Kuba garden bench is a winning choice. Elegant and stylish, the wooden bench has a curved seat that has been contoured to support the body and provide a relaxing experience. The bench is sturdy and durable, and the wood has been planed so that itâs smooth to the touch and free from splinters. The wood has also been pressure treated, which means we can offer a 15-year anti-rot guarantee and it wonât need further treatment in the future. Itâs PEFC® certified too, so you can be confident that itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Furniture Range The Forest Kuba range also includes two alternative versions of the seat, which are 2â0 and 4â11 in length respectively. Theyâre great options if you find you need less or more seating space. Shipping and Assembly Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 3â11 x 2â5 comes in flat-pack format to help ensure a smooth assembly process. Key Features Modern, curved design Contoured to support the body 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Splinter-free finish Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Also available in 2â0 and 4â11 sizes |
 |
978. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 4'11 X 2'5 1.50m X 0.74m : BuyFencingDirect The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 4â11 x 2â5 has been carefully crafted to contour to the body for maximum comfort. A Curved and Contoured Seat When youâre sitting in the same position for a long time, itâs important to be comfortable and thatâs why the Forest Kuba garden bench is a winning choice. Elegant and stylish, the wooden bench has a curved seat that has been contoured to support the body and provide a relaxing experience. The bench is sturdy and durable, and the wood has been planed so that itâs smooth to the touch and free from splinters. The wood has also been pressure treated, which means we can offer a 15-year anti-rot guarantee and it wonât need further treatment in the future. Itâs PEFC® certified too, so you can be confident that itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Furniture Range The Forest Kuba range also includes two smaller versions of the seat, which are 2â0 and 3â11 in length respectively. Theyâre great options if you find you need alternative seating space. Shipping and Assembly Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Bench 4â11 x 2â5 comes in flat-pack format to help ensure a smooth assembly process. Key Features Modern, curved design Contoured to support the body 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Splinter-free finish Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Also available in 2â0 and 3â11 sizes |
 |
979. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Chair 2'0 X 2'5 0.60m X 0.74m : BuyFencingDirect The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Chair 2â0 x 2â5 has been carefully crafted to contour to the body for maximum comfort. A Curved and Contoured Seat When youâre sitting in the same position for a long time, itâs important to be comfortable and thatâs why the Forest Kuba garden chair is a winning choice. Elegant and stylish, the wooden chair has a curved seat that has been contoured to support the body and provide a relaxing experience. The chair is sturdy and durable, and the wood has been planed so that itâs smooth to the touch and free from splinters. The wood has also been pressure treated, which means we can offer a 15-year anti-rot guarantee and it wonât need further treatment in the future. Itâs PEFC® certified too, so you can be confident that itâs been sourced from sustainably managed forests. Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Furniture Range The Forest Kuba range also includes two larger bench versions of the seat, which are 3â11 and 4â11 in length respectively. Theyâre great alternative options if you find you need more seating space. Shipping and Assembly Free shipping is available to most UK addresses. The Forest Kuba Curved Wooden Garden Chair comes in flat-pack format to help ensure a smooth assembly process. Key Features Modern, curved design Contoured to support the body 15-year anti-rot guarantee Made from pressure-treated and PEFC®-certified wood Splinter-free finish Comes in flat-pack format for easy assembly Also available in 3â11 and 4â11 sizes |
 |
980. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Hard Surfaces - Kit 1 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a hard surface like tarmac, concrete or hardcore, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Hard Surfaces – Kit 1 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of 6mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel brackets that attach to key points on a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and can be adjusted independently to compensate from differing ground levels. These brackets offer up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling and are zinc plated to prevent corrosion. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 1 is designed to work with the following sheds: 4x3, 5x3, 5x 4, 5x5, 6x3, 6x4 and 6x5. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets and 16 x screws. Each bracket consists of a locking nut, adjustable bracket, adjusting nut and base plate with holes to attach it to the ground. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for hard surfaces like tarmac, concrete and hardcore Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 1 compatible shed sizes: 4x3, 5x3, 5x4, 5x5, 6x3, 6x4 and 6x5 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
981. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Soft Surfaces - Kit 1 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a soft surface like grass, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Soft Surfaces – Kit 1 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of three 4mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel components: screw piles that go into the ground, a variety of brackets that attach onto a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and circular bearing plates that provide up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 1 is designed to work with the following sheds: 4x3, 5x3, 5x 4, 5x5, 6x3, 6x4 and 6x5. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 4 x 6-inch bearing plates and screw piles, and 8 x screws. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for soft surfaces like grass Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 1 compatible shed sizes: 4x3, 5x3, 5x4, 5x5, 6x3, 6x4 and 6x5 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
982. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Hard Surfaces - Kit 2 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a hard surface like tarmac, concrete or hardcore, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Hard Surfaces – Kit 2 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of 6mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel brackets that attach to key points on a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and can be adjusted independently to compensate from differing ground levels. These brackets offer up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling and are zinc plated to prevent corrosion. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 2 is designed to work with the following sheds: 6x6, 7x3, 7x4, 7x5, 7x6, 7x7, 8x3, 8x4, 8x5, 8x6, 9x3, 9x4 and 10x3. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 2 x inline brackets and 24 x screws. Each bracket consists of a locking nut, adjustable bracket, adjusting nut and base plate with holes to attach it to the ground. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for hard surfaces like tarmac, concrete and hardcore Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 2 compatible shed sizes: 6x6, 7x3, 7x4, 7x5, 7x6, 7x7, 8x3, 8x4, 8x5, 8x6, 9x3, 9x4 and 10x3 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
983. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Soft Surfaces - Kit 2 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a soft surface like grass, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Soft Surfaces – Kit 2 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of three 4mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel components: screw piles that go into the ground, a variety of brackets that attach onto a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and circular bearing plates that provide up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 2 is designed to work with the following sheds: 6x6, 7x3, 7x4, 7x5, 7x6, 7x7, 8x3, 8x4, 8x5, 8x6, 9x3, 9x4 and 10x3. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 2 x T brackets, 6 x 8-inch bearing plates and screw piles, and 12 x screws. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for soft surfaces like grass Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 2 compatible shed sizes: 6x6, 7x3, 7x4, 7x5, 7x6, 7x7, 8x3, 8x4, 8x5, 8x6, 9x3, 9x4 and 10x3 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
984. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Hard Surfaces - Kit 3 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a hard surface like tarmac, concrete or hardcore, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Hard Surfaces – Kit 3 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of 6mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel brackets that attach to key points on a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and can be adjusted independently to compensate from differing ground levels. These brackets offer up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling and are zinc plated to prevent corrosion. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 3 is designed to work with the following sheds: 8x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x4, 10x6, 10x7, 10x8 and 10x10. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 5 x inline brackets and 36 x screws. Each bracket consists of a locking nut, adjustable bracket, adjusting nut and base plate with holes to attach it to the ground. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for hard surfaces like tarmac, concrete and hardcore Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 3 compatible shed sizes: 8x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x4, 10x6, 10x7, 10x8 and 10x10 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
985. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Soft Surfaces - Kit 3 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a soft surface like grass, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Soft Surfaces – Kit 3 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of three 4mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel components: screw piles that go into the ground, a variety of brackets that attach onto a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and circular bearing plates that provide up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 3 is designed to work with the following sheds: 8x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x4, 10x6, 10x7, 10x8 and 10x10. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 4 x T brackets, 1 x cross plate, 9 x 8-inch bearing plates and screw piles, and 20 x screws. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for soft surfaces like grass Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 3 compatible shed sizes: 8x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x4, 10x6, 10x7, 10x8 and 10x10 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
986. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Hard Surfaces - Kit 4 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a hard surface like tarmac, concrete or hardcore, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Hard Surfaces – Kit 4 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of 6mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel brackets that attach to key points on a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and can be adjusted independently to compensate from differing ground levels. These brackets offer up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling and are zinc plated to prevent corrosion. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 4 is designed to work with the following sheds: 9x11, 12x6, 12x8, 12x10, 12x12 and 13x6. The kit contains 12 x corner brackets and 48 x screws. Each bracket consists of a locking nut, adjustable bracket, adjusting nut and base plate with holes to attach it to the ground. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for hard surfaces like tarmac, concrete and hardcore Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 4 compatible shed sizes: 9x11, 12x6, 12x8, 12x10, 12x12 and 13x6 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
987. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Soft Surfaces - Kit 4 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a soft surface like grass, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Soft Surfaces – Kit 4 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of three 4mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel components: screw piles that go into the ground, a variety of brackets that attach onto a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and circular bearing plates that provide up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 4 is designed to work with the following sheds: 9x11, 12x6, 12x8, 12x10, 12x12 and 13x6. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 6 x T brackets, 2 x cross plates, 12 x 10-inch bearing plates and screw piles, and 28 x screws. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for soft surfaces like grass Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 4 compatible shed sizes: 9x11, 12x6, 12x8, 12x10, 12x12 and 13x6 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
988. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Hard Surfaces - Kit 5 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a hard surface like tarmac, concrete or hardcore, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Hard Surfaces – Kit 5 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of 6mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel brackets that attach to key points on a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and can be adjusted independently to compensate from differing ground levels. These brackets offer up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling and are zinc plated to prevent corrosion. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 5 is designed to work with the following sheds: 14x8, 14x10, 15x10, 16x8, 16x10, 20x10 and 20x12. The kit contains 15 x corner brackets and 60 x screws. Each bracket consists of a locking nut, adjustable bracket, adjusting nut and base plate with holes to attach it to the ground. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for hard surfaces like tarmac, concrete and hardcore Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 100mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 5 compatible shed sizes: 14x8, 14x10, 15x10, 16x8, 16x10, 20x10 and 20x12 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
989. Quickjack Adjustable Shed Base System For Soft Surfaces - Kit 5 : BuyFencingDirect If you're looking to install a shed on a soft surface like grass, and want an easy solution that can also cope with uneven ground, then the QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base System for Soft Surfaces – Kit 5 is the answer. Create a Level Shed Base with Ease Ensuring that your shed has a level base can be a tricky and costly process, particularly if your ground is uneven to start with. Made in the UK, this innovative shed base kit allows you to say goodbye to ground levelling or time-consuming preparations by providing a system that's quick to install and can be adjusted to meet your specific requirements. The QuickJACK shed base system consists of three 4mm thick, bright zinc-plated steel components: screw piles that go into the ground, a variety of brackets that attach onto a wooden frame (not supplied with the kit) and circular bearing plates that provide up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling. The whole system comes with an impressive 10-year warranty and elevating your shed has the added bonus of helping the floor timbers to stay dry, well-ventilated and free from rot. The kit can also be used to anchor your shed firmly in place. Suitable Shed Sizes and Kit Contents Each QuickJACK kit is compatible with different shed sizes. Kit 5 is designed to work with the following sheds: 14x8, 14x10, 15x10, 16x8, 16x10, 20x10 and 20x12. The kit contains 4 x corner brackets, 8 x T brackets, 3 x cross plates, 15 x 10-inch bearing plates and screw piles, and 60 x screws. Important: The QuickJACK system needs to be attached to a wooden frame (not supplied), which will support your shed floor. You'll therefore need the DIY skills necessary to construct this frame prior to installation. We'd recommend using timbers that are 2 inches wide. The QuickJACK Adjustable Shed Base Range The QuickJACK range includes five kits, which cater to different shed sizes, and are available for both hard and soft surfaces. The following list will help you to find the right kit for you: Kit 1: 4x3 | 5x3 | 5x4 | 5x5 | 6x3 | 6x4 | 6x5 Kit 2: 6x6 | 7x3 | 7x4 | 7x5 | 7x6 | 7x7 | 8x3 | 8x4 | 8x5 | 8x6 | 9x3 | 9x4 | 10x3 Kit 3: 8x7 | 8x8 | 9x9 | 10x4 | 10x6 | 10x7 | 10x8 | 10x10 Kit 4: 9x11 | 12x6 | 12x8 | 12x10 | 12x12 | 13x6 Kit 5: 14x8 | 14x10 | 15x10 | 16x8 | 16x10 | 20x10 | 20x12 Please note: We don't offer an installation service for QuickJACK shed base kits. Delivery Free delivery is available to most addresses in the UK. Key Features Adjustable shed base system for soft surfaces like grass Easy and quick to install Ideal for uneven ground and no preparation required Up to 150mm of adjustment for precise levelling Zinc-plated steel components and an impressive 10-year warranty Raises your garden building off the ground, helping to keep the wood dry, well-ventilated and rot free System can be used to anchor a garden building Kit 5 compatible shed sizes: 14x8, 14x10, 15x10, 16x8, 16x10, 20x10 and 20x12 Hard and soft kits available for multiple sheds sizes Important: QuickJACK kits must be fixed to a wooden frame (not supplied) |
 |
990. 8'11 X 2'10 Forest Pent Large Overlap Log Store 2.7m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Keep your firewood dry, well-ventilated, and burn-ready with the 8'11 x 2'10 Forest Pent Large Logstore (2.7m x 0.9m). Its stylish design fits neatly against your garden wall or fence, and its generous 2.6m³ capacity holds a substantial amount of logs to keep you well-stocked for months. Expertly built from premium timber on a 28 x 28mm frame, this compact log store is robust, durable and incredibly stylish. Pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in front of the fire. The logstore's roof features a pent design, so ensures excellent rainwater runoff and complete weatherproof protection. A robust 40mm slatted floor ensure that this woodstore will keep your firewood properly aired, ensuring your fire burns efficiently. This slatted floor also provides an effective barrier against ground moisture. The timber used to construct this logstore is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities. A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. This outdoor logstore is available in 3 sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Pressure treated wood with impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee No retreatment required – saving time and money Pent roof allows for water run-off and protection for drying logs 40mm slatted floor and overlap side panels for enhanced airflow Built from FSC®-certified wood 2.6m³ log capacity Choose from 3 sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
991. 8'11 X 2'10 Forest Pent Large Overlap Logstore With Tool Storage 2.7m X 0.9m : BuyFencingDirect Keep your logs in optimal condition with the 8'11 x 2'10 Forest Pent Large Logstore with Tool Storage (2.7m x 0.9m). Its sleek design sits against a garden wall or fence, offering a generous 1.9m³ log capacity and tall storage for garden tools, it is perfectly sized for a generous amount of log storage, while offering convenient side storage for your garden tools. Expertly built from premium timber on a 28 x 28mm frame, this compact log store is robust, durable and incredibly stylish. Pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15–year anti–rot guarantee, no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in front of the fire. The logstore's roof features a pent design, so ensures excellent rainwater runoff and complete weatherproof protection. A robust 40mm slatted floor ensure that this woodstore will keep your firewood properly aired, ensuring your fire burns efficiently. This slatted floor also provides an effective barrier against ground moisture. The handy tool storage section contains ample space for frequently–used hand tools. The timber used to construct this logstore is FSC®–certified, which is the only wood–certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities. A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. This outdoor logstore is available in 2 sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Pressure treated wood with impressive 15–year anti–rot guarantee No retreatment required – saving time and money Pent roof to allow for water run–off and protection for drying logs 40mm slatted floor and overlap side panels for enhanced airflow Built from FSC®–certified wood 1.9m³ log capacity and side tool storage for versatile storage needs Choose from 2 sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
992. 3'2 X 2'8 Forest Pent Small Logstore 1m X 0.8m : BuyFencingDirect A conveniently-sized woodstore to keep outside your backdoor, the 3'2 x 2'8 Forest Pent Small Logstore (1m x 0.8m) is perfect for stockpiling your logs ready for winter. Expertly built in Great Britain from premium timber on a 45 x 45mm frame, this small logstore comes with a 0.5m³ log capacity. Robust, durable and incredibly stylish, it is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to relax in front of the fire. The logstore's roof is constructed from sturdy 11mm overlap cladding. It features a contemporary pent design and generous overhang to encourage rainwater runoff. With a 16mm slatted floor, back and sides, this premium woodstore keeps logs properly aired too, ensuring your fire burns efficiently. The slatted floor is fitted with pressure-treated bearers, so provides an excellent barrier against ground moisture. The timber used to construct this logstore is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities. A full set of fixings and clear instructions are included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. This outdoor logstore is available in two sizes. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Pressure-treated wood with impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee No retreatment required â saving time and money Expertly built in Great Britain Sturdy 11mm overlap pent roof 16mm slatted floor, back and sides for enhanced airflow Pressure-treated bearers protect the floor/logs from ground moisture FSC®-certified wood 0.5m³ log capacity Choose from two sizes Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
993. 3'11 X 1'4 Forest Linear Tall Wooden Garden Planter With Storage 1.2m X 0.4m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a contemporary design, premium build and some highly practical features, the 3â11 x 1â4 Forest Linear Tall Wooden Garden Planter with Storage (1.2m x 0.4m) is the modern gardenerâs dream raised bed.Beautifully crafted from premium timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. The wood used to make this planter is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.With its spacious growing area and generous height, this raised bed is perfectly proportioned to form an attractive garden screen, especially when paired with similar planters.You can access the storage compartment via a lift-up lid, which is secured by a magnetic catch. This garden storage space contains ample room for your plant pots and frequently-used hand tools.Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden planter really will make a stunning addition to your garden.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a model of this garden planter fitted with wheels too.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotStorage compartment includes lift-up lid with magnetic catchPair with similar planters to use as a garden screenFSC®-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishTall linear planter with wheels available tooFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
994. 3'11 X 1'4 Forest Linear Tall Wooden Garden Planter With Storage And Wheels 1.2m X 0.4m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a contemporary design, premium build and some wonderfully practical features, the 3â11 x 1â4 Forest Linear Tall Wooden Garden Planter with Storage and Wheels (1.2m x 0.4m) is the modern gardenerâs dream raised bed.Beautifully crafted from premium timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. The wood used to make this planter is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.You can access the storage compartment via a lift-up lid, which is secured by a magnetic catch. This garden storage space contains ample room for your plant pots and frequently-used hand tools.With its spacious growing area and generous height, this raised bed is perfectly proportioned to form an attractive garden screen, especially when paired with similar planters.As these wooden planters are fitted with lockable casters, youâll find it easy to manoeuvre them around the garden and then secure them firmly in position, once youâve found the perfect spot.Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden planter really will make a stunning addition to your garden.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can also purchase a model of this garden planter without the wheels.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotStorage compartment includes lift-up lid with magnetic catchFitted with 4 lockable castersFSC®-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishTall linear planter without wheels available tooFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
995. Forest Linear Long Wooden Garden Planter 4'x1' 1.2x0.4m : BuyFencingDirect An easy way to add elegance and a stylish touch of colour, our Linear Long Planter will bring a breath of fresh air to your garden, balcony or patio area. Available in four different sizes enabling you to use them independently or as a design statement with mix and match heights, our beautiful planters are an easy way to make a big impact. Made from pressure treated timber, providing an impressive 15 year guarantee, this planter requires no re-treatment, saving you time and money. The planter measures 44 x 120 x 40cm with the smooth planed planter holding an impressive 151L capacity. We supply a porous lining to help protect the wood, while allowing water to drain out of the soil. Fixings and step-by-step instructions are included for easy self-assembly. Fantastic 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated smooth planed wood Long planter measures 44 x 120 x 40cm 151L compost capacity, includes porous lining 4 different sizes to choose from |
 |
996. 3'11 X 1'4 Forest Linear Long Wooden Garden Planter With Wheels 1.2m X 0.4m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a contemporary design, premium build, and easy to manoeuvre too, the 3â11 x 1â4 Forest Linear Long Wooden Garden Planter with Wheels (1.2m x 0.4m) is the modern gardenerâs dream raised bed.Beautifully crafted from premium timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. The wood used to make this planter is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.As this wooden planter is fitted with lockable casters, youâll find it easy to manoeuvre around the garden and then secure firmly in position, once youâve found the perfect spot.Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden planter really will make a stunning addition to your garden.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.You can purchase a Forest Linear Wooden Planter in a range of sizes and designs, with or without wheels.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotFitted with 4 lockable castersFSC®-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishBuy a Forest linear wooden planter in a range of sizes and designsFree delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
997. Forest Linear Square Wooden Garden Planter 1'x1' 0.4x0.4m : BuyFencingDirect An easy way to add elegance and a stylish touch of colour, our Linear Square Planter will bring a breath of fresh air to your garden, balcony or patio area. Available in four different sizes enabling you to use them independently or as a design statement with mix and match heights, our beautiful planters are an easy way to make a big impact. Made from pressure treated timber, providing an impressive 15 year guarantee, this planter requires no re-treatment, saving you time and money. The planter measures 44 x 40 x 40cm with the smooth planed planter holding an impressive 42L capacity. We supply a porous lining to help protect the wood, while allowing water to drain out of the soil. Fantastic 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated smooth planed wood Square planter measures 44x40x40cm 42L compost capacity, complete with a porous lining 4 different sizes to choose from |
 |
998. Forest Linear Double Wooden Garden Planter 3'x1' 0.8x0.4m : BuyFencingDirect An easy way to add elegance and a stylish touch of colour, our Forest Linear Double Wooden Garden Planter will bring a breath of fresh air to your garden, balcony or patio area. Available in four different sizes enabling you to use them independently or as a design statement with mix and match heights, our beautiful planters are an easy way to make a big impact. Made from pressure treated timber, providing an impressive 15 year guarantee, this planter requires no re-treatment, saving you time and money. The planter measures 44 x 80 x 40cm with the smooth planed planter holding an impressive 96L capacity. A porous lining is already fitted, so you are ready to simply put your plants in. Fantastic 15 year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated smooth planed wood Double planter measures 44 x 80 x 40cm 96L compost capacity, complete with a porous lining, ready for your plants 4 different sizes to choose from |
 |
999. 2'7 X 1'4 Forest Linear Double Wooden Garden Planter With Wheels 0.8m X 0.4m : BuyFencingDirect Boasting a contemporary design, premium build, and simple to manoeuvre too, the 2â7 x 1â4 Forest Linear Double Wooden Garden Planter with Wheels (1.2m x 0.4m) is the modern gardenerâs dream raised bed. Beautifully crafted from premium timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. The wood used to make this planter is FSC®-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities. As this wooden planter is fitted with lockable casters, youâll find it easy to manoeuvre around the garden and then secure firmly in position, once youâve found the perfect spot. Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden planter really will make a stunning addition to your garden. A full set of fixings and clear instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly. We supply a porous lining to help protect the wood, while allowing water to drain out of the soil. You can purchase a Forest Linear Wooden Planter in a range of sizes and designs, with or without wheels. Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes. Impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee Pressure treated to prevent rot Fitted with 4 lockable casters FSC®-certified wood Sumptuous smooth-planed finish Includes porous lining Buy a Forest linear wooden planter in a range of sizes and designs Free delivery to most UK postcodes |
 |
1000. 2'11 X 1'3 Forest Wooden Garden Living Wall Planter 0.9m X 0.39m : BuyFencingDirect A stunning contemporary design and premium build make the 2'11 x 1'3 Forest Wooden Garden Living Wall Planter (0.9m x 0.39m) the perfect raised bed to beautify your garden.Expertly crafted from premium timber, this wooden planter is pressure treated and supplied with an impressive 15-year anti-rot guarantee, so no further treatment is required, saving you money and leaving you more time to tend to your plants. The wood used to make this planter is PEFC-certified, which is the only wood-certification scheme endorsed by all the major environmental charities.With pressure-treated floor bearers included too, which provide highly-effective protection from rot-causing ground moisture, this garden planter will remain a much-loved feature of your garden for many years to come.The planter's vertical screen consists of horizontal slats, mounted to the front and rear of vertical battens. This eye-catching screen can be positioned to the front, middle or rear of the planter - the choice is yours.When used to support climbing plants, this slatted planter gives you the chance to create a really special garden feature. What's more, there's nothing to stop you adding it to other Forest Living Wall Planters to form a completely unique garden partition or boundary.Rounded off with a sumptuous smooth-planed finish, this wooden planter will make a stunning addition to your garden.A full set of fixings and clear instructions are both included to help you achieve a straightforward assembly.Free delivery is available to most UK postcodes.Impressive 15-year anti-rot guaranteePressure treated to prevent rotFeatures pressure-treated floor bearers tooScreen consists of slats mounted to the front and rear of vertical battensScreen can be positioned to the front, middle or rear of the planterPerfect for training climbing plantsAdd to other Forest Living Wall Planters to create a unique garden screenPEFC-certified woodSumptuous smooth-planed finishFree delivery to most UK postcodes |